Penalty

Home Services FAQ Site Map Contact Us

Articles by Alvin Brown
Tax Preparation
Offer In Compromise
State Offers in Compromise
Levy
IRS Tax Liens
IRS Tax Liens - continued
IRS Tax Liens - continued 2
Levy - continued
IRS Audits
Audit Techniques Guide
Congressional Contacts
Criminal Investigation
D.O.J Criminal Tax Manual
Tax Litigation
Penalty
Installment Agreements
Statute of Limitations
Frivolous Tax Argument
Interest Abatement
IRS Misconduct
IRS Abuses
Tax Fraud
Fraud Statutes
Bankruptcy
Tax Reform Legislation
Tax Shelters
Tax Court
Trust Fund Penalty
Legislation
Innocent Spouse Relief
Important Links

 

Penalty


 
  • 20.1   Penalty Handbook
    • 20.1.1   Introduction and Penalty Relief
    • 20.1.2   Failure To File/Failure To Pay Penalties
    • 20.1.3   Estimated Tax Penalties
    • 20.1.3   Estimated Tax Penalties (Cont. 1)
    • 20.1.4   Failure to Deposit Penalty
    • 20.1.4   Failure to Deposit Penalty (Cont. 1)
    • 20.1.4   Failure to Deposit Penalty (Cont. 2)
    • 20.1.5   Return Related Penalties
    • 20.1.5   Return Related Penalties (Cont. 1)
    • 20.1.6   Preparer/Promoter Penalties
    • 20.1.6   Preparer/Promoter Penalties (Cont. 1)
    • 20.1.7   Information Return Penalties
    • 20.1.7   Information Return Penalties (Cont. 1)
    • 20.1.8   Employee Plans and Exempt Organizations Penalties
    • 20.1.8   Employee Plans and Exempt Organizations Penalties (Cont. 1)
    • 20.1.9   International Penalties
    • 20.1.9   International Penalties (Cont. 1)
    • 20.1.10   Miscellaneous Penalties
    • 20.1.10   Miscellaneous Penalties (Cont. 1)

 

20.1.1.1  (08-20-1998)
Overview

  1. This section discusses the new chapter format of the Penalty IRM 20.1. It also includes the purpose of penalties, criteria for penalty relief, methods of appealing penalties, master file indicators and administrative procedures.

20.1.1.1.1  (08-20-1998)
Background

  1. In 1955 there were approximately 14 penalty provisions in the Internal Revenue Code. There are now more than ten times that number. With the increasing number of penalty provisions, the Service recognized the need to develop a fair, consistent, and comprehensive approach to penalty administration.
  2. In November 1987 the Commissioner established a task force to study civil penalties; in February 1989 the Commissioner’s Executive Task Force issued a "Report on Civil Tax Penalties." The report established a philosophy concerning penalties, provided a statutory analysis of the three broad categories of penalties (filing of returns, payment of tax, accuracy of information), and made recommendations where warranted to resolve the inconsistencies. Those recommendations were, in part:
    1. The Service should develop and adopt a single penalty policy statement emphasizing that civil tax penalties exist for the purpose of encouraging voluntary compliance.
    2. The Service should develop a single consolidated handbook on penalties for all employees. The handbook should be sufficiently detailed to serve as a practical everyday guide for most issues of penalty administration and provide clear guidance on computing penalties.
    3. The Service should revise existing training programs to ensure consistent administration of penalties in all functions for the purpose of encouraging voluntary compliance.
    4. The Service should examine its communications with taxpayers (including penalty notices and publications) to determine whether these communications do the best possible job of explaining why the penalty was imposed and how to avoid the penalty in the future.
    5. The Service should finalize its review and analysis of the quality and clarity of machine-generated letters and notices used in the Adjustments and Correspondence Branches of the service centers.
    6. The Service should consider ways to develop better information concerning the administration and effects of penalties. The Service should develop a master file database to provide statistical information regarding the administration of penalties. That information would be continuously reviewed for the purpose of suggesting changes in compliance programs, educational programs, penalty design and penalty administration.

     

  3. In keeping with the Commissioner’s Executive Task Force Report and Congressional recommendations, the consolidated penalty IRM was developed.

20.1.1.1.2  (08-20-1998)
Purpose of IRM 20.1

  1. The purpose of the consolidated penalty handbook is to provide guidance to all areas of the Service for all penalties imposed by the Internal Revenue Code. It sets forth procedures both for assessing and abating penalties and contains discussions on topics such as various types of relief from the penalties.
  2. IRM 20.1 replaces all other internal management documents dealing with the administration of penalties, such as IRMs and handbooks developed by various functions. IRM 20.1 is the primary source of authority for the administration of penalties by the Service. Service functions may develop reference materials for their individual needs, such as desk guides. However, such reference material must receive approval from the Penalties and Interest Office prior to distribution and remain consistent with (a) the procedures set forth in this IRM, and (b) the philosophy of the penalty policy statement.
  3. The penalty manual serves as the foundation for addressing inconsistent administration of penalties by various Service functions. By providing one source of authority for the administration of penalties, the Service greatly reduces inconsistencies regarding attitudes and
    procedures.

20.1.1.1.3  (08-20-1998)
Organization of IRM 20.1

  1. This manual is arranged in a user-friendly format. The chapters follow the logical sequence of events when working a penalty case. Appropriate headings are provided which describe the text that follows.
  2. The manual is designed for use both as an everyday reference guide and as a training document. Figures and examples are included in the text where they are most useful. Figures which are referenced frequently throughout the text are included as chapter exhibits to conserve space.
  3. The manual contains criteria, guidelines, and procedures for asserting, not asserting, and abating penalties. Chapters are included covering the penalty policy statement and philosophy, the application of reasonable cause, and the procedures for penalty appeals. The sections in IRM 20.1 are:
    • 20.1, 20.1.1, Background; 20.1.2, Purpose of Penalties; 20.1.3, Relief from Penalties; 20.1.4, Methods of Appealing Penalties; 20.1.5, Master File Indicators; 20.1.6, Administrative Procedures and Exhibits.
    • 20.1.2, Failure to File/Failure to Pay, IRC section 6651.
    • 20.1.3, Estimated Tax Penalties (ES). IRC section 6654 (Individual) and IRC section 6655 (Corporate).
    • 20.1.4, Failure to Deposit Penalties (FTD)
    • 20.1.5, Return Related Penalties
    • 20.1.6, Preparer/Promoter Penalties
    • 20.1.7, Information Return Penalties
    • 20.1.8, Employee Plans/Exempt Organizations
    • 20.1.9, International Penalties
    • 20.1.10, Miscellaneous Penalties

     

  4. This section contains Exhibits to assist the user in researching penalty issues:
    • 20.1.1–1, Penalty Policy Statement
    • 20.1.1–2, Penalty Relief Application Chart
    • 20.1.1–3, Penalty Reason Code Chart
    • 20.1.1–4, Penalty Transaction Codes
    • 20.1.1–5, Penalty Reference Numbers—500 Series
    • 20.1.1–6, Penalty Reference Numbers—600 Series
    • 20.1.1–7, Table of Abbreviations and Acronyms
    • 20.1.1–8, Dictionary of Key Terms.

     

20.1.1.1.4  (08-20-1998)
Responsibility

  1. Overall responsibility for penalty programs is assigned to the Penalties and Interest Office (OPIA). The OPIA is a matrix organization residing in Reporting Compliance (Small Business/Self Employed) Division. The OPIA is charged with coordinating policy and procedures concerning the administration of penalty programs, ensuring consistency with the penalty policy statement, reviewing and analyzing penalty information, researching taxpayer attitudes and opinions, and determining appropriate action necessary to promote voluntary compliance.
  2. Every function is the Service has a role in proper penalty administration. It is essential that each function conduct its operations with an emphasis on promoting voluntary compliance. Appropriate business reviews should be conducted to ensure consistency with the penalty policy statement and philosophy. Attention should be directed to the coordination of penalty programs between offices and functions, to make sure that approaches are consistent and penalty information is used for identifying and responding to compliance problems.
  3. Managers should continuously review information for trends which may suggest changes in compliance programs, training courses, educational programs, penalty design, and penalty administration. Managers should institute, on an ongoing basis, a quality review system that evaluates the timely and correct disposition of penalty cases and encourages consistent administration of penalties.
  4. All employees should keep the following objectives in mind when handling each penalty case:
    1. Similar cases and similarly situated taxpayers should be treated alike.
    2. Each taxpayer should have the opportunity to have their interests heard and considered.
    3. Strive to make a good decision in the first instance. A wrong decision, even though eventually corrected, has a negative impact on voluntary compliance.
    4. Provide adequate opportunity for incorrect decisions to be
      corrected.
    5. Treat each case in an impartial and honest way (i.e., approach the job, not from the government’s or the taxpayer’s perspective, but in the interest of fair and impartial enforcement of the tax laws).
    6. Use each penalty case as an opportunity to educate the taxpayer, help the taxpayer understand their legal obligations and rights, and assist the taxpayer in understanding their appeal rights and, in all cases, observe the taxpayer’s procedural rights.
    7. Endeavor to promptly process and resolve each taxpayer’s case.
    8. Resolve each penalty case in a manner which promotes voluntary compliance.

     

20.1.1.1.5  (08-20-1998)
Administrative Information

  1. This section provides information on requesting changes, updating, and submitting proposed changes to IRM 20.1. It also provides security standards for this IRM.

20.1.1.1.5.1  (08-20-1998)
Requesting Changes and Updating IRM 20.1

  1. The Penalties and Interest Office (OPIA) has overall responsibility for coordinating and approving any update to IRM 20.1. OPIA’s role is to ensure consistency in penalty administration.
  2. The offices of the Director, Compliance and Field Territory Managers in the functional areas are responsible for the initiation and content of Policy Statements, Manual Transmittals, and Manual Supplements necessary to maintain IRM 20.1 on a current basis. This responsibility includes:
    1. Initially determining the need for an amendment of, or announcement calling attention to, provisions in IRM 20.1.
    2. Deciding whether a revision will be in the form of a Manual Transmittal for a direct and immediate update to the Manual or a Manual Supplement prescribing procedures for a temporary implementation period before inclusion in the Manual (direct amendment by Manual Transmittal is preferable).
    3. Ensuring accuracy and completeness of any revision and providing a statement regarding the effect on functional documents and other provisions of the Manual.
    4. Ensuring revisions and announcements conform with the style and format of the IRM.
    5. Coordinating proposed revisions and announcements with other units within a function, other functions as appropriate, and the OPIA.
    6. Prior to implementing these changes, obtaining approval from the OPIA.

     

  3. If special instructions are issued "in an emergency situation" , see text of Internal Management Document System Handbook. A copy of the document must also be furnished to the OPIA within 30 days of issuing the special instructions.

20.1.1.1.5.2  (08-20-1998)
Submitting Proposed Changes to IRM 20.1

  1. Functions in the field (area or service center) should follow the instructions currently in the Internal Management Document System Handbook. This IRM will provide local instructions for submission of proposed changes to National Headquarters.
  2. Headquarters personnel in the appropriate areas will forward the corrections as appropriate.
    1. All areas must forward the requested change, in writing, to OPIA, and OPIA will coordinate the requested change through the document clearance process.
    2. Corrections and updates will be verified, as appropriate, before they are incorporated into IRM 20.1.

     

20.1.1.1.5.3  (08-20-1998)
Security Standards

  1. Service officials and managers must communicate security standards contained in the Manager’s Security Handbook to subordinate employees and establish methods to enforce them.
  2. Employees are responsible for taking required precautions to provide security for the documents, information, and property which they handle in performing official duties.
  3. Employees using IDRS should only access those accounts required to accomplish their official duties. Any unauthorized access or browsing of tax accounts by employees is prohibited by the Service.
    1. Browsing is defined as looking at a tax account to satisfy a personal curiosity or for fraudulent reasons.
    2. Unauthorized access to taxpayer information is subject to disciplinary action including dismissal from the Service.

     

20.1.1.1.6  (08-20-1998)
Taxpayer Advocate Service (TAS) Guidelines

  1. While the Service is always striving to improve its systems and provide better service, some taxpayers still have difficulty obtaining a solution to a problem or an appropriate response to an inquiry. The purpose of TAS is to give taxpayers someone to speak for them within the Service—an advocate. TAS guarantees that taxpayers will have someone to make sure their rights are protected, someone to turn to when the system is not responsive to their needs. TAS steps in and takes action on behalf of taxpayers when their complaints or inquiries concerning problems related to Federal taxes meet TAS criteria. The purpose of the criteria is to ensure that problems and complaints which have not been handled properly through normal channels are included in TAS.
  2. To make sure that all taxpayer problems receive equal consideration, employees should accept the taxpayer’s statement of the problem at face value when deciding if the complaint or inquiry meets TAS criteria. However, employees should be aware that TAS is not intended to be used to circumvent their responsibility for resolving overage or difficult cases.
  3. In applying the criteria, it is necessary to use good judgement and to screen or probe the situation to determine if the complaint or inquiry should be included in the program.
  4. A complaint or inquiry which meets any of the following conditions will be included in the TAS:
    1. Any Service contact on the same case at least 30 days after an initial inquiry or complaint; or the second contact after 60 days from the filing of an original or amended return or claim.
    2. Any contact that indicates the taxpayer has not received a response by the date promised (including commitment dates on IRS forms).
    3. Any contact that indicates established systems have failed, or it is in the best interest of the taxpayer or the Service that the case be worked in TAS.

     

  5. A complaint or inquiry does not need to be sent to TAS if the problem has been corrected or will be resolved by completing all required actions and responding to the taxpayer (by telephone, preparing written correspondence, or sending an IDRS letter) on the same date the case is identified as meeting TAS criteria.
  6. Although the complaint or inquiry may appear to meet TAS criteria, e.g., second contact on the same issue, there will be instances when certain contacts should not be included in TAS:
    1. When it can be determined that the taxpayer has not used, or refuses to use, established administrative or formal appeals procedures, or
    2. When the complaint or inquiry only questions the constitutionality of the tax system.

     

  7. Please keep in mind that a "nonfilers" can have a legitimate problem which should be handled by TAS.
  8. Items meeting TAS criteria may be discovered at any point in the processing cycle. If the item or case meets TAS criteria, the case should be referred to the supervisor for referral to TAS.

20.1.1.1.7  (08-20-1998)
Form 911—ATAO

  1. Form 911, Application for a Taxpayer Assistance Order to Relieve Hardship (ATAO) may be initiated by a Service employee on behalf of the taxpayer to request review of an account if:
    1. The taxpayer is experiencing or about to experience a "significant hardship" ; and
    2. The non-TAS employee dealing with the problem cannot or will not relieve that hardship immediately.

     

  2. The Service may receive cases that qualify for an ATAO directly from the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s authorized representative (Form 911); or, through telephone contact or letter.
  3. Use normal procedures and the appeal processes before resorting to an ATAO. However, if these procedures or processes are not appropriate because they will not be timely in resolving the hardship or were not followed and a "significant hardship" exists, consider requesting an ATAO. It is never wrong to consider whether an ATAO is appropriate.
  4. "Significant hardship" is a highly subjective determination. A number of factors must be considered when making a determination of "significant hardship" . Enforcement action, in and of itself, is not a hardship without additional factors. For this reason, using good judgement after reviewing the pertinent facts and circumstances is the most important element in reaching the fair and reasonable decision.
  5. Significant hardship consideration must be made on a case by case basis. The Taxpayer Advocate (PRO) will make the final decision. To properly evaluate a hardship situation, consider the following points:
    • Will the taxpayer be able to retain housing?
    • Will the taxpayer be able to obtain food?
    • Will the taxpayer be able to retain utilities?
    • Will the taxpayer be able to retain or obtain transportation to and from work?
    • Will the taxpayer be able to remain employed?
    • Will the taxpayer be able to obtain essential medical treatment and/or medication?
    • Will the taxpayer be able to obtain reasonable clothing and/or shoes?
    • Will the taxpayer sustain an avoidable loss of education?
    • Will irreparable damage be caused to the taxpayer’s credit rating?
    • Will the taxpayer be unable to meet payroll and/or be in imminent danger of bankruptcy?
    • Is the hardship imminent?

     

  6. Below are some examples of potential "significant hardship" cases.
    1. A wage levy that impaired the taxpayer’s ability to purchase needed medication or medical care. The Service’s lack of awareness causes an unintentional negative impact and would qualify for an ATAO if the employee contacted cannot or will not relieve the hardship.
    2. A payment is improperly applied to a taxpayer’s account, thus blocking the taxpayer’s receipt of a refund. After many contacts with the Service, substantiated with dates, the taxpayer is suffering emotional stress and files a Form 911 for relief. An ATAO is appropriate to request action to substantiate the credit and authorize the refund.

     

  7. Below are some examples of cases which DO NOT show "significant hardship" .
    1. A taxpayer is experiencing a significant hardship because of a bank levy on his sole source of funds. The employee contacted is able to release the levy and initiate a payment agreement with the taxpayer. Because the employee resolved the hardship, an ATAO would not be warranted.
    2. The taxpayer complains that he will not be able to pay both the tax liability and the rent this month. The taxpayer has been current on previous rent payments, and the landlord has not contacted the taxpayer about the rent. The state where the taxpayer lives requires 60 days prior notice before eviction proceedings can begin. Because there is no imminent hardship, an ATAO would not be warranted.

     

  8. Action required:
    1. Immediately prepare Form 911 upon receipt of any telephone call, correspondence, or claim which shows need for an ATAO for which the non-TAS employee cannot or will not provide relief. Prepare Form 911 even if the taxpayer does not specifically ask for an ATAO. Attach the source document, if any, to Form 911. Functional management review is permissible, but should not delay the Form 911 in getting to the PRO. If functional management decides to provide the relief requested for internally identified Forms 911, they need not go to the PRO.
    2. Route all Forms 911 (including statute cases) to the TAS office immediately.
    3. Do not advise taxpayers that their case is being made an ATAO. The TAS office will respond to the taxpayer as necessary.
    4. Refer to the Problem Resolution Program Handbook for additional information on "significant hardship" and ATAO processing
      instructions.

     

  9. You may discover items meeting TAS criteria at any point in the processing cycle. If the issue or case meets any of the criteria, forward it to TAS.
  10. Note:the ATAO procedure will not result in forgiveness of a valid tax liability. It only delays enforcement action, if appropriate.

20.1.1.2  (08-20-1998)
Purpose of Penalties

  1. Penalties exist to encourage voluntary compliance by supporting the standards of behavior expected by the Internal Revenue Code.
  2. For most taxpayers, voluntary compliance consists of preparing an accurate return, filing it timely, and paying any tax due. Efforts made to fulfill these obligations constitute compliant behavior. Most penalties apply to behavior that fails to meet any or all of these obligations.
  3. Penalties encourage voluntary compliance by:
    • Defining standards of compliant behavior,
    • Defining remedial consequences for noncompliance, and
    • Providing monetary sanctions against taxpayers who do not meet the standard.

     

  4. These three factors support the public conviction that the tax system is fair and the penalty is in proportion to the severity of the
    noncompliance.

20.1.1.2.1  (08-20-1998)
Encouraging Voluntary Compliance

  1. Taxpayers in the United States assess their tax liabilities against themselves and pay them voluntarily. This system of assessment and payment is based on the principle of voluntary compliance. Voluntary compliance exists when taxpayers conform to the law without compulsion or threat.
  2. Compliant self-assessment requires a taxpayer to know the rules for filing returns and paying taxes. The Service is responsible for providing information to taxpayers, which includes:
    • Written materials that clearly explain the rules.
    • Forms that permit the self-computation of tax liability.

     

  3. In addition to (2) above, the Service must also provide a means to preserve and enhance our voluntary compliance by fairly, consistently, and accurately administering a system of penalties.
  4. Although penalties support and encourage voluntary compliance, they also serve to bring additional revenues into the Treasury, impose remedial charges against taxpayers, and indirectly fund enforcement costs. However, these results are not reasons for creating or imposing penalties.
  5. Penalties advance the mission of the Service when they encourage voluntary compliance. The Service has formalized this obligation to the public in its Mission Statement.
  6. Compliance is achieved when a taxpayer makes a good faith effort to meet the tax obligations defined by the Internal Revenue Code.
  7. Penalties support voluntary compliance by assuring compliant taxpayers that tax offenders are identified and penalized.
  8. The Service has the obligation to advance the fairness and effectiveness of the tax system. Penalties should:
    • Be severe enough to deter noncompliance.
    • Encourage noncompliant taxpayers to comply.
    • Be objectively proportioned to the offense.
    • Be used as an opportunity to educate taxpayers and encourage their future compliance.

     

  9. Service personnel may educate taxpayers and encourage their future compliance by:
    1. Discussing causes for the delinquency and listening to taxpayer’s reasons and concerns for noncompliance,
    2. Ensuring that taxpayers understand their filing and paying responsibilities, and
    3. Being alert to information received in discussions with taxpayers that indicate possible reasons for abatement of a penalty.

     

  10. Penalties should relate to the standards of behavior they encourage. Penalties best aid voluntary compliance if they support belief in the fairness and effectiveness of the tax system. This belief encourages compliance in areas that cannot be reached through audits or other programs. The Service’s approach to penalties is embodied in Penalty Policy Statement P–1–18 (see Exhibit 20.1.1–1.)

20.1.1.2.2  (08-20-1998)
Fair and Consistent Approach to Penalty Administration

  1. The Service’s approach to penalty administration must ensure:
    1. Consistency: The Service should apply penalties equally in similar situations. Taxpayers base their perceptions about the fairness of the system on their own experience and the information they receive from the media and others. If the Service does not administer penalties uniformly (guided by the applicable statutes, regulations, and procedures) overall confidence in the tax system is jeOPIArdized.
    2. Accuracy: The Service must arrive at the correct penalty decision. Accuracy is essential. Erroneous penalty assessments and incorrect calculations confuse taxpayers and misrepresent the overall competency of the Service.
    3. Impartiality: Service employees are responsible for administering the penalty statutes in an even-handed manner that is fair and impartial to both the government and the taxpayer.
    4. Representation: Taxpayers must be given the opportunity to have their interests heard and considered. Employees need to take an active and objective role in case resolution so that all factors are considered.

     

20.1.1.3  (08-20-1998)
Relief From Penalties

  1. Generally, relief from penalties falls into four separate categories. They are:
    • Reasonable Cause
    • Statutory Exceptions
    • Administrative Waivers
    • Correction of Service Error.

     

  2. Appeals may recommend the abatement or nonassertion of a penalty based on these four criteria as well as "Hazards of Litigation."
  3. This chapter discusses each of these categories and the related criteria. Also, see LEM 20.1.3.
  4. In the interest of fairness, the Service will consider requests for penalty relief received from third parties, including requests from representatives without an authorized power of attorney. While information may be accepted, NO taxpayer information may be discussed with a third party, unless a power of attorney or other acceptable authorization is secured in writing from the taxpayer. See LEM 20.1..3.
    1. If additional information is needed, contact the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s authorized representative.
    2. If the validity of the request is questionable, contact the taxpayer.
    3. In all cases involving third party requests for penalty relief, advise the taxpayer of the request and the action taken.

     

20.1.1.3.1  (08-20-1998)
Reasonable Cause

  1. Reasonable cause is based on all the facts and circumstances in each situation and allows the Service to provide relief from a penalty that would otherwise be assessed. Reasonable cause relief is generally granted when the taxpayer exercises ordinary business care and prudence in determining their tax obligations but is unable to comply with those obligations.
  2. In the interest of equitable treatment of the taxpayer and effective tax administration, the nonassertion or abatement of civil penalties based on reasonable cause or other relief provisions provided in this IRM must be made in a consistent manner and should conform with the considerations specified in the Internal Revenue Code (IRC), Regulations (Treas. Regs.), Policy Statements, and Part 20.1.
  3. Reasonable cause relief is not available for all penalties; however, other exceptions may apply.
    1. For those penalties where reasonable cause can be considered, any reason which establishes that the taxpayer exercised ordinary business care and prudence, but was unable to comply with a prescribed duty within the prescribed time, will be considered.
    2. See IRM Exhibit 20.1.1–2, Penalty Relief-Application Chart. If a reasonable cause provision applies only to a specific Code section, that reasonable cause provision will be discussed in the IRM 20.1 chapter relating to that IRC section.
    3. When considering the information provided in the following pages, remember that an acceptable explanation is not limited to those given in IRM 20.1. Penalty relief granted because the taxpayer provided an "other acceptable explanation" is identified by use of PRC 30 on either the closing or adjustment document.

     

  4. The wording used to describe reasonable cause provisions varies. Some IRC penalty sections also require evidence that the taxpayer acted in good faith or that the taxpayer’s failure to comply with the law was not due to willful neglect. See specific IRM sections for the rules that apply to a specific Code section.
  5. Taxpayers have reasonable cause when their conduct justifies the nonassertion or abatement of a penalty. Each case must be judged individually based on the facts and circumstances at hand. Consider the following in conjunction with specific criteria identified in the remainder of IRM 20.1.1.3.
    • What happened and when did it happen?
    • During the period of time the taxpayer was non-compliant, what facts and circumstances prevented the taxpayer from filing a return, paying a tax, or otherwise complying with the law?
    • How did the facts and circumstances prevent the taxpayer from complying?
    • How did the taxpayer handle the remainder of their affairs during this time?
    • Once the facts and circumstances changed, what attempt did the taxpayer make to comply?

     

  6. Reasonable cause does not exist if, after the facts and circumstances that explain the taxpayer’s noncompliant behavior cease to exist, the taxpayer fails to comply with the tax obligation within a reasonable period of time.

20.1.1.3.1.1  (08-20-1998)
Standards

  1. Any reason that establishes a taxpayer exercised ordinary business care and prudence but was unable to comply with the tax law may be considered for penalty relief.
  2. The following regulations contain examples of circumstances that may be helpful in determining if a taxpayer has established reasonable cause:
    • Accuracy-Related Penalty: 1.6664–4
    • Failure to Pay Penalty: 301.6651–1(c)
    • Failure to File: 301.6651–1(c)
    • Failure to Deposit Penalty: 301.6656–1(b); 301.6656–2(c)
    • Information Returns Penalty: 301.6723–1A(d); 301.6724–1
    • Preparer/Promoter Penalties: 1.6694–2(d); 301.6707–1T.

     

  3. The following Internal Revenue Service Policy Statements contain specific criteria that may affect the imposition of penalties.
    • P–2–4, Penalties and interest not asserted against Federal agencies.
    • P–2–7, Reasonable cause for late filing of return or failure to deposit or pay tax when due.
    • P–2–9, Timely mailed returns bearing foreign postmarks.
    • P–2–11, Certain unsigned returns will be accepted for processing.

     

20.1.1.3.1.2  (08-20-1998)
Ordinary Business Care and Prudence

  1. Ordinary business care and prudence includes making provision for business obligations to be met when reasonably foreseeable events occur. A taxpayer may establish reasonable cause by providing facts and circumstances showing the taxpayer exercised ordinary business care and prudence (taking that degree of care that a reasonably prudent person would exercise), but nevertheless was unable to comply with the law.
  2. In determining if the taxpayer exercised ordinary business care and prudence, review available information including the following:
    1. Taxpayer’s Reason. The taxpayer’s reason should address the penalty imposed. To show reasonable cause, the dates and explanations should clearly correspond with events on which the penalties are based. If the dates and explanations do not correspond to the events on which the penalties are based, request additional information from the taxpayer that may clarify the explanation (See IRM 20.1.1.3.1).
    2. Compliance History. Check the preceding tax years (at least 2) for payment patterns and the taxpayer’s overall compliance history. The same penalty, previously assessed or abated, may indicate that the taxpayer is not exercising ordinary business care. If this is the taxpayer’s first incident of noncompliant behavior, weigh this factor with other reasons the taxpayer gives for reasonable cause, since a first time failure to comply does not by itself establish reasonable cause.
    3. Length of Time. Consider the length of time between the event cited as a reason for the noncompliance and subsequent compliance. See IRM 20.1.1.3.1. Consider: (1) when the act was required by law, (2) the period of time during which the taxpayer was unable to comply with the law due to circumstances beyond the taxpayer’s control, and (3) when the taxpayer complied with the law.
    4. Circumstances Beyond the Taxpayer’s Control. Consider whether or not the taxpayer could have anticipated the event that caused the noncompliance. Reasonable cause is generally established when the taxpayer exercises ordinary business care and prudence but, due to circumstances beyond the taxpayer’s control, the taxpayer was unable to timely meet the tax obligation. The taxpayer’s obligation to meet the tax law requirements is ongoing. Ordinary business care and prudence requires that the taxpayer continue to attempt to meet the requirements, even though late.

     

  3. Abatement of a penalty because the taxpayer established ordinary business care and prudence is identified by the use of Penalty Reason Code (PRC) 22.

20.1.1.3.1.2.1  (08-20-1998)
Ignorance of the Law

  1. In some instances taxpayers may not be aware of specific obligations to file and/or pay taxes. The ordinary business care and prudence standardrequires that taxpayers make reasonable efforts to determine their tax obligations. Reasonable cause may be established if the taxpayer shows ignorance of the law in conjunction with other facts and circumstances.
  2. For example, consider:
    1. The taxpayer’s education,
    2. If the taxpayer has been subject to the tax,
    3. If the taxpayer has been penalized, or
    4. If there were recent changes in the tax forms or law which a taxpayer could not reasonably be expected to know.

     

  3. The level of complexity of a tax or compliance issue is another factor that should be considered in evaluating reasonable cause because of ignorance of the law.
  4. Reasonable cause should never be presumed, even in cases where ignorance of the law is claimed.
  5. The taxpayer may have reasonable cause for noncompliance if:
    1. A reasonable and good faith effort was made to comply with the law, or
    2. The taxpayer was unaware of a requirement and could not reasonably be expected to know of the requirement.

     

20.1.1.3.1.2.2  (08-20-1998)
Mistake was Made

  1. The taxpayer may try to establish reasonable cause by claiming that a mistake was made.
    1. Generally, this is not in keeping with the ordinary business care and prudence standardand does not provide a basis for reasonable cause.
    2. However, the reason for the mistake may be a supporting factor if additional facts and circumstances support the determination that the taxpayer exercised ordinary business care and prudence.

     

20.1.1.3.1.2.3  (08-20-1998)
Forgetfulness

  1. The taxpayer may try to establish reasonable cause by claiming forgetfulness or an oversight by the taxpayer or another party caused the noncompliance. Generally, this is not in keeping with ordinary business care and prudence standard and does not provide a basis for reasonable cause.
    1. Relying on another person to perform a required act is generally not sufficient for establishing reasonable cause.
    2. It is the taxpayer’s responsibility to file a timely and accurate return and to make timely deposits or payments. This responsibility cannot be delegated.

     

  2. Information to consider when evaluating a request for an abatement or nonassertion of a penalty based on a mistake or a claim of ignorance of the law includes, but is not limited to:
    • When and how the taxpayer became aware of the mistake.
    • The extent to which the taxpayer corrected the mistake.
    • The relationship between the taxpayer and the subordinate.
    • If the taxpayer took timely steps to correct the failure after it was discovered.
    • The supporting documentation.

     

20.1.1.3.1.2.4  (08-20-1998)
Death, Serious Illness, or Unavoidable Absence

  1. Death, serious illness or unavoidable absence of the taxpayer may establish reasonable cause for late filing, payment, or deposit for the following:
    1. An individual: If there was a death, serious illness, or unavoidable absence of the taxpayer or a death or serious illness in the taxpayer’s immediate family (i.e. spouse, sibling, parents, grandparents, children). PRC 24indicates the incident occurred to the individual or a member of that individual’s immediate family for filing, paying, or depositing.
    2. A corporation, estate, trust , etc.:If there was a death, serious illness, or other unavoidable absence of the taxpayer (or a member of such taxpayer’s immediate family), and that taxpayer had sole authority to execute the return, make the deposit, or pay the tax (person responsible). PRC 26indicates the incident occurred to the person responsible for filing, paying or depositing.

     

  2. If someone, other than the taxpayer or the person responsible, is authorized to meet the obligation, consider the reasons why that person did not meet the obligation when evaluating the request for relief. In the case of a business, if only one person was authorized, determine whether this was in keeping with ordinary business care and prudence.
  3. Information to consider when evaluating a request for penalty relief based on reasonable cause due to death, serious illness, or unavoidable absence includes, but is not limited to, the following:
    1. The relationship of the taxpayer to the other parties involved.
    2. The date of death.
    3. The dates, duration, and severity of illness.
    4. The dates and reasons for absence.
    5. How the event prevented compliance.
    6. If other business obligations were impaired, and
    7. If tax duties were attended to promptly when the illness passed, or within a reasonable period of time after a death or absence.

     

20.1.1.3.1.2.5  (08-20-1998)
Unable to Obtain Records

  1. Explanations relating to the inability to obtain the necessary records may constitute reasonable cause in some instances, but may not in others.
  2. Consider the facts and circumstances relevant to each case and evaluate the request for penalty relief.
  3. If the taxpayer was unable to obtain records necessary to comply with a tax obligation, the taxpayer may or may not be able to establish reasonable cause. Reasonable cause may be established if the taxpayer exercised ordinary business care and prudence, but due to circumstances beyond the taxpayer’s control they were unable to comply.
  4. Information to consider when evaluating such a request includes, but is not limited to an explanation as to:
    • Why the records were needed to comply.
    • Why the records were unavailable and what steps were taken to secure the records.
    • When and how the taxpayer became aware that they did not have the necessary records.
    • If other means were explored to secure needed information.
    • Why the taxpayer did not estimate the information.
    • If the taxpayer contacted the Service for instructions on what to do about missing information.
    • If the taxpayer promptly complied once the missing information was received; and
    • Supporting documentation such as copies of letters written and responses received in an effort to get the needed information.

     

  5. Use PRC 25 if the taxpayer establishes reasonable cause because of an inability to obtain the records necessary to comply with a tax or information filing requirement.

20.1.1.3.2  (08-20-1998)
Statutory Exceptions & Administrative Waivers

  1. These two very separate categories are placed together because in many instances an Administrative Waiver is an extension of rules that were provided for by statute.

20.1.1.3.2.1  (08-20-1998)
Statutory Exceptions

  1. Tax legislation (Internal Revenue Code (IRC)) may provide an exception to a penalty. Specific statutory exceptions can be found in either the penalty-related IRC section or the accompanying regulations. For example:
    1. IRC section 6654(e)(1), (2), or (3), Estimated Tax Penalties for Individuals (IRM 20.1.3).
    2. IRC section 7502(a) and 7502(e), Timely Mailing Treated as Timely Filing and Paying (IRM 20.1.2).
    3. IRC section 6724(a) or 6724(c), Waiver; Definitions and Special Rules, Information Return Penalties (IRM 20.1.7).
    4. IRC section 6404(f), Abatement of Penalty or Addition to Tax Attributable to Written Advice of the Internal Revenue Service (see IRM 20.1.1).
    5. IRC section 7508, Time for performing certain Acts Postponed by Reason of Service in Combat Zone. This provision applies only in a Presidentially-declared "Combat Zone."

     

  2. Legislation with retroactive provisions may provide guidance on associated penalties. As a result of that retroactive provision, the Service may issue a News Release or other guidance with instructions for the disposition of the related penalties.
  3. Some Statutory Exceptions are assigned their own Penalty Reason Code (see the specific topic). However, many are not. Statutory Exceptions in general are identified by the use of PRC 44.

20.1.1.3.2.2  (08-20-1998)
Administrative Waiver

  1. The Service may formally interpret or clarify a provision to provide administrative relief from a penalty that would otherwise be assessed. An administrative waiver may be addressed in either a Policy Statement, News Release, or other formal communication stating that the policy of the Service is to provide relief from a penalty under specific conditions.
  2. An administrative waiver may be necessary when there is a delay by the Service in:
    1. Printing or mailing of forms
    2. Publishing guidance, writing of regulations, or
    3. Other conditions.

     

  3. An example of an administrative waiver is Notice 93–22, 1993-1 C.B. 305. This allowed individuals who requested an automatic 4-month extension of time to file an income tax return, an extension of time without remitting the unpaid amount of any tax properly estimated to be due.
  4. An administrative waiver is identified by PRC 43.

20.1.1.3.2.3  (08-20-1998)
Undue Hardship

  1. An undue hardship may support the granting of an extension of time for paying a tax or deficiency. Treas. Reg. 1.6161–1(b), provides that an undue hardship must be more than an inconvenience to the taxpayer. The taxpayer must show that they would sustain a substantial financial loss if forced to paya tax or deficiency on the due date.
  2. The extension of time to pay does not provide the taxpayer with an extension of time to file. Nor does the extension of time to pay relieve the taxpayer of any appropriate penalties.
  3. Undue hardship generally does not affect a person’s ability to file and therefore would not provide a basis for penalty relief in a failure to file situation. However, each request must be considered on a case-by-case basis. Undue hardship may establish reasonable cause for failure to file on magnetic media, under Treas. Reg. 301.6724–1.
  4. Undue hardship may also support relief from the addition to tax for failure to pay tax if, the explanation for the noncompliance supports such a determination. However, the mere inability to pay does not ordinarily provide the basis for granting penalty relief. Under Treas. Reg. 301.6651–1(e), the taxpayer must also show that they exercised ordinary business care and prudence in providing for the payment of the tax liability.
    1. The taxpayer may claim that enough funds were on hand but, as a result of unanticipated events, the taxpayer was unable to pay the taxes.
    2. Consider an individual taxpayer’s inability to pay a factor when considering penalty relief if the taxpayer shows that, had the payment been made on the payment due date, undue hardship (as defined in Treas. Reg. 1.6161–1(b)) would have resulted. In the case where a taxpayer files bankruptcy, consider inability to pay a factor if the insolvency occurred before the tax payment date.

     

  5. If a payroll was met, taxes were withheld and should be available for deposit. Employers must reserve money withheld from employees’ wages in trust until deposited. The employer should not use the money for any other purpose. Undue hardship does not support relief from the IRC section 6672, Failure to Collect and Pay Over Tax, or attempt to Evade or Defeat Tax (Trust Fund Recovery Program).
  6. Information to consider when evaluating a request for penalty relief includes, but is not limited to, the following:
    • When did the taxpayer know they could not pay?
    • Why was the taxpayer unable to pay?
    • Did the taxpayer explore other means to secure the necessary funds?
    • What did the taxpayer supply in the way of supporting documentation, such as copies of bank statements?
    • Did the taxpayer pay when the funds became available?

     

  7. An abatement of a penalty because the taxpayer experienced a "undue hardship" is identified by the use of PRC 29.

20.1.1.3.2.4  (08-20-1998)
Advice

  1. This section discusses three basic types of advice: written and/or oral advice provided by the Service, and advice provided by a tax
    professional.
  2. Information to consider when evaluating a request for abatement or nonassertion of a penalty due to reliance or advice, includes, but is not limited to, the following:
    1. Was the advice in response to a specific request and was the advice received related to the facts contained in that request?
    2. Did the taxpayer reasonably rely on the advice?

     

  3. The following examples address situations where a taxpayer relies on written advice from the Service regarding an item on a filed return.
    1. The taxpayer did not reasonably rely on the advice regarding an item included on a returnif the advise was received after the date the return was filed;
    2. A taxpayer may be considered to have reasonably relied on advice received after the return was filed if they then filed an amended return that conformed with such written advice;
    3. A taxpayer may not be considered to have reasonably relied on written advice unrelatedto an item included on a return, such as advice on the payment of estimated taxes, if the advice is received after the estimated tax payment was due.

     

  4. Did the taxpayer provide the Service or the tax professional with adequate and accurate information?
  5. The taxpayer is entitled to penalty relief for the period during which they relied on the advice. The period continues until the taxpayer is placed on noticethat the advice is no longer correct or no longer represents the Service’s position.
  6. The taxpayer is placed on noticeas the result of any of the following events that present a contrary position and occur after the issuance of the written advice:
    1. Written correspondence from the Service that its advice is no longer correct or no longer represents the Service’s position;
    2. Enactment of legislation or ratification of a tax treaty;
    3. A U.S. Supreme Court decision;
    4. The issuance of temporary or final regulations; or
    5. the publication of a revenue ruling, revenue procedure, or other statement in the Internal Revenue Bulletin.

     

  7. Taxpayers should submit the necessary supporting information and documentation with Form 843, Claim. However, if the information provided demonstrates that abatement of the penalty is warranted, the penalty should be abated, whether or not a Form 843 is provided.

20.1.1.3.2.4.1  (08-20-1998)
Written Advice from the Service

  1. The Service is required by IRC section 6404(f) and Treas. Reg. 301.6404–3 to abate any portion of any penalty attributable to erroneous written advice furnished by an officer or employee of the Service acting in their official capacity.
  2. If the taxpayer does not meet the criteria for penalty relief under IRC section 6404, the taxpayer may qualify for other penalty relief. For instance, taxpayers who fail to meet all of the above criteria may still qualify for relief under reasonable cause if the Service determines that the taxpayer exercised ordinary business care and prudence in relying on the Service’s written advice.
  3. Penalties abated as a result of reliance on erroneously written advice from the Service should be identified by PRC 44, Statutory Exception.

20.1.1.3.2.4.2  (08-20-1998)
Oral Advice from the Service

  1. The Service may provide penalty relief based on a taxpayer’s reliance on erroneous oral advice from the Service. The Service is required by IRC section 6404(f) and Treas. Reg. 301.6404–3 to abate any portion of any penalty attributable to erroneously written advice furnished by an employee acting in their official capacity. Administratively, the Service has extended this relief to include erroneous oral advice when
    appropriate.
  2. In addition to considering the criteria provided in above, consider the following:
    1. Did the taxpayer exercise ordinary business care and prudence in relying on that advice?
    2. Was there a clear relationship between the taxpayer’s situation, the advice provided, and the penalty assessed?
    3. What is the taxpayer’s prior tax history and prior experience with the tax requirements?
    4. Did the Service provide correct information by other means (such as tax forms and publications)?
    5. What type of supporting documentation is available?

     

  3. The following are types of supporting documentation:
    1. A notation of the taxpayer’s question to the Service;
    2. Documentation regarding the advice provided by the Service;
    3. Information regarding the office and method by which the advice was obtained;
    4. The date the advice was provided, and
    5. The name of the employee who provided the information.

     

  4. Penalties abated as the result of reliance on erroneous oral advice provided by the Service should be identified by using PRC 31 in the fourth reason code position.

20.1.1.3.2.4.3  (08-20-1998)
Advice from a Tax Advisor

  1. Reliance on the advice of a tax advisor generally relates to the reasonable cause exception in IRC section 6664© for the accuracy-related penalty under IRC section 6662. See IRM 20.1.5, Preparer Promoter Penalty, and Treas. Reg. 1.6664–4(c).
  2. However, in very limited instances, reliance on the advice of a tax advisor may apply to other penalties when the tax advisor provides advice on a substantive tax issue.
  3. Example:The employer researched all available Service publications on the subject of contract labor, provided clear and convincing documentation as to the duties of the workers to the tax advisor, and requested an opinion from the tax advisor as to whether the workers were "contract labor" or employees. As a result, the tax advisor advised the employer that the workers were "contract labor" . However, the Service later determined that the workers were "employees" and not "contract labor" .
  4. Reliance on the advice of a tax advisor is limited to issues generally considered technical or complicated. The taxpayer’s responsibility to file, pay or deposit taxes cannot be excused by reliance on the advice of a tax advisor.

20.1.1.3.2.5  (08-20-1998)
Fire, Casualty, Natural Disaster, or Other Disturbance

  1. Relief from a penalty may be requested if there was a failure to timely comply with a requirement to file a return or pay a tax as the result of a fire, casualty, natural disaster, or other disturbance.
  2. Relief from a penalty because the taxpayer suffered from a fire, casualty, natural disaster, or other disturbance should be identified by the use of the appropriate PRC. It could be that as a result of the fire the taxpayer was unable to access their records (PRC 25) or as the result of an accident, the responsible party was hospitalized and unable to file the return or pay the tax (PRC 24 or 26).
  3. Fire, casualty, natural disaster, or other disturbance are factors to consider. One of these circumstances by itself does not necessarily provide penalty relief.
  4. Penalty relief may be appropriate if the taxpayer exercised ordinary business care and prudence, but due to circumstances beyond the taxpayer’s control they were unable to comply with the law.
  5. Factors to consider include:
    • Timing.
    • Effect on the taxpayer’s business.
    • Steps taken to attempt to comply.
    • If the taxpayer complied when it became possible.

     

  6. The determination to grant relief from each penalty must be based on the facts and circumstances surrounding each individual case.

20.1.1.3.2.6  (08-20-1998)
Official Disaster Area

  1. When a significant disaster occurs affecting a wide area of taxpayers, the Service often issues special instructions to facilitate evaluating the request for penalty relief.
    1. Because there are one-time instructions, they will not be incorporated in this IRM. Territories, service centers, and customer service sites will be kept informed of any special instructions affecting their areas.
    2. Penalty Relief granted because the taxpayer was located in an Official Disaster Area is identified by the use of PRC 28.

     

20.1.1.3.3  (08-20-1998)
Service Error

  1. A Service error can be any error made by the Service in computing or assessing tax, crediting accounts, etc. See Exhibit 20.1.1–3, Penalty Reason Code Chart, for the appropriate PRC to be used when abating either a computer-generated or manually-input penalty.
  2. General Service Error (computer generated—PRC 15). This PRC should be used to identify penalties abated as the result of a Master File Recovery.
  3. When an analyst, from any area of the Service, identifies a computer programming applicationthat caused a penalty to be assessed in error, that analyst should:
    1. Contact Information Services (IS) to resolve the inadequate computer application, and
    2. Include on the Request for Information Services (RIS) a statement indicating that PRC 15 must be used to identify any abatement of a penalty resulting from reversal of the computer application.

     

  4. Other Service Error (manual input—PRC 45). This PRC should be used to identify penalties abated as the result of service errors that occur individually. Some examples are:
    1. A math error when manually computing a penalty,
    2. An extension of time to file that did not post to the Master File, or
    3. Any other error, when it can be shown that (a) the taxpayer did in fact comply with the law, and (b) the Service did not initially recognize that fact.

     

20.1.1.3.4  (08-20-1998)
Requesting Penalty Relief

  1. The initial request for relief may occur either after an examination, but before a penalty is actually assessed, or with a return that is either filed or paid late.
  2. When the request is received carefully analyze the taxpayer’s reasons to determine if penalty relief if warranted. The burden of proof is generally upon the taxpayer.
  3. Each request must be evaluated on its own merit including:
    1. The events or parties involved, and
    2. If the taxpayer exercised ordinary business care and prudence, but due to circumstances or events beyond the taxpayer’s control the taxpayer was unable to meet the tax requirement or if other penalty relief criteria apply.

     

  4. The taxpayer’s obligation to meet the requirement is ongoing. Ordinary business care and prudence requires that the taxpayer continue to attempt to meet the requirements, even though late.
  5. Determine if the taxpayer’s explanation addresses the penalty imposed.
    1. The dates and explanations should clearly correspond with events on which the penalties are based to show that the taxpayer is entitled to relief from the penalty.
    2. Request additional information from the taxpayer to clarify the explanation if the dates and explanations do not correspond with the events on which the penalty are based.

     

  6. Review available Service information (see IRM 1.3.1.2) in determining whether or not the taxpayer exercised ordinary business care and prudence. Check the preceding tax years (at least two)for payment patterns and the taxpayer’s overall compliance history.
    1. The same penalty, previously assessed, may indicate that the taxpayer is not exercising ordinary business care.
    2. If this is the taxpayer’s first incident of noncompliant behavior, weigh this factor with other reasons the taxpayer gives for relief, since a first time failure to comply does not by itself establish reasonable cause.

     

  7. Consider the length of time between the event cited as a reason for the noncompliance and subsequent compliance. The length of time between events may serve to cancel or reduce the event’s effect. Penalty relief may not be appropriate if after considering all facts and circumstances the taxpayer fails to timely correct noncompliant behavior.
  8. The following are examples where penalty relief may not be appropriate.
    1. The taxpayers claim that they were unable to comply with the filing requirement due to a death in the family. The death occurred several months prior to the due date of the return. The return was not filed until a year after the due date of the return.
    2. Taxpayers claim that they were unable to comply with the filing requirement because the records necessary for filing were in the control of a third party, i.e., a bankruptcy trustee or an accountant. The records were returned to the taxpayer well in advance of time the return was required to be filed. The return was not filed until several months after the records were returned.
    3. In both of the examples, the timing of the event may prevent the taxpayer from receiving penalty relief unless other factors justify the delay in filing.

     

  9. Consider if the taxpayer could have anticipated the event that caused the non-compliance. See IRM 20.1.1.3.1.2.

20.1.1.3.4.1  (08-20-1998)
Subsequent Requests for Penalty Relief

  1. A second or subsequent request for penalty relief may be received after the initial request for relief has been denied.
  2. If the review of the account indicates that the taxpayer’s request for penalty relief was previously disallowed, review the circumstances of the previous denial.
    1. Is the taxpayer submitting new information? If yes, consider the facts and circumstances discussed in the new information. Abate the penalty, disallow the request, or send a letter informing the taxpayer that you are unable to consider (not consider) the request for penalty relief based on the new information provided and the information contained in the original disallowance.
    2. If the taxpayer is not submitting new information then is the taxpayer requesting an appeal of the previous determination? If yes, forward the request to Appeals. If no, send the taxpayer a letter stating that you are unable to consider (not consider) the case on the grounds of the previous determination.
    3. If it is unclear what the taxpayer wants, contact the taxpayer to request clarifying information.

     

  3. If the penalty was previously sustained in Appeals, forward the request to the appropriate Appeals office. (This may be identified by the presence of a TC 290 for $0.00 with a blocking series 96X on the account.)

20.1.1.3.4.2  (08-20-1998)
Taxpayer Entitled to Relief

  1. If the taxpayer provides an explanation that supports their request, waive or abate the applicable penalties. If the explanation applies to only a portion of the penalty, only that portion of the penalty should be waived or abated.
  2. Document the decision and the basis for providing relief according to functional guidelines. Attach a copy of the information to the original return (if available) or other transaction (input) document.
  3. Decisions made by compliance personnel, with respect to penalties, should not ordinarily be changed by personnel within another functional area. Before considering relief for a penalty asserted by compliance personnel, contact that office to determine if the case should be returned to the originating office.
  4. If relief is granted prior to assertion of the penalty, use computer condition codes to suppress the automatic assertion of penalties. Functional areas that forward returns to be processed must request that the service center prevent the assessment of the penalty. This may be done by:
    1. Writing "Reasonable Cause" or "Penalty Relief" (as appropriate) in the preprinted penalty block on the return or on Form 4364, Delinquency Computations;
    2. Requesting the penalty assessment transaction code be input for zero amount;
    3. Editing a computer condition code on the return; or
    4. Preparing other forms appropriate for forwarding returns or penalty computations for processing.
    5. In addition, annotate the appropriate PRC on the respective form or return.

     

  5. If relief is granted after the assessment of a penalty, follow procedures for abating the penalty or the appropriate portion of the penalty. Adjustments to penalties that are due to reasonable cause should include Reason Code 62 and the appropriate PRC. See Exhibit 20.1.1–3.
  6. If relief if warranted for only a portion of the penalty, manually compute and assess or abate the applicable penalty amount. This will prevent automatic assertion of the penalty for the full amount. Follow applicable penalty procedures in IRM 20.1.

20.1.1.3.4.3  (08-20-1998)
Taxpayer Not Entitled to Relief

  1. If the criteria for penalty relief has not been met, determine if additional information would be helpful to evaluate the taxpayer’s request (see IRM 20.1.1.3.1).
  2. If a final determination that the criteria for granting penalty relief was not established:
    1. Document the decision and its basis according to functional guidelines, and
    2. Attach a copy of the information to the original return (if available) or other transaction (input) document.

     

  3. Employees denying a request for preassessment relief (prior to assessment) or abatement (after assessment), must provide written notification to the taxpayer of the denial and of the taxpayer’s appeal rights, regardless of whether the request was received,
    1. In person,
    2. Over the phone, or
    3. In writing.

     

  4. The notice should include:
    1. A complete explanation of the Service’s decision and the basis for denial;
    2. Information on the appeal procedures, including instructions on how to submit a written protest; and
    3. Power of attorney information.

     

  5. The Service has developed standardized letters that are used by various offices. They include:
    • IDRS Correspondex Letter 854(C), which is generally used by service centers and area offices.
    • ACS LT38, which is used by the Automated Collection System.
    • Pattern letters 2413(P) and 2414(P), which are used by Collection Area Offices.

     

  6. Functions that process returns through the service center will need to alert the service center of their decision to deny penalty relief. This can be done by writing "Penalty Relief Denied" in the appropriate preprinted penalty block on the return or on Form 4364, Delinquency
    Computations.
  7. If a request for penalty relief if denied after assessment, request or input TC 290 for zero amount, using blocking series 98/99 (Appeals uses blocking series 96X) with Reason Code 62 and Hold Code 3.

20.1.1.4  (08-20-1998)
Methods of Appealing Penalties

  1. Various administrative and legislative remedies are provided for taxpayers who disagree with the Service’s determination that they are liable for a particular penalty. Generally, when a taxpayer disagrees with our determination regarding a penalty they have the right to an administrative appeal.
  2. Taxpayers have the right to challenge the assertion or assessment of a penalty, and generally may do so at any stage in the penalty process. Taxpayers may request:
    1. A review of the penalty prior to assessment (e.g. deficiency
      procedures),
    2. A penalty abatement after it is assessed and either before or after it is paid (postassessment review),
    3. An abatement and refund after payment (claim for refund).

     

  3. Taxpayers may indicate their disagreement with the Service verbally, in writing, or if paid, by filing a claim for refund or credit.
  4. If agreement cannot be reached at the area or service center, the taxpayer may request a conference with the employee’s immediate manager or in most cases the taxpayer may request that the case be forwarded to Appeals. Taxpayers should provide a written request for consideration by Appeals.
  5. The taxpayer may also file suit in court. Depending on the procedural circumstances of the taxpayer’s case, the taxpayer may petition the United States Tax Court or file a complaint with either the United States District Court having jurisdiction or the United States Court of Federal Claims, as appropriate. See Appeals Processing & Control Handbook.

20.1.1.4.1  (08-20-1998)
The Appeals Function

  1. The Appeals Office is an independent administrative body within the Service that is the only formal level of appeal within the Service.
  2. The review of a penalty determination by Appeals is not automatic. Appeals will only review a penalty if the request for relief has been previously denied by a Service employee and the taxpayer requests an appeal.
  3. In addition, Appeals may make a determination that the taxpayer did not commit the prohibited action or failure to act for which the penalty is asserted (charged). Issues of basic liability for a penalty may be consid-ered in the appeals process, and should be considered before considering if reasonable cause or other relief criteria exist.
  4. Appeals has the authority to settle penalties for less than the full amount based on the hazards of litigation.

20.1.1.4.1.1  (08-20-1998)
Preassessment Appeals

  1. Generally, Appeals will consider the following type of penalties prior to assessment:
    1. Penalties which are asserted by the Service in the course of an examination of a taxpayer’s income tax return;
    2. Penalties which are granted a specific preassessment appeal right such as the Trust Fund Recovery penalty under IRC 6672 (see Employment Tax Handbook for Trust Fund Recovery penalty guidelines) or the preparer penalties under IRC 6694, and
    3. The intentional disregard penalty of IRC section 6721(e) when it is asserted for failures to comply with the cash reporting requirements of IRC section 6050I.

     

  2. Generally, if Appeals considers a penalty before it is assessed, Appeals will not reconsider the penalty after it is assessed.
    1. However, at its discretion, Appeals may reconsider its prior decision if evidence becomes available that indicates further consideration is warranted.
    2. Taxpayers may also pay the penalty previously upheld by Appeals, and file a claim for refund. The claim for refund may be brought to Appeals if denied.

     

  3. More detailed Appeals procedures are described in the Appeals Returns Processing and Control Handbook.

20.1.1.4.1.2  (08-20-1998)
Postassessment Appeals

  1. To request abatement of a penalty after assessment, the taxpayer must submit a written request to the Service.
  2. The employee must consider all the facts and circumstances to determine if the taxpayer’s explanation meets the penalty relief criteria. See IRM 20.1.1.3.
  3. If a taxpayer orally request the abatement of a penalty, advise the taxpayer to submit the request in writing.
  4. If a taxpayer orally requests an appeal of a decision, advise the taxpayer to submit the request in writing.
  5. Certain penalties such as failure to file, failure to pay, and failure to deposit are routinely assessed at the time a return is filed or the tax is paid. When one of these penalties is assessed, the taxpayer may submit a statement requesting an abatement of the penalty.

20.1.1.4.2  (08-20-1998)
Deficiency Procedures

  1. IRC section 6211 generally defines a deficiency as the excess of the correct amount of income, estate or gift taxes owed less the sum of the amount shown on the return and the amounts previously assessed (or collected without assessment) less rebates. In general, deficiency procedures are used when additional income, estate, or gift taxes and/or related penalties are proposed. The Service generally:
    1. Cannot assess an additional amount of income, estate, or gift tax, including related penalties unless it complies with deficiency
      procedures;
    2. Can assess additional amounts of employment and certain excise tax and related penalties without providing a notice of deficiency;
    3. Can assess penalties not related to a tax (e.g., IRC sections 6700, 6701, 6702) without providing a notice of deficiency;
    4. Can assess estimated tax penalties (IRC sections 6654 and 6655) if a return was filed for the tax year without providing a notice of deficiency; and
    5. Can assess the failure to file and failure to pay (IRC section 6651) applicable to the portion of the tax liability which is not a tax deficiency without providing a notice of deficiency.
    6. Example:Taxpayer files the return one month late and reports and pays a tax of $4,000. On audit, the Service determines a tax deficiency of $1,000. The late filing penalty is 5 percent, per month, (for up to 5 months) of the amount of tax. The total failure to file penalty is $250 (5 percent of $5,000 for one month). If the taxpayer contests the deficiency, the taxpayer will be entitled to a notice of deficiency for $1,050 ($1,000 tax deficiency and $50 failure to file penalty (5 percent of $1,000). The remaining $200 failure to file penalty which was attributable to the original tax assessment is not part of the deficiency and is collectible by immediate assessment.

     

  2. A penalty is subject to deficiency procedures, if the related tax underpayment being assessed is subject to deficiency procedures. For example, if the negligence penalty was assessed on an underpayment of income tax, the deficiency procedures would apply to the negligence penalty as well as income tax deficiency. However, if the penalty was the result of an underpayment of employment tax, deficiency procedures would not apply to the penalty.
    1. The taxes and related penalties subject to deficiency procedures include income, estate and gift tax, as well as certain excise taxes.
    2. The taxes and related penalties not subject to deficiency procedures include employment taxes imposed by Subtitle C, and certain excise taxes.

     

  3. The procedure called "notice of deficiency" provides the taxpayer a method of appealing tax and/or penalties prior to their assessment.

20.1.1.4.2.1  (08-20-1998)
Non-Deficiency Procedures

  1. Most employment and excise taxes are not subject to deficiency procedures. No statutory notice of deficiency is issued and the taxpayer cannot petition the Tax Court.
  2. Generally, nondeficiency procedures are as follows:
    1. If penalties are proposed and the taxpayer agrees, the penalties are assessed.
    2. If penalties are proposed and the taxpayer disagrees a 30 day letter is issued andthe taxpayer may file a protest with Appeals.
    3. If Appeals sustains the penalty proposal, the penalties are assessed.

     

  3. If penalties are assessed and the taxpayer cannot or does not file a protest with Appeals, the taxpayer must pay the penalty, then they may file a claim for credit or refund.
  4. If a 30 day letter was not issued, or if a claim for refund was denied, the taxpayer should be given the opportunity for an appeal.

20.1.1.5  (08-20-1998)
Master File Indicators

  1. Master file indicators are listed below.

20.1.1.5.1  (08-20-1998)
Master File Reason Codes

  1. Penalty reason codes were adopted to enable the Service to track penalties. Accurate reporting of these reason codes is vital. Penalty reason codes provide the basis for determining a taxpayer’s compliance history and the foundation of the Penalty Management Information System. Penalty reason codes are used with both BMF and IMF document code 54 and 47 transactions.
  2. Penalty reason codes are divided into two categories, systemically generated and manually input. When manually abating a penalty, use only those reason codes identified as available for manual input on Exhibit 20.1.1–3.
  3. If an abatement or partial abatement of a penalty is appropriate, either input the abatement transaction or complete the appropriate form to request that the support area abate the penalty using the specified penalty reason code.
    1. Taxpayer Service—IDRS (ADJ54)—The Penalty Reason Code MUST be used only in the fourth reason code position.
    2. Compliance—The penalty reason code must be used to identify the reason for the abatement or nonassertion of a penalty when completing any of the following forms: Form 5344, Examination Closing Record (ADJ47); Form 5599, EO Examined Closing Record (ADJ47); and Form 8278, Computation and Assessment of Miscellaneous Penalties (ADJ54).
    3. Appeals—The penalty reason code must be used when abatement or non-assertion of a penalty when completing any of the following forms: Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record (ADJ47), Form 9120, Appeals Transmittal Memorandum and Supporting Statement—Penalty (ADJ54), and Form 8278, Computation and Assessment of Miscellaneous Penalties (ADJ54).

     

  4. There are four main categories of Penalty Reason Codes available for manual input.
    1. Penalty Relief, to be used in conjunction with IRM 20.1.1.3 or other specific penalty provisions provided throughout IRM 20.1 (see Exhibit 20.1.1–3).
    2. Appeals, the following three reason codes are to be used only by Appeals and only when the other criteria referenced in Exhibit 20.1.1–3 are inappropriate. For example: RC 40—hazards of litigation or other Appeals Settlement when all of the penalty is abated; RC 41—penalties are sustained by Appeals; RC 42—partial abatement (Settlements where part of the penalty is abated).
    3. Statutory Exception or Administrative Waivers(to be used when written procedures have been established).
    4. Service Error(to be used when it is determined that the Service computed the penalty incorrectly or inappropriately).

     

  5. If more than one penalty is abated for more than one reason, each abatement action must reference its own penalty reason code. This will require a separate adjustment for each penalty reason code. For example:
    • 16X Reasonable Cause—PRC 25
    • 27X Partially abated—PRC 42
    • 18X Hazards—PRC 40

     

  6. If all penalties are abated for the same reason, only one PRC must be referenced. For example:
    • 16X Reasonable Cause—PRC 25
    • 27X Reasonable Cause
    • 18X Reasonable Cause

     

20.1.1.5.2  (08-20-1998)
Penalty Transaction Codes

  1. Penalty transaction codes (see Exhibit 20.1.1–4) indicate assessment or abatement actions. Generally, return related penalties are based on an underpayment of tax.
    1. When the penalty is assessed on the Tax Module, generally, each penalty is assigned a Transaction Code (TC) which identifies the type of penalty, however, some penalties assessed on a Tax Module will use a TC 240 with a reference number (RN) which identifies the type of penalty. These reference numbers are between 680 and 699.
    2. There are usually four potential transaction codes for each penalty, one each for manual and computer assessments with the related abatement codes. For example, Failure to File (FTF):
      (1) 160— Manually assessed FTF (2) 161— Manually abatedFTF (3) 166— Computer generated assessment of the FTF (4) 167— Computer generated abatement of the FTF.
    3. Related penalty Transaction Codes in a series are shown in Exhibit 20.1.1–4, with the first two digits plus an X. For example, in the FTF example series above the TC will be shown as 16X.

     

  2. Exhibit 20.1.1–4 provides (a) Penalty Transaction Codes (TC) (b) their related IRC section, and (c) a description of the penalty.

20.1.1.5.3  (08-20-1998)
Penalty Reference Numbers

  1. Penalty Reference Numbers are used to identify penalties that are not based on information from a tax return. These penalties are based on a failure to perform an act required by the Internal Revenue Code (IRC). The penalty is assessed on MFT 13 (Individual) or 55 (Business), and identified by a Reference Number.
  2. At times several reference numbers will be used to identify one Code section, though the failure may be the same or similar. This is done to identify the area or program responsible for assessing or abating the penalty. For example, both reference numbers 500 and 600 are used to identify a penalty assessed as the result of IRC section 6721.
    1. Reference number 500 is used if the failure was identified on the Payer Master File.
    2. Reference number 600 is used if the failure was identified during an examination, audit, or other compliance determination based on the taxpayer’s books and records.
    3. Reference numbers between 680 and 699 are used to identify return related penalties. These reference numbers will appear on tax related MFT’s (not MFT 13 or 55).

     

  3. See Exhibits 20.1.1–5 and 20.1.1–6 for Penalty Reference Numbers, their related IRC section, a description of the penalty, or the computer paragraph inserted in the balance due notice.
  4. The following are examples of reference numbers assigned for various failures relating to IRC section 6721.
    1. Reference numbers 500 through 514 are used to assess/abate penalties based on Payer Master File information. See IRM 20.1.7, Information Return Penalties.
    2. Reference number 549 is used to assess/abate penalties based on the CAWR Program. See IRM 20.1.7, Information Return
      Penalties.
    3. The 600 series reference numbers are used to assess or abate a penalty as the result of an examination or a determination made by a compliance employee: (a) 600—failure to timely and correctly file an information return; (b) 609—failure to timely and correctly file a Form 8300—responses to Detroit Computing Center; (c) 651—Failure to File—Form 8300; (d) 652—Intentional Disregard—Form 8300.

     

20.1.1.6  (08-20-1998)
Administrative Procedures

  1. See Exhibit 20.1.1–7 for the Table of Abbreviations and Acronyms and Exhibit 20.1.1–8 for the Dictionary of Key Terms.

20.1.1.6.1  (08-20-1998)
Corporate Files on Line (CFOL)

  1. CFOL provides on-line research of master file account and return data. The use of command codes such as IMFOL, BMFOL, and RTVUE is an alternative to MFTRA/ACTRA/ESTAB requests.
  2. However, since master file does not carry all information available on the IDRS screen displays (IDRS notice status, case control information, pending transaction, etc.), it is imperative that IDRS research be initiated before accessing master file information via CFOL command codes. Also IDRS input command codes that will cause a change to master file data cannot be preceded by BRTVUE or RTVUE.
  3. CFOL command codes should be used to research entity and/or tax data which may not be available on IDRS. In most cases, the response will appear on the screen in five seconds or less.
    1. It is recommended that CFOL command codes be used in lieu of MFTRA/ACTRA/ESTAB when the case can be resolved from information provided by the CFOL command codes.
    2. This will reduce the need to order MFTRA transcripts on some cases.

     

  4. IMFOL accesses the IMF and allows several screen displays based on an input definer code. These include:
    1. An index screen which shows whether a specific tax period is available on-line or not. The index screen also includes a balance due field showing if the account is in debit, credit, or zero balance.
    2. A screen which shows entity type information (similar to INOLE).
    3. A screen which has specific data from the tax account (similar to TXMOD and MFTRA).
    4. A screen titled IMF Adjustment Transaction Screen which includes detailed information about adjustment transactions input.
    5. A screen which includes retention register account information.
    6. A posted TC 150 return screen which displays return data that is transcribed along with computer generated fields.
    7. A status history screen which includes extension to file data.
    8. A help screen which displays information to assist in using IMFOL/BMFOL.

     

  5. RTVUE accesses the Return Transaction File (RTF). It contains all edited, transcribed, and error corrected data from data entry lines of returns and related forms and schedules filed in the current processing year (including returns for prior tax years). At a later date, this file will contain information for the current year and two prior year returns. This command code requires a definer to access a particular screen and has an index type screen.
  6. For further explanation of the screen displays and applicable definer codes, refer to the Aims Handbook for IDRS Terminals Inquiries.

Exhibit 20.1.1.6-1  (08-20-1998)
Penalty Policy Statement (P–1–18)

PENALTY POLICY STATEMENT
   
Penalties constitute one important tool of the Internal Revenue Service in pursuing its mission of collecting the proper amount of tax revenue at the least cost. Penalties support the Service’s mission only if penalties enhance voluntary compliance. Even though other results, such as raising of revenue, punishment, or reimbursement of the costs of enforcement, may also arise when penalties are asserted, the Service will design, administer, and evaluate penalty programs solely on the basis of whether they do the best possible job of encouraging compliant conduct.
   
In the interest of an effective tax system, the Service uses penalties to encourage voluntary compliance by: (1) helping taxpayers understand that compliant conduct is appropriate and that non-compliant conduct is not; (2) deterring noncompliance by imposing costs on it; and (3) establishing the fairness of the tax system by justly penalizing the non-compliant taxpayer.
   
To this end, the IRS administers a penalty system that is designed to:
   
ensure consistency;
   
ensure accuracy of results in light of the facts and the law;
   
provide methods for the taxpayer to have his or her interests heard and considered;
   
require impartiality and a commitment to achieve the correct decision;
   
allow for prompt reversal of initial determinations when sufficient information has been presented to indicate that the penalty is not appropriate;
   
ensure that penalties are used for their proper purpose and not as bargaining points in the development or processing of cases.
   
The Service maintains an ongoing effort to develop, monitor, and revise programs designed to assist taxpayers in complying with legal requirements and, thus, avoid penalties.
   
To ensure consistency, the Service prescribes and uses a single set of guidelines in a Penalty Handbook which will be followed by all operational and processing functions. Prior to implementation, changes to the Penalty Handbook must be reviewed for consistency with Service Policy and approved by the Penalties and Interest Office.
   
The Service collects statistical and demographic information to evaluate penalties and penalty administration and how they relate to the goal of voluntary compliance. The Service continually evaluates the impact of the penalty program on compliance and recommends changes when the statutes or administration of penalties are not effectively promoting voluntary compliance.

Exhibit 20.1.1.6-2  (08-20-1998)
Penalty Relief—Application Chart

PENALTY RELIEF—APPLICATION CHART
IRC Section   Type of Penalty Reasonable
Cause Relief
Other
Relief
6651(a)(1) Failure to File Yes Yes
6651(a)(2) Failure to Pay when due Yes Yes
6651(a)(3) Failure to Pay within 10 Days of Notice of Additional Tax Due Yes Yes
6651(d) Failure to Pay within 10 Days of Final Notice and Demand Yes Yes
6651(f) Fraudulent Failure to File Yes Yes
6652(a)(1)** Failure to File Information Returns Yes Yes
6652(c)(1) Failure to File Annual Return by Exempt Organization Yes Yes
6652(c)(2) Failure to File Returns under IRC Section 6034 or 6043(b) Yes Yes
6652(d)(2) Notification of Change in Status of a Plan Yes Yes
6652(e) Information Required in Connection with Certain Plans of Deferred Compensation—Form 5500 Yes Yes
6652(h) Failure to Give Notice to Recipients of Certain Pension, etc, Distributions Yes Yes
6652(i) Failure to Give Written Explanation to Recipients of Certain Qualifying Rollover Distributions Yes Yes
6653(a)* Negligence No Yes*
6653(b)* Fraud No Yes*
6654 Estimated Tax Penalty on Individuals No Statutory Exception
6655 Estimated Tax Penalty on Corporations No No
6656(a) Failure to Deposit Yes Yes
6657 Bad Check Yes Yes
6659* Valuation Overstatement No Yes
6659A* Overstatement of Pension Liabilities No Yes
6661* Substantial Understatement No Yes
6662 Accuracy-Related Yes Yes
6663 Fraud Yes Yes
6692 Failure to File Actuarial Report Yes Yes
6698 Failure to File Partnership Return Yes Yes
6721 Failure to File Correct Information Reporting Returns Yes Yes
6722 Failure to Furnish Correct Payee Statements Yes Yes
6723 Failure to Comply with other Information Reporting Requirements Yes Yes
   *  Repealed for tax returns filed after December 31, 1989
   **  Repealed for tax returns filed after December 31, 1986

Exhibit 20.1.1.6-3  (08-20-1998)
Penalty Reason Code Chart

PENALTY REASON CODE (PRC) CHART
COMPUTER GENERATED
ORIGIN PENALTY
REASON CODE
DEFINITION
 
Systemic    
  01 Suppressed/Abated—LEM criteria
  02 Penalty adjusted due to computational error
  03 Master File Recovery
 
Taxpayer    
  10 Corrected/Amended return, Original return taxpayer prepared
  13 Corrected/Amended return, Original return prepared by the Service (SFR/6020B)
  14 Misapplied/misdated payment (TP/Bank)
 
Service    
  15 General Service Error (134)
  *21  LEM Criteria
 
PENALTY REASON CODE CHART (PRC)
MANUAL INPUT
 
ORIGIN PENALTY
REASON CODE
DEFINITION
 
Reasonable Cause
(RC62)
   
  22 Taxpayer exercised ordinary business care and prudence. 20.1.1.3.1.2
  24 Death, Serious illness or Unavoidable absence of taxpayer or immediate family member of the party responsible. (IMF) 20.1.1.3.1.2.4
  25 Records inaccessible. 20.1.1.3.1.2.5
  26 Death, Serious illness or Unavoidable absence of party responsible (or member of immediate family). (BMF) 20.1.1.3.1.2.4
  *30  Other 20.1.1.3
 
General Penalty Relief    
  *43  Administrative Waiver 20.1.1.3.2
  *31  Erroneous oral advice from the Service 20.1.1.3.2.4.2
  *44  Statutory Exception 20.1.1.3.2
  23 Taxpayer relied on practitioner or third party 20.1.1.3.2.4.3
  27 Timely mailed/timely filed 20.1.1.3.2.3
  28 Disaster Area 20.1.1.3.2.6
  29 Undue economic hardship/inability to pay 20.1.1.3.2.3
  *45  Service Error 20.1.1.3.3
 
Appeals    
  * 40  Appeals abatement (Hazards of Litigation)
  *41 Appeals sustains penalty
  *42  Appeals partially sustains penalty

Exhibit 20.1.1.6-4  (08-20-1998)
Penalty Transaction Codes

Penalty Transaction Codes
TC IRC section Description
16X 6651(a)(1) Failure to File a Tax Return (FTF). The FTF penalty is equal to the appropriate percentage of the net tax due multiplied by each month or part of a month (not to exceed 5 months) the return is not filed:
    4 1/2% if the FTP also applies, or
5%  if only the FTF applies.
17X 6654 Failure by an Individual to pay Estimated Income Tax, and
  6655 Failure by a Corporation to pay Estimated Income Tax.
    The excess of the required installment (either individual or corporate) minus the amount paid or credited on or before the due date of the installment is the underpayment.
    To determine the penalty for each installment, multiply:
      —the penalty rate (the underpayment interest rate for the applicable quarter)
      —by the amount of the underpayment,
      —for the period of the underpayment (the earlier of the date the payment is received or the return due date.
18X 6656 Failure to Deposit. The penalty is based on the:
      —underpayment of the under deposited amount, and
      —the number of days between the deposit liability due date and the date the deposit is received.
      2%— 1 to 5 days late,
      5%— 6 to 15 days late,
      10%— more than 15 days but before 10 days after notice and demand, or
      15%— payments received more than 10 days after notice and demand.
      10%— FTD Avoidance Penalty
        Payments, made directly to the IRS, or deposits made to a bank when the employer is required to deposit electronically.
20X 6723 Failure to provide a Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN). The penalty is $50 per failure, not to exceed $100,000.
23X 6652(c) Daily Delinquency Penalty—$10 times the number of days the return was filed after the due date or extended due date, not to exceed $5,000.
240**   Assesses a Miscellaneous Penalty generally associated with a Reference Number.
241**   Abates a Miscellaneous Penalty generally associated with a Reference Number.
246 6698 Assesses the Failure to File a Partnership return or missing information associated with a partnership return. The penalty is $50 per partner, per month, for not more than 5 months.
247   Abates the Failure to File a Partnership return or missing information penalty associated with a partnership return.
27X 6651(a)2 Failure to Pay (FTP) is 1/2 of 1% (.005) per month, for each month or part of a month, from the due date of the return to the date the tax is paid or the maximum of 25% of the unpaid tax is reached, or
  6651(a)3 Failure to Pay is 1/2 of 1% (.005) for each month or part of a month, from 10 days after notice and demand until the tax is paid or the maximum of 25% of the unpaid tax is reached, or
  6651(d) Increases the penalty from 1/2 of 1% (.005) to 1% (.01) per month, the earlier of the day on which notice and demand for immediate payment is given or 10 days after the service has issued the notice of intent to levy.
28X 6657 Bad Check Penalty—
    If the check—
      is $750 or more, the penalty is 2 percent of the amount of the check,
      is less than $750, the penalty is the penalty is the lesser of:
        $15, or
        the amount of the check.
31X* 6652(b) Failure to Report Tips Penalty—imposes a penalty on the employee (who received the tips) equal to 50 percent of the employee’s portion of the FICA tax or Railroad Retirement tax applicable to the tip amount that was not reported at the time and in the manner required.
32X* 6653(b)R Fraud Penalties assessed for returns with a due date prior to January 1, 1990.
  6663 Fraud Penalties assessed on returns due after December 31, 1989.
35X* 6662(c) Negligence penalties assessed for returns with a due date after December 31, 1989, are 20% of the underpayment of tax due to negligence.
R This IRC section was repealed , the law may or may not have been incorporated into another Code section.
   
* The penalty was assessed as the result on an examination or other compliance employee determination. These penalties should be abated only by the area responsible for assessing the penalty or by Appeals.
   
** See Reference Numbers in Exhibits 20.1.1–5 and 20.1.1–6.

Exhibit 20.1.1.6-5  (08-20-1998)
Penalty Reference Numbers (500 Series)

  Penalties assessed using the reference numbers 500 through 514 are assessed using the following computational formula. Only one penalty, per return, can be assessed regardless of the number of failures associated with that return. Therefore, the computer paragraph associated with the respective reference number relates to the type of failure, not the way the penalty was computed.
RN IRC section Description
  6721 Imposition of the Failure to Comply with Certain Information Reporting Requirements.
    These reference numbers should only be used for returns and statements due after December 31, 1989.
    $50 per failure/maximum $250,000.
    $15 per failure/maximum $75,000, If a failure is corrected within 30 days, after the due date of the return of the information return, i.e., the penalty will be decreased to $15 per failure.
    $30 per failure/maximum $150,000, If the failure is corrected more than 30 days after the due date of the return, but on or before August 1 of the filing year, i.e., the penalty will be decreased to $30 per failure.
500 6721 Late Filing Penalty
    A penalty is charged for each Form 1098, 1099( 1), W–2G, or W–2 that was not correctly and timely filed.
501 6721 Magnetic Media Penalty
    A penalty is charged for each Form 1098, 1099, W–2G, or W–2 (after the first 250 forms of each type) required by IRC section 6011(e)(2)(a) not filed either electronically or by magnetic media.
502 6721 Missing or Incorrect TIN Penalty
    A penalty is charged for each Form 1098, 1099, W–2G, or W–2 submitted with missing or incorrect TINs.
503 6721 Improper Format Penalty
    A penalty is charged for each Form 1098, 1099, W–2G, or W–2 submitted in an improper format as provided for in either the IRC, Treas. Regs, or SSA procedures.
         
1 Any applicable suffix
504 6721 Late and Magnetic Media Penalty
    A penalty is charged for each Form 1098, 1099, W–2G, or W–2 that was not filed:
      correctly and timely, and
      either electronically or using magnetic media. (over 250 forms)
505 6721 Late and Missing or Incorrect TIN Penalty
    A penalty is charged for each Form 1098, 1099, W–2G, or W–2 that was not:
    correctly and timely filed, and
    submitted with a missing or incorrect TIN.
506 6721 Late and Improper Format Penalty
    A penalty is charged for each Form 1098, 1099, W–2G, or W–2 that was not:
    correctly and timely filed, and
507 6721 Magnetic Media and Missing or Incorrect TIN Penalty
    A penalty is charged for each Form 1098, 1099, W–2G, or W–2 that was:
    not filed either electronically or using magnetic media, (over 250 forms) and
    filed with missing or incorrect TINs.
508 6721 Magnetic Media and Improper Format Penalty
    A penalty is charged for each Form 1098, 1099, W–2G, or W–2 that was not:
    filed either electronically or using magnetic media, and
    submitted in the proper format as provided for in either the IRC, Treas. Regs. or SSA procedures.
509 6721 Missing or Incorrect TIN and Improper Format Penalty
    A penalty is charged for each Form 1098, 1099, W–2G, or W–2 that was filed:
    with a missing or incorrect TIN, and
    in an improper format as provided for in either the IRC, Treas. Regs. or SSA procedures.
510 6721 Late, Magnetic Media, and Missing or Incorrect TIN Penalty
    A penalty is charged for each Form 1098, 1099, W–2G, or W–2 that was:
    not correctly and timely filed,
    not filed either electronically or by magnetic media (after the first 250 forms of each type) required by IRC section 6011(e)(2)(a), and
    filed with missing or incorrect TINs.
511 6721 Late, Magnetic Media, and Improper Format Penalty
    A penalty is charged for each Form 1098, 1099, W–2G, or W–2 that was not:
    correctly and timely filed,
    filed either electronically or by magnetic media (after the first 250 forms of each type) required by IRC section 6011(e)(2)(a), and
    submitted in the proper format as provided for in either the IRC, Treas. Regs. or SSA procedures.
512 6721 Late, Missing or Incorrect TIN, and Improper Format Penalty
    A penalty is charged for each Form 1098, 1099, W–2G, or W–2 that was:
    not correctly and timely filed,
    filed with missing or incorrect TINs, and
    not submitted in the proper format as provided for in either the IRC, Treas. Regs. or SSA procedures.
513 6721 Magnetic Media, Missing or Incorrect TIN, and Improper Format Penalty
    A penalty is charged for each Form 1098, 1099, W–2G, or W–2 that was:
    not filed either electronically or using magnetic media,
    filed with missing or incorrect TINs, and
    not submitted in the proper format as provided for in either the IRC, Treas. Regs. or SSA procedures.
514 6721 Late, Magnetic Media, Missing or Incorrect TIN, and Improper Format Penalty
    A penalty is charged for each Form 1098, 1099, W–2G, or W–2 that was:
    not correctly and timely filed,
    either electronically or using magnetic media,
    filed with missing or incorrect TINs, and
    not submitted in the proper format as provided for in either the IRC, Treas. Regs. or SSA procedures.
549 6721(e) Penalty in the Case of Intentional Disregard. (CAWR Penalty Program)
    The penalty is assessed at $100 per failure to file Form W–2.
    A penalty is charged for each form W–2 that was not filed as required by IRC section 6051.

Exhibit 20.1.1.6-6  (08-20-1998)
Penalty Reference Numbers (600 Series)

RN IRC section Description
600 6721 Failure to File Correct Information Returns.
    This reference number should only be used for returns and statements due after December 31, 1989.
    $50 per failure/maximum $250,000.
    $15 per failure/maximum $75,000. If a failure is corrected within 30 days, after the due date of the information return, the penalty will be decreased to $15 per failure. The maximum annual penalty per filer shall not exceed $75,000.
    $30 per failure/maximum $150,000. If the failure is corrected more than 30 days after the due date of the return, but on or before August 1st of the filing year, the penalty will be decreased to $30 per failure. The maximum annual penalty per filer shall not exceed $150,000.
    For other circumstances that may apply, see IRM 20.1.10.
601 6723 Failure to Include Correct Information.
    This reference number should only be used for return periods beginning after December 31, 1985 and ending prior to January 1, 1990.
    $5 per failure, with a maximum not to exceed $20,000.
602 6676 Failure to Supply Identifying Numbers.
    This reference number should only be used for returns and statements due prior to January 1, 1990.
    The penalty was incorporated into IRC section 6723.
603 6676 Failure to Supply Identifying Numbers.
    This reference number should only be used for returns and statements due prior to January 1, 1990.
    The TIN penalty was incorporated into IRC 6721 for information returns and IRC section 6723 for other documents.
604 6676 Failure to Supply Identifying Numbers.
    This reference number should only be used for returns and statements due prior to January 1, 1990.
    The TIN penalty was incorporated into IRC 6721 for information returns and IRC section 6723 for other documents.
605 6676 Failure to Supply Identifying Numbers.
    This reference number should only be used for returns and statements due prior to January 1, 1990.
    The TIN penalty was incorporated into IRC 6721 for information returns and IRC section 6723 for other documents.
606 6676 Failure to Supply Identifying Numbers.
    This reference number should only be used for returns and statements due prior to January 1, 1990.
    The TIN penalty was incorporated into IRC 6721 for information returns and IRC section 6723 for other documents.
607 6721 Failure to File a Correct Information Returns.
    This reference number should only be used for returns due after December 31, 1986 and before January 1, 1990.
608 6721 Failure to File a Correct Information Returns.
    This reference number should only be used for Forms 1099 INT, DIV, and PATR returns due after December 31, 1985 and before January 1, 1990.
609 6721 Failure to File a Complete Form 8300, Report of Cash Payments Over $10,000. (Detroit Computing Center)
610 6722 Failure to Furnish Correct Payee Statement.
    This reference number should only be used for returns due after December 31, 1986 and before January 1, 1990.
611 6722 Failure to Furnish Correct Payee Statement.
    This reference number should only be used for Forms 1099 INT, DIV, OID, and PATR returns due after December 31, 1986 and before January 1, 1990.
612 6722 Failure to Furnish Correct Payee Statement.
    For returns required to be filed after December 31, 1989, a penalty will be imposed for each failure to:
      furnish a payee statement on or before the due date to the person to whom the statement must be furnished,
      furnish all information required, and
      furnish correct information.
    The $50 penalty for failure to furnish payee statements is not reduced if returns are corrected or filed after the due date.
    Only one penalty per statement, regardless of the number of failures per statement.
    The total penalty for all such failures during any calendar year shall not exceed $100,000.
613 6679 Failure to File Returns, Etc, With Respect to Foreign Corporations or Foreign Partnerships.
    Failure to File Form 5471 and Schedule O.
    The penalty is assessed at $1,000 per failure.
614 6679 Failure to File Returns, Etc, With Respect to Foreign Corporations or Foreign Partnerships.
    Failure to File Form 5471 and Schedule N.
    The penalty is assessed at $1,000 per failure.
615 6682 False Information with Respect to Withholding.
    False information on Form W–9.
    $500 for each false statement (W–9).
616 6682 False Information with Respect to Withholding.
    False information on Form W–4.
    $500 for each false statement (W–4).
617 6723 Failure to Include Correct Information. This reference number should only be used for returns due after December 31, 1986, and before January 1, 1990.
    See reference number 647 and 648 for 6723 penalty computation.
618 6672 Failure to Collect and Pay Over Tax, or an Attempt to Evade or Defeat Tax.
    Trust Fund Recovery Program. The penalty is assessed against responsible corporate officers.
    100% of the tax required to be collected, accounted for, and paid over.
619 6679 Failure to File Returns with Respect to Foreign Corporations or Foreign Partnerships.
    Failure to File such form as Treas. Reg. provides
    The penalty is assessed at $1,000 per failure.
620 6693 Failure to Provide Reports on Individual Retirement Accounts or Annuities.
  6693(b)(1) Overstatement of Designated Non-deductible Contributions—$100 per overstatement,
  6693(b)(2) Failure to File an IRA Form—$50 per failure,
621 6723 Failure to Comply with Other Reporting Requirements.
    For returns and statements required to be filed after December 31, 1989,
    A penalty of $50 per failure
      to comply timely with specified information reporting requirements, or
      to include correct information.
      The maximum penalty is $100,000 per year.
622 6694(a) Understatement of Taxpayer’s Liability by Income Tax Return Preparer.
    This reference number should only be used for documents prepared prior to January 1, 1990.
    Prior to January 1, 1990, this penalty was assessed at $100 per return or claim for refund.
623 6038(b) Failure to Furnish Information with Respect to Certain Foreign Corporations.
    Failure to File Form 5471 and Schedule M.
    $1,000 per accounting period. If the failure continues for more than 90 days after notice of failure mailed an additional $1,000 for each subsequent 30-day period not to exceed $24,000.
624 6695 Other Assessable Penalties with Respect to the Preparation of Income Tax Returns for Other Persons.
    Any failure by the preparer to:
  6695(a)   furnish a copy of the return to the taxpayer,
  6695(b)   sign the return,
  6695(c)   furnish the preparer’s identifying number,
  6695(d)   retain a copy, return or list, as required by IRC 6107(b),
  6695(e)   file a correct information return or other requirement of IRC 6060.
    these penalties are assessed at $50 per failure, not to exceed $25,000 per year.
625 6038A(d) Information with Respect to Certain Foreign owned Corporations.
    failure to furnish information or maintain records as required by IRC 6038A(a) and 6038A(b)
    $10,000 for each taxable year with respect to which the failure occurs. If the failure continues for more than 90 days after notice of failure mailed, an additional $10,000 is imposed for each 30-day period during which the failure continues after the expiration of the original 90 day period.
626 6695(d) Other Assessable Penalties with Respect to the Preparation of Income Tax Returns for Other Persons.
    endorses or otherwise negotiates a refund check (made with respect to income tax) issued to a taxpayer.
    $500 per check.
627   Reserved
628 6700 Promoting Abusive Tax Shelters
    the lessor of $1,000 or 100% of the gross income for each such activity.
629   Reserved
630 6701 Penalties for Aiding and Abetting Understatement of Tax Liability.
    Aiding and abetting— Promoter
      The penalty is assessed for each document that relates to the tax liability of:
        ♦   noncorporate—at $1,000, or
♦   corporate—at $10,000
631 6701 Penalties for Aiding and Abetting Understatement of Tax Liability.
    Aiding and abetting— Preparer
    The penalty is assessed for each document that relates to the tax liability of:
      non-corporate—at $1,000, or
      corporate—at $10,000.
632 6705 Failure by a Broker to Provide Notice to a Payor.
    $500 for each failure.
633 6713 Disclosure or Use of Information by Preparer of Returns
    $250 per disclosure or use with a maximum of $10,000 per calendar year.
634 6707 Failure to Furnish Information Regarding Tax Shelters
    the greater of 1 percent of the amount invested, or
    $500.
635 7216 Disclosure or Use of Information by Preparers of Returns.
    when convicted of knowingly or recklessly disclosing information (misdemeanor), the person shall be:
    fined no more than $1,000, or
    imprisoned not more than 1 year, or
    both, plus
    the cost of the prosecution.
636 6708 Failure to Maintain Lists of Investors in Potentially Abusive Tax Shelters.
    $50 per failure,
    not to exceed $100,000 per calendar year.
637 6676 Failure to Supply Identifying Numbers. This reference number should only be used for returns due prior to January 1, 1990.
    The penalty was incorporated into IRC section 6723.
638 6652 Failure to Supply Identifying Numbers. This reference number should only be used for returns due prior to January 1, 1990.
    The penalty was incorporated into IRC section 6721.
639 6652 Failure to Supply Identifying Numbers. This reference number should only be used for returns due prior to January 1, 1990.
    The penalty was incorporated into IRC section 6721.
640 6652 Failure to Supply Identifying Numbers. This reference number should only be used for returns due prior to January 1, 1990.
    The penalty was incorporated into IRC section 6721.
641 6652 Failure to Supply Identifying Numbers. This reference number should only be used for returns due prior to January 1, 1990.
    The penalty was incorporated into IRC section 6721.
642 6673(a) Sanctions and costs awarded by Courts
    A Tax Court determined that the taxpayer filed frivolous suit for damages against the United States.
    Court awarded sanctions, penalties, or costs not to exceed $25,000.
643 6673(b) Sanctions and costs awarded by Courts (IRC section 7433).
    A Court (other than the Tax Court) determination that the taxpayer filed frivolous suit for damages against the United States.
    Court awarded sanctions, penalties, or costs not to exceed $10,000.
678 6706(b) Failure to furnish information required under Section 1275(c)(2) on debt instrument.
    Penalty of 1% of the aggregate issue price of such issue, not to exceed $50,000, unless failure is due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect.
645 6694(a) Understatement of Taxpayer’s Liability by Income Tax Return Preparer.
    This reference number is to be used for documents prepared after December 31, 1989.
    The penalty is assessed against an income tax preparer.
      The penalty is based on an understatement or return for which the preparer took a position that did not have a realistic possibility of being sustained on its merits, and
      which was not disclosed or was frivolous.
    The penalty is assessed at $250 per return or claim.
646 6694(b) Understatement of Taxpayer’s Liability by Income Tax Return Preparer.
    This reference number should only be used for documents prepared prior to January 1, 1990.
    The penalty is assessed:
      if any part of the understatement is due to willful attempt to understate the tax liability or reckless conduct in preparing the return or claim.
      at $500 per return or claim reduced by any amount assessed under 6694(a).
647 6723 Failure to Include Correct Information.
    This reference number should only be used for returns prepared prior to January 1, 1990.
    The penalty was self-assessed at $5 for each return or statement that was reported incorrectly.
648 6723 Failure to Include Correct Information.
    This reference number should only be used for returns due prior to January 1, 1990.
    The penalty was at $5 for each return or statement that was reported incorrectly.
649 6652(c)(2) Failure by Exempt Organization or Certain Trusts to file returns required by IRC 6034 or 6043(b).
    For any one return, the penalty is assessed at $10 per day, not to exceed $5,000 for all persons for the failure to file any one return.
650 6694(b) Understatement of Taxpayer’s Liability by Income Tax Return Preparer.
    This reference number should only be used for documents prepared after December 31, 1989.
    The penalty is assessed if any part of the understatement is due to willful or reckless conduct or intentional disregard of the rules or regulations in preparing the return or claim for refund.
    After December 31, 1989 this penalty was assessed at $1,000 per return or claim reduced by any amount of penalty paid under 6694(a).
651 6721 Failure to Comply with Certain Information Reporting Requirements—Form 8300.
    This penalty applies to returns required to be filed after December 31, 1989.
    The penalty is assessed at $50 per Form 8300 not timely and correctly filed.
652 6721(e) Intentional Disregard of the Failure to comply with Certain Information Reporting Requirements.
    This reference number is used to assess the intentional disregard penalty when the Form 8300 is not timely or correctly filed.
    This penalty applies to returns pertaining to amounts received after November 5, 1990.
    The penalty is assessed at the greater of:
      $25,000, or
      the amount of cash received in such transaction, to the extent the cash does not exceed $100,000.
      The $250,000 yearly limitation under IRC 6721 shall not apply.
653 6722 Failure to Furnish Correct Payee Statements
    This penalty applies to payee statements required to be filed after December 31, 1989.
    The penalty is assessed at $50 per payee statement not timely furnished or containing incorrect or incomplete information.
    The maximum penalty shall not exceed $100,000 per year.
654 6722(c) Intentional Disregard of the Requirement to Furnish a Correct Payee Statement—Form 8300.
    This penalty applies to payee statements required to be filed after December 31, 1989.
    The intentional disregard penalty for failing to provide a payor of cash with a statement as required by IRC sections 6050I(e) after December 31, 1989, is the greater of $100 or 10 percent of the amount required to be reported correctly on the statement.
    The $100,000 yearly limitation does not apply.
655 7342(c) Penalty for Refusal to Permit Entry or Examination.
    A penalty of $500 for each refusal to admit entry or to permit examination.
    A penalty of $1,000 for each refusal to admit entry or to permit examination if the refusal is related to 4083(c), place where taxable fuel is stored or produced.
656 6715 Dyed Fuel Sold For Use or Used in Taxable Use, Etc.
    This penalty is effective beginning after December 31, 1993.
    The penalty is assessed on any dyed diesel fuel (nontaxable use), sold or held for sale as taxable use of such fuel.
    1st offense:
      The penalty is the greater of $10 per gallon of dyed fuel involved, or $1,000,
    subsequent violations:
      multiply the number of prior violations times the greater of $10 per gallon per prior violation or $1,000 per prior violation.
657 6715 Failure to Post or Provide Notice with Respect to any Dyed Diesel Fuel as required by IRC section 4082(c).
    This penalty is effective beginning after December 31, 1993.
    The penalty is assessed on any dyed diesel fuel (non-taxable use), sold or held for sale as taxable use of such fuel.
    The penalty is the greater of:
      1st offense, $10 per gallon, or $1,000,
      subsequent violations, multiply the number of violations times the greater of $10 per gallon or $1,000.
658   Reserved
659   Reserved
660   Reserved
661   Reserved
662   Reserved
663   Reserved
664   Reserved
665 6702 Frivolous Income Tax Return.
    If any individual files what purports to be an income tax return, which either:
      contains insufficient information, or
      contains on its face substantially incorrect information, and
    where the conduct will delay or impede the administration of Federal income tax laws or is a frivolous position.
    The penalty is assessed at $500 per return deemed to be frivolous.
    Each of the following eight reference numbers relate to a specific type of frivolous return.
666 6702 Frivolous arguments (General) to reduce taxes or delay the collection of taxes.
    The penalty is assessed at $500 per return deemed to be frivolous.
667 6702 The "penalty of perjury" statement was altered or deleted
    The penalty is assessed at $500 per return deemed to be frivolous.
668 6702 The return did not contain enough information to be processed.
    The penalty is assessed at $500 per return deemed to be frivolous.
669 6702 The claim that wages not paid in gold or silver is frivolous.
    The penalty is assessed at $500 per return deemed to be frivolous.
670 6702 The war credit or deduction claimed is not provided for in the Internal Revenue Code.
    The penalty is assessed at $500 per return deemed to be frivolous.
671 6702 The credit claimed for the decrease or discounted value of Federal Reserve Notes represents a frivolous position.
    The penalty is assessed at $500 per return deemed to be frivolous.
672 6702 The claim that wages and payments for services are not income or profits because there was a fair exchange is a frivolous position.
    The penalty is assessed at $500 per return deemed to be frivolous.
673 6702 The refusal to furnish information needed to determine income tax liability on constitutional grounds.
    The penalty is assessed at $500 per return.
674 6723 Failure to Comply with Other Reporting Requirements. Failure to Provide Notice of Partnership Exchange.
    a penalty of $50 is imposed for each failure to comply timely with specified information reporting requirements.
    The maximum penalty for failure to comply with all specified information reporting requirements is $100,000 per year.
675 6722(b) Failure to Notify Partnership of Exchanged of Partnership Interest.
    This penalty applies to statements required to be furnished before January 1, 1990.
    The penalty is assessed at $50 per payee statement not timely or correctly furnished.
676 6038B Notice of Certain Transfers to Foreign Persons (Failure to File Form 926)
    The penalty is assessed at 25 percent of the amount of the gain realized on the exchange.
677 6677 Failure to File Information Returns with Respect to Certain Foreign Trusts.
    5 percent of the amount transferred to a trust, or
    5 percent of the value of the corpus of the trust at the close of the taxable year, but
    not more than $1,000.
678 6039E Failure to provide Information concerning Residence Status.
    $500 for each failure to provide the required information.
679 6039E Failure to provide Information concerning Residence Status. (Taxpayer Identification Number).
    $500 for each failure to provide the required information.
  6662 Imposition of Accuracy-Related Penalty
680 6662(f) Substantial Overstatement of Pension Liabilities
681 6662(d) Substantial Understatement of Income Tax.
682 6662(g) Substantial Estate or Gift Tax Valuation Understatement
683   Reserved
684 7519 Required Payments for Entities Electing Not to Have Required Taxable Year.
    The penalty is assessed for failing to make an election payment.
    The penalty is assessed at 10 percent of the under paid amount and is assessed on MFT 15.
685 6712 Failure to Disclose Treaty-Based Return Position.
    The penalty is assessed at:
      $1,000, individual,
      $10,000, corporation.
686 6651(f) Increase in Penalty for Fraudulent Failure to File
    15 percent per month,
    for a maximum of 5 months,
    not to exceed 75 percent of the total tax.
687   Reserved
688   Reserved
689   Reserved
690   Reserved
691   Reserved
692   Reserved
693   Reserved
694   Reserved
695   Reserved
696   Reserved
697   Reserved
698   Reserved
699   Reserved

Exhibit 20.1.1.6-7  (08-20-1998)
Table of Abbreviations and Acronyms

ABBR. DEFINITION
23C Assessment Date
ACH Automated Clearing House
ACR Audit Change Report
ADEPT Automated Deposit of Electronic Payments for Taxes
ADP Automatic Data Processing
AGI Adjusted Gross Income
AICPA American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
AIMS Audit Information Management System
AO Appeals Officer
AOC Advice of Credit
ASED Assessment Statute Expiration Date
ASFR Automated Substitute for Return
ATAO Application Taxpayer Assistance Order to Relieve Hardship
AT&F Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms
BMF Business Master File
BWH Backup Withholding
CPS Case Processing Support
CAF Centralized Authorization File
CAWR Combined Annual Wage Reporting
CBAF Commercial Bank Address File
CC Command Code
CCD Chief Compliance Division
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
CI Criminal Investigation
CP Computer Paragraph
CPA Certified Public Accountant
CPM Civil Penalty Module
CRS Communication Replacement System
CSED Collection Statute Expiration Date
CY Calendar Year
CVPN Civil Penalty Name Line
DCC Detroit Computing Center
DLN Document Locator Number
DP Data Processing
EFC Electronic Filing Coordinators
EFP Electronic Filing Program
EIN Employer Identification Number
EMIS Enforcement Management Information System
EPMF Employee Plans Master File
EQTRAS Examination Quality Trends Analysis System
ERTA Economic Recovery Tax Act of 1981
ES Estimated Tax
CPS Case Processing Support
ETE Employment Tax Examiner
FFA Fiduciary FTD Avoidance
FICA Federal Insurance Contribution Act
FIFO First-In-First-Out Inventory Method
FFF Fraudulent Failure to File
FMS Financial Management Service
FRB Federal Reserve Bank
FRCS Federal Reserve Communication System
FTD Federal Tax Deposit
FTF Failure to File
FTP Failure to Pay
FUTA Federal Unemployment Tax Act
FY Fiscal Year
GBP Good Block Proof
IC Interagency Coordinator
IAC Interest Abatement Coordinator
IDRS Integrated Data Retrieval System
IDTCA Interest and Dividend Tax Compliance Act of 1983
IEP International Enforcement Program
IMF Individual Master File
IMPACT Improved Penalty Administration & Compliance Tax Act of 1989
IRA Individual Retirement Account
IRAF Individual Retirement Account File
IRC Internal Revenue Code
IRM Internal Revenue Manual
IR Regs Internal Revenue Regulations
IRS Internal Revenue Service
IRS NO. Abstract Number
LEM Law Enforcement Manual
LIFO Last-In-First-Out Inventory Method
LMQAS Line Management Quality Assurance System
MARS Manual Accounting Replacement System
MCC Martinsburg Computing Center
MCR Master Control Records
MF Master File
MFT Master File Tax
MICRORAR Revenue Agent Report-Computer Generated
MSN Microfilm Serial Number
NASACT National Association of State Auditors, Comptrollers, and Treasurers
NMF Non-Master File
OBRA Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act
OCR Optical Character Recognition
ODC Ozone Depleting Chemicals
OPIA Penalties and Interest Office
PAS Program Analysis System
PCC Penalty Computation Code
PFN Partnership Prefiling Notification
PIC Penalty Indicator Code
PIL Preparer’s Inventory Listing
PINEX Penalty and Interest Notice Explanations
PMF Payer Master File
PNL Prefiling Notification Letter
PNP Presumptive Negligence Penalty
POA Power of Attorney
   
PSC Penalty Screening Committee
PVL Preparer’s Volume Listing
QAS Quality Assurance Staff
OBRA Omnibus Reconciliation Act
QR Quality Review
RAR Revenue Agent Report
RC Reason Code
RDD Return Due Date
RFC Regulated Futures Contract
REMIC Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduit
ROFT Record of Federal Tax (deposit Liability schedule)
RONT Record of Net Tax Liability—Form 720
RRTA Railroad Retirement Tax Act
RSED Refund Statute Expiration Date
RURT Railroad Unemployment Repayment Tax
SCCF Service Center Control File
SIC Schedule Indicator Code
SFR Substitute for Return
SRTP Statement on Responsibilities in Tax Practice
SSA Social Security Administration
SSN Social Security Number
STAUP Command code which stops collection activity
TAMRA Technical & Miscellaneous Revenue Act
TC Transaction Code
TDA Taxpayer Delinquent Account
TDD Telecommunications Device for the Deaf
TECS Treasury Enforcement Communication System
TEFRA Tax Equity Fiscal Responsibility Act (1982)
TE/GE Tax Exempt/Government Entities
TIF Taxpayer Information File
TIN Taxpayer Identification Number
TLN Transmittal Locator Number
TP Taxpayer
TRA’86 Tax Reform Act of 1986
TSR Taxpayer Service Representative
TT&L Treasury Tax and Loan Account
TY Tax Year
UNISTAR Unified System for Time and Appeals Records
UPC Unpostable Code
URB Underreporter Branch (Service Centers)

Exhibit 20.1.1.6-8  (08-20-1998)
Dictionary of Key Terms

23C DATE The date an assessment is made. Assessment is accomplished when the assessment officer schedules the liability and signs the assessment register (Form 23C, Assessment Certificate, Summary Record of Assessments).
ABATEMENT A reduction in the assessment of tax, penalty, or interest when it is determined the assessment is incorrect, or when the taxpayer should be relieved of a liability, e.g., penalty abatement for reasonable cause.
ABSTRACT NUMBER A three-digit number that references a specific type of excise tax. The abstract number will correspond exactly with the IRS number shown on the excise tax form, Form 720. See IRM 20.1.4.
ABSTRACTS Reports that identify the specific type of tax collected, corresponding to the proper appropriation account set by Congressional Act or Public Law.
ACCOUNT A record of a taxpayer’s assessments, abatements and credits.
ACCRUALS The increase of interest and penalty amounts amassed from the date a penalty or interest assessment is posted to an account (23C Date) to the date the amounts are paid.
ADVANCE PAYMENT The payment made for an anticipated deficiency prior to the actual assessment.
ADVICE OF CREDIT (AOC) The transmittal, on Treasury Form 2284, of federal taxes paid to a depositary bank. See IRM 20.1.4.
ANNUAL ACCOUNTING PERIOD A 12-consecutive month period (calendar or fiscal year) adopted by the taxpayer for maintaining books and records.
ASSERT Determine that tax, penalty, or interest applies to a taxpayer account. See IRM 20.1.4.
ASSESS Formal entry of tax debt including penalty, and/or interest that has been determined to be due and collectable by IRS. See IRM 20.1.4.
ASSESSMENT A bookkeeping entry, recording the amount of tax, penalties, and/or interest charged to a taxpayer’s account.
ASSESSMENT DATE The date Form 23C is executed by the assessment officer.
AUDIT TRAIL Data used to track case activity to follow the development of an issue from the time it is raised to the time it is resolved.
AUTOMATIC ADJUSTMENT A subsequent adjustment to an account which follows automatically from the previous adjustment.
BALANCE DUE The amount of tax, penalty, interest or other receivables that remain unpaid on a taxpayer’s account.
BLOCK Returns or documents that have been grouped together for processing and filing purposes. Blocks consist of one hundred or fewer documents.
BUSINESS MASTER FILE (BMF) The files maintained by the IRS which include business transactions and accounts. These include employment taxes, income taxes on businesses, use taxes, wagering taxes, and excise taxes.
BURDEN OF PROOF The necessity of affirmatively proving a fact or facts in dispute on an issue.
CALENDAR YEAR A 12-consecutive month period beginning with January 1.
CHARITABLE DEDUCTION PROPERTY A taxpayer’s contribution of real or personal property to a charity for which a deduction can be claimed under IRC Section 170.
CLAIM—FORMAL A request from the taxpayer on the proper form, such as Form 843, 1040X or 1120X, asking that a liability previously assessed be reduced.
CLAIM—INFORMAL A written request, other than on the proper form, signed by the taxpayer, requesting changes to obtain a correct and accurate reflection of his/her tax liability.
COMMAND CODE (CC) A five or six character code used to access IDRS.
COMMERCIAL BANK ADDRESS FILE (CBAF) A computer listing of all authorized depositories within each service center’s processing area.
COMPUTER PARAGRAPH NOTICE (CP) A computer generated message relating to a taxpayer’s account.
CONTACT PERSONNEL Any IRS employee who has direct contact with the taxpayer either on the telephone, in person, or by mail.
CYCLE One week’s processing at the service center and Martinsburg Computing Center.
DEBIT BALANCE The amount by which the balance due exceeds the total amount of credits.
DELINQUENT RETURN A return which is filed after the prescribed due date (determined with regard to any valid extension of time).
DISCLOSURE See IRC section 6103 and IRC section 6664(c).
DISHONORED CHECK A taxpayer’s check that a financial institution does not accept for payment. See IRM 20.1.10.
DOCUMENT CODE
(Doc Code)
The Code which identifies the specific type of return or document that was filed or processed. See document 6209, ADP and IDRS Information 1992, Section 2.
DOCUMENT LOCATOR NUMBER (DLN) A 14-digit identification number assigned to every return/document and entered into the ADP system that affects a taxpayer account.
DOCUMENT REGISTER A numerical listing of each item in a block of returns or documents. The document register serves as a transmittal for each block of remittance returns.
DUE DATE Date by which a return must be filed or a payment or deposit made.
DUMMY MODULE A tax module created on IDRS in order to record information when the true tax module is not present.
EIGHTH-MONTHLY PERIODS See IRM 20.1.4.
EMPLOYEE PLANS MASTER FILE (EPMF) The files maintained by the IRS which include transactions on Employee Plan accounts.
EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (EIN) A unique nine-digit number used to identify a taxpayer’s business account in a NN–NNNNNNN format.
ENTITY AREA The portion of an input document or tax return that contains the name, address, account number, tax period and other entity data.
FEDERAL RESERVE BANK (FRB) One of 12 banks of the Federal Reserve system which verifies and classifies federal tax deposits (FTD) monies collected within its geographic jurisdiction.
FIDUCIARY FTD AVOIDANCE (FFA) The penalty chargeable to third party fiduciaries who do not submit their trusts’ estimated tax payments on magnetic tape through the FTD system.
FILE LOCATION CODE (FLC) The first two digits of the DLN used to identify the service center or district office that initiated a transaction. See Document 6209, Section 4 for a complete list of FLCs.
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT SERVICE (FMS) The Federal agency responsible for the government’s cash management program. FMS, rather than IRS, has jurisdiction over authorized financial institutions and asserts sanctions against banks and agents for misdating and mishandling FTDs.
FISCAL YEAR An accounting period of 12 consecutive months other than a calendar year.
FOREIGN-CONTROLLED CORPORATION A domestic corporation engaged in U.S. business and controlled by a foreign person.
FRAUD The intentional commission of an act or acts for the specific purpose of evading a tax believed to be owing.
FREEZE CODE A condition on an account which prohibits any further action being taken.
FRIVOLOUS Clearly lacking in substance, or clearly insufficient as a matter of law.
GENERATED DATA Information produced as a result of input to, or update of, IDRS or Master File.
HARDSHIP In general, an economic condition that is so severe that the taxpayer is, or would be financially debilitated if they satisfy their obligation. See IRM 20.1.1, reasonable cause.
INDIVIDUAL MASTER FILE (IMF) The files maintained by the IRS which include transactions on individual tax accounts.
INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT FILE (IRAF) The files maintained by the IRS which include transactions on Individual Retirement Accounts.
INTEGRATED DATA RETRIEVAL SYSTEM (IDRS) A computer system capable of retrieving or updating stored information which works in conjunction with the Master File records of a taxpayer’s account.
INTERAGENCY COORDINATOR (IAC) The designated employee in the FTD unit of the SC Accounting Branch who is a liaison between IRS, FRB, commercial banks and reporting agents.
INDIVIDUAL TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (ITIN) A taxpayer identifying number issued by the IRS to an alien individual who is ineligible to receive an SSN for the purpose of reporting tax related information.
JULIAN DATE The numeric day of the year starting with 001 on January 1 and continuing sequentially to 365 (or 366).
LEVY An administrative means of collecting taxes by seizure of the taxpayer’s property and rights to property to satisfy delinquent taxes.
MASTER FILE TAX (MFT) CODE A two-digit code that identifies the type of return filed and the tax class. See Document 6209, Section 2 for a complete listing of MFTs.
MICROFILM SERIAL NUMBER (MSN) A ten-digit locator number printed across each FTD and AOC processed through the Optical Character Recognition (OCR) equipment as each service center. The MSN is used to identify and/or locate individual FTD coupons.
NON-MASTER FILE The files maintained by the IRS which include transactions on tax accounts not included on the Master File.
NORMAL (LEGAL) DUE DATE The date the statute requires the filing of the return. If the normal or extended due date falls on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, the return is considered timely if it is filed on the next succeeding day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday.
OFFER-IN-COMPROMISE An agreement resolving a taxpayer’s account where it has been determined that there is either doubt as to collectibility, doubt as to liability, or both.
ORAL EVIDENCE Non-written information received from the taxpayer, authorized representative or other third party, providing additional facts for requesting penalty relief. See IRM 20.1.1 for additional information on acceptable oral evidence.
PENALTY A sanction primarily used to promote voluntary compliance of the tax laws.
PENALTY COMPUTATION CODE (PCC) A two-digit code which is used to denote the reasons why, or methods by which, a FTD penalty was charged.
PENALTY PERIOD The time for which a penalty is applicable.
PENDING TRANSACTION A transaction entered into IDRS which has not yet posted to the Master File. Pending transactions will affect the IDRS account balance, but will not change the Master File account balance.
PERIOD ENDING The ending year and month of the period covered by a tax return.
PINEX An IDRS computer program used to produce penalty and interest explanations for taxpayers.
POSTASSESSMENT APPEAL An appeal of tax, penalty and/or interest made by the taxpayer after the tax and/or penalty has been assessed.
PREPAID CREDITS Payments of tax, such as withholding, estimated payments, etc., made prior to the due date of the return.
PRESCRIBED DUE DATE The due date designated for filing a return, including any extension of time for filing.
PRESUMPTIVE DUE DATE The due date designated for filing a return, not taking into account any extensions.
PROBLEM RESOLUTION PROGRAM (TAS) A program within the IRS to which taxpayers’ problems can be referred if they cannot be resolved by normal procedures. The program cannot change the tax law or technical decisions.
REASON CODE A two-digit code used when adjusting an account to denote which item on the tax return is affected by the adjustment.
REBATE A credit, refund or other repayment where too much tax was paid.
RECEIVED DATE:  
 a.  Timely filed return The original or extended due date of the return.
 b.  Late filed return The IRS received date stamped on the face of the return.
REFILE DLN A new DLN assigned to a return or other document after an audit or tax adjustment has been completed. The tax return and related documents are filed under this refile DLN.
REFUND Money returned to the taxpayer as a result of overpayment of a tax liability.
REMITTANCE AMOUNT The amount of money received in payment of a liability. This remittance may be by check, money order, cashier’s check, or cash.
SECURED DELINQUENT RETURN A return secured after a taxpayer has been contacted by the Service but prior to an assessment made under Substitute for Return procedures.
SEIZED PROPERTY Property of the taxpayer over which the Service has exercised actual or constructive dominion and control for purposed of satisfying outstanding tax liabilities.
SERVICE CENTER CONTROL FILE (SCCF) A magnetic tape control system record the receipt of returns/documents, to trace their progress through the processing system and finally to verify that all items have been completed. The SCCF systems maintain separate totals for revenue receipts and other items.
SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER A unique nine-digit number used to identify an individual taxpayer account, in NNN-NN-NNNN format issued by the Social Security Administration.
SOURCE DOCUMENT Backup documentation used by Service personnel to explain an adjustment to a taxpayer’s account; for example, taxpayer correspondence.
STATUS CODE A two-digit numeric code indicating the Master File and/or IDRS status of a tax module.
STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS A set of rules specifying the period in which actions may occur, or within which rights may be enforced.
SUBSEQUENT PAYMENT A payment received for an account that has been assessed and for which the taxpayer has been billed.
SUBSTANTIAL AUTHORITY The objective determination that a position taken by a taxpayer is supportable.
SUBSTITUTE FOR RETURN (SFR) A return prepared on behalf of a taxpayer by the Service pursuant to IRC section 6020(b). The return is prepared when it has been determined that a taxpayer is liable for filing the tax return but has failed to do so upon due notice from the Service.
SUPERSEDING RETURN An amended return filed on or before the return due date. It is filed on an original return form, not an amended return form.
TAX CLASS A one-digit code which identifies the type of tax involved in a transaction.
TAX MODULE A record of one account for one taxpayer covering one type of tax for one tax period.
TAX PERIOD The period of time for which a return is filed.
TAXPAYER DELINQUENT ACCOUNT (TDA) An internal computer notice indicating the taxpayer has not responded to prior balance due notices or paid a balance due.
TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (TIN) A nine-digit number assigned to taxpayers for identification purposes. Depending on the nature of the taxpayer, the TIN is either an Employer Identification Number (EIN), a Social Security Number (SSN), or an Individual TIN.
TAXPAYER INFORMATION FILE (TIF) The IDRS file which contains entity and module information.
TIMELY FILED A return or document which was filed by the taxpayer and received by the Service within specified time frames. A return is timely filed if postmarked by the original or extended due date (Rev. Rul. 73-133).
TOLERANCE The allowable deviation from standard in order to facilitate administration of a program. A tolerance can take the form of a dollar amount or a time volumetric allowance.
TRANSACTION CODE (TC) Three-digit code that identifies a specific action on a taxpayer’s account. Document 6209, ADP and IDRS Information, Section 20.1.1.8 contains a complete listing of TCs.
UNDERPAYMENT In general, the amount by which any tax imposed exceeds the tax shown by the taxpayer on the return, plus amounts previously assessed (or collected without assessment) before the return was filed in excess of any rebate.
VOLUNTARY COMPLIANCE Taxpayers who freely obey the tax laws. Compliance is defined in the IRC as:
  (a) filing accurate and complete returns on time,
(b) paying amounts due, and
(c) reporting information required.
WAIVER A waiver is a limited form of penalty relief.
WILLFUL NEGLECT Conscious, intentional failure to comply with the provisions of the IRC, or reckless indifference to such provisions.

20.1.2.1  (07-31-2001)
Overview

  1. This section of the consolidated penalty IRM discusses the Failure to File and Failure to Pay penalties.

20.1.2.1.1  (07-31-2001)
Failure to File Tax Return or Pay Tax

  1. The Failure to File and Failure to Pay Penalties covered in this chapter are:
    • IRC Section 6651(a)(1)
      Failure to File Tax Return
    • IRC Section 6651(a)(2)
      Failure to Pay Tax as shown on return
    • IRC Section 6651(a)(3)
      Failure to Pay Tax after Notice and Demand for tax not shown on return
    • IRC Section 6651(d)
      Increase in the Penalty for Failure to Pay in Certain Cases
    • IRC Section 6651(f)
      Increase in the Penalty for Fraudulent Failure to File
    • IRC Section 6651(h)
      Failure to Pay Penalty Reduced During Installment Agreement .
    • IRC Section 6698
      Failure to File a Partnership Return

     

20.1.2.1.2  (07-31-2001)
General Information

  1. General applications:
    1. IRC section 6651(a)(1): The FTF penalty applies on the amount due from the return due date (or extended due date) until paid or until the 25% maximum penalty is applied. The FTF penalty rate is 5% a month. (See exception (2)a below.)
    2. IRC section 6651(a)(2): The FTP penalty for failure to pay amounts shown on the return as filed, applies on the amount due from the return due date to the date paid at one-half of one percent (.005), not to exceed 25%.
    3. IRC section 6651(a)(3): The penalty for failure to pay amounts not shown on the return (e.g., audit deficiencies or other subsequent adjustments) applies on the amount due beginning after 21 calendar days from the notice and demand for payment (23C date) to the date paid at one-half of one percent (.005), not to exceed 25%. (Note: if the amount due equals or exceeds $100,000, the FTP penalty under IRC section 6651(a)(3) starts 10 business days from the 23C date.)

     

  2. Coordination between FTF and FTP penalties:
    1. When the FTF penalty under IRC section 6651(a)(1) and the FTP penalty for failure to pay tax shown on the return under IRC section 6651(a)(2)) both apply for the same months, the FTF penalty under IRC section6651(a)(1) is reduced by the amount of the FTP penalty under IRC section 6651(a)(2).
    2. When the FTF penalty and the FTP penalty for failure to pay tax not showing on the return under IRC section 6652(a)(3) both apply for the same months, FTF is assessed at 5% per month not to exceed 25%. FTP applies at 1/2% per month not to exceed 25%. (Note: FTP under IRC section 6651(a)(3) applies to subsequent assessments, e.g., audit deficiencies.) There is no offset/reduction between FTF and FTP under IRC section 6651(a)(3).

     

  3. Transactions affecting the FTF/FTP penalty calculation:
    1. Amended returns: Accepted amended returns (TC 977) that decrease the tax on return, modify the net amount due and require a recalculation of the penalty from the same start date used for the original calculation. Additional tax on an amended return requires an increase to the FTF penalty from the start date used for the original calculation. No adjustment to FTP under IRC section 6651(a)(2) is required.
    2. Refund offsets: A refund offset (TC 706/826) is treated as a payment by the taxpayer from another module and reduces the net amount due for subsequent penalty calculations
    3. Carrybacks/carryovers: The FTF/FTP penalty calculation is based on the amount due before the tax liability is decreased by carryback or carryover losses or credits, e.g., net operating losses, investment credits, foreign tax credits. Carryback or carryover losses or credits to the module on which the FTF/FTP penalty is running do not reduce the net amount due for penalty calculation purposes.

     

20.1.2.1.2.1  (07-31-2001)
Extension of Time to File

  1. IRC section 6081 and the related regulations provide for a reasonable extension of time to file a return. The "reasonable extension " is not to exceed 6 months (unless the taxpayer is abroad). If the taxpayer has a valid extension of time for filing a return, the taxpayer is not liable for the FTF penalty for the duration of the extension period. The computation of the FTF penalty begins immediately after the extended due date.
  2. An extension of time to file is not an extension of time to pay. However, if the taxpayer --
    1. has a valid extension of time to file,
    2. has paid 90% of the tax due by the return due date,
    3. files the return by the extended due date, and
    4. pays remaining amounts due in full with the return

    the Service will assume the taxpayer satisfies the reasonable cause exception to the FTP penalty and it will not be assessed. Absent any one of the above four factors, the FTP penalty is assessed from the original return due date. This provision does not apply to the additional two month extension requested on Form 2688. (See Notice 93-22.)

  3. If a timely-filed request for an extension of time to file is denied and the taxpayer files the return within 10 days from the date of the Service’s denial, no FTF penalty will be assessed.
  4. The Service may void a previously granted automatic extension where the taxpayer’s Form 4868 or 7004 is invalid.
  5. Individuals are granted the automatic four month extension of time to file if the following conditions are satisfied (Treas. Regs. 1.6081–1 and 1.6081–4):
    1. The individual must have completed Form 4868, Application for Automatic Extension of Time to File U.S. Individual Income Tax Return,
    2. filed the application on or before the due date of the return, and
    3. properly estimated the tax due.
    4. An additional two month extension may be requested by completing Form 2688, Application for Additional Extension of Time to File U.S. Individual Income Tax Return.
    5. The automatic extension can be requested by telephone (taxpayers should retain the confirmation number.) The extension request can also be e-filed from tax preparation software or through a tax return preparer.

     

  6. Individuals outside the United States are granted an automatic two-month extension (until June 15, for calendar year taxpayers) to file a return and pay any federal income tax due if the individuals are U.S. citizens or residents and on the regular due date of the return:
    1. Live outside the United States and Puerto Rico, and their main place of business or post of duty is outside the United States and Puerto Rico, or
    2. Are in the military or naval service on duty outside the United States and Puerto Rico.
    3. To use this automatic two-month extension, the individual must attach a statement to their return explaining which situation (1 or 2 above) qualifies them for the extension.
    4. If a joint return is filed, only one spouse has to qualify for this automatic extension. If separate returns are filed, the automatic extension applies only to the spouse who qualifies.

     

  7. Service in a Combat Zone IRC Section 7508): The time for filing a return or paying a tax should be automatically extended for 180 days after the period an individual:
    1. Serves (or supports) the Armed Forces of the United States in an area designated as a "combat zone" by the president of the United States, or
    2. Is hospitalized as a result of an injury received in an area designated as a combat zone.

     

  8. Partnership (Treas. Regs. 1.6081–2):
    1. A partnership, required to file Form 1065, is granted an automatic three month extension of time to file when properly completing a Form 8736, Application for Automatic Extension of Time to File U.S. Return for a Partnership, REMIC, or for Certain Trusts.
    2. The request must be filed with the Service on or before the original due date of the return. The request must be signed by a general partner or other person authorized to file the application.
    3. The extension of time to file the Form 1065 does not extend the time to make the required payment under IRC Section 7519, Required Payments for Entities Electing Not to Have Required Taxable Year, or file a partner’s income tax return, or pay a partner’s income tax.

     

  9. Corporations are granted an automatic six month extension of time to file when they :
    1. properly complete Form 7004, Application for Automatic Extension of Time to File U.S. Corporation Income Tax Return and file it before the original return due date,
    2. properly estimate and pay the tax before the return due date, and
    3. have the properly authorized person sign the form (see Treas. Regs. 1-6062-1. )

    The FTP penalty will be administratively waived under reasonable cause criteria if the above requirements are satisfied, 90% of the tax has been paid by the return due date and the remaining amount is paid by the extended due date.

  10. TE/GE Blanket extensions or filing exceptions have been granted to certain exempt organizations under Rev. Rul. 71–236, 1971–1 C.B. 398, Rev. Proc. 83–23, 1983–1 C.B. 687, as supplemented by Rev. Proc. 94–17, 1994–1 C.B. 579 and Rev. Proc. 86–23, 1986–1 C.B. 564. See IRM 20.1.8 for TE/GE penalties.

20.1.2.1.2.2  (07-31-2001)
Unsigned Returns

  1. See current procedures in Commissioner's Directives and Chief Counsel's Directives.

20.1.2.1.2.3  (07-31-2001)
Received Date

  1. A return is considered timely if received prior to, or on, the due date or extended due date of the return. If the due date falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday, and the return is filed by the next business day, consider it filed on the due date.
  2. U.S. Postal Service: Consider a return timely-filed if postmarked by the U.S. Postal Service (or designated delivery service) by the original or extended due date. See LEM 20.1.2.4.
    1. A return is late if the postmark date is after the prescribed due date.
    2. When more than one United States Postal Service postmark date appears on an envelope, consider the earlier postmark date as the date the return was mailed.

     

  3. Registered and Certified Mail: The date of registration for registered mail is treated as the postmark date. The postmark date on certified mail is treated as the postmark date.
  4. Privately Metered Mail: In general, consider a return timely filed if it contains a postal meter stamp that:
    1. bears the date on or before the last date (or last day of the period) prescribed for filing the return, and
    2. the return is received not later than the time the return would normally have been received if it had been mailed on the last date (or last day of the period) prescribed for filing the return.

     

  5. If the return is received after the normal time, and the postmark is not made by the U.S. postal service, the taxpayer must prove the factors in Treas. Reg. 301.7502–1(c)(1)(iii)(B).
    1. The document must show a postmarked date that is on or before the last day of the period prescribed for filing the document.
    2. The document must be received by the Service not later than the time the document would have been received if it were postmarked at the same point of origin by the United States Post Office.
    3. In addition, the person who is required to file the document must show: the document was deposited before the last collection of the mail (from the place of deposit) on or before the last day prescribed for filing the document, any delay in receiving the document was due to a delay in the transmission of the mail.

     

  6. Date Stamp: The Service date stamps the received date on returns filed after the original due date. Returns filed by the original due date carry the due date as the received date and are not date stamped when received. The received date for a late-filed return is the date a return reaches any IRS office or service center.
  7. A TC 610 may show the received date on the transcript. IDRS shows the received date under the posted return information section as RET–RECD–DT.

20.1.2.1.2.4  (07-31-2001)
Definition of Month

  1. For FTF/FTP penalty purposes, a month is calculated from the date the penalty period begins to the same date in each following month, or part of a month. Both penalties continue to apply monthly until the maximum period is reached or (for FTF) the return is filed or (for FTP) the tax is paid. For example:
    1. The return due date is April 15, 1997. The return is received July 17, 1999 with tax due of $1,700 paid in full. FTF and FTP both apply for four months.
    2. The return extended due date is August 15, 1998. The return is received December 21, 1998 showing tax on return of $2,000, withholding of $800, and amount due of $1,200 paid in full with return. FTF applies for five months from August 15, 1998. FTP (under IRC section 6651(a)(2)) applies for nine months from April 15, 1998.

     

  2. For any return or payment due date that begins on the last date of a month, the following examples apply:
    1. Return or payment due date January 31; first month ends February 28; second month ends March 31; third month ends April 30.
    2. Return or payment due date falling on the 30th of any month; all subsequent months end on the 30th except February which ends on the 28th or the 29th.

     

  3. If a return is not timely filed or the tax is not timely paid, the fact that the date prescribed for filing the return or paying the tax, or the corresponding date in any succeeding calendar month, falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or a legal holiday is immaterial in determining the number of months for the FTF/FTP penalty. Treas. Reg. 301.6651–1(b)(3).

20.1.2.1.2.5  (07-31-2001)
Net Amount Due

  1. For the FTF penalty under IRC section 6651(a)(1), the net tax amount is the amount of tax required to be shown on the return less allowable credits. This amount is reduced by payments made on or before the prescribed due date of the return (excluding extensions), such as withholding credits, tax deposits, estimated tax payments, overpayments from prior periods, or other payments.
  2. The failure to file penalty applies not only to tax shown on a taxpayer’s original return, but also to any additional tax later found due on the return.
  3. The net tax amount required to be shown on the return includes all income taxes as well as employment taxes. For example, the uncollected employee FICA tax on tips is a tax required to be shown on Form 1040, Individual Tax Return; thus, this uncollected FICA tax on tips should be included in the net tax amount.
  4. Certain taxes may be paid in installments, e.g., heavy vehicle use tax (Form 2290) and estate taxes (Form 706).
    1. If the taxpayer elects to pay this type tax in installments, the FTP penalty does not apply.

     

  5. When computing the net tax amount from the return due date for the FTF penalty, do not consider amounts which were paid after the due date of the return, but before the date of filing. For example:
    1. Taxpayer sends in payment of $700 for TY 1998 Form 1040 on May 27, 1999 before he files the return
    2. Taxpayer files return August 27, 1999 and pays remaining amount due of $200.
    3. Tax on return, $1,200; withholding, $300; balance due as of return due date, $900.
    4. FTP is calculated on $900 for two months at 1/2% a month = $9. Plus, FTP is calculated on $200 for three months at 1/2% a month = $3. Total FTP penalty = $12
    5. FTF penalty is calculated on $900 for five months at 4.5% a month = $202.50.

     

20.1.2.1.3  (07-31-2001)
Penalty Relief

  1. IRM 20.1.1.3, provides guidance for determining if the taxpayer meets the criteria that will allow relief from a penalty. See Exhibit 20.1.1–3 of IRM 20.1.1 for a complete list of penalty reason codes.
  2. The Service will abate the FTF/FTP penalty when the taxpayer shows reasonable cause and not willful neglect for the failure to file a return or pay a tax as required. In some instances the abatement will only apply to the portion of the penalty for the period the taxpayer meets relief criteria.
    1. Reasonable cause determinations MUST be made on the individual facts and circumstances of each case.
    2. Generally, the taxpayer must pay the tax due before the Service will abate a FTP penalty for reasonable cause. The penalty continues to accrue until the tax is paid. The taxpayer may have reasonable cause for some months, but not for others. A correct determination cannot be made until after the tax is paid. An exception to this rule is allowed for accounts in which the FTP penalty has reached the 25% maximum before the taxpayer's request for abatement.

     

  3. Contacted personnel should address the reason for the failure to file or pay penalty when securing or examining returns on which the penalty applies. Making this initial determination will prevent the need for subsequent abatements. Enter Reason Code (RC) 62 in any of the first three reason code fields for adjustments involving requests for reasonable cause consideration, and the applicable penalty reason code (PRC) in the fourth reason code field.
  4. When the FTF/FTP penalties are abated for reasonable cause using TC 271 with RC 62, Master File will not restrict future computer computations of FTP penalty (provided it was not previously restricted). The computer continues to compute the FTP penalty but will waive the amount associated with RC 62.
    1. A TC 271 input without RC 62 restricts subsequent computation of the penalty.
    2. Input TC 272 with a zero amount to remove the manual restriction on failure to pay penalty, when you determine that a module was restricted in error.
    3. See LEM 20.1.2.

     

20.1.2.1.4  (07-31-2001)
Substitute for Return IRC section 6651(g)

  1. Pursuant to IRC section 6020(b) a substitute for return (SFR) is prepared by the Service when it is determined that a taxpayer is liable for filing the tax return but failed to do so after receiving notification from the Service.
  2. If a taxpayer fails to file a delinquent return when requested under the SFR program and the statutory notice of deficiency defaults, or the taxpayer executes an agreement to waive the restrictions on assessment of a deficiency (by signing a Form 870, 4549E or 4549), the Service will assess the FTF/FTP penalty.

    Note:

    Excise and employment tax returns do not follow statutory notice of deficiency procedures.

     

  3. The FTP penalty on amounts shown on SFRs for returns due after July 30, 1996 (determined without regard to extensions) is calculated from the return due date under IRC section 6651(a)(2). For returns due before July 31, 1996, FTP begins 21 calender days (10 business days if the amount on the notice is $100,000 or more) after the 23C date (TC 290 or 300) under IRC section 6651(a)(3).
  4. When the FTP and the FTF penalties apply for the same months, the FTF penalty is calculated from the return due date at four and one half percent (.045) a month for each month it is late, not to exceed five months. For any month in which the FTP and the FTF penalties do not both apply, the FTF penalty rate is 5%.
  5. If the taxpayer has an extension of time to file (TC 460), the FTF penalty begins on the extended due date whether or not the taxpayer filed by the extended due date.
  6. Note: under IRC section 6651(d) the FTP penalty on an SFR increases from one-half of one percent (.005) to 1% after notice of intent to levy (CP 504) is issued. TC 971 with AC 69 or 35 also indicates that the 1% rate has been triggered.
  7. If the taxpayer files his own return (the due date for which, without regard to extensions, is after July 30, 1996) after the 1% FTP penalty rate has taken effect on the SFR assessment, the FTP penalty under IRC section 6651(a)(2) is recalculated on the amount showing due on the taxpayer's return by using the .5% rate for the same period the .5% rate was in effect on the SFR and the 1% rate for the same period the 1% rate was in effect on the SFR, not to exceed 25% in the aggregate.
  8. The FTP penalty is automatically calculated and assessed from the due date of the return until the date the tax is paid. To allow automatic generation of the FTP by master file, input an adjustment to tax (or 290/300 for a zero amount) with a (1) Priority code 2 (ADJ54/TC290), or (2) Priority code 9 (ADJ47/TC300).

20.1.2.1.5  (07-31-2001)
Excise Tax

  1. The filing and paying of an excise tax covering the tax on one of the categories (Abstract Numbers/IRS No.s) listed on Form 720, Quarterly Federal Excise Tax Return, does not constitute the filing of a return or paying a tax for any of the other categories (Abstract Numbers).
  2. Example: A manufacturer of bows and arrows and fishing rods files a timely return for the tax on bows and arrows only. Do not consider this return as being a timely-filed return for the tax on fishing rods.

20.1.2.1.6  (07-31-2001)
Restrictions on Assertions

  1. According to Policy Statement P–2–4, the Service does not assert penalties against federal agencies.
  2. The general statute of limitations for assessing the penalty on a filed return is three years from either the due date or the date filed, whichever is later. There is no statute of limitations for assessing the penalty where no return has been filed.

20.1.2.1.6.1  (07-31-2001)
Taxpayer in Bankruptcy

  1. IRC section 6658 prohibits the assertion of the FTP penalty while a taxpayer is involved in a title 11 bankruptcy proceeding if:
    1. The tax was incurred by an estate and the failure to pay occurred pursuant to an order of the court finding probable insufficiency of funds of the estate to pay administrative expenses, or
    2. The tax was incurred by the debtor before the order of relief or the appointment of a trustee in an involuntary case, whichever is earlier and
      1. the petition was filed before the return due date, including extensions, or
      2. the date for making the addition to the tax occurs on or after the day on which the petition was filed.

       

     

  2. In the case of a tax assessed before the start of a proceeding:
    1. no FTP penalty will be asserted for the period during which the bankruptcy case is pending,
    2. the FTP penalty will stop accruing at the start of the bankruptcy proceeding and
    3. it will resume after the bankruptcy is resolved and continue until the tax is paid or the 25 percent maximum penalty is reached.

     

20.1.2.1.7  (07-31-2001)
Assessment/Abatement Procedures

  1. Delinquent returns. Examiners securing delinquent returns will solicit any explanation the taxpayer may provide on the FTF/FTP penalty determination. When adjusting the tax on a return that was filed late, determine if the FTF/FTP penalty was previously assessed or abated, and consider any factors that would apply to these penalties on a proposed tax adjustment. When the audit of a delinquent return results in an overpayment (refund), the FTF penalty and the FTP penalty under IRC section 6651(a)(2) initially assessed by the service center are recalculated and reduced.
    1. Example 1: Taxpayer filed 1997 Form 1040 on 7-18-98 (four months late) showing a refund of $500. The return is audited 6-20-99, and a tax deficiency of $1,200 is agreed. FTF penalty applies at 5% a month for four months from the return due date on $1,200. The FTP penalty would first apply at one-half of one percent a month under IRC section 6651(a)(3) on any amounts unpaid after 21 days from assessment (the 23C date)
    2. Example 2: Taxpayer filed 1997 Form 1040 on 7-18-98 (four months late) paying $1,400 amount due in full with return. FTF and FTP were assessed. The return is audited in June, 1999 and results in an overpayment (refund) of $900. FTF penalty is recalculated on $500 ($1,400 original underpayment less $900 overpayment from audit) at 4.5% a month for four months from the return due date. The FTP penalty is also recalculated based on $500 for four months at .5% a month.
    3. After 1/1/02 AC 262 for TC 971 will generate when the maximum FTP penalty has been assessed. When the account drops from IDRS AC 262 will be visible on CFOL for both IMF and BMF. When figuring FTP manually, AC 262 can be input manually.

     

  2. Carrybacks and carryovers:
    1. The examiner will not adjust the penalty for that part of the tax liability which is decreased because of a carryback or carry over, such as a net operating loss, an investment credit, a foreign tax credit or a capital loss (for corporations).
    2. In the case of a carryback or carryover, the FTF penalty is adjusted by reference to the potential tax liability (either a deficiency or an overassessment) which is computed prior to application of the carryback or carryover.
    3. For example: The 1998 F-1120 was due March 15, 1999 but was filed four months late with amount due of $7,000 paid in full on June 27, 1999. FTF and FTP were assessed. An NOL of $12,000 from TY 1999 was carried back to TY 1998. No adjustments to the FTF/FTP penalty apply even though the carryback reduces the tax per return to zero.
    4. For example: The 1998 F-1120 was due March 15, 1999 but filed four months late and was subject to an NOL carryback of $20,000 from TY 1999. Tax per return of $50,000 less the carryback of $20,000 leaves adjusted taxable income of $30,000. The taxpayer subsequently agrees to an audit deficiency of $27,000. FTP begins on $27,000 21 days after notice and demand for payment.

     

20.1.2.1.7.1  (07-31-2001)
Service Center/Customer Service

  1. Manual Computation of the Penalty:
    1. In many instances, Master File calculates the FTP penalty (TC 276).
    2. When manual adjustments of the penalty are required, Service personnel are responsible for determining the correct penalty amount.
    3. IDRS Command Code (CC) INTST is available for determining the amount of assessed and accrued FTP penalty on accounts not previously restricted (TC 270/271).
    4. IDRS CC COMPAF is available for computing the FTP penalty which should be assessed or abated. The COMPAF print may be used to document a manual adjustment.
    5. When there is a difference between computer generated and manual computations, manual computations take precedence.

     

  2. The following transaction codes identify assessment or abatement of the FTF and FTP penalties:
    • TC 166/167—computer generated assessment/abatement of the FTF penalty.
    • TC 160/161—manual assessment/manual abatement of the FTF penalty.
    • TC 162—manual removal of computation restriction of the FTF penalty.
    • TC 276/277—computer generated assessment/abatement of the FTP penalty.
    • TC 270/271—manually assessment/abatement of the FTP penalty.

     

  3. Blocking Series. When making a FTF and/or FTP adjustment:
    1. with the original return, use a refile blocking series;
    2. without the original return, use any nonrefile blocking series as appropriate.

     

  4. Priority Codes. To remove a prior restriction and allow automatic generation of the FTP penalty by master file, input an adjustment to tax (or 290/300 for a zero amount) with a priority code 2 (ADJ54/TC290), or priority code 9 (ADJ47/TC300).
  5. Manual assessments /abatements: Since the FTP penalty accrues until the earlier of the date the tax is paid or the maximum penalty is assessed, it is important that employees do not unnecessarily restrict the module.
  6. System errors: Prompt action is needed to correct FTF/FTP penalties erroneously assessed or accrued due to system errors. When a system error is discovered, the Service issues special instructions identifying the problem and the steps needed to correct the situation. Usually, these system errors are quickly resolved. When a system error on an individual case is identified, such as a tax account suspended in notice status longer than it should have been, an adjustment to assessed and accrued FTP penalty may be needed.
  7. Before adjusting restricted FTF/FTP assessments, the original assessment documents may be obtained to check the penalty computation and rationale for restricting the penalty.
    1. Assessed and accrued FTP penalties should be manually computed (CC COMPAF may be used) and abated from the cycle of the last status update through the 23C date of the posting TC 271.
    2. Notify the taxpayer of the action taken and the balance due, if any.

     

20.1.2.1.7.2  (07-31-2001)
PINEX

  1. The IRS provides explanations of all penalty and interest charges to the taxpayer when a balance due notice or a refund is issued. Using the Penalty and Interest Notice Explanation (PINEX) system.
  2. Upon request, command code PINEX generates a notice of explanation to the taxpayer. The specific tax module requested must be on the TIF data base and at least one unreversed penalty or interest transaction posted.
  3. This notice includes a computation and explanation of selected computer generated penalties, interest charged and interest paid except for computations and explanations of failure to deposit penalty.
  4. PINEX notices must be reviewed by the tax examiner requesting the notice, and, if correct, mailed to the taxpayer.
  5. PINEX also provides screen displays of penalty and interest computations for an immediate response to telephone inquiries or walk-in requests made to Area Offices. IRS personnel may find the screen displays helpful in analyzing penalty and interest transactions in general.

20.1.2.1.8  (07-31-2001)
FTF/FTP on Withholding and EIC

  1. When an adjustment is made to a taxpayer's withholding credit or estimated payments, the FTP penalty applies only when the allowable amount is less than the original tax due. For example:
    1. A taxpayer's return has tax of $1,000, withholding of $1,800, and was refunded $800.
    2. If the withholding of $1,800 is reduced to $1,100 (TC 807 for $700), the FTP penalty is not asserted because the remaining allowable withholding ($1,100) still exceeds (or, is enough to cover) the tax of $1,000.
    3. If the withholding of $1,800 is reduced to $600, the FTP penalty is asserted on $400, because the allowable withholding ($600) does not exceed (or, is not enough to cover) the original tax due of $1,000.

     

    Note:

    Note: any FTP penalty on adjustments to withholding and estimated tax payments is always calculated from return due date under IRC section 6651(a)(2) even when the adjustment is part of a subsequent assessment, e.g., an audit determination.

     

  2. When a pre-refund adjustment is made to a taxpayer's Earned Income Credit (EIC), the FTP penalty applies when the allowable EIC is less than the original tax due. For example:
    1. A taxpayer's return has tax of $2,000, withholding of $1,800 and EIC of $800.
    2. The refund of $600 is frozen pending EIC verification
    3. If the EIC of $800 is fully disallowed, the taxpayer has an amount due of $200. The FTP penalty applies under IRC section 6651(a)(3) on $200 from 21 days after the notice and demand for payment until full paid or until the maximum 25% is reached.
    4. If $500 of the $800 EIC is disallowed, the taxpayer's $600 refund is reduced to $100, and no FTP penalty applies
    5. Note: the same factors apply to the FTP penalty on EIC pre-refund or in-process adjustments due to the recertification requirement (or the two or ten year prohibition) on EIC under IRC section 32(k).

     

  3. When an adjustment is made to a taxpayer's EIC after return processing, the amount of the EIC reduction (TC 765) is subject to the FTP penalty under IRC section 6651(a)(3) from 21 days after the notice and demand for payment until full paid or until the maximum 25% is reached. In the following example FTF also applies:
    1. The taxpayer's return, due April 15, 1998, was filed on August 2, 1998 with tax of $2,000, EIC of $800, and withholding of $1,800. The $600 refund is issued.
    2. The return is subsequently audited, the EIC of $800 is disallowed and a deficiency assessed on June 22, 1999. The amount is full paid on November 27, 1999.
    3. The taxpayer is assessed FTF from return due date at 5% a month times four months times $800 = $160.
    4. The taxpayer is assessed FTP under IRC section 6651(a)(3) beginning on July 14, 1999 at 1/2% a month times five months times $800 = $20.

     

20.1.2.2  (07-31-2001)
Minimum Failure to File

  1. The minimum failure to file (MFTF) penalty applies to delinquent individual, corporate, trust and estate tax returns when
    1. the tax return is more than 60 days past due, and
    2. the regular FTF penalty is less than the lesser of $100 or 100% of the tax on the return.

     

  2. Example one: Taxpayer files 1997 F-1040 three months late on June 20, 1998 and pays the full amount due of $600 with the return. The FTF penalty is calculated at four and one-half percent a month, times three months, times $600 = $81. The MFTF penalty applies because the FTF penalty of $81 is less than the lesser of $100 or the amount showing due on the return ($600). The MFTF penalty is therefore $100.
  3. Example two: Same as above only the taxpayer files five months late on August 20, 1998. The FTF penalty is calculated at four and one-half percent a month, times five months, times $600 = $135. The MFTF penalty does not apply because $135 is not less than the lesser of $100 or the amount showing due on the return ($600).

20.1.2.3  (07-31-2001)
Failure to File a Tax Return IRC section 6651(a)(1)

  1. IRC section 6651(a)(1) imposes a penalty for failure to file a tax return by the date prescribed (including extensions), unless it is shown that the failure is due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect. See IRM 20.1.1.3 for a discussion of penalty relief.
  2. Penalties for failure to file information returns, such as Forms 1099 or 5500, are discussed in Chapters 20.1.7, Information Return Penalties and 20.1.8, TE/GE Penalties.

20.1.2.3.1  (07-31-2001)
Penalty Computation

  1. Determine the FTF penalty period.
    1. The penalty period extends from the return due date (or extended due date) for each month or part of a month the return is late, not to exceed five months.
    2. The FTF penalty does not apply during the period covered by a valid extension of time to file (Forms 4868, 2688, 7004, 2758, and 8736). TCs 460 and 620 identify extensions.

     

  2. Determine the FTF penalty rate.
    1. Generally, the FTF penalty is 5% of the net amount due per month (or part of a month) not to exceed five months.
    2. When the FTF penalty and the FTP penalty under IRC section 6651(a)(2) apply at the same time, the FTF penalty is reduced by the amount of the FTP penalty under IRC section 6651(a)(2). In other words, FTF is then assessed at a rate of 4.5% a month and FTP at .5% a month. When both FTF and FTP apply for 5 months, the maximum FTF penalty rate is 22.5%.
    3. The FTF penalty is only reduced by the 1/2% FTP penalty under IRC section 6651(a)(2)--regarding unpaid amounts shown due on the return. The 1/2% FTP penalty under IRC section 6651(a)(3)--regarding unpaid amounts subsequently assessed, e.g., TCs 290 and 300--does not reduce the FTF penalty.
    4. When a delinquent return is later assessed an additional tax (e.g., TC 290/300), the FTF penalty is calculated from the RDD (or extended due date) on the additional amount at 5% a month for each month the return was originally past due. This includes underpayment amended returns.
    5. When a delinquent return has the original tax reduced (e.g., TC 291/301), the FTF penalty is re-calculated from the RDD (or extended due date) on the reduced amount of tax using the rate originally applied.

     

  3. Multiply the net amount due (see IRM 20.1.2.1.2.5) times the number of months the return is past due times the applicable monthly rate. This figure is not to exceed 25% of the net amount due.
  4. Example FTF penalty calculations:
    1. An individual taxpayer files the 1997 return on June 19, 1998 with a tax liability of $700 paid in full with the return. Since the FTF and the 1/2% FTP penalty under IRC 6651(a)(2) apply at the same time, the 5% FTF penalty is reduced to four and one half percent (.045). The FTF penalty rate of .045 a month, times three months, times $700 = $94.50.
    2. The same taxpayer is subsequently audited and a deficiency of $1,200 is assessed on February 19, 1999. The FTF penalty applies at a rate of 5% a month, times three months, times $1,200 = $180. This amount is in addition to any prior FTF penalty that was previously imposed. (Note: The FTF penalty is not reduced by the FTP penalty under IRC section 6651(a)(3), which is applicable to deficiencies.)
    3. A 1998 return is filed four months late on July 21, 1999 claiming a $400 refund. The return is subsequently audited and a deficiency of $700 is assessed. Since the $700 is, per IRC section 6651(a)(1), "an amount required to be shown as tax" on the return, the FTF penalty is calculated by multiplying 5% per month, times four months, times $700 = $140. (Note: for FTF purposes, the amount subject to the penalty, i.e., $700, is not offset by the $400 refund on the return as filed.)

     

20.1.2.4  (07-31-2001)
Failure to Pay Tax IRC section 6651(a)(2)

  1. IRC section 6651(a)(2) imposes a FTP penalty if the tax shown on any return is not paid by the due date of that return. This penalty applies to the following returns:
    • Income tax returns;
    • Employment tax returns;
    • Excise tax returns;
    • Gift tax returns;
    • Estate tax returns;

     

  2. It does not apply to:
    • Information returns required under Chapter 61, Subchapter A, Part III;
    • Payments of estimated tax;
    • Partnership returns.

     

  3. The Service does not assert this penalty when the failure to pay is due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect or the taxpayer qualifies under other penalty relief criteria. See IRM 20.1.1.3 for a complete discussion of penalty relief.

20.1.2.4.1  (07-31-2001)
Penalty Computation

  1. Determine the penalty period. The penalty period for the FTP penalty under IRC section 6651(a)(2) is the number of months (including a part of a month) from the return due date--not including extensions--until the tax is paid. (See IRM 20.1.2.1.2.4 for the definition of a month.)
  2. The penalty rate is one-half of one percent per month (or part of a month) on the net amount due until the tax is paid in full or the maximum 25% is reached. (See IRM 20.1.2.6 for FTP rate increase to 1%. See IRM 20.1.2.8 for FTP rate decrease to one quarter of one percent.)
  3. Determine the net amount due. (See IRM 20.1.2.1.2.5.)
  4. Multiply the number of months (including a part of a month) the tax remains unpaid, times the penalty rate, times the net amount due.
  5. Examples:
    1. The 1999 return is filed on June 17, 2000 with the amount due of $5,200 paid in full with the return. The FTP penalty under IRC section 6651(a)(2) applies from RDD (April 15, 2000) for three months at one-half of one percent per month on $5,200. One-half of one percent (.005) per month, times three months, times $5,200 equals the FTP penalty of $78.
    2. The 1998 return (due April 15, 1999) is filed October 28, 1999 with $7,000 due. Two thousand ($2,000) is paid with the return. The remaining $5,000 is paid on May 3, 2000. FTP penalty applies to $7,000 from RDD at .005 a month for seven months = $245. Plus: FTP penalty on $5,000 from November 15, 1999 at .005 a month for six months = $150.

     

20.1.2.5  (07-31-2001)
Failure to Pay Tax IRC section 6651(a)(3)

  1. IRC section 6651(a)(3) imposes a FTP penalty on any tax required to be reported on a return, other than information returns, that was not reported on the return. The FTP penalty under IRC 6651(a)(3) relates to amounts subsequently assessed (usually TCs 290 and 300), unlike the FTP penalty under IRC section 6651(a)(2) that relates to unpaid amounts showing due on the return as originally filed.
  2. The FTF penalty is not reduced by the FTP penalty imposed under IRC section 6651(a)(3). See IRC section 6651(c)(1).
    1. The FTF penalty is computed from the original due date of the return for up to five months.
    2. The FTP penalty imposed under IRC section 6651(a)(3) begins 21 calendar days from the date of notice and demand (10 business days if the amount owed equals or exceeds $100,000) and continues until the additional tax is paid, not to exceed 25 percent of the tax.
    3. Therefore, the FTF and FTP penalties may be assessed on the same amount of unpaid tax, but for different periods of time.

     

20.1.2.5.1  (07-31-2001)
Penalty Computation

  1. Determine the penalty period:
    1. Determine the number of months (including a part of a month) from the date that is 21 calendar days after notice and demand for payment (10 business days if the balance due equals or exceeds $100,000).
    2. The penalty applies until the tax is paid in full or the maximum 25% is reached.
    3. For first balance due notices (CP 501s) issued after December 31, 1996, the FTP penalty under IRC section 6651(a)(3) begins 21 calendar days (or 10 business days if the balance due equals or exceeds $100,000) after assessment (23C date). For notices first issued before January 1, 1997, the FTP penalty began 10 days after assessment.

     

  2. The penalty rate is one-half of one percent (.005) per month for each month or part of a month the tax is unpaid, not to exceed 25%.
  3. Determine the net amount due. For any month in which a partial payment is made, the net amount due is proportionately reduced for the FTP calculation on the following month. See IRM 20.1.2.1.2.5.
  4. Multiply the number of months (including a part of a month) the tax remains unpaid, times the penalty rate, times the net amount due.
  5. The following examples illustrate the FTP penalty under IRC section 6651(a)(3):
    1. Example 1: Taxpayer timely filed 1999 return with a refund. Taxpayer was audited and assessed a deficiency (TC 300) of $2,500 on February 5, 2001. Full payment is received April 30, 2001. FTP penalty is calculated at 1/2% (.005) a month beginning after 21 days from assessment, i.e., from the start date of February 27, 2001: $2,500 x .005 x 3 months = $37.50.
    2. Example 2: Taxpayer filed 1999 return four months late on July 19, 2000 with $3,000 balance due paid in full. (FTF at .045 a month x 4 months x $3,000 = $540 plus FTP at .005 a month x 4 months x $3,000 = $60. Both penalties are assessed and paid.) Taxpayer is later audited and a deficiency (TC 300) of $4,500 is assessed on January 4, 2001. Taxpayer pays in full five months later on June 7, 2001. FTF applies from RDD at 5% (.05) a month x 4 months x $4,500 = $900. FTP applies from January 26, 2001 at 1/2% a month x 5 months x $4,500 = $112.50.
    3. Example 3: Taxpayer filed 1999 return five months late on August 19, 2000 with unpaid balance due of $6,000. The maximum FTF of $1,350 applies: 41/2% a month x 5 months x $6,000 = $1,350. FTP under IRC section 6651(a)(2) continues running at 1/2% a month from RDD on $6,000. The 1% rate under IRC section 6651(d) is triggered on December 4, 2000. Taxpayer receives a CP 2000 notice showing additional tax due of $1,200 on unreported interest income. Taxpayer does not respond and $1,200 is assessed (TC 290) on March 6, 2001. FTP under IRC section 6651(a)(3) first applies on March 28, 2001 at 1% a month on $1,200. The March 28, 2001 start date is determined by IRC section 6651(a)(3). The 1% rate is decided by IRC section 6651(d) because the 1% FTP penalty rate was already running on the unpaid balance originally due from the RDD.

     

20.1.2.6  (07-31-2001)
Increase in the FTP IRC Section 6651(d)

  1. IRC section 6651(d) increases the FTP penalty rate under IRC section 6651(a)(2) or (3) from one-half of one percent (.005) to one percent (.01) of the tax at the start of the month beginning after:
    • 10 days after the date of notice of intent to levy (IRC section 6331(d)), or
    • The day on which notice and demand for immediate payment is given in the case of jeopardy (IRC section 6631(a)).
    • These are the only two conditions—trigger dates—that allow for the FTP penalty rate increase to one percent.

     

  2. See IRM 20.1.2.6.1 for information on how to identify the notice of intent to levy.
  3. The 1% penalty rate applies to all subsequent assessments on that module. However, once a module is fully paid, a later assessment will begin to accrue at the one-half of one percent rate. This later assessment will also be subject to the above trigger dates for the 1% rate.
  4. The increased rate does not change the monthly period for accruing the penalty.

20.1.2.6.1  (07-31-2001)
Penalty Computation

  1. Determine the penalty period under IRC section 6651(d):
    1. The 1% FTP rate begins on the month beginning after (1) the 10th day after the notice of intent to levy, or (2) the day notice and demand for immediate payment is given on a jeopardy assessment.
    2. The CP 504 is a notice of intent to levy for IRC section 6651(d) purposes. Master File Notice Status 58 provides the same indication. If a Collection employee requested the issuance of either ACS Letter 11 or DO Letter 1058, the Master File indication would be provided by TC 971 with Action Code 35 or 69.

     

  2. Determine the penalty rate. The penalty is assessed at 1% (.01) per month or part of a month on the amount due until the tax is paid or the maximum 25% penalty amount is reached.
  3. The net amount due under IRC section 6651(d) that is subject to the 1% penalty rate is the net amount showing on the notice of intent to levy unless that amount was reduced by a payment received after the notice was issued and before the beginning of the month starting 10 days after the notice. See IRM 20.1.2.1.5.
  4. Multiply the number of months in the penalty period for the IRC section 6651(d) FTP penalty (including a part of a month), times 1%, times the applicable amount due.

    Note:

    the preceding FTP calculation at one-half of one percent (or one quarter of one percent if an installment agreement had been in effect) will be added to this to establish when the maximum 25% has been reached.

     

  5. Example: A FTP penalty (under IRC section 6651(a)(2) or (a)(3)) which is accruing on the16th day of the month at the one-half of one percent rate will first accrue at the 1% rate on the 16th day of the month following 10 days after the trigger date (or on the 16th day of the month following one day after the trigger date in the case of jeopardy). It will then continue to accrue at 1% until paid or until the 25% maximum FTP penalty is reached. For example:
    1. Taxpayer filed 1998 F-1040 timely with unpaid amount due.
    2. FTP under IRC section 6651(a)(2) applied at one-half percent per month beginning on April 16, 1999 and on the 16th of each following month.
    3. CP 504 is issued October 11, 1999.
    4. From October 11, 1999 add 10 days to get October 21, 1999.
    5. From October 21, 1999 go to the beginning of the next monthly period established under IRC section 6651(a)(2), i.e., November 16, 1999.
    6. The 1% FTP rate first applies on November 16, 1999.

     

20.1.2.7  (07-31-2001)
Fraudulent Failure to File IRC section 6651(f)

  1. The fraudulent failure to file (FFTF) penalty under IRC section 6651(f) increases the FTF penalty under IRC section 6651(a) from 5% a month to 15% a month, from a maximum 25% to 75%. FFTF is assessed with TC 240 using RN 686.
  2. The FFTF penalty is a counterpart of the civil fraud penalty under IRC section 6663 and should be investigated and asserted in the same manner.
    1. The burden of proof is on the government to establish FFTF.
    2. The fraud components of the FFTF and the fraud penalties are generally similar. The civil fraud penalty requires an underpayment which is attributable to the willful and knowing intent to defraud. The FFTF penalty requires a "net amount due" . The intent element of the fraud and the FFTF penalties should be interpreted the same.
    3. The FFTF penalty is asserted on a case-by-case basis after considering all the facts and circumstances surrounding the failure to file. There must be clear and convincing evidence that the failure to file was done with the intent to evade taxes.

     

  3. The following factors should be considered when developing a FFTF case:
    1. The taxpayer refuses to, or is unable to, explain the failure to file;
    2. The taxpayer’s statement does not meet or agree with the facts of the case;
    3. There is a history of failing to file or late filing, but an apparent ability to pay;
    4. The taxpayer fails to reveal or tries to conceal assets;
    5. The taxpayer pays personal and business expenses in cash when cash payments are not usual, or cashes rather than deposits checks which are business receipts; and
    6. The taxpayer is aware of the filing requirement. This factor should not be used as the sole factor for asserting the penalty. Rather it should be used in conjunction with one of the above factors.

     

  4. The 75 percent fraud (under IRC section 6663) and FFTF penalties may be asserted for the same tax year. There is no statutory prohibition against asserting penalties under both IRC sections 6651(f) and 6663. See IRM 20.1.5.7.2 for a discussion of civil fraud under IRC section 6663.
  5. The examining officer determines the amount of the FFTF penalty and reflects it on the audit report. If the taxpayer does not agree with the assertion of the FFTF penalty, the examiner should prepare an unagreed report. The report should include the FTF penalty as an alternative position, in the event that the FFTF penalty is not sustained upon appeal.

20.1.2.7.1  (07-31-2001)
Penalty Computation

  1. The FFTF penalty is 15% a month on the amount due for each month (or part of a month) the return is late. The penalty begins from the RDD (or extended due date) to the date filed or the maximum five months is reached, whichever comes first.
  2. Note: when the FTP penalty under IRC section 6651(a)(2) applies during any month for which the FFTF also applies, the 15% FFTF rate is reduced to fourteen and one half percent (.145) per month.
  3. The FFTF penalty is assessed with TC 240, Reference Number 686.

20.1.2.8  (07-31-2001)
Reduced Penalty IRC Section 6651(h)

  1. For months beginning after December 31, 1999, an individual's FTP penalty will be reduced to one quarter of one percent (.0025) for any month in which an installment payment agreement with IRS is in effect, provided the individual timely filed (taking extensions into account) the return relating to the liability that is subject to the installment agreement.
  2. This reduction does not apply if the 1% FTP penalty rate under IRC Section 6651(d) is in effect.
  3. This reduction applies to all of an individual's tax liabilities including liability arising on Forms 940, 941, and 945 (relating to subtitle C on employment tax).
  4. This reduction does not apply to tax liabilities of non-individuals.
  5. Status 60 and TC 971/AC 063 indicate an installment agreement is in effect and the FTP penalty rate applies at 1/4%. When the taxpayer misses a scheduled payment (TC 971/AC 064), a CP 523 is issued to notify the taxpayer of intent to levy. However, the CP 523 does not trigger the 1% FTP penalty rate. Only when the account goes into Status 22 (TC 971/AC 163) to indicate the installment agreement is terminated, will the 1% rate become effective on the beginning of the month following ten days after the CP 504 is issued. This condition is present as Status 58 (TC 971/AC 069 or 035). If the taxpayer's installment agreement is re-instated after the 1% has gone into effect, the 1% rate stays in effect and does not revert back to 1/4%. Beginning in cycle 200001, TC 971/AC 069 is generated or input when notice status 58 was bypassed and either ACS Letter 11 or DO Letter 1058 was sent.

20.1.2.9  (07-31-2001)
Failure to File Partnership Return IRC section 6698

  1. IRC section 6698 imposes a penalty against a partnership that fails to file a timely or complete return as required by IRC section 6031.
    1. The penalty is imposed on those partnerships that fail to file a timely or complete partnership return (Form 1065).
    2. The penalty also applies to those U.S. Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduit (REMIC) that fail to file a timely or complete REMIC Income Tax Return (Form 1066).

     

  2. Although the penalty is assessed against the taxpayer (partnership or REMIC), the partners or investors are held individually liable for the penalty to the extent of their liability for debts of the taxpayer.

20.1.2.9.1  (07-31-2001)
Assertion Criteria

  1. Generally, this penalty is imposed on a partnership which did not timely file or provide the information required on Form 1065 or 1066. The penalty will not be imposed if the partnership can show that failure to file a complete or timely return is due to reasonable cause.

20.1.2.9.2  (07-31-2001)
Penalty Computation

  1. The penalty period for the failure to file a Form 1065 or 1066 (or the failure to file a complete return with all the information required under IRC section 6031) applies from the return due date for each month (or part of a month) up to a maximum of five months.

    Note:

    If the taxpayer provides the required information before the end of the five month period, the penalty applies to the month in which the required information was provided, but not beyond.

     

  2. The penalty is calculated at a rate of $50 for each partner for each month (or part of a month) the return is late or incomplete, not to exceed five months. A person is a partner for penalty calculation purposes if the person was a partner for any portion of the year,

20.1.2.9.3  (07-31-2001)
How to Assert/Assess

  1. ) The late filing penalty is assessed manually with a TC 160 or systemically with TC 166. The penalty for missing information is systemically assessed with TC 246 and manually with TC 240.

20.1.2.9.4  (07-31-2001)
Penalty Relief

  1. If the taxpayer provides information that will allow penalty relief for failure to file a complete or timely return, abate the penalty. See IRM 20.1.1.3 for a discussion of penalty relief.
  2. If it can be demonstrated that the taxpayer is not required to file a particular schedule for which the penalty was charged, abate the penalty.
  3. Rev. Proc. 84-35 defines conditions for abatement of the FTF penalty for partnerships with less than 10 partners. A partner can be--
    1. Individuals (excluding nonresident aliens),
    2. C corporations, or
    3. Estates of deceased partners.

     

  4. If the penalty is assessed for incomplete return information, abate the penalty if the partnership submits the information within 30 days of the request to do so, or within 30 days following the second notice
  5. IRC section 6032 Common Trust Fund Filers. IRC section 6032 requires banks maintaining a common trust fund to file annual information returns by the period ending three months and 15 days after the end of the fiscal year (or April 15th for calendar year filers). No particular form is prescribed for making this return, but if Form 1065 is used, it should reflect all items of gross income and deductions of the fund, and identify all participants and their proportionate share. See LEM 20.1.2.

20.1.3.1  (07-31-2001)
Overview

  1. This Section of the Penalty IRM 20.1 discusses the estimated tax penalties for both individual (Internal Revenue Code (IRC) section 6654) and corporate (IRC section 6655) taxpayers.

20.1.3.1.1  (02-01-2003)
Individual (& Fiduciary) Estimated Tax Penalty (IRC Section 6654)

  1. IRC section 6654 provides for a penalty when individuals, estates and most trusts underpay any required installment(s) of estimated income tax liabilities reportable on Forms 1040 (U.S. Individual Income Tax Return) and Forms 1041 (U.S. Fiduciary Income Tax Return).
  2. For taxable years beginning January 1, 1998, taxpayers are not subject to estimated tax penalties if the tax shown on their return (or, if no return is filed, their tax liability), minus tax amounts withheld from wages during the year, is less than $1,000. Prior to January 1, 1998, the threshold was $500.

20.1.3.2  (08-20-1998)
Assertion Criteria

  1. Taxpayers make quarterly estimated tax payments to pay for income tax liabilities not paid through withholding.
  2. Taxpayers must make estimated tax payments if the tax shown on their return (or, if no return is filed, their tax liability), minus withholding from wages during the year, will be $1,000 or more ($500 for tax years beginning before January 1, 1998) unless an exception in IRM 20.1.3.2.1 applies.
  3. Taxpayers who underpay estimated tax may be subject to a penalty.
  4. To avoid the estimated tax penalty under IRC section 6654, the annual estimated tax (including withholding) required to be paid is the lesser of: (a) 90 percent of the tax shown on the current year's return; (b) if no return is filed, then 90 percent of the tax required to be shown on the current year's return, or (c) an amount equal to the appropriate percentage of the tax shown on the preceding year's return (if a return was filed, and if the preceding year was a full year), as follows:
    1. For estimated tax installments due after December 31, 1997, taxpayers with adjusted gross income equal to or less than $150,000 ($75,000 if married filing separately), must pay 100 percent of last year's tax. Taxpayers with adjusted gross income above that threshold must pay the following percentage of the preceding year's tax:
    2. For tax years beginning after December 31, 1993, and before January 1, 1998, taxpayers with adjusted gross income equal to or less than $150,000 ($75,000 if married filing separately), must pay 100 percent of the preceding year's tax. Taxpayers with adjusted gross income above that threshold, must pay 110 percent of the preceding year's tax.
    3. For tax years beginning after December 31, 1991, and before January 1, 1994 (estimated tax payments due in 1992 and 1993), special rules apply for taxpayers meeting the conditions set forth in IRM 20.1.3.2.1.1.
    4. For tax years beginning after December 31, 1987, and through December 31, 1991, taxpayers must pay 100 percent of the tax shown on the preceding year's return (without adjustments, if any are on the module).

     

     

    If current tax year is: Preceding tax year begins in: Applicable Percentage is:
    1998 1997 100
    1999 1998 105
    2000 1999 108.6
    2001 2000 110
    2002 2001 112
    2003 and later 2002 110

     

20.1.3.2.1  (08-20-1998)
Determining the Required Annual Payment

  1. No estimated tax penalty will be imposed if the tax shown on the taxpayers' return minus tax amounts withheld from wages during the year is less than $1,000 ($500 for years beginning before January 1, 1998).
  2. No estimated tax penalty will be imposed on taxpayers if for any tax year:
    1. They had NO liability for tax for the preceding tax year, and
    2. They were a citizen or resident of the United States throughout the preceding tax year, and
    3. The preceding tax year was a 12-month year.

     

  3. The exception in (2) above is available for individuals, estates, and trusts even if the prior year return shows a liability for tax.
  4. Master File usually can determine whether the taxpayer qualifies for this exception. The computer will assess the penalty if the taxpayer incorrectly claims this exception.

20.1.3.2.1.1  (02-01-2003)
Payments Based on Prior Year's Tax

  1. Generally, taxpayers may base their annual estimated tax amounts on 100 percent of the preceding year's tax. For this method of computing estimated tax to apply, the preceding tax year must have covered a full 12 months. (Beginning January 1, 1992, certain taxpayers may not be able to use this option. See (2) below.) For tax years beginning after December 31, 1997, the percentage of the preceding year's tax changed. See IRM 20.1.3.2.
    1. The preceding year's tax for purposes of estimated tax payments refers to the tax assessed with the original or amended returns.
    2. The preceding year's tax does not include tax increases or decreases from amended returns or audits after the return due date (including extensions). See, however, the exceptions to this rule in IRM 20.1.3.2.7.

     

  2. Section 403 of P. L. 102–164, Emergency Unemployment Compensation Act of 1991, limited the use of the 100 percent of the preceding year's tax as a safe harbor for the current year's estimated taxes. See LEM 20.1.3.2.1.1.2. The law covers tax years beginning after December 31, 1991, and is not applicable to tax years beginning after December 31, 1993. Taxpayers (other than farmers and fishers) meeting ALL of the following conditions cannot use 100 percent of the preceding year's tax as the basis for their estimated tax installments due in 1992 and 1993:
    1. Adjusted gross income for the current year exceeds $75,000 ($37,500 in the case of a married individual filing a separate return), and
    2. The "modified adjusted gross income" for the current year exceeds the amount of the adjusted gross income shown on the return of the preceding tax year by more than $40,000 ($20,000 in the case of a married individual filing a separate return) {see Exhibit 20.1.3–3 for explanation of "modified adjusted gross income" }, and
    3. Taxpayers made estimated tax payments (other than by application of withholding or credit from the prior year's return) during any of the preceding three years, or taxpayers had a penalty assessed for failure to pay estimated tax during the preceding three years, and
    4. 90 percent of the current year's "modified expected tax " will be greater than 100 percent of the preceding year's tax.
    5. If 90 percent of 1992's or 1993's "modified expected tax " is greater than 100 percent of the preceding year's tax, then the required annual payment for 1992 or 1993 is the smaller of 90 percent of the current year's tax or 90 percent of the year's "modified expected tax" , unless the taxpayer uses the annualized income installment method. See Exhibit 20.1.3–3 for a definition of "modified expected tax."
    6. Under these rules, the first installment of 1992's or 1993's estimated tax may be based on 100 percent of the preceding year's tax. However, if the penalty is to be avoided, the difference between the first installment payment and the portion of the required annual payment that otherwise would have been due, must be added to the next installment payment.

     

  3. For tax years beginning after December 31, 1993, the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (OBRA) of 1993 changed the estimated tax installment rules of high income taxpayers. Application of the new safe harbor depends on the filing status of the taxpayer for the current year, and the adjusted gross income (AGI) for the preceding year.
    1. To qualify for the prior year safe harbor, individuals with adjusted gross income for the previous tax year in excess of $150,000 ($75,000 for married individuals filing separately) must pay 110 percent of the tax shown on the preceding year's return.
    2. In the case of an estate or trust, adjusted gross income will be determined as provided in IRC section 67(e) (relating to the 2 percent floor for miscellaneous itemized deductions).

     

  4. The Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997 changed these prior year safe harbors. See IRM 20.1.3.2 for the new percentages for each year.

20.1.3.2.1.2  (08-20-1998)
Non-resident Aliens and U.S. Citizens Residing or Living Abroad

  1. Non-resident aliens (other than those whose U.S. wages are subject to withholding) are required to make three installments of estimated tax. In the case of a calendar year individual, the installment requirements are:

     

    Due Dates: Prior to 1/1/86 After 12/31/85
    1 June 15 33 1/3 percent 50 percent
    2 Sept 15 33 1/3 percent 25 percent
    3 Jan 15 of the following year 33 1/3 percent 25 percent

     

  2. Prior to Section 12314 of Public Law 103–66, Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993 (OBRA '93), nonresident aliens' limitation on the use of the prior years liability as a safe harbor did not apply. For taxable years beginning after December 31, 1993, nonresident aliens are subject to the same limitations as in IRM 20.1.3.2.1.1, Payments Based on Prior Year's Tax.

20.1.3.2.1.3  (08-20-1998)
Deceased Taxpayers

  1. Deceased taxpayers are liable for estimated tax payments due on installment due dates occurring prior to the date of death. The penalty is computed on underpaid installments from their due date to the earlier of the date paid or the date of death.

20.1.3.2.1.4  (02-01-2003)
Fiduciaries of Estates and Trusts

  1. The Tax Reform Act of 1986, effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 1986, provided that all estates and most trusts are required to make estimated tax payments in the same manner as individuals. NOTE EXCEPTION: Charitable trusts and any private foundation organized as a trust, will be subject to the corporate estimated tax provisions under IRC section 6655, rather than IRC section 6654.
  2. The following are exempt from paying estimated tax for tax years ending before two years from the date of death:
    1. Decedents' estates,
    2. Grantor trusts that receive the residual of a probate estate under the decedent's will, and
    3. For tax years beginning after December 31, 1986, if there is no will to probate, a trust that is primarily responsible for paying taxes, debts and expenses of administration.

     

  3. Fiduciaries may elect to treat any portion of estimated tax payments made by the trust or estate as payments made by a beneficiary. Such an amount is treated as a payment of the estimated tax made by the beneficiary on January 15 of the year following the taxable year. Fiduciaries must make these elections on Form 1041–T, Transmittal of Estimated Taxes Credited to Beneficiaries. These elections MUST be filed on or before the 65th day after the close of the trust's tax year. [IRC section 643(g)]
  4. Generally, a qualified funeral trust (QFT) must pay estimated income tax if it expects to owe, after subtracting withholding and credits, at least $1,000 in tax. Estimated tax liability is figured for the individual QFT, and not for a composite return taken as a whole. For details and exception, see Form 1041–ES, Estimated Income Tax for Estates and Trusts. Use Form 2210, Underpayment of Estimated Tax by Individuals, Estates, and Trusts, to figure any penalty.

20.1.3.2.1.5  (02-01-2003)
Annualized Income Installment Method

  1. Taxpayers who do not receive income evenly throughout the year (for example, taxpayers involved in seasonal businesses) may use the annualized installment income method for determining estimated tax payments. This method allows estimated payments that actually reflect the income earned in the period immediately before the installment due date. Form 2210 includes Schedule A1 which is used to determine the required installments using the annualized income installment method.
  2. Annualized income installment is computed by placing on an annualized basis the income for months in the taxable year ending on the last day of the month before the due date for the installment. This means the income will be annualized from the first of January for each installment period. For example:

     

      Installment Due Income Annualized From Through
    1 4/15 1/01 3/31
    2 6/15 1/01 5/31
    3 9/15 1/01 8/31
    4 1/15 1/01 12/31

     

  3. Estates and trusts electing to use the annualized income installment method have the same estimated tax payment due dates as other individuals. However, the installment is computed by placing on an annualized basis the income for months in the taxable year ending before the date one month before the due date for the installment. This means that income is annualized as follows:

     

      Installment Due Income Annualized From Through
    1 4/15 1/01 2/28
    2 6/15 1/01 4/30
    3 9/15 1/01 7/31
    4 1/15 1/01 11/31

     

  4. If the annualized income installment method is used for one installment, and the regular method is used for the next installment, any reduced amount realized under the annualized installment versus the regular method installment, must be made up in the following regular method installment. (The annualized worksheet included in the "Instructions for Form 2210" package, as well as Schedule A1, Form 2210, recaptures any shortfall.)
  5. For tax years 1992 and later, taxpayers must complete Schedule A1 of Form 2210 and attach the Form 2210 to their return.
  6. For tax years 1987 through 1991, taxpayers MUST attach a worksheet and Form 2210 to their return.
  7. For tax years prior to 1987, taxpayers were not required to attach a worksheet to Form 2210. If working those periods, do not request Forms 2210 or worksheets. If the taxpayer claimed installment amounts that are not equal, assume the taxpayer annualized.
  8. For service center personnel working penalty cases, if the taxpayer's calculation is incorrect do the following:
    1. Prepare a letter explaining error(s) in the taxpayer's calculations, and
    2. Adjust the penalty based on your computation.

     

  9. Estimated tax penalties based on the Annualized Income Installment Method must be computed manually.

20.1.3.2.1.6  (02-01-2003)
Farmers and Fishers

  1. Taxpayers with at least two-thirds of their gross income derived from farming or fishing, (see Publications 225, Farmer's Tax Guide, and 595, Tax Guide for Commercial Fishermen, for defining gross income) in the current or preceding tax year (see Exhibits 20.1.3–4 and 20.1.3–5) are required to either:
    1. Make a lump sum estimated tax payment by the 15th day of the month following the close of the tax year (January 15 for calendar year returns) or
    2. File their return and pay the total tax due by the first day of the third month following the close of the tax year (March 1 for calendar year returns).
    3. See LEM 20.1.3.2.1.6.1.

     

  2. The required annual payment is the smaller of:
    1. 66 2/3 percent of the current year's tax, or
    2. 100 percent of the total tax shown on the preceding year's return (assuming the return covered all 12 months).

     

  3. For joint returns, the spouse's income must be considered in determining if the taxpayer meets the two-thirds gross income from farming or fishing requirement.
  4. If a taxpayer qualifies as a farmer/fisher, an indicator is placed on the Taxpayer Information File (TIF). The indicator will thereafter appear on IDRS screens for CC TXMOD, CC PIEST, CC ACTRA, CC MFTRA, CC IMFOL, RTVUE and/or other transcripts as they are developed.

20.1.3.2.2  (08-20-1998)
Period of Underpayment

  1. Taxpayers are generally required to pay 25 percent of their annual required payment on or before each installment payment due date (see Exhibit 20.1.3–2).
  2. The underpayment period is determined by the number of days from the installment payment due date to either:
    1. The date on which the underpayment is paid (see LEM 20.1.3.2.2), or
    2. The 15th day of the 4th month following the close of the taxable year (due date of return without regard to extensions), whichever is earlier.

     

  3. Each underpaid installment period must be separately computed.

20.1.3.2.3  (02-01-2003)
Payment Due Dates

  1. Most taxpayers make estimated tax payments in four installments. For calendar year returns, the due dates are:

     

    a. 1st installment April 15th
    b. 2nd installment June 15th
    c. 3rd installment September 15th
    d. 4th installment January 15th of the following year

     

  2. For fiscal year returns, the installment due dates are the 15th day of the fourth, sixth, and ninth months of the tax year with the fourth installment due on the 15th day of the first month following the close of the fiscal year. See Exhibit 20.1.3–1.
  3. If an installment due date falls on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, payments received the next business day are considered paid on the due date. (NOTE: Throughout this text the term "payments received" equates to payments made in accordance with IRC section 7502 regarding the "timely mailing, timely filing" rule.)
  4. To calculate the number of days see the Perpetual and the Leap Year Julian Date Calendars.
  5. Taxpayers do not have to make the fourth installment payment if they file their return and pay the tax due on or before the last day of the 1st month following the end of the tax year (for calendar year taxpayers, this would be January 31). See IRC section 6654(h).

20.1.3.2.4  (02-01-2003)
Application of Estimated Tax Payments, Credits and Withholding

  1. Credits claimed on Forms 2210, Underpayment of Estimated Tax by Individuals, Estates, and Trusts, or 2210F, Underpayment of Estimated Tax by Farmers and Fishermen, must be verified against the taxpayer's account record. This can be done by checking the appropriate CFOL, IDRS (i.e. CC TXMOD), or MRS transcripts. Review both the payment dollar amounts and the received dates on the taxpayer's record. Consider only payment amounts credited to the taxpayer's account on or before installment payment due dates.
  2. See LEM 20.1.3.2.4.

20.1.3.2.4.1  (08-20-1998)
Credits Applied Within The Tax Year

  1. For periods beginning after December 31, 1984, installment payments are applied against the earliest underpayment within a tax period, regardless of the date the payment was received. When the first installment is satisfied, any excess will be applied to the next installment until all liabilities within a given tax period are satisfied.

20.1.3.2.4.2  (08-20-1998)
Credits From a Prior Year

  1. TC 716 or 710 (overpayment arising on or before the due date of the prior year's return) are applied against the first required installment of the next year's estimated tax unless the taxpayer notifies the Service by means of a statement attached to his income tax return, that the overpayment should be applied to another installment.

20.1.3.2.4.3  (08-20-1998)
Withholding

  1. Withholding is divided evenly among the four installments, unless the taxpayer notifies the Service to apply the withholding to the installment in which it was actually withheld. If the withholding is to be treated as paid when it was actually withheld, the taxpayer must complete and attach Form 2210 to the return.

20.1.3.2.4.4  (08-20-1998)
Additional Payment Information

  1. If the taxpayer claims IRS did not properly credit the account, review the canceled check, bank data, or other information the taxpayer provides about the payment(s). Determine if the payment(s) in question posted correctly to the account.
  2. If the payment has not posted to the account, follow functional procedures for tracing payments. If the payment posted after the penalty assessment and the penalty was manually assessed (TC 170), recompute the penalty using the latest payment information.
  3. If there is a change in the taxpayer's withholding taxes allowable as a credit under IRC section 31 and/or the estimated tax payments, the penalty MUST be corrected even though the affected taxpayer does not request the correction.
  4. If the penalty was manually computed or there is otherwise a restricting condition in the module, manually recompute the penalty using the new credit/payment amounts. The computer will automatically recompute estimated tax penalty when an adjustment to TC 806 or TC 807 is made and there are no restrictive conditions, such as TC 170/171, in the module, or when TC 43X, 61X, 62X, 66X, 67X, 700, 702, 71X, 760, 762, or 97X posts prior to the return due date, also assuming there are no restrictive conditions in the module.
  5. If the taxpayer claims that he elected to apply a prior year's overpayment to the current year's estimated tax, but the overpayment was refunded in error, request a copy of the prior year return from the taxpayer. If the taxpayer's statement is verified, the taxpayer may be entitled to have a portion of the penalty abated. Also, if the taxpayer made an estimated tax payment that was erroneously refunded by the Service, they may be entitled to have the penalty or a portion thereof abated. See IRM 20.1.3.4.1.7.

20.1.3.2.4.5  (08-20-1998)
Verifying Credits on Master File

  1. Credits claimed by the taxpayer should be verified. This can be done by checking the appropriate CFOL, IDRS (i.e. TXMOD,), or MRS transcripts. Review both the dollar amounts and the received dates of any payments.
  2. TC 800 or TC 806 credits a tax module for the amount of withholding taxes claimed on a Form 1041.
  3. TC 710 or TC 716 credit is a "credit elect" overpayment received from the prior tax period. It will be applied as a credit to the first required installment period unless the taxpayer instructs the Service to apply it to another installment.
  4. TC 660 deposits are made using an 8109 or 8109–B deposit coupon. This deposit will post to the tax module with the date the payment was received at the Federal Depositary.
  5. TC 670 subsequent payments will be credited to a tax period with the received date of that payment.
  6. TC 610 is a payment that is received with the return. This payment will also post to the tax module with the date the payment was received.

20.1.3.2.5  (08-20-1998)
Determining Amount of Underpayment

  1. The amount of the underpayment is the required installment payment minus the amount (if any) paid or credited on or before the due date of the installment.

20.1.3.2.6  (02-01-2003)
Penalty Rate

  1. Although the estimated tax penalty is not interest, it is computed in the same manner as interest, except it is NOT COMPOUNDED DAILY . Use the debit interest rate in effect for the appropriate time period.
    1. In accordance with IRC section 6621, the debit interest rate is determined quarterly. This means that the penalty on a $1000 underpayment for one quarterly tax period may be different from the penalty on a $1000 underpayment for a different quarterly tax period.
    2. Interest rates can be found in the Internal Revenue Bulletin (IRB), News Releases, TAX NEWS, Servicewide Electronic Research Program (SERP) and Notice 433, Interest and Penalty Information.

     

  2. RATE EXCEPTION UNDER IRC SECTION 6621(b)(2)(B): The rate which applies during the third month following the taxable year also applies for the first 15 days of the fourth month. For example, for tax year ending December 31, 2001, the debit interest rate in effect during the first quarter of 2002 will be used for the period April 1 through 15, regardless of interest rate determined for the second quarter of 2002.

20.1.3.2.7  (08-20-1998)
Determining the Penalty Amount

  1. For each installment, the penalty is determined by multiplying:
    1. The penalty rate (is the same as the underpayment (debit interest) rate established under IRC section 6621. That rate is a simple interest rate that is NOT compounded daily).
    2. By the amount of the underpayment,
    3. For the period of underpayment. (The period of underpayment begins on the due date of the installment and ends with the earlier of payment received date or due date of the return without regard to extensions, usually April 15th of the following year. NOTE: THIS IS A PENALTY and cannot be claimed as a deduction or business expense on any return.)

     

  2. See LEM 20.1.3.2.7.
  3. Estimated tax penalties are computed on the amount of tax reported on the original return.
  4. If an adjustment is made to the tax of an original return, including extensions, as a result of the taxpayer filing a second return, the penalty amount may be adjusted, based on the new tax amount. A a second return filed on or before the due date of the return) is considered an original return.
  5. If an adjustment is made to the tax of an original return, after the return due date , including extensions, as a result of either an audit or the taxpayer filing an amended return, the penalty amount will generally (see the following exceptions) not be adjusted.
    1. If an amended joint return is filed after separate returns (i.e. an individual files joint return after filing a separate return for a taxable year in which they could have filed a joint return), the estimated tax penalty is based on the joint return. This is the case, even if it is filed after the time for filing the return (including extensions), as long as a joint return is filed before the expiration of the statute of limitations. For additional information refer to IRM 21.6.7.4.7, "Interest and Penalty Considerations. "
    2. If there is a math error on the return, the computer is programmed to compute the penalty on the lesser amount of tax as computed by the taxpayer or corrected by IRS. Example: The original return shows the taxpayer computed the tax to be $1,300. Due to a math error, the tax was corrected to $1,800. The estimated tax penalty would be computed on the lesser amount of tax, $1,300.

     

  6. Revenue Agents, Revenue Officers, and Tax Examiners with access to IDRS may use command codes:
    1. COMPAE/COMPAS to facilitate the computation of the estimated tax penalty.
    2. PINEX (PIEST) to explain a computer generated estimated tax penalty computation to the taxpayer. Once the penalty has been restricted (either with TC 170/171 or a computer condition code) PINEX is no longer able to explain the penalty computation.
    3. For restrictions to Master File see LEM 20.1.3.2.7.6.
    4. Specific instructions regarding the input of both the COMPA and PINEX command codes are contained in the Aims Handbook, IDRS Terminal Inquiries and, IDRS Terminal Input.

     

20.1.3.2.7.1  (02-01-2003)
Form 2210 or 2210F

  1. Taxpayers use Forms 2210, Underpayment of Estimated Tax by Individuals Estate, and Trusts, and 2210F, Underpayment of Estimated Tax by Farmers and Fishermen, to:
    1. Determine if they are liable for an estimated tax penalty on Form 1040 or Form 1041 returns (except private foundations and charitable trusts), and compute the penalty, if they wish to "self-assess," or allow IRS to compute the penalty;
    2. Use the annualized income installment method;
    3. Claim an exception to or waiver of the penalty;
    4. Treat income tax withheld from wages as paid when actually withheld, rather than in four equal amounts; or
    5. Use 100 percent of the preceding year's tax for 1992 and 1993 returns, if the adjusted gross income for the current year exceeds the adjusted gross income for the prior year by more than $40,000, but the modified adjusted gross income for the current year does NOT exceed the adjusted gross income for the prior years by more than $40,000.

     

  2. Service employees use Forms 2210 and 2210F as worksheets when manually computing the penalty.
  3. Revenue Procedure 83–79, 1983–2 C.B. 597, allows taxpayer's to use either the tax table or the tax rate schedule, whichever is more advantageous, when using exceptions 2, 3, and 4 on Form 2210 or exception 2 on Form 2210F.
  4. To determine if an estimated tax penalty is applicable where one or more of the required installments are based on the prior year's tax and the taxpayer filed or is filing a joint return for either the prior year or current year, but not for both years, one should do the following:
    1. If the taxpayer filed the prior year return as married filing separately, combine the two tax amounts. Ask the question, for the current year, did the taxpayer make estimated tax payments equaling at least 100 percent (or the applicable percentage if income is over $150,000) of the combined prior year tax liability? If no, compute the penalty.
    2. If the taxpayer filed a joint prior year return, separate the liabilities appropriate to each spouse. Compute the tax both spouses would each have paid had they filed separate returns for the prior year using the same filing status as they are using for the current year. Ask the question, for the current year, did the taxpayer make estimated tax payments equaling at least 100 percent of the separated prior year tax liability. If no, compute the penalty.

     

20.1.3.2.7.2  (08-20-1998)
Substitute For Return

  1. Estimated tax penalties in the Substitute for Return program (SFR) are assessed as if no return was filed. Usual processing of SFRs includes issuance of a statutory notice of deficiency after the return due date (including extensions). If no response is received to the statutory notice of deficiency, the assessment is made, including estimated tax penalty as appropriate.
  2. Many taxpayers file amended returns after the SFR is processed. The Service is under no legal or regulatory obligation to abate previously assessed taxes or penalties where documentation was not timely submitted and the taxpayer received legal notification from the Service.
    1. The taxpayer's only legal recourse in these situations is to pay the tax and file a claim under IRC section 6404.
    2. This avenue in many cases would not best serve the mission of the Service, which is to collect the proper amount of tax at the least cost.
    3. We also must consider the impact of erroneous assessments on our relationship with our customers.

     

  3. Based on the above, the Service may recompute the estimated tax penalty when the taxpayer files a subsequent return that increases or decreases the tax, even if filing occurs after the due date of the return (including extensions). In the SFR situation, the taxpayer's signed return is considered the original return.
  4. Estimated tax penalty adjustments to SFR modules (i.e. TC 150 of 00 $'s, with tax assessed by a TC 290/300) must be manually computed and assessed.

20.1.3.2.7.3  (02-01-2003)
Schedule H & Estimated Tax Penalty

  1. IRC section 3510 was enacted by the Social Security Domestic Employment Reform Act of 1994, P.L. 103–387, to simplify the payment of employment taxes for individuals who employ domestic workers. Under section 3510, an individual who employs only domestic workers may report employment taxes on Form 1040, Schedule H, and pay the employment taxes in a lump sum in connection with that filing. Individuals who pay domestic service employment taxes using the Schedule H, may be subject to additions to tax under IRC section 6654 for failure to pay estimated taxes. See IRC section 3510(b)(1).
  2. IRC section 3510(b)(2) provides that generally, individuals will not be subject to an estimated tax penalty if the individual was not subject to federal income tax withholding (i.e., from wages, pensions, annuities, etc.) and the tax owed would not exceed $1,000 but for the household employment taxes.

20.1.3.3  (08-20-1998)
Penalty Transaction Codes

  1. ES Penalty Transaction Codes are:
    • TC 176—Computer generated assessment of an ES penalty.
    • TC 177—Computer generated abatement of an ES penalty.
    • TC 170—Manual assessment of an ES penalty.
    • TC 171—Manual abatement of an ES penalty.

     

  2. Manual assessments are determined by Area or service center employees and are input through IDRS. Employees who cannot directly input the penalty assessment to IDRS need to follow functional guidelines to request input of the assessment.
  3. If an incorrect return (i.e., wrong taxpayer or wrong tax period) posts to an account first, then, when the correct return posts, the ES penalty must be manually computed.
  4. When taxpayers use the Annualized Income Installment Method any adjustment to the penalty must be computed manually.

20.1.3.4  (08-20-1998)
Adjustments after Penalty Assessment

  1. This section will discuss the procedures and criteria for abatement or waiver of estimated tax penalties.

20.1.3.4.1  (08-20-1998)
Evaluating Claims for Abatement or Waiver of Estimated Tax Penalties

  1. For periods prior to January 1, 1984, there was NO basis for waiver of the estimated tax penalty. For periods after December 31, 1983, specific waiver provisions under IRC section 6654(e) were adopted.
  2. To evaluate these requests use data available via the various CFOL commands, if possible, as it should expedite processing of the request. In some cases it may be necessary to secure the original return. Review taxpayer's request and the return data for the following items:
    1. The amount of estimated tax penalty requested to be waived; and
    2. Taxpayer's explanation of eligibility for estimated tax penalty waiver.

     

  3. Request additional information from the taxpayer, as needed.
  4. If the taxpayer establishes the waiver criteria take the necessary action to suppress or adjust the penalty as appropriate.
  5. When a determination is made to cancel an estimated tax penalty because the individual is entitled to a waiver, the appropriate Penalty Reason Code must be entered either on the case file or the input document and entered into the Master File.

20.1.3.4.1.1  (08-20-1998)
Procedures for Claiming an Abatement or Waiver of the Estimated Tax Penalty

  1. Taxpayers may claim abatement or waiver on their tax return or on Form 2210 or 2210F. They may send a letter or other correspondence requesting abatement or waiver of the estimated tax penalty. The request could also be made by personal (face to face) contact. See IRM 20.1.3.4.1.2, Waivers based on Legislative Action.
  2. To claim a waiver, based on a change to the tax law, the affected taxpayers should:
    1. Compute the penalty (by completing Form 2210 or 2210F) on the basis of the law in effect before the changes were made, and on the basis of the law in effect after the changes were made. The penalty amount eligible for the waiver is the difference between the two computations.
    2. If preparing Form 2210 or 2210F, follow the instructions for completing the form.
    3. The taxpayer should attach an explanation showing their computation and the amount of penalty to be waived.
    4. If the required information is available, verify the computation (math) and attachments. Review the explanation of "waiver eligibility " . The explanation must show what caused the tax increase and related underpayment of estimated tax.

     

20.1.3.4.1.2  (02-01-2003)
Waivers Based on Legislative Action

  1. The Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997 waives the estimated tax penalties for any payment due before January 16, 1998, with respect to any underpayment attributable to such period to the extent such underpayment was created or increased by any provision of the Act.
  2. The Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996 provides a waiver for all or part of the estimated tax penalty for an underpayment of any installments due before August 20, 1996, to the extent that such increased underpayment was created by a provision of the Act. Instructions for claiming this waiver are included in the 1996 Form 2210 instructions.
  3. For any period beginning before April 16, 1994, the Service will waive the estimated tax penalty to the extent an underpayment was created or increased by the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (OBRA) of 1993.
  4. In Notice 92–6, 1992–1 C.B. 495, the Service announced the waiver of penalties for tax year 1992, to the extent the underpayment by an employee or retiree is attributable to a reduction in Federal income tax withholding for 1992 caused by the new withholding tables/rates effective for wages paid after February 1992.
  5. For 1988, estimated tax penalty relief was provided because of changes made by the Technical and Miscellaneous Revenue Act of 1988. These changes allowed individuals until April 15, 1989, to pay any underpayment on estimated tax due to changes made by Titles I and/or II of this Act.
    1. The taxpayer's needs to specify which provisions of Titles I and/or II of the Act Sections 1001 through 2006 resulted in a tax increase that was the cause of the underpayment.
    2. See Announcement 89–2, IRB 1989–2, 19.

     

  6. For first quarter 1988 estimated tax payment(s) only, the estimated tax penalty under IRC section 6654 may be waived against owners of a partnership or "S" corporation who were precluded from timely and accurately estimating and paying their 1988 individual first quarter payments, if they meet the following conditions:
    1. The partnership or "S" corporation was unable to make an IRC section 444 election to change its taxable year by April 15, 1988, the due date of the owner's first quarter payment, because the regulations concerning the election had not been issued by IRS; and
    2. As a result of the delay in making an election, the partnership or "S" corporation was unable to provide the owners with the information necessary for accurately estimating the amount of the first quarter estimated tax payment.
    3. Taxpayers in this situation who received an estimated tax penalty notice were instructed to return the notice to IRS with an explanation that they are eligible for a penalty waiver under Section III–B of IR Bulletin Notice 88–49, 1988–C.B. 532. They were also asked to include identification of the partnership(s) or "S" corporation(s) (or both) and the portion of the penalty attributable to each such entity.
    4. Allow the waiver on the first installment only, from its due date through August 15, 1988.
    5. Only the portion of the penalty attributable to IRC section 444 can be waived.

     

20.1.3.4.1.3  (02-01-2003)
Waivers based on Legislative Action—Form 1041

  1. The Tax Reform Act of 1986 placed certain trusts and estates (Form 1041) under the same rules as individuals for making payments of estimated tax, effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 1986.
  2. In implementing this provision, an administrative decision was made to waive Form 1041 estimated tax penalties for installments of estimated tax due before July 1, 1987, provided the fiduciary made a good faith effort to determine the amount of the required installment and timely pay the tax. See IRM 21.7.4.4.1.8.2, Notice 88–15, 1988–1 C.B. 482 and Notice 87–32, 1987–1 C.B. 477.

20.1.3.4.1.4  (08-20-1998)
Waiver Criteria Under IRC Section 6654(e)(3)(A)

  1. For tax years beginning after December 31, 1983, IRC Section 6654(e)(3)(A) provides that the estimated tax penalty may be waived if the failure to make the estimated tax payment is due to casualty, disaster or other unusual circumstances such that the imposition of the penalty would be against equity and good conscience. This is not equivalent to reasonable cause.
  2. For example, reliance on the advice of a competent tax advisor may constitute reasonable cause that would warrant relief from other penalties, but it does not provide a basis for a waiver of the estimated tax penalty under IRC section 6654(e)(3)(A).
  3. In order for the waiver to be available, the failure to make the payment must be caused by:
    • Casualty
    • Disaster, or
    • Other unusual circumstances, and
    • Imposition of the penalty would be against equity and good
      conscience.

     

  4. Examples of situations where the waiver may be granted if it is determined that imposition of the penalty would be against equity and good conscience:
    1. The taxpayer's records are destroyed by fire or flood or other natural disaster. In many instances of natural disaster, area wide guidance on conditions for waivers will be issued.
    2. The taxpayer becomes seriously ill or is seriously injured and is unable to manage his affairs.
    3. The taxpayer designates that an overpayment of tax shown on a prior return is to be credited against estimated tax, but the overpayment is offset for either past-due child support or nontax federal debt under IRC section 6402(c), and the taxpayer is not notified of the offset before the due date of the estimated tax installment.

     

  5. Examples of situations where the waiver may not be granted:
    1. Reliance on the advice of a competent tax advisor.
    2. Retroactive application of a statute or regulation unless the statute or regulation specifically grants a waiver of the estimated tax penalty or the Service announces in the Internal Revenue Bulletin that such a waiver has been granted.
    3. Erroneous advice from the IRS unless such advice falls within the provisions of IRC section 6404(f), Abatement of Any Penalty or Addition to Tax Attributable to Erroneous Written Advice by the Internal Revenue Service, of the Internal Revenue Code or IRC section 301.6404–3 of the regulations.

     

  6. Requests for a waiver of the estimated tax penalty under IRC section 6654(e)(3)(A) must be submitted in writing and signed by the taxpayer. Waivers may not be granted based on an oral request from the taxpayer. Waiver of the penalty must be specifically approved by a manager or managerial official.

20.1.3.4.1.5  (02-01-2003)
Waiver Criteria under IRC Section 6654(e)(3)(B)

  1. Taxpayers may be eligible for a "waiver" of the penalty under IRC section 6654(e)(3)(B) if during the tax year they:
    1. Retire after having attained age 62, or
    2. Become disabled in the taxable year estimated payments are due, or during the preceding taxable year, and
    3. The underpayment is due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect.
    4. Reasonable Cause, as it applies to the estimated tax penalty for an individual, is considered only when the individual meets the conditions in (a) or (b) and (c) above, and then only to determine if the taxpayer is eligible for a statutory waiver of the penalty. See IRM 20.1.1.3, Relief from Penalties.

     

  2. When the individual qualifies for this statutory waiver, the estimated tax penalty should be abated using penalty reason code "44" to identify the abatement. If the individual does not meet the waiver conditions in (a) or (b) and (d) above, send an 854C letter using paragraph " V" informing the individual of the reason for denial and explaining his/her appear rights. Input TC 290 for zero with blocking series 98/99 and Reason Code 65.

20.1.3.4.1.6  (08-20-1998)
Bankruptcy: IRC Section 6658

  1. IRC section 6658 prohibits the assertion of the estimated tax penalty on liabilities during the time the case is pending a Title 11 bankruptcy proceeding filed on or after October 1, 1979, if:
    1. The tax was incurred by the estate and the failure occurred pursuant to an order of the court finding probable lack of funds for the estate to pay administrative expenses, or
    2. The tax was incurred by the debtor before the order of relief or the appointment of a trustee in an involuntary case, whichever is earlier, and
    3. The bankruptcy petition is filed before the due date of the return including extensions, or
    4. The date for making the addition to the tax occurs on or after the day on which the petition was filed.

     

20.1.3.4.1.7  (08-20-1998)
Request for Abatement Due to an Erroneous Refund of Estimated Tax Payment, Offset, or Overpayment (Credit Elect)

  1. If the taxpayer claims that an overpayment (credit elect) was refunded in error or if an estimated tax payment was erroneously refunded by the Service, the taxpayer may be entitled to have a portion of the penalty abated. Verify the taxpayer's statement by requesting the prior year return and reviewing account information
    1. Abate the penalty if the taxpayer promptly returns the refund check or repays the refund amount within 10 days of its issue. Consider each case individually to determine if the refund was returned or repaid promptly.
    2. If the overpayment (credit elect) was offset by IRS for either past-due child support nontax amounts owed to other federal government agencies and the taxpayer was not notified prior to the estimated tax payment due date, abate the penalty if the taxpayer promptly repaid the amount offset.
    3. Example: A taxpayer has an extension to October 15th to file the return. The return has an overpayment that the taxpayer elects as a credit to the next year's return. If this overpayment is offset and the taxpayer does not receive a notice until December, the repayment may be considered prompt even if not received until December or early January of the following year. This repayment should still be considered as the taxpayer's first quarterly installment for penalty consideration.

     

20.1.3.4.1.8  (02-01-2003)
Individual Retirement Accounts (IRA) Rollovers to Roth IRAs

  1. A taxpayer with adjusted gross income (AGI) of $100,000 or less may convert a regular IRA into a Roth IRA at any time. If a taxpayer converts a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA and elects to have the amount included in income ratably over a four-year period, and receives an estimated tax penalty during one of the four-year elections:
    1. Do not remove the penalty.
    2. Explain that it is the taxpayer's responsibility to increase their withholding to cover the addtional tax.
    3. Advise the taxpayer to increase their withholding for future years.
    4. If the taxpayer uses the Annualized method, divide the amount equally between all four quarters.

     

  2. Taxpayers may elect to include the entire amount in income in 1998.

20.1.3.4.2  (02-01-2003)
Denying the Request for a Waiver

  1. If the waiver is denied, send an 854C letter using paragraph " V" informing the taxpayer of the reason for denial and explaining his/her appeal rights. Input TC 290 for zero with blocking series 98/99 and Reason Code 65.

20.1.3.4.3  (08-20-1998)
Penalty Appeal Procedures

  1. For a complete discussion of penalty appeals, refer to IRM 20.1.1.

20.1.3.5  (08-20-1998)
Corporate Estimated Tax Penalty (IRC Section 6655)

  1. IRC section 6655 imposes an addition to tax when a corporation (C or S), private foundation, private foundation organized as a trust, or tax exempt organization makes an underpayment of estimated tax. IRC section 6655 also applies to qualified settlement funds described in Treas. Regs. 1.468–B–1.

20.1.3.6  (08-20-1998)
Assertion Criteria

  1. For tax years beginning after December 31, 1987, to avoid the estimated tax penalty a corporation must make estimated tax payments if its tax shown on the return (income tax minus credits) is $500 or more. If the tax is less than $500, no ES payments are required and a penalty will not be assessed.
  2. The Technical and Miscellaneous Revenue Act of 1988 (P.L. 100–647), enacted November 10, 1988, clarified that IRC section 6655 will apply to private foundations and private foundations organized as a trust or corporation.

20.1.3.6.1  (08-20-1998)
Determining the Required Annual Payment

  1. For tax years beginning after December 31, 1987, and prior to January 1, 1992, unless exceptions or waivers exist, corporations and certain tax exempt organizations with unrelated business taxable income were required to prepay the lesser of:
    1. 90 percent of its tax liability for the current year,
    2. 100 percent of prior year tax liability, or
    3. The amount determined under the annualized or adjusted seasonal income installment method.

     

  2. The corporation's prior tax year must have been a full 12–month period for which the corporation filed a return showing a tax liability greater than zero.
    1. Rev. Rul. 92–54, 1992–2 C.B. 320, states that IRC section 6655(d)(1)(B)(ii) of the Code, which allows a taxpayer to base required installment payments of estimated tax on the tax shown on the return for the preceding taxable year, does not apply to a corporation that filed a return for the preceding taxable year showing $0 tax liability.
    2. For example, a corporation (other than a large corporation, see 20.1.3.6.1.4) may use 100 percent of the prior year's tax to determine the current year's ES payments when the tax reported on the prior year's tax return was for an amount greater than zero.

     

  3. For tax years beginning after December 31, 1993, the applicable percentage of a corporation's current year tax liability increased to 100 percent.
  4. For tax years beginning after June 30, 1992, and before December 31, 1993, the applicable percentage of a corporation's current tax liability increased to 97 percent.
  5. For tax years beginning after December 31, 1991 and before July 1, 1992, the applicable percentage of a corporation's current year tax liability increased to 93 percent.
  6. Corporations may use Form 1120–W, Corporation Estimated Tax Worksheet, to determine the amount of the required payment for either the regular, annualized income installment, or the adjusted seasonal installment method. Tax exempt organizations may use Form 990–W, Estimated Tax on Unrelated Business Taxable Income for Tax-Exempt Organizations. These forms are designed to assist the corporation and should not be filed with the Internal Revenue Service.
  7. If a corporation wants to use certain annualization periods for estimated tax purposes, it must make an election on Form 8842, Election to Use Different Corporate Annualization Periods for Estimated Tax, by the due date of the first estimated tax installment (by the 15th day of the fourth month of the year for which the election is being made). Form 8842 will be processed by the Document Perfection Branch in the Service Centers using instructions in the Aims Handbook, DP Tax Adjustments, Code and Edit.

20.1.3.6.1.1  (08-20-1998)
Annual Payment Requirement Where the Tax is Small

  1. A corporation is not required to make estimated tax payments if its tax is less than $500.

20.1.3.6.1.2  (08-20-1998)
Domestic Corporations

  1. Domestic corporations shall be required to make estimated tax payments based on tax and credit determined taxable under any of the following IRC sections:
    • IRC section 11—Tax Imposed
    • IRC section 1201(a)—Alternative Tax for Corporations
    • Subchapter L of chapter 1—Insurance Companies
    • IRC section 55—Alternative Minimum Tax Imposed
    • IRC section 59A—Environmental Tax Credit, plus
    • IRC section 887—Imposition of Tax on Gross Transportation Income of Nonresident Aliens and Foreign Corporations
    • Any applicable credits against tax. (See IRC sections 21, 22, 25 and 26 to determine applicable credits.)

     

20.1.3.6.1.3  (08-20-1998)
Foreign Corporations

  1. A foreign corporation that has income described in IRC section 882 (Tax on Income of Foreign Corporations connected with United States business), which is subject to taxation under IRC section 11 or 1201(a), or under subchapter L of Chapter 1, must make estimated tax payments on this income in the same manner as a domestic corporation described in 20.1.3.6.1.2 above.
  2. A foreign corporation that has income described in IRC section 881 (Tax on Income of Foreign Corporations not connected with United States Business), in addition to income described in IRC section 882 must treat the tax imposed under IRC section 881 as an IRC section 11 tax on which estimated tax payments also must be made.
  3. For taxable years beginning after December 31, 1994, taxpayers using the annualization method to compute estimated tax payments must take into account income under sections 936(h) and 951(a) in a manner specified in section 6655(e)(4). For more information see Rev. Proc. 95–23, 1995–18 I.R.B. 5.
  4. A foreign corporation that is not subject to tax under IRC section 882 is not required to make estimated tax payments on the tax imposed under IRC section 881.

20.1.3.6.1.4  (08-20-1998)
Tax Exempt Organizations and Private Foundations

  1. IRC section 6655(g)(3) requires estimated tax payment on the unrelated business taxable income or net investment income of tax exempt organizations and private foundations.

20.1.3.6.1.5  (08-20-1998)
S Corporations

  1. Effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1989, IRC section 6655(g)(4) requires estimated tax payments on certain taxes imposed on S corporations.
    1. IRC section 1371(d)(2) (Coordination with Subchapter C) shall be treated as taxes imposed by IRC section 11.
    2. IRC section 1374(a) (Tax Imposed on certain Built-In Gains).
    3. IRC section 1375(a) (Tax Imposed when Passive Investment Income of Corporation Subchapter C Earnings and Profits Exceeds 25 Percent of Gross Receipts), and
    4. Only ES payments under IRC section 1375(a) may be based on prior year tax. Prior year's tax does not have to be for an amount greater that zero.

     

20.1.3.6.1.6  (02-01-2003)
Large Corporations

  1. A large corporation (or its predecessor) is defined as a corporation having taxable income of $1,000,000 or more during any of the three years preceding the taxable year.
  2. Large corporations for tax years beginning after December 31, 1987, and prior to January 1, 1992, were required to pay 90 percent of the current years tax.
  3. For tax years beginning after December 31, 1993, the applicable percentage a corporation's current-year tax liability increased to 100 percent.
    1. A large corporation may use 100 percent of prior year tax liability to determine the estimated tax payment required for only the first installment of any tax year. (IRC section 6655(d)(2)(B)).
    2. When the first estimated tax payment is based on 100 percent of the prior year's tax liability, and that payment is less than the applicable percentage for the current year's tax liability, the result is considered an underpayment.
    3. That underpayment from the first quarter must be added to what would otherwise be the required payment (applicable percentage for the current years tax liability) for the second quarter installment.

     

  4. For taxable years beginning after June 30, 1992, and before December 31, 1993, the applicable percentage of a corporation's tax liability increased to 97 percent.
  5. For tax years beginning after December 31, 1991, and before July 1, 1992,the applicable percentage of a corporation's current year tax liability increased to 93 percent.
  6. If any of the three preceding years were less than a full year, the corporation must multiply the taxable income for the short year by 12 and divide the resulting amount by the number of months in the short year to determine if the corporation meets the $1,000,000 criterion.
  7. When the corporation is a member of a controlled group the $1,000,000 amount specified shall be equally divided among the members of the controlled group, unless all members agree to an unequal allocation of the amount.
  8. Large corporation taxable income is determined without regard to any amount carried to the taxable year under IRC section 172 or 1212(a) (net operating loss carryback or carryover).

20.1.3.6.1.7  (02-01-2003)
Annualized or Adjusted Seasonal Method of Determining the Required Payment

  1. A corporation may be able to lower one or more of its required deposits if its income is expected to vary during the year. In general, if a corporation establishes that either the annualized or adjusted seasonal method can reduce its required installment from what it would be if the regular method were used, the corporation may pay the lesser amount.
    1. OBRA 1993 provides for an election to be made if the corporation wants to use different annualization periods for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1993.
    2. To make this election the corporation must complete Form 8842, Election To use Different Corporate Annualization Periods for Estimated Tax, and file it by the due date of the first installment (by the 15th day of the fourth month of the year for which the election is being made).
    3. Form 8842 will be processed by Document Perfection Branch in the Service Centers. A TC 971 with action code 47 will be input to provide an indicator on IDRS that the election has been made and will be used by off-pipeline functions in estimated tax penalty determinations.

     

  2. The corporation must attach a completed Form 2220 to its return if the annualized or adjusted seasonal method of determining the payment is used.
  3. A corporation that reduces any required installment by annualizing its income, then switches to another method to determine a required deposit, must recapture 100 percent of any prior reduction in the next installment using the other method.
  4. The annualized income installment for a corporation is the excess of an amount equal to the applicable percentage of the tax for the taxable year computed by placing on an annualized basis the taxable income, alternative minimum taxable income, and modified alternative minimum taxable income:
    1. for the first 3 months (2 months in the case of exempt organizations) of the taxable year, in the case of the first required installment,
    2. for the first 3 months of the taxable year, in the case of the second required installment,
    3. for the first 6 months of the taxable year, in the case of the third required installment, and
    4. for the first 9 months of the taxable year, in the case of the fourth required installment, over the aggregate amount of any prior required installments for the taxable year.

     

20.1.3.6.2  (08-20-1998)
Period of Underpayment

  1. For corporations the underpayment period is determined by the number of days from the payment due date to either:
    1. The date the payment or partial payment is received, or
    2. The due date of the return (15th day of the third month), without regard to extensions.
    3. To determine the number of days see either the Perpetual or Leap Year Julian Date Calendars.
    4. If a payment due date falls on a weekend or legal holiday, payments received the next business day are considered paid on the due date.

     

20.1.3.6.2.1  (08-20-1998)
Tax Exempt Organization

  1. For certain tax exempt organizations with unrelated business income, the underpayment period shall be from the date the payment is due until either:
    1. The date the payment or partial payment is received, or
    2. Due date of the return without regard to extensions (the 15th day of the fifth month rather than the third month) following the close of the tax year.

     

20.1.3.6.2.2  (08-20-1998)
Private Foundations

  1. For Private Foundations and Private Foundations organized as a Trust or Corporations the underpayment period is determined by the number of days from the payment due date to either:
    1. The date the payment or partial payment is received, or
    2. The due date of the return (15th day of the fifth month) after the end of the tax year without regard to extensions.

     

20.1.3.6.2.3  (08-20-1998)
Excessive Adjustment

  1. IRC section 6425 allows for an adjustment to an overpayment of corporate estimated income tax. Form 4466, Corporation Application for Quick Refund of Overpayment of Estimated Tax, shall be filed after the last day of the taxable year, and
    1. On or before the 15th day of the third month after the close of the taxable year, and
    2. Before the day on which the corporation files its return.

     

  2. In the event of an excessive adjustment, IRC section 6655(h) imposes a penalty.
  3. An excessive adjustment is equal to the lesser of:
    1. The amount of the adjustment, or
    2. The amount by which the income tax liability shown on the return for the taxable year exceeds the estimated income tax paid reduced by the amount of the adjustment.

     

  4. The penalty rate shall be determined using the information contained in IRM 20.1.3.6.6.
  5. The period of the underpayment as it relates to an excessive adjustment under IRC section 6425 is:
    1. From the date that the credit is allowed (the 23C date), to
    2. The return due date (without regard to extensions).

     

20.1.3.6.3  (02-01-2003)
Payment Due Dates

  1. A corporation's estimated tax payment due dates are determined:
    1. For a full 12-month period: 12-month calendar year payments are due on the 15th day of April, June, September, and December. 12-month fiscal year payments are due on the 15th day of the 4th, 6th, 9th, and 12th months of the fiscal year.
    2. For a period of less than 12 months (short period return) payment due dates are determined by the number of months in the short period. See Exhibit 20.1.3–2 for payment dates for individuals (Form 1040) corporations (Form 1120) and estate and trusts (Form 1041) short-period returns. For a short period return of less than 4 months the corporate taxpayer is not required to make estimated tax payments. For a short period of 4 or more months the corporate taxpayer is not required to make estimated tax payments if it can be expected its liability (income tax minus credits) will be less than $500 by the 1st day of the last month in the short taxable year.

     

  2. A corporation filing a short period return that is either an initial or final return, is not required to annualize its taxable income to compute the penalty.
  3. A corporation filing a short period return as a result of changes to its annual accounting period should annualize its taxable income to compute a penalty.
  4. If sufficient income to meet the estimated payment requirements is not earned until the last month of a short taxable period, the corporation is not required to make estimated tax payments on that income earned in the last month. However, the corporation is required to file a Form 2220, with supporting worksheet, showing the annualization of the income, and must pay all estimated tax on or before the 15th day of the last month of the short taxable year.

20.1.3.6.4  (08-20-1998)
Application of Estimated Tax Payments and Credits

  1. This subsection contains procedures for application of estimated tax payments and credits.

20.1.3.6.4.1  (08-20-1998)
Credit Applications Within the Year

  1. Payment application for taxable years beginning prior to January 1, 1988:
    1. A payment that is not in excess of the amount due for the current installment cannot be used to credit an earlier installment liability.
    2. A payment that is in excess of a liability due for the current installment shall be considered a credit available, and can be used to satisfy the earliest outstanding liability within that tax period. A credit remaining after both current and prior liabilities have been satisfied, may be carried forward.
    3. A corporation may elect to satisfy an installment of estimated tax before it is due.

     

  2. Payment application for taxable years beginning on or after December 31, 1987:
    1. Installment payments are applied in received date order against the earliest liability within the tax period regardless of when the payment was received.
    2. When that installment is satisfied, any excess will be applied to the next liability until all liabilities within a given period are satisfied.

     

20.1.3.6.4.2  (08-20-1998)
Credits Applied from a Prior Year

  1. TC 716 or 710 (overpayment arising on or before the due date of the prior year's return) is applied against the first required installment of the next year's estimated tax unless the taxpayer notifies the Service by means of a statement attached to his income tax return, that the overpayment should be applied to another installment.

20.1.3.6.4.3  (08-20-1998)
Verifying Credits on Master File

  1. Credits claimed by the corporation should be verified. This can be done by checking the appropriate CFOL, IDRS (i.e., TXMOD), or MRS transcripts. Review both the dollar amounts and the received dates of any payments.
  2. TC 710 or TC 716 credit is a "credit elect" overpayment received from the prior tax period. It will be applied as a credit to the first required installment period.
  3. TC 660 deposits are made using an 8109 or 8109–B deposit coupon. This deposit will post to the tax module with the date the payment was received at the Federal Depository.
  4. TC 670 subsequent payments will be credited to a tax period as of the received date of that payment.
  5. TC 610 is a payment that is received with the return. This payment will also post to the tax module as of the date the payment was received.

20.1.3.6.5  (08-20-1998)
Determining Amount of the Underpayment

  1. The amount of the underpayment is the required installment payment minus the amount (if any) paid or credited on or before the due date of the installment.

20.1.3.6.6  (02-01-2003)
Penalty Rate

  1. The estimated tax penalty rate is the underpayment interest rate as described in IRC section 6621 (Federal short-term interest rate plus three percentage points). The underpayment interest rate is determined quarterly. This means that the penalty on a $1,000 underpayment for one quarterly tax period may be different from the penalty on a $1,000 underpayment for a different quarterly tax period.
  2. The underpayment interest rate or the estimated tax penalty rate can be obtained from the Internal Revenue Bulletin, News Releases, TAX NEWS, Servicewide Electronic Research Program (SERP), and Notice 433, Interest and Penalty Information.
  3. The estimated tax penalty rate is NOT compounded daily.

20.1.3.6.7  (08-20-1998)
Determining the Penalty Amount

  1. For each installment, the penalty is determined by multiplying:
    • The amount of the underpayment, by
    • The number of days the payment is late, by
    • The applicable percentage rate.

     

  2. See LEM 20.1.3.6.7.
  3. Estimated tax penalties are computed on the amount of tax reported on the original return. A second return filed on or before the due date of the return is considered an original return.
    1. If an adjustment is made to the tax of an original return, before the due date (including extensions), as a result of either an audit or the taxpayer filing an amended return before the due date the penalty amount may be adjusted, based on the new tax amount.
    2. If an adjustment is made to the tax of an original return, after the return due date, including extensions, as a result of either an audit or the taxpayer filing an amended return, the penalty amount cannot be adjusted.

     

  4. If a corporation did not timely make its required payments, Master File will compute the penalty unless the tax module is restricted (prior TC 170/171 or computer condition code).
  5. For additional restrictions to Master File see LEM 20.1.3.6.7.5.
  6. Revenue Agents, Revenue Officers, and Tax Examiners with access to IDRS may use command codes:
    1. COMPAE/COMPAS to facilitate the computation of the estimated tax penalty.
    2. PINEX (PIEST) to explain a computer generated estimated tax penalty computation to the taxpayer. Once the penalty has been restricted (either with TC 170/171 or a computer condition code) PINEX is no longer able to explain the penalty computation.
    3. Specific instructions regarding the input of both the COMPA and PINEX command codes are contained in the Aims Handbook, IDRS Terminal Inquiries and IDRS Terminal Input.

     

20.1.3.6.7.1  (08-20-1998)
Form 2220, Underpayment of Estimated Tax by Corporations

  1. Corporations may complete Form 2220 to compute, reduce or eliminate an estimated tax penalty. In some cases a corporation must file a Form 2220. See Instructions for Form 2220 for more information.
    1. Part I determines the amount of any underpayment for each of the four installment periods.
    2. Part II is used to compute any applicable penalty. Several of the last lines of part II provide the formula, but do not provide the applicable percentage rate for determining the penalty amount. To determine the appropriate penalty rate see IRM 20.1.3.6.6.
    3. If a corporation's income varies during the tax year, it may use the Annualized Income Installment Worksheet or the Adjusted Seasonal Installment Worksheet included with the Form 2220.

     


20.1.3.7  (08-20-1998)
Penalty Transaction Codes

  1. ES Penalty Transaction Codes are:
    • TC 176—Computer generated assessment of an ES penalty,
    • TC 177—Computer generated abatement of an ES penalty,
    • TC 170—Manual assessment of an ES penalty,
    • TC 171—Manual abatement of an ES penalty.

     

  2. Manual assessments are determined by Area or Service center employees and are input through IDRS. Employees who cannot directly input the penalty assessment to IDRS need to follow functional guidelines to request the input of an assessment.
  3. If an incorrect return (i.e. wrong taxpayer or wrong tax period) posts to an account first, then, when the correct return posts, the ES penalty must be manually computed.

20.1.3.8  (08-20-1998)
Adjustments After the Penalty Assessment

  1. This section discusses the procedures and criteria for abatement or waiver of estimated tax penalties.

20.1.3.8.1  (08-20-1998)
Evaluating Claims for Abatement or Waiver of Estimated Tax Penalties

  1. Reasonable Cause is not grounds for adjusting or abating BMF Estimated Tax Penalties.
  2. Estimated Tax Penalties may be adjusted or abated when:
    1. Misapplied prepayments are located and applied to the correct tax period or identification number, or
    2. Prepayments were refunded in error and are returned by the taxpayer within 10 days, or
    3. If it is determined the estimated tax penalty was assessed as the result of a Service error.

     

  3. Waivers are sometimes granted by legislation, regulation, or administrative pronouncements to provide relief from estimated tax penalties created by the retroactive application or a change in statute or Service position.

20.1.3.8.1.1  (08-20-1998)
Procedures for Requesting a Waiver

  1. To claim a "waiver" the corporation must explain which provision of the Revenue Act of 1988, Titles I and/or II of Act sections 1001 through 2006 or other specific legislative or administrative provisions caused the tax increase and related underpayment. Only after this information is provided can a waiver be considered.
  2. To claim the waiver, affected corporations should:
    1. Compute the penalty (by completing Form 2220) on the basis of the law in effect before the changes were made, and on the basis of the law in effect after the changes were made. The penalty amount eligible for the waiver is the difference between the two computations.
    2. Write the word "waiver" on the bottom margin of the return.
    3. Write the "waiver amount" on the dotted line to the left of the column provided for the penalty amount.

     

  3. The corporation must attach an explanation showing its computation and the amount of penalty to be waived.
    1. Review the corporation's explanation of "waiver eligibility " .
    2. Math verify the corporation's Form 2220 computation and
      attachments.

     

20.1.3.8.1.2  (08-20-1998)
Waivers Based on Legislative Action

  1. The Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997 waives the estimated tax penalties for any period before January 1, 1998, for any payment due date that is before January 16, 1998, with respect to any underpayment attributable to such period to the extent such underpayment was created or increased by any provision of the Act.
  2. The Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996 provides a waiver of all or part of the estimated tax penalty for an underpayment of any installment due before August 20, 1996, to the extent that such underpayment was created or increased by a provision of the Act. Instructions for claiming this waiver are included in the 1996 Form 2220 instructions.
  3. For any underpayment period ending before March 16, 1994, the Service will waive the estimated tax penalty to the extent an underpayment was created or increased by the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (OBRA) of 1993. Instructions for claiming a waiver based on OBRA 1993 are included in the 1993 Form 2220 instructions.
  4. The Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1990 changed the way an insurance company handles the amortization of policy acquisition expenses and the treatment of salvage. A penalty resulting from any underpayment of estimated tax attributable to the changes made by the Act to IRC sections 807(e), 832(b)4, 832(b)(5), and 848 for any period before March 16, 1991, will be waived.
  5. If excise tax from a Real Estate Investment Trust is included with income tax on Form 1120, the estimated tax penalty will not be charged on the excise portion of the tax reported. The amount of tax to be exempt from estimated tax payments should be included on the Schedule J of Form 1120 and coded REIT Income.
  6. P.L. 100–647 provided that corporations may obtain relief from estimated tax penalties to the extent they underpaid their 1988 estimated tax. They had until March 15, 1989, to correct any deficiency (pay any income tax in full) to the extent those underpayments were attributable to changes in the law made by Titles I and/or II of the Technical and Miscellaneous Revenue Act of 1988.
  7. Corporations may obtain a waiver of estimated tax penalties for any period before March 16, 1987, to the extent they underpaid their 1986 estimated tax as a result of any provision of the Tax Reform Act of 1986 .
    1. The Tax Reform Act of 1986 made changes to the Internal Revenue Code that substantially impacted the determination of corporate tax liability.
    2. For taxable years beginning in 1987, a large corporation can base its estimated tax payments on the prior year's tax liability for the first two payments due on or before June 15, 1987 (or the first installment for a fiscal year corporation whose tax year began on or before March 1, 1987). Any underpayment due to this exception must be recaptured in the most recent installment of estimated tax due on or before September 15, 1987.
    3. For installment payments due on or before July 1, 1987, corporations whose first taxable year began before January 1, 1987, can use the " safe harbor" in IRC section 1.6655–2T of the regulations.
    4. Corporations using this "safe harbor" method must file Form 2220 showing the computation of the penalty based on this annualized method.

     

20.1.3.8.1.3  (08-20-1998)
Bankruptcy: IRC Section 6658

  1. IRC section 6658 prohibits the assertion of estimated tax penalty on liabilities during the time the case is pending a Title 11 bankruptcy proceeding filed on or after October 1, 1979.
  2. Abate corporate estimated tax payment penalties with respect to an order by the court finding probable insufficiency of funds of the estate to pay administrative expenses.
  3. Abate corporate estimated tax payment penalties where:
    1. The tax was incurred by the debtor before the earlier of the order for relief, or the appointment of a trustee (in the involuntary case), and
    2. The bankruptcy petition was filed before the due date prescribed by law (including extensions) for filing a return of such tax, or on or before the date for making the IRC section 6655 penalty was imposed.

     

20.1.3.8.1.4  (08-20-1998)
Request for Abatement Due to an Erroneous Refund of Estimated Tax Payment, Offset, or Overpayment (Credit Effect)

  1. If the taxpayer claims that an overpayment (credit elect) was refunded in error or if an estimated tax payment was erroneously refunded by the Service, the taxpayer may be entitled to have a portion of the penalty abated. Verify the taxpayer's statement by requesting the prior year return and reviewing account information.
  2. Abate the penalty if the taxpayer promptly returns the refund check or repays the refund amount within 10 days of its issue. Consider each case individually to determine if the refund was returned or repaid promptly.

20.1.3.8.2  (02-01-2003)
Denying the Request for a Waiver

  1. If the waiver is denied, send an 854C letter using paragraph " V" informing the taxpayer of the reason for denial and explaining their appeal rights, Input TC 290 for zero with blocking series 98/99.

20.1.3.8.3  (08-20-1998)
Penalty Appeal Procedures

  1. For a complete discussion of penalty appeals, refer to IRM 20.1.1.

Exhibit 20.1.3-1  (02-01-2003)
INSTALLMENT DUE DATES FOR FORMS 1040 AND 1041

This image is too large to be displayed in the current screen. Please click the link to view the image.

Exhibit 20.1.3-2  (02-01-2003)
INSTALLMENT DUE DATES AND PERCENTAGES OF ESTIMATED TAX DUE FOR FISCAL OR SHORT PERIOD RETURNS

This image is too large to be displayed in the current screen. Please click the link to view the image.

Exhibit 20.1.3-3  (02-01-2003)
Modified Adjusted Gross Income
Modified Expected Tax

 

Modified Adjusted Gross Income
     
For purposes of this provision, "modified adjusted gross income" is determined by making the following adjustments to the expected current year's adjusted gross income (AGI):
     
 • do not include any taxable gain from the sale or exchange of a principal residence,
     
 • do not include any taxable gain from a casualty, theft, condemnation, or other involuntary conversation,
     
 • unless the taxpayer is a general partner or 10 percent owner in a passthrough entity (partnerships and/or S corporations), items from passthrough entities for the PRIOR year (if any) are to be treated as if occurring in current year and any actual passthrough items for the current year are disregarded.
     
  Items from passthrough entities include any item of income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit attributable to an interest in a partnership or S corporation.
     
  Gain or loss from the disposition of a interest in a partnership or S corporation is not considered a passthrough item.
     
 • If 90 percent of the current year's " modified expected tax" , based on "modified adjusted gross income" is larger than 100 percent of the preceding year's tax, then the required current year's payment is the smaller of 90 percent of the current year's total expected tax or 90 percent of the current year's modified expected tax "modified expected tax"
     
Modified Expected Tax
     
Generally you will compute your "modified expected tax" as you would your total estimated tax with the following exceptions:
     
 • begin with the modified adjusted gross income, and
     
 • do not include itemized deductions, credits or items affecting other taxes.
     
Review Publication 505, Tax Withholding and Estimated Tax each year for additional specific instructions regarding income to include or exclude.

Exhibit 20.1.3-4  (02-01-2003)
Farmer/Fishers Gross Income

 

Taxpayers qualify as Farmers or Fishers if two-thirds of their gross income is from farming or fishing.
Determining Farmer/Fisher Gross Income
Analyze income items found on page 1 of Form 1040:
 Wages,
 Interest,
 Dividends,
 Refunds of state and local income tax,
 Alimony received,
 Capital gain distributions not reported on Schedule D (prior to January 1, 1987, 2 1/2 times the amount shown on Form 1040),
 Fully taxable pensions, IRA Distributions, and annuities,
 Taxable portion of other pensions and annuities,
 Taxable amount of unemployment compensation,
 Taxable amount of social security benefits,
 Other income.
Analyze entries on schedules and forms:
 Schedule C, gross income (losses are considered zero),
 Schedule D, short term and long term capital gains (each must be considered separately, losses are considered zero,
 Schedule E, rents, royalties, partnerships, and trusts (all gains are considered separately, losses are considered zero),
 Schedule F, gross income, Part I, or gross income, Part III,
 Form 4797, Sale of Business Property.
Compute two-thirds gross income:
Gross income times .6667 = two-thirds gross income.
Compare two-thirds gross income to gross farming or fishing income:
If the farming or fishing income is two-thirds of the gross income, the taxpayer qualifies as a farmer or fisher.

20.1.4.1  (09-10-1999)
Overview and General

  1. This is a section of the penalty handbook which contains procedures for all IRS employees on the failure to deposit (FTD) penalty.
  2. The Internal Revenue Code (IRC) section 6656 provides for a FTD Penalty if a taxpayer does not deposit tax in the correct amount, within the prescribed time period, and/or in the required manner.
  3. The penalty applies to tax deposits for the forms listed on Exhibit 20.1.4–1.
  4. The obligation to deposit employment/excise taxes is ongoing and requires that the taxpayer continue to follow the requirements as long as the taxpayer is incurring these taxes. For example, as long as an employer has employees and is issuing a payroll, that employer must deposit as required.
    1. IRC Code section 6656 also provides for penalty relief from the FTD penalty for non-compliance if the taxpayer can establish reasonable cause for the non-compliance (failure to deposit correctly). It is important to note that the penalty relief does not make a non-compliant act compliant, but rather relieves the taxpayer of the penalty incurred for failing to deposit as required.
    2. IRC provisions for removal of the FTD penalty due to reasonable cause are expanded in Policy Statements. Other statutory and/or administrative provisions may also apply to allow penalty relief. See IRM 20.1.1 for general discussions of penalty relief criteria and IRM 20.1.4.16 for penalty relief provisions specific to the FTD penalty.

     

  5. Penalties are primarily an enforcement action and secondarily an education tool. As such, the assertion or the removal of penalties is not to be taken lightly. There should be no assumption that penalty assessments have been made because of Service error or that penalties should be removed just for the asking.

20.1.4.1.1  (07-15-1998)
Reporting Criteria

  1. Taxpayers who withhold taxes (incur employment tax liabilities) are required to file returns reporting their tax liability, how the liability is categorized (FICA, FIT, etc.) and when during the return period the liability was incurred.
  2. In addition to reporting the total taxes incurred within the tax return period, the taxpayer must provide a periodic breakdown of their tax liability. This periodic breakdown is generally referred to as the Record of Federal Tax Liability (ROFT). This liability information is requested in various formats on the different employment tax returns. For example, a Form 941 filer may report their liability information on line 17 of the Form 941 form or may be required to use Form 941, Schedule B.
    1. The ROFT shows the date that the liability is incurred. For employment tax forms this will be the date that the employer issues paychecks to the employees. The ROFT is asking for the amount of the liability not the amount of the deposit.
    2. Deposit (TC 650) and payment (TC 610/670) information (received by the Service throughout the return period) is compared to the liability information (provided by the taxpayer on the return) to determine compliance with the deposit requirements. All transaction codes (TCs) are defined in OFFICIAL USE ONLY Document 6209, ADP and IDRS Information

    .

20.1.4.1.2  (09-10-1999)
Notice Information

  1. As a return is processed, various computer codes are added to the return data. These codes are written on the return by Code and Edit function or they are systemically generated by the computer program from the input of the tax data shown on the return. These codes (see IRM 20.1.4.11.2.2) determine whether the FTD Penalty issue will be:
    • Manually reviewed, calculated, assessed, or
    • systemically assessed.

     

  2. Some of the notices related to the FTD program are internal notices which require a mandatory review of an account:
    • CP 194—Issued for manual review because Master File does not have enough information to determine if an FTD Penalty applies.
    • CP 294—Issued to determine if an additional 5 percent penalty (fourth tier) applies on a module where the tax liability remains unpaid and the FTD Penalty is restricted by TC 180 (Deposit Penalty).

     

  3. Notices issued directly to taxpayers which require a response:
    • CP 207—Issued to notify taxpayer of proposed FTD Penalty due to missing, incomplete or illegible tax liability information (i.e., ROFT).
    • CP 161—First notice issued to inform taxpayer of tax, penalty and/or interest due.
    • Other adjustment notices (e.g., math error, balance due or overpayment) issued to inform the taxpayer of a penalty assessment. See IRM Part III for more information about a specific notice.

     

20.1.4.1.3  (09-10-1999)
Authorized Depositary

  1. Generally, taxpayers who file Forms 941, 943, 940, 945, 720, 1042, 1120, and CT–1 must deposit taxes with an authorized depositary when the tax liability reaches certain dollar amounts. (See IRM 20.1.4.2.2 for additional information.) However, Form 720 filers are liable for deposits of only certain excise taxes. See IRM 20.1.4.8 for additional information.
  2. An authorized depositary is the Federal Reserve Bank (FRB) serving the taxpayer’s geographic area. It may also be an approved commercial bank or other financial institution. Taxpayers can contact their area FRB to get a listing of local authorized financial institutions. If the taxpayer cannot locate a FRB, refer the taxpayer to a number listed below.
    • Taxpayer Service Toll-Free Number 1–800–829–1040.
    • Telecommunications Device for the Deaf (TDD) 1–800–829–4059.

     

  3. Payments made directly to the IRS or to an unauthorized institution can result in a failure-to-deposit Penalty.
  4. For information on service center pipeline processing of Federal Tax Deposit payments, see IRM Part III, Federal Tax Deposit System.
  5. Monies are sent by authorized depositaries to the Treasury. Deposit information is sent to one of the following Processing Sites by depositaries:
    • Austin Service Center (AUSC)
    • Cincinnati Service Center (CSC)
    • Kansas City Service Center (KCSC),
    • Memphis Service Center (MSC), or
    • Ogden Service Center (OSC)

     

20.1.4.1.3.1  (09-10-1999)
Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT)

  1. Legislation passed in 1993 requires certain taxpayers to make their deposits via an electronic funds transfer (EFT) system. This system allows for the electronic transfer of funds from taxpayer accounts and the conveyance of deposit information directly to the Treasury .
  2. Congress enacted section 6302(h) of the Internal Revenue Code in 1993 to require the IRS to implement an EFT system. The Service was required to phase-in this system between 1994 and 1999, affecting a progressively larger group of taxpayers each year.
  3. The Service had for several years been working on the development of an EFT system. TAXLINK was the prototype EFT system that was operational as of the effective date of the legislation and the accompanying revised regulations. The Service developed the Electronic Federal Tax Payment System (EFTPS) in response to Section 6302(h) requirement.
  4. The taxpayer must begin depositing electronically on January 1 of the year they become required. The year they become required is based on the taxpayer’s total deposits of certain taxes exceeding a prescribed dollar threshold during the determination period.
    1. Initially, the requirement to deposit electronically is based on an analysis of the total deposits of employment taxes. These are the taxes imposed by IRC Chapter 21, Federal Insurance Contribution Act, Chapter 22, Railroad Retirement Tax Act, and Chapter 24, Collection of Income Tax at Source on Wages.
    2. See Exhibit 20.1.4–3 for threshold amounts, determinations periods and applicable effective dates.

     

  5. Once a taxpayer meets the threshold and is required to deposit electronically:
    1. All taxes required to be deposited by that taxpayer must be deposited electronically (not just the taxes considered in the determination analysis), and
    2. This taxpayer can no longer use coupons or any other means to deposit without being subject to the failure-to-deposit Penalty, referred to as the avoidance penalty.

     

  6. Deposits made electronically use the Automated Clearing House (ACH) financial network which transfers funds and passes tax payment information to IRS. ACH is the banking industry’s system for moving payments electronically between financial institutions (for EFTPS purposes, between financial institutions and the Treasury).
  7. Before any attempt is made to transfer monies electronically, taxpayers must enroll in the system. See IRM section below.
    1. The enrollment process is very similar to the one your bank may use now to arrange for a direct debit (e.g., an automated bill payer account), or credit (e.g., Direct Deposit) to your account.
    2. The taxpayer instructs Treasury’s financial agent to originate an ACH debit entry to a specifically identified bank account or instructs their own financial institution to debit their account to the government’s financial institution.

     

  8. There are no new penalties or changes to the basic deposit rules inherent in using EFT. Taxpayers are penalized for not depositing on time, in the correct amount, or in the manner required.
    1. EFT has been added as an additional required deposit method.
    2. Previously, specific deposits were charged the avoidance portion of the FTD penalty for failure to use the FTD system (not using a coupon).
    3. A taxpayer required to deposit electronically will be assessed this same avoidance portion of the FTD penalty for failing to deposit electronically (not depositing in the required manner).

     

20.1.4.1.3.2  (09-10-1999)
Electronic Federal Tax Payment System (EFTPS)

  1. The Electronic Federal Tax Payment System (EFTPS) is the electronic tax payment system that the federal government uses to accept all electronically transmitted tax payments. EFTPS will accept all types of tax payments from both businesses and individuals.
  2. EFTPS uses two government designated Treasury Financial Agents (TFAs) to process tax payment information.
    1. Generally, First National Bank of Chicago will handle taxpayers who live and bank in the northern portion of the U.S.
    2. Generally, NationsBank will service those taxpayers who live and bank in the southern portion of the U.S.
    3. See Exhibit 20.1.4–3, Cont. 1 for a list of which states will generally use which TFA.

     

  3. Before any funds can be transferred electronically, the taxpayer must be enrolled in EFTPS. Taxpayers, both those required to deposit electronically and those who are doing so voluntarily, may obtain enrollment forms and other EFTPS specific information by calling the EFTPS Customer Service Center. The numbers are:
    • First Chicago—1–800–945–8400, and
    • NationsBank—1–800–555–4477.

     

  4. Several indicators have been created to aid in identifying and working with electronic deposits. See Exhibit 20.1.4–2, Cont. for a chart of new terms, codes and indicators and where they are located on your research materials.
    • Enrollment Code
    • EFT Number
    • Electronic Payment Indicator

     

  5. Deposits made after December 31, 1996 will carry an extra field in the record layout for recording how the payment was received. Whether the deposit or payment was received electronically will now be displayed for determining whether the taxpayer deposited in the required manner.
  6. Because EFTPS replaces the prototype TAXLINK system which many taxpayers used to pay Federal Tax Deposits (FTDs), the Service assisted TAXLINK users in the transition to EFTPS.
  7. Reference IRM Part III in the Payment Tracer book for instructions on requesting payment research information.
  8. See 20.1.4.16 for additional information regarding provisions to ease the phase-in periods.

20.1.4.1.3.3  (09-10-1999)
Same Day Settlement/
FEDWIRE/ETA

  1. This funds-transfer system is owned and operated by the Federal Reserve Banks (FRB) and is used primarily for the transmission and settlement of payment orders, the same day. Financial institutions use the FRB (Minneapolis) to transfer directly into the Treasury’s General Account.
  2. FEDWIRE has been operational for many years. IRS required the use of FEDWIRE for certain types of deposits (e.g., certain CT–1 deposits) to move large sums immediately into the Treasury’s General Account (same day settlements).
  3. Because ACH is a two-step process (initiate the instructions one day, the money actually moves the next), some taxpayers (e.g. $100,000 depositors) had difficulty making timely deposits. If taxpayers missed the ACH cut-off time to initiate a timely deposit, they could use the FRB (Minneapolis) FEDWIRE as a deposit option.
  4. As the systems have evolved, the same day settlement feature is now referred to as the Electronic Tax Application (ETA).
    1. Under EFTPS. All taxpayers may use ETA as a routine payment option, and as a backup payment method. Enrollment in EFTPS automatically enrolls the taxpayer to use ETA as a backup payment method.
    2. Under TAXLINK. Taxpayers who are required to make FTD’s by EFT, may use FEDWIRE as a routine payment option, and must use it as a backup payment method. TAXLINK users had to separately enroll to use FEDWIRE as a backup payment method. Once accepted, however, there were no limits to the number of times the taxpayer could use FEDWIRE. FEDWIRE was not available to be used as a routine payment option for taxpayers who voluntarily participate in TAXLINK. Voluntary participants could use FEDWIRE (for a limited number of times) as a backup payment option.

     

20.1.4.1.3.4  (07-15-1998)
TAXLINK

  1. TAXLINK was the prototype electronic funds transfer system in operation between 1992 and July 1997. TAXLINK accepted electronically transmitted FTD deposits only. In TAXLINK, as in EFTPS, taxpayers could choose to participate voluntarily. However, a taxpayer that is required by regulations to use EFT cannot revert to the paper coupon system to make an FTD. If the taxpayer is unable to make the FTD using an Automated Clearing House (ACH) credit or debit payment option, they may use FEDWIRE. Note FEDWIRE discussion above.
  2. Research on TAXLINK payment system may be obtained from the Atlanta Service Center (ATSC) TAXLINK Accounting Technical Unit. A TAXLINK Request for Research Form should be completed and sent to the TAXLINK Accounting Technical Unit.
    1. The top three sections of the form should be completed with as much information as possible.
    2. The TAXLINK Accounting Technical Unit will complete the research, return a copy of the form with the requested information to the initiator, and maintain a copy of the request.
    3. The completed form may be sent via FAX to the TAXLINK Accounting Technical Unit at 404-455-2512. Telephone calls for research requests may be placed through 404-455-2389.

     

  3. Authorized Financial Agents (FA’s) receive taxpayer information and transfer taxpayer funds to Treasury’s general account.
  4. These deposits are identified by an EFT number which is the unique identifier in the TAXLINK system for each EFT transaction. This 8 digit number is similar to the one used in our paper-based FTD system.
  5. The first two digits represent the service center where the payment was made. The third digit represents a TAXLINK payment and will always be the number "" 6 . The fourth through tenth digits represent the Financial Agent’s numbers as follows:
    1. FRB, Minneapolis (FA # 1)\/60000000–61999999,
    2. First National Maryland (FA # 2 & 3)|62000000–63999999,
    3. Mercantile, St. Louis (FA # 4 & 5)|64000000–65999999, and
    4. FRB, Minneapolis|69700000–69999999 (FEDWIRE only).

     

20.1.4.1.3.5  (09-10-1999)
ADEPT

  1. Automated Deposit of Electronic Payments for Taxes (ADEPT) was a prototype system which electronically processed deposits through the FRB of Boston to the Andover Service Center. This prototype (test) was discontinued December 31, 1992. Any payments made to ADEPT after December 31, 1992, were rolled over into the TAXLINK system.
  2. ADEPT deposits (for prior years) can be identified by reviewing the microfilm serial number.
    1. The first two digits represent the service center (08—Andover Service Center) where the deposit was processed.
    2. The third and fourth digits (71) represent a payment made through the ADEPT System.

     

  3. Because no paper document exists, do not request a photocopy of the FTD coupon. Follow FTD payment tracer procedures (IRM Part III, Payment Tracer) for tracing deposits made to another service center.

20.1.4.1.3.6  (09-10-1999)
Federal Tax Deposit Coupons

  1. When employers request an Employer Identification Number (EIN) or indicate that they will be paying employees, they are issued a book of Federal Tax Deposit Coupons, Form 8109. Most taxpayers use this deposit method.
    1. Though employers should be encouraged to use the coupon books, if a taxpayer does not have a Form 8109 when a deposit is due, a blank over-the-counter coupon (Form 8109B) may be obtained from an area office or service center.
    2. When a Form 8109B is requested, the taxpayer’s name and Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) must be manually entered on the form by the dispensing IRS office. This form requests the same information as the Form 8109 (i.e., MFT, Tax Period, amount of deposit).

     

  2. AUTOGEN
    1. The FTD Coupon Book contains, on the sixth and seventh coupon, Form ID Number "91 and 92" . These special ID numbers systemically activate a reorder request of a FTD Coupon Book.
    2. When the "91" and/or "92" has been input, Transaction Code 016 posts to the taxpayer’s account, and the computer does an analysis to determine whether or not to generate a FTD reorder request. The decision is based on the FTD posting activity on the most recent tax accounts.
    3. An "FTD ADDRESS CHANGE FORM" is included in the FTD Coupon Book. Taxpayers complete the form and submit it to the service center to request that FTD Coupon Books be sent to a different mailing address. The FTD Coupon Book no longer contains a FTD "REMINDER" Form. In its place is an additional FTD Coupon which increased the number of FTD Coupons from 23 to 24 per book. The FTD Database has been expanded to include the "Date the FTD Coupon Book was generated" .

     

20.1.4.1.3.7  (07-15-1998)
Immediate Credit Items

  1. Deposits made with the FRB or branch serving the taxpayer’s geographic area, must be cash, postal money order, Treasury Bill, or a certified or Cashier’s check that the FRB considers an immediate credit item. The FRB dates the FTD on the day of receipt, or day of receipt of funds.
  2. Deposits made with other than immediate credit items referenced above are dated by the receiving FRB when the funds are collected.

20.1.4.1.3.8  (09-10-1999)
Depositing by Mail

  1. When taxpayers not subject to EFTPS, deposit by mail, the Internal Revenue Code (IRC section 7502(e)) provides conditions for timely mailed/timely paid FTDs.
  2. Consider the deposit as timely, regardless of the "received date-stamp" , if a taxpayer meets the following conditions:
    1. The taxpayer proves that the deposit was mailed in the U.S. at least two days before the due date,
    2. the depositary or FRB which received the FTD is in the taxpayer’s geographic location, and
    3. the deposit is under $20,000, for taxpayers required to deposit more than once a month.

     

  3. The timely mailed/timely paid provision does not apply when:
    1. the taxpayer mails the deposit to an incorrect FRB,
    2. the payment is not an immediate credit item, or
    3. the taxpayer is a foreign employer.

     

  4. To meet timeliness requirements, foreign employers must:
    1. make arrangements with a U.S. depositary to accept the taxpayer’s wire transfer of deposit and prepare an FTD coupon for the customer, or
    2. mail the FTD coupon and a payment instrument in U.S. dollars, to a FRB to arrive on or before the deposit due date.

     

  5. See IRM 20.1.4.14 for information to resolve deposit date problems.

20.1.4.1.3.9  (09-10-1999)
Magnetic Tape (Mag Media)

  1. Reporting agents (commercial tax/payroll data processing businesses) may use this method to submit FTD payment information. Agents who wish to submit information on magnetic tape must file a "Letter of Application" with one of the Directors of the Internal Revenue Service Centers where the deposits will be processed.
  2. Approval is given to those agents who satisfy all the requirements for the FTD Program.
    1. If depositing for a Form 1041, the taxpayer must have a minimum of 50 clients to voluntarily use Mag Tape. However, if it has over 200 clients it is required to use Mag Tape.
    2. Rev Proc. 89–48 sets up the minimum number of clients necessary to use Mag Tape for other tax returns.

     

  3. Magnetic tape is a non-paper process. Rather than submit multiple individual coupon forms, mag tape transfers the deposit information on the coupons to tape. The actual payment is forwarded to a depositary with a completed Form 2284, Advice of Credit (AOC).
  4. Magnetic Media deposits are identified as follows:
    1. An 8 or 9 as the third digit in the microfilm serial number (MSN) identifies the return for which the deposit is being made.
    2. The last four digits of the MSN are the reporting agent’s assigned code (see Exhibit 20.1.4–2).

     

  5. The service center (Accounting FTD Function) that processes the reporting agent’s mag tapes can provide microfiche copies of the FTD record.

20.1.4.1.4  (07-15-1998)
Who Assesses

  1. Service Center Tax Examiners assess the penalty on returns received in the service centers.
  2. Taxpayer Service Representatives (TSRs), Collection Tax Examiners, and Revenue Officers may recommend assessment or non-assessment of the penalty on secured returns. When there is indication that a taxpayer filed in a previous quarter but no current return is on file, the Service contacts the taxpayer and requests a return. A return obtained in this manner is a "secured" return.
  3. Examination Tax Auditors and Revenue Agents, Collection, TE/GE, and Employment Tax Examiners make penalty assertion determinations on examined and/or secured returns.

20.1.4.1.5  (09-10-1999)
Restrictions on Assessments

  1. For information regarding restrictions on assessment see LEM 20.1.4.1. 5.1.

20.1.4.1.5.1  (09-10-1999)
Federal Agencies

  1. According to Policy Statement P–2–4, the IRS does not assert penalties against Federal Agencies.

20.1.4.1.5.2  (09-10-1999)
State and Local Health and Welfare

  1. In September 1997, IRS determined that the state and local government Health and Welfare agencies are not subject to FTD deposit requirements. They need only to make payments by the due date of the return. Payment (s) does not have to be deposited.
  2. These agencies assume responsibility for reporting and paying FICA and FUTA and any withheld income tax with the respect to individuals furnished by the agency to provide domestic services (Chore Workers) for recipients of public assistance.
  3. Do not assess any FTD penalties on these entities. In addition, abate the penalty, on modules (for all years) with an unreversed FTD penalty, when working other issues on these modules.

20.1.4.2  (09-10-1999)
Failure-to-Deposit Penalty Rate

  1. The FTD Penalty is charged for any failure to deposit correctly. The three components of a correct deposit are that it is made timely, in the correct amount, and in the correct manner.
    1. A failure to comply with any of these components will subject the deposit to an FTD Penalty.
    2. Because there may be multiple deposits (with each individual deposit subject to scrutiny for compliance) on any one account, the FTD Penalty that is assessed on the account will be a sum of the "time-sensitive" penalty(ies) and/or the "avoidance" penalty(ies).

     

  2. The FTD Penalty rate changed several times in recent years. Therefore, the percentage rate charged depends on the following:
    • The tax period involved,
    • the number of days a deposit is late, and
    • whether it involves a direct payment.

     

20.1.4.2.1  (09-10-1999)
Time Sensitive Portion of the FTD Penalty

  1. For deposits required after December 31, 1989, there is a four tier penalty system (see Exhibit 20.1.4–4). The penalty rate assessed depends on the number of days a deposit is late, as shown below:
    1. 2 percent for deposits 1—5 days late,
    2. 5 percent for deposits 6—15 days late,
    3. 10 percent for all direct payments and those deposits made more than 15 days late, but paid on or before the 10th day following notice and demand.
    4. 15 percent (actually, a 5 percent addition to the 10 percent for late payment in (c) above) for all undeposited taxes still unpaid after the 10th day following the first balance due notice or the day on which notice and demand for immediate payment is given.
    5. Due to late enactment of the four tier penalty system, special penalty rates were in effect for the periods ending March 31, 1990 (9003) through March 31, 1991 (9103). See LEM 20.1.4.2.1.

     

  2. For penalties assessed after October 25, 1986 (including cycle 8644) and before January 1, 1990, the penalty rate is 10 percent.
  3. For returns assessed prior to October 26, 1986 (prior to Cycle 8644) the penalty rate is 5 percent.
  4. See LEM 20.1.4.2.1.

20.1.4.2.2  (09-10-1999)
Deposits

  1. Internal Revenue Regulations state that deposits are due on or before the deposit due date. This due date is the last day the deposit can be considered timely. However, taxpayers may make their deposit any time between the payroll liability incurred date and the deposit due date. They are not required to wait until the due date nor will they receive a penalty for making deposits prior to the due date.For Form 720, see 20.1.4.8 of this handbook.
  2. Deposits are due only on days that are not a Saturday, Sunday or Federal Holiday unless there are specific instructions to the contrary contained in the Regulations written for those specific types of taxes. For Form 720, see 20.1.4.8 of this handbook.
  3. If the deposit due date is a Saturday, Sunday or a statewide legal holiday in District of Columbia, or a state where the deposit is required to be made, the due date is extended to the next day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or holiday. For Form 720, see 20.1.4.8 of this handbook.
  4. These same regulations also state the deposits are due only on banking days. In addition to Federal and state bank holidays, Saturdays and Sundays are treated as nonbanking days. For Form 720, see 20.1.4.8 of this handbook.
  5. Taxpayers are required to deposit their taxes with an authorized depositary. Taxpayers avoid the FTD system when they make payments to other than an authorized depositary. This type of noncompliance is called FTD avoidance and is subject to an FTD penalty.
  6. Effective October 17, 1995, any non-EFT deposit made by a mandated taxpayer is subject to the 10 percent (direct deposit) penalty for not being made in the correct manner. The EFT/FTD penalty (referred to as the Avoidance Penalty) may now be assessed against any deposit required to be made after October 16, 1995.
  7. Refer to LEM 20.1.4.2.1 and LEM 20.1.4.10.4.2, to determine the appropriate deposit penalty rate for periods ending after December 31, 1989 ( 198912) through March 31, 1991 (199103).
  8. Payments made to an unauthorized depositary include those made directly to IRS. Transaction code (TC) 670 identifies direct payments and generally indicates that an FTD avoidance penalty applies. There are exceptions.
    1. All TC 670 transmitted by EFT are treated as correctly deposited (effective March 1997).
    2. FEDWIRE payments, made by CT–1 filers, are listed as TC 670 with blocking series 700.
    3. Taxpayers in bankruptcy may be ordered by the court to make payments directly to the IRS. In such cases, the FTD avoidance penalty would not apply. If the account has a bankruptcy indicator, TC 520, closing code (CC) 85–89 with freeze code -V or TC 520, CC 81 with freeze code -W, contact the appropriate Special Procedures function to determine if the taxpayer is under court order to make direct payments.
    4. Any TC 670 received after the return has posted (in response to a notice/bill) will not have the avoidance penalty assessed against it. If the taxpayer files the return with a balance owing (has not deposited sufficiently), the notice sent will include the maximum FTD penalty. Payments for delinquent taxes are not to be remitted with a coupon.

     

  9. Regulations require certain taxes to be paid using deposits. Payments made in a manner other than a deposit may be subject to the penalty. An FTD avoidance penalty may apply in the situations listed below. De minimis:
    1. Form 941, 943, 945—Effective July 1, 1998, if the TC 150 is $1000 or more, any amount paid with the return is subject to the advoidance penalty. Prior to July 1, 1998,if the TC 150 is $500 or more, any amount paid with the return is subject to the avoidance penalty.
    2. A safe harbor shortfall (of any amount) originating from a monthly depositor may be paid with the return without an avoidance penalty.
    3. A safe harbor shortfall (of any amount) originating from a semi-weekly depositor must be deposited.
    4. Form 940—If the TC 150 is less than $100, any amount paid with the return is not subject to the avoidance penalty.
    5. Form 720—If the amount from Form 720, Part I is over $2,000, the amount paid with the return may be subject to the avoidance penalty , unless a safe harbor Rule applies.
    6. Forms CT–1—(199303) and subsequent)—If the TC 150 is more than $500, any amount paid with the return may be subject to the avoidance penalty. (199212 and before)—If the amount paid with the return exceeds $100, it is subject to the avoidance penalty.

     

20.1.4.2.3  (09-10-1999)
Deposit Due Dates

  1. The deposit due dates are determined by the deposit requirements, which vary according to the tax form involved and the amount of tax.
  2. Before determining the deposit due dates see Exhibits 20.1. 4–5 and LEM 20.1.4.2.2. For Form 720, see 20.1.4.8 of this IRM.

20.1.4.2.4  (07-15-1998)
Banking Day

  1. Once a bank is recognized by the Federal Reserve Bank (FRB) and considered an authorized financial institution, it can accept tax deposits.
  2. The FRB has established 2:00 p.m. as the federal banking day’s closing time.
  3. Banks may be open for business (for the convenience of their customers) later than the regulated bank day cut-off.
  4. A bank may have lobby/drive-through hours until 4:00 p.m. However, you may notice postings such as "All deposits made after 2:00 p.m. will be credited to the next business day." For example:
    1. Taxpayer A has a deposit due on Wednesday. His bank, an authorized financial institution, has 3:00 p.m. as its banking day cut-off time. This bank has lobby hours Monday through Friday until 5:30 p.m.
    2. Taxpayer A makes his FTD deposit at 5:00 p.m. on Wednesday. The bank teller’s stamp on his FTD coupon, Form 8109, will reflect receipt of this deposit on Thursday’s business day. The teller’s stamp may carry additional information, such as, the time and date received or a designation of the calendar day the deposit was received, if this day is different from the business day received.
    3. The Advice of Credit (AOC) and the IRS TC 650 posting date would carry Thursday’s date. This taxpayer will be subject to a 2% FTD penalty for being one day late.

     

  5. The example above is not one of a misdated deposit, unless the bank held the deposit. In the example above, a misdated deposit would be evidenced by the coupon carrying the Thursday’s date, but the AOC would show a date for Friday or later. See IRM 20.1.4.14 for more information on misdated deposits.
  6. FMS Regulations extend only to the stamping and acceptance of the coupon and the AOC. What and how much information is contained on the taxpayer’s receipt from the bank varies from bank to bank.
  7. In example in (4) above, the taxpayer’s receipt could, in fact, be stamped with the Wednesday calendar date, while the coupon is, also correctly, stamped with the Thursday business date. In these cases if there is also a time stamp, and it gives any indication of being past a normal bank business day cut off time, it is still the taxpayers responsibility (the burden of proof rests with the taxpayer) to prove (with a statement from the bank) that the payment was made on the correct day.

20.1.4.2.5  (07-15-1998)
Bank Holidays

  1. Bank holidays are days authorized by the individual states banking regulations for banks within their state to be closed. Banks don’t have to close on these days but are allowed by the state controlling authority to be closed for business if they choose to do so.
    1. though not all state recognize bank holidays, some state authorize several days
    2. IRM Part III lists bank holidays by state.
    3. Both Master file and IDRS are programmed to recognize state bank holidays. See discussion on the State Code at 20.1.4.11.

     

20.1.4.2.6  (09-10-1999)
Application of Payments

  1. Payments are identified on Master File as follows:
    • TC 610—Payment received with a return—depending on the reason for the payment with the return, this payment may be liable for the avoidance portion of the FTD penalty.
    • TC 670–Subsequent payment—See IRM 20.1.4.13. and LEM 20.1.4.2.3 for possible FTD avoidance penalty.
    • TC 650–Federal Tax Deposit,
    • TC 700—Credit Applied,
    • TC 760—Substantiated Credit Payment Allowance,
    • TC 710—Overpayment Credit Applied from Prior Tax Period,
    • TC 716—Generated Overpayment Applied from Prior Tax Period,

     

  2. If the TC 716 Credit Availability Date is not present (e.g., on CP 194, BMFOL, etc.), TC 716 will apply the credit against the first liability for the period.
  3. On a credit transfer, the TC 710 will apply against the first liability for the period.
  4. For periods after March 31, 1991, apply deposits in date-made order against deposit liabilities in due-date order. This is referred to as the FIFO (first in, first out) method of assigning deposits to liabilities. For Special Rules for Form 720, see 20.1.4.8.8 of this IRM.
    1. Accordingly, apply deposits (deposit, payment, credit) in date-made order to the first liability (in due date order) within the same return period. Satisfy the oldest liability first. Liability age is determined by the liabilities incurred date.
    2. All credits will be arranged by date order to determine the next available credit. The Credit type (the origin of the credit) does not affect its date-made order. However, an avoidance penalty may not be appropriate. For example: A taxpayer has liabilities of $1,000 in April, May and June. The taxpayer is required to deposit monthly and makes timely deposits of $1,000 of May 15, June 15 and July 15. A direct payment of $3,000 is received on April 7 and is applied to this quarter. An incorrect manner (avoidance penalty) may not be an appropriate penalty in this situation.
    3. Effective April 1, 1991, the amount required to be deposited is determined by (100% of) the liability amount and not the undeposited amount.

     

  5. Exception: For tax periods beginning April 1, 1991 through December 31, 1991, (199106, 199109, 199112). Where a penalty was computed using the FIFO method and the taxpayer submitted documentation showing the intent (e.g. a missing deposit or correcting a liability period) that a specific deposit was for a specific liability period, recompute the penalty considering the taxpayer’s intent. Taxpayer intent should be considered only for this period of time.
  6. For periods ending March 31, 1991, and prior, apply timely deposits to the liability for that deposit period. Apply any remaining credit to any earlier under-deposit within the same return period. Then, carry any remaining credit forward to apply to the next liability within the same return period. See LEM 20.1.4.3.3.

20.1.4.3  (09-10-1999)
Form 941 Series

  1. The Form 941, Employers Quarterly Federal Tax Return, is a quarterly tax return used to report employment taxes. If an employer accumulates less than a $1,000 tax liability during a return period, no deposits are required. This amount may be paid with a timely filed tax return. Amounts of $1,000 or more must be deposited.
  2. Beginning January 1, 1993, taxpayers follow a deposit schedule which generally remains consistent throughout the year.
  3. Prior to January 1, 1993, the deposit due dates and amounts could fluctuate because they were both based on an accumulated dollar amount.
  4. Under either the old or new system, an employer is not required to make a deposit more often than a payroll is made. However, 100 percent of the amount required to be deposited is due on the deposit due date unless the employer meets one of the safe harbor exceptions.
  5. The regulations provide that if taxes are required to be deposited on any day that is not a banking day, the taxes will be treated as timely deposited if deposited on the first banking day thereafter.

20.1.4.3.1  (09-10-1999)
Lookback Periods

  1. One of the features of the new employment tax deposit system, effective January 1, 1993, for IRC section 6302 provides employers with up-front information in determining their deposit obligations and status. Rather than having to wait until after the payroll has been paid to determine when the deposit is due, the employer, after one short analysis a year, can determine the deposit schedule to be generally followed for the entire upcoming year. Exceptions or circumstances that would change or modify the deposit schedule, once determined, have been held to a minimum.
  2. For tax periods beginning January 1, 1993 and later, an employer is either a "monthly depositor" or a "semi-weekly depositor" (see IRM 20.1.4.2) for a calendar year based on an annual determination of the aggregate amount of employment taxes reported during the employer’s "lookback period."
    1. Forms 941—For quarterly return filers, the "lookback period" for each calendar year is the twelve month period ended the preceding June 30. For example, the lookback period for calendar year 1998 is the period July 1, 1996 to June 30, 1997 (which encompasses the quarters ended 199609, 199612, 199703, and 199706).
    2. Forms 943, 945 and CT–1—For annual return filers, the "lookback period" is defined as the second calendar year preceding the current calendar year. For example, the lookback period for calendar year 1998 is calendar year 1996.
    3. Form 945—Because the Form 945 was created in 1994, the form did not have its own (MFT specific) lookback period for the first two years. Therefore, during calendar years 1994 and 1995, the "lookback period" and deposit status for Form 945 depositors is the same as the taxpayer’s status on January 1, 1994 for taxes reported on Form 941. The taxpayer will generally retain that depositor status for all of calendar years 1994 and 1995.

     

  3. A new employer is treated as having employment tax liabilities of zero for any quarter or year of the lookback period during which the employer did not exist.
  4. Effective with the November, 1996 mailout, the deposit status information notice (CP 136, 137, 137A and 137B) will be sent to employers only if their deposit status (determined by the annual lookback analysis) changed from the prior year. Taxpayers should continue depositing following the deposit schedule they were last issued unless
    • informed otherwise by the service or
    • their current circumstances warrant a change (e.g., incurring a $100,000 liability or
    • Taxpayer analysis of lookback period.

     

  5. The fact that the taxpayer and/or third party did not receive a deposit information notice in any of the previous or subsequent years is not grounds for granting a FTD Penalty abatement. Sufficient information is readily available (e.g., from Cir E) for the taxpayer to determine the appropriate lookback period and whether the lookback threshold has been met or exceeds and whether the taxpayer has incurred any extraordinary circumstances that would affect the deposit schedule he is currently following.

20.1.4.3.2  (07-15-1998)
Monthly Depositors

  1. If the employer reported Employment Taxes of $50,000 or less during the one year lookback period, the employer is a monthly depositor and generally must deposit employment taxes on a monthly basis during the calendar year.
    1. Under the monthly rule, each month’s taxes are required to be deposited on or before the 15th day of the following month.
    2. If the 15th of the following month falls on a Saturday, Sunday, Federal or State legal holiday, the employer will have until the next banking day to make a timely deposit.
    3. Monthly depositors must enter the Monthly Summary of Federal Tax Liability on the face of the tax return.

     

20.1.4.3.2.1  (07-15-1998)
Semi-weekly Depositors

  1. If the employer reported Employment Taxes of more than $50,000 during the one year lookback period, the employer must deposit using the semi-weekly rules. Under this rule, the day a deposit is due is determined by the day of their payroll.
    1. The deposit for a pay date of Wednesday, Thursday or Friday must be made on or before the following Wednesday.
    2. The deposit for a pay date of Saturday, Sunday, Monday or Tuesday must be made on or before the following Friday.
    3. The semi-weekly rule does not require an employer to make deposits twice a week (semi-weekly). Rather, the deposits are due based on a schedule which divides the calendar week into two (semi-weekly) sections.
    4. The semi-weekly depositor must submit a Schedule B, Employer’s Record of Federal Tax Liability.
    5. Refer to exhibit 20.1.4–5, FTD Due Date Chart.

     

  2. In the case of a return period that ends during a semi-weekly deposit period, the employer may be required to make two deposits. For example:
    1. The second quarter return period ends on Thursday and the third quarter return period begins on Friday.
    2. If the employer had a payroll on both Thursday and another on Friday, this employer must make two deposits: one for the deposit from the Thursday payroll (second quarter), and another for the Friday payroll (third quarter).

     

20.1.4.3.2.2  (09-10-1999)
Rule for semi-weekly non-banking days

  1. Treas. Reg. 31.6302–1(c)(2)(iii) provides that all semi-weekly depositors have at least three banking days, following the close of the semi-weekly period, to deposit employment taxes accumulated during the semi-weekly period.
  2. Saturdays and Sundays were considered in arriving at a due date for semi-weekly deposit which would allow at least three banking days. However, because Federal holidays do not fall on a regularly recurring schedule throughout the calendar year, the following procedures are to be followed in determining the due date:
    1. For semi-weekly depositors, if one or more of the intervening days between the end of the semi-weekly period and the due date is a Federal or State legal holiday, the deposit due date will be extended by the same number of days.
    2. If the deposit due date for semi-weekly depositors is a Federal or State legal holiday, the due date will be extended to the next day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, Federal or State legal holiday. An example would be if a deposit is due on a Friday, but the Friday is a Federal or State legal holiday, the deposit would be timely if made the following Monday.

     

20.1.4.3.2.3  (07-15-1998)
$100,000/One Day Rule

  1. For deposit periods on or after January 1, 1993, taxes on Forms 941, 943, 945, and CT–1 that reach $100,000, or more, must be deposited within 1 banking day for either the monthly or semi-weekly depositor. See Exhibit 20.1.4–5 Cont.
    1. A monthly depositor who incurs a $100,000 or more tax liability immediately becomes a semi-weekly depositor for the remainder of the current calendar year and the following calendar year (For example, if a $100,000 tax liability is incurred on Wednesday, taxpayer becomes a semi-weekly depositor on Thursday).
    2. A semi-weekly depositor who incurs a $100,000 or greater tax liability, will return to the semi-weekly deposit schedule the following day (For example, if a $100,000 tax liability is incurred on Wednesday, the taxpayer returns to being a semi-weekly depositor on Thursday).

     

20.1.4.3.2.4  (09-10-1999)
1993 Transition Period Conversion Rules

  1. Employers were given a one-year transition period to complete their conversion to the 1993 rules. The same rules will be applied to an entire return period (one quarter). The transition period expired on December 31, 1993.
  2. During this period, a late or insufficient deposit(s) (according to the 1993 rules) will not create an assessable penalty if the account is compliant under the 1992 rules.
  3. Penalties will be assessed if the account is not compliant with either the 1992 or the 1993 rules.
  4. To compute any penalty using the 1993 deposit rules and due dates, analyze the account using the guidelines in the following example:
    1. A semi-weekly employer has pay days on Thursday (deposits are due the following Wednesday). The employer makes one of the deposits on the following Thursday.
    2. For purposes of this example, even after considering legal holidays and other exceptions, this deposit is late and creates the possibility of a penalty on this account.
    3. However, because of the one year transition period, before assessing the 1993 penalty, check to see if the account is compliant under the 1992 rules.
    4. Place the liabilities and deposits into the 8th monthly period schedule. If the analysis of the deposits shows that all deposits were made correctly under the eighth-monthly period schedule, no further action is required. If the analysis results in a penalty, use the procedures below to determine the appropriate penalty amount.

     

  5. Following the original regulations, the penalty assessed was computed strictly using the 1993 deposit schedule. However, late in 1994, Chief Counsel reviewed the regulations and issued a Technical Advice Letter to clarify the intent of the regulations.
    1. This clarification results in an administrative procedural change to the way the FTD penalty will be computed for the transition year.
    2. For purposes of this transition rule, at the first late deposit under the 1993 rules, recompute and assess the late penalty using the 1992 due dates.
    3. Adjust the FTD penalty only if the penalty computed, using the following procedures, is less than the original assessed penalty: FTDPN "C" to identify where in the 1992 analysis the penalty occurred. Enter FTDPN, using only the liabilities and deposits from the penalty occurrence to determine the 1993 portion of the penalty.
    4. Use the above guidelines to respond to formal or informal claims regarding the method of computing penalties under the 1993 transition rules.

     

20.1.4.3.3  (07-15-1998)
Eighth-Monthly Periods

  1. For tax periods ending on or before December 31, 1992, each month of each quarter is divided into eight periods for deposit purposes ending on the 3rd, 7th, 11th, 15th, 19th, 22nd, 25th and last day of the month. These are called eighth-monthly periods and are designated by alpha A through X on the return.
  2. If the quarterly tax liability is at least $500, the taxpayer must list the tax liability in the ROFT section. Compare the information in the ROFT with the deposit information to determine if the taxpayer made timely and adequate deposits. (See IRM 20.1.4.4.1 if the ROFT is incomplete.)
  3. Deposit requirements may vary from month to month depending on the amount of taxes withheld each payday. For example, a taxpayer may be a monthly depositor for the first two months of a quarter, and then become an eighth-monthly depositor in the third month.
  4. FTDs Received after December 31, 1989 through March 31, 1991, special rules apply. Refer to LEM 20.1.4.2.1 and LEM 20.1.4.10.4.2.

20.1.4.3.4  (07-15-1998)
Deposit Requirements

  1. For tax periods beginning on or after April 1, 1991, the deposit requirements are not based on undeposited tax amounts. Instead, they are determined by the tax liability accumulated during the deposit period (monthly or eighth-monthly). See Exhibit 20.1.4–1 of LEM 20.1.4.
  2. When the tax liability is less than $500 at the end of a month:
    1. If the tax liability at the end of the first or second month is under $500, there is no deposit required during the month the liability was incurred. The amount is carried over to the next month.
    2. If the tax liability at the end of the quarter is under $500, the tax can be paid with the timely filed Form 941, or deposited by return due date.

     

  3. When the tax liability is $500 or more but less than $3,000 at the end of any month:
    1. If the tax liability at the end of a month is $500 or more, but less than $3,000, it must be deposited by the 15th day of the following month.
    2. EXCEPTION: When an eighth-monthly deposit of $3,000 or more is required in the first or second month of the quarter and the taxpayer incurs a subsequent liability of less than $3,000 during the same month, the taxpayer must carry the tax liability under $3,000 to the next month. If it is the last month of the quarter, the taxes under $3,000 must be deposited by the return due date.
    3. When the tax liability is $3,000 or more at the end of any eighth-monthly period, the taxes must be deposited within 3 banking days after the close of that eighth-monthly period.
    4. When the $100,000 Rule applies, see IRM 20.1.4.3.2.3.

     

20.1.4.3.4.1  (09-10-1999)
March 31, 1991 and Prior

  1. For tax periods ending on or before March 31, 1991, the deposit requirements are based on the amount of the liability (undeposited tax) at the end of the deposit period (monthly or eighth-monthly). See LEM 20.1.4.3.3.
  2. When UNDEPOSITED TAXES are less than $500 at the end of a month:
    1. If at the end of the first or second month the amount is under $500, no deposit is required for this liability period. The amount is carried over into the next month.
    2. If at the end of the quarter the amount is under $500, the undeposited taxes may be paid with the timely filed Form 941, or deposited by the return due date.

     

  3. When UNDEPOSITED TAXES are $500 or more but less than $3,000 at the end of any month:
    1. If at the and of a month the amount is $500 or more, but less than $3,000, the taxes must be deposited by the 15th day of the following month.
    2. EXCEPTION: When an eighth-monthly deposit of $3,000 or more is required in the first or second month of the quarter and the taxpayer incurs a subsequent liability of less than $3,000 during the same month, the taxpayer must carry the tax liability under $3,000 to the next month. If it is the last month of the quarter, the taxes (under $3,000) must be deposited by the return due date.

     

  4. When UNDEPOSITED TAXES are $3,000 or more at the end of any eighth-monthly period:
    1. If at the end of an eighth-monthly period the amount is $3,000 or more, deposit the taxes within 3 banking days after the close of that eighth-monthly period.
    2. For First Time Exception to the eighth-monthly deposit requirements, see IRM 20.1.4.2.
    3. When the $100,000 Rule applies, see IRM 20.1.4.3.2.3of this handbook.

     

20.1.4.3.5  (07-15-1998)
Safe Harbor
March 31, 1993 and Later

  1. Safe Harbor— For tax periods ending on or after March 31, 1993.
  2. No penalty is assessed if:
    1. Any deposit shortfall does not exceed the greater of $100 or 2% of the amount of taxes otherwise required to be deposited, and
    2. The deposit shortfall is paid or deposited by the shortfall makeup date. The deposit due date for the shortfall depends upon whether the taxpayer is a monthly or semi-weekly depositor.

     

  3. The shortfall make-up date for monthly depositors is the due date for the return period in which the underpayment occurs.
  4. The shortfall make-up date for semi-weekly/one day rule depositors is:
    1. falling on or after the 15th day of the month, following the month in which the deposit was required to be made, or
    2. if earlier, the due date for the return period. For example: for the liability period ending June 28, 1994, the deposit due date falls on July 6, 1994, and the safe harbor shortfall amount would be due July 31, 1994.

     

  5. Taxpayers do not have to apply Safe Harbor provisions to all deposits in a specific tax period. They may apply the provisions to certain deposits, while paying 100 percent of the others.
  6. Use of the safe harbor option does not change the order in which payments are applied or liabilities are satisfied. The impact of deposit periods must still be recognized when analyzing the funds deposited by the taxpayer and in determining which liability is to be satisfied first by the funds deposited by the taxpayer.
    1. Satisfying a liability before going on to the next means matching deposits, payments and/or credits to 100% or an appropriate safe harbor amount of the liability.
    2. For each liability, full satisfaction (100%) of liability or safe harbor satisfaction is computed after consideration of all monies deposited on the same date.

     

20.1.4.3.5.1  (07-15-1998)
Safe Harbor December 31, 1992 and Prior

  1. Safe Harbor/95 Percent Rule—For tax periods ending on or before December 31, 1992. Under the 95 percent rule, a taxpayer required to make deposits under the $3,000 or $100,000 Rule can deposit less than the full deposit amount and not be subject to an FTD penalty.
  2. Taxpayers can indicate that they used the Safe Harbor provisions by checking the applicable box on the return or by attaching written correspondence to the return. The Safe Harbor provision may apply whether or not the box is checked if the taxpayer:
    1. Timely deposits at least 95 percent of the liability, and
    2. pays the remaining underpayment (5 percent) according to the following: Deposits the underpayment from the first or second month of the quarter with or before the first deposit due after the 15th day of the following month. If the underpaid amount is $500 or more and no other deposits are due after the 15th day of the following month, deposits the underpayment by the return due date. If the underpaid amount is less than $500, it can be paid with a timely filed return. Deposits the underpayment of $500 or more from the last month of a quarter by the return due date or pays the underpayment of less than $500 with the timely filed return. For periods ending after March 31, 1991, see LEM 20.1.4.3.5.
    3. Taxpayers do not have to apply the Safe Harbor provisions to all deposits in a specific tax period. They may apply the provisions to certain deposits, while paying 100 percent of the others.

     

  3. Backup Withholding. Instructions for backup withholding deposits are found in IRM 20.1.

20.1.4.3.5.2  (09-10-1999)
First Time Exception

  1. First Time Exception—For tax periods ending on or before December 31, 1992. The first time a taxpayer has a tax liability of $3,000 or more at the end of an eighth-monthly period, the taxpayer may deposit the taxes by the 15th day of the following month, instead of depositing them by the third banking day. See LEM 20.1.4.3.5.
  2. The taxpayer may claim the First Time Exception by marking the return ( "If you are a First Time 3-banking-day depositor, check here" ). The taxpayer may also claim the First Time Exception in correspondence.
  3. The first time exception applies only if the taxpayer meets the following conditions:
    1. The current undeposited taxes are under $10,000. (The First Time Exception does not apply to amounts of $10,000 or more).
    2. The taxpayer was not required to deposit $3,000 or more in any earlier eighth-monthly period in the quarter.
    3. The taxpayer was not required to deposit $3,000 or more in any eighth-monthly period during the four prior quarters. Research the 4 prior quarters only if the taxpayer meets the conditions in 1 and 2 above.

     

  4. When the First Time Exception applies:
    1. Exclude the first eighth-monthly liability (and its payment), if made by the 15th day of the following month).
    2. Compute FTD penalty on any other late or direct payments which may exist.

     

  5. If the taxpayer does not qualify for the First Time Exception, compute the penalty without regard to this provision.
  6. Beginning with period ending December 31, 1988, on IDRS the literal "3-DAY" appears in the account record.
    1. If Master File identifies a 3-banking-day requirement anytime during a quarter, a "1" displays for that module (tax period).
    2. When verifying the 4 prior quarters, if there is a "1" in the "3 DAY" field, the taxpayer was previously required to make a deposit of $3,000 or more.
    3. Therefore, the taxpayer does not qualify for the First Time Exception in the current quarter.

     

20.1.4.4  (07-15-1998)
Computation of FTD Penalty Form 941 Series

  1. For tax periods beginning on or after January 1, 1993, refer to Form 941 deposit requirements. See Exhibit 20.1.4–8.
    1. To determine if a deposit is timely, see Exhibit 20.1.4–5.
    2. Compare the taxpayer’s liability, using the information from the ROFT, with the deposits made. If the ROFT information is unavailable or does not match the net tax, use the averaging method.
    3. If there is a discrepancy of the ROFT that is due to a line item adjustment (for 9312 and prior—lines 4, 9, and 12, and for 9403 and subsequent—lines 4 and 9), adjust the last liability regardless of the dollar amount.
    4. When the $100,000 Rule applies, see IRM 20.1.4.3.2.3.

     

20.1.4.4.1  (07-15-1998)
December 31, 1992 and Prior

  1. For tax periods ending on or before December 31, 1992, refer to Form 941 deposit requirements IRM 20.1.4.2. See Exhibit 20.1.4–7.
  2. Refer to Exhibit 20.1.4–5 of LEM 20.1.4 to determine timely deposits. Compare the taxpayer’s ROFT liability with the deposits made. If ROFT figures are unavailable, use the averaging method.
    1. If there is an overstatement of the ROFT that is due to a line item adjustment (Lines 4, 9 and 12 on Form 941), adjust the last liability regardless of the dollar amount. Then compute the penalty.
    2. If the taxpayer reports only monthly totals in the ROFT, and any monthly total is $3,000 or more, consider the liability not furnished and average the entire tax liability; every monthly total is less than $3,000, consider the monthly liabilities attributable to the last period of each month; When the $100,000 Rule applies, see IRM 20.1.4.3.2.3.

     

20.1.4.4.2  (07-15-1998)
Averaged Penalty

  1. Average the tax settlement amount when the Record of Federal Tax (ROFT) is incomplete or blank. Apply deposits to the resulting averaged liabilities.
  2. The tax settlement amount equals the tax liability amount reduced by the amount of any refundable credit allowance (TC 150 less TC 766).

20.1.4.4.2.1  (07-15-1998)
On or After January 1, 1993

  1. For tax periods beginning on or after January 1, 1993, the method of averaging will depend on the type of depositor and the information available.
  2. To compute an averaged liability for a monthly depositor who has not provided any liability breakdown:
    1. Divide the net tax by three (3), and
    2. Assign the resulting liabilities to each of the monthly totals.

     

  3. To compute an averaged liability for a semi-weekly depositor who has not provided any liability breakdown:
    1. Divide the net tax liability by 12, and
    2. Assign that amount to the first 4 Wednesdays of the month.

     

  4. To compute an averaged liability for a semi-weekly depositor who provides entries for the monthly ROFT:
    1. Divide each month’s tax liability by four (4), then,
    2. Assign the resulting amount for each month to the first four (4) Wednesdays of that month.

     

20.1.4.4.2.2  (07-15-1998)
On or before December 31, 1992

  1. For tax periods ending on or before December 31, 1992, divide the tax settlement amount by 12.
  2. Consider the results as the tax liability amounts for the following eighth monthly periods B, D, F, H, J, L, N, P, R, T, V, and X.
  3. Apply deposits to the resulting averaged liabilities.

20.1.4.4.2.3  (07-15-1998)
On or after September 30, 1990

  1. For periods ending on or after September 30, 1990:
    1. If the averaged liability equals $100,000 or more,
    2. assign the liability to the first day of the eighth-monthly periods B, D, F, H, J, L, N, P, R, T, V, and X.

     

20.1.4.4.3  (09-10-1999)
Backup Withholding (BUWH)

  1. Taxpayers are required to backup withhold (BUWH) on nonpayroll items. Tax period ending December 31, 1993 (129312), is the last quarter in which backup withholding is reported on Form 941/941E. All non-payroll items have been removed from Form 941, effective January 1, 1994.
  2. For tax periods ending on or before December 31, 1993, taxpayers reported BUWH amounts on Line 11, Form 941, or Line 9, Form 941E.
  3. Taxpayers who elected to report and deposit BUWH separately from other taxes, used Form 941, Schedule A to separately list the BUWH liabilities.
  4. If taxpayers choose the election, the separate BUWH deposits are identified by Tax Class 5.
  5. If it was the employer’s practice to treat the two taxes separately (e.g., two separate deposits for the different types of taxes) the employer may follow separate deposit schedules. Thus, an employer with a combined total liability of over $50,000 could be required to deposit under the monthly rules, semi-weekly rules or a combination of both.
  6. If it was not the employer’s practice to separate the two taxes for deposit and reporting purposes, the employer would have only one lookback period consisting of the combined employment and backup withholding liability.
  7. The regulations for reporting backup withholding (BUWH) have not changed for 1993. The regulations for depositing backup withholding (BUWH) did change. See Nonpayroll Taxes.
  8. Form 941, Schedule A (Record of Federal Backup Withholding Tax Liability) is obsolete for tax periods after December 31, 1993.

20.1.4.5  (07-15-1998)
Nonpayroll Taxes Form 945

  1. Effective with the first quarter of 1994:
    1. All non-payroll items have been removed from Form 941.
    2. New Form 945, Annual Return of Withheld Federal Income Tax, is used to report nonpayroll items. Nonpayroll items include pensions, annuities, and Individual Retirement Accounts (IRAs), military retirement pay, gambling winnings, deferred income, and backup withholding (BUWH).
    3. Beginning January 1, 1994, effective for payroll and nonpayroll items after December 31, 1993, the payroll items on Form 941 and the nonpayroll items on Form 945 must be deposited separately.
    4. As a general rule, all income tax withholding reported on Forms 1099 (e.g., Form 1099-R or Form 1099-MISC) or Form W-2G must be reported on Form 945.
    5. Form 941E (Quarterly Return of Withheld Federal Income Tax and Medicare Tax) is now obsolete. Form 941E filers will report Employment Taxes and withholding from wages on Form 941, and nonpayroll items on Form 945.

     

  2. The deposit requirements for Form 945 will parallel the Form 941 deposit requirements that became effective January 1, 1993. See IRM 20.1.4.3.2.
  3. The $100,000 Rule for accumulated liabilities also applies to the Form 945. See IRM 20.1.4.3.2.3.
  4. For Calendar Years 1994 and 1995, the Form 945 deposit requirements (monthly or semi-weekly) are determined by the Form 941 depositor status that applied for calendar year 1994.
  5. For Calendar Year 1996, the Form 945 deposit requirement will be determined by the Form 945 lookback period. The lookback period is the second year preceding the current calendar year. For example, for calendar year 1996, the Form 945 lookback year is 1994.

20.1.4.5.1  (07-15-1998)
BUWH/FTD Penalty Computation

  1. The penalty computation for Form 945 will parallel the FTD penalty computation for Form 941.
  2. The Form 945–A, Record of Federal Tax Liability, provides the liability breakdown for the Form 945.

20.1.4.5.2  (09-10-1999)
On or before 9312

  1. For tax periods ending on or before December 31, 1993, backup withholding was reported on Form 941.
  2. Before computing an FTD penalty, determine whether the taxpayer intended to:
    1. Combine BUWH with social security and withheld income taxes (ROFT with no Schedule A), or
    2. treat it as a separate tax (ROFT and a Schedule A).
    3. If the taxpayer’s intent is not clear, contact the taxpayer for
      clarification.

     

  3. If the return has a Schedule A, add the Schedule A total with the ROFT that is reporting income tax withholding and Social Security taxes (e.g., the monthly total from the face of the Form 941, or the total from Schedule B, Employer’s Record of Federal Tax Liability).
  4. If the combined total of the Form 941, Schedule A, and the ROFTs are within a certain amount (see LEM 20.1.4.4.1) of the net taxes reported on Form 941, this is a good ROFT.
  5. If the combined total of the ROFTs are not within a certain amount (see LEM 20.1.4.4.1) of Form 941 net taxes, take the following actions:
    1. If the taxpayer combined deposits: average the tax settlement amount (TC 150 less TC 766) and compute the penalty, or if the Schedule A includes credit (negative) amounts and the taxpayer did not make separate deposits, average the entire tax liability.
    2. If the taxpayer made separate deposits, make separate computations as follows: Make one computation using the figures from the ROFT on Form 941 or Schedule B, and one computation using the figures on Schedule A. Combine penalty amounts. Input one TC 180 for the total amount. Attach both computation sheets to the return as part of the case file. See LEM 20.1.4.1.5.1.

     

20.1.4.5.3  (07-15-1998)
Form 945 Administrative Error Adjustments

  1. A taxpayer will report an adjustment to Form 945 on Form 941c, Supporting Statement To Correct Information, or an equivalent statement and file it with Form 945 to provide the necessary background information on the adjustment(s).
  2. Adjustments cannot be made on Form 945 to correct income tax withholding or backup withholding reported in a prior calendar year unless it is to correct an administrative error.
    1. An administrative error is any error that does not change the amount of income tax that was actually withheld or deducted from a payee.
    2. For example, if the total income tax actually withheld was incorrectly reported because of a mathematical or transposition error, this is an administrative error.
    3. Taxpayers must report an adjustment to correct an administrative error on Form 945 in the year in which the error was discovered.

     

  3. A taxpayer’s adjustment(s) to correct a prior period administrative error must either increase or decrease the total taxes on Form 945, Line 1, by the amount of the net adjustment (including adjustments to income tax withholding and backup withholding). The taxpayer should identify the adjustment in Part V of Form 941c as correcting an administrative error and provide a description of the error(s).

20.1.4.6  (07-15-1998)
Form 943 Series

  1. Form 943, Employer’s Annual Tax Return for Agricultural Employees, is an annual return used to report social security and income taxes withheld for agricultural employees.
  2. Although an annual return, Form 943 deposit requirements are generally the same as the Form 941 deposit requirements.

20.1.4.6.1  (09-10-1999)
On or After July 1, 1998

  1. If the employer accumulates less than $1,000 tax liability during a year, no deposits are required.
  2. The deposit requirements depend on the tax liability incurred.

20.1.4.6.2  (09-10-1999)
On or after January 1, 1993

  1. If the employer accumulates less than $500 tax liability during a year, no deposits are required.
  2. The deposit requirements depend on the tax liability incurred.
  3. To show the correct liability for the tax periods beginning on or after January 1, 1993, the taxpayer must list the tax liability as follows:
    1. If the employer is classified as a monthly depositor (the lookback period is $50,000 or less), the employer must list the tax liability in the Form 943 ROFT.
    2. If the employer is classified as a semi-weekly depositor (lookback period is $50,000 or more), the taxpayer must list the tax liability on Form 943A.

     

20.1.4.6.3  (09-10-1999)
On or before December 31, 1992

  1. If the employer accumulated less than $500 tax liability during a year, no deposits were required.
  2. To show the correct liability for tax periods ending on or before December 31, 1992:
    1. If the annual tax liability is at least $500, the taxpayer must list the tax liability in the Form 943 ROFT section.
    2. If any month’s tax liability is $3,000 or more, the taxpayer must complete Form 943A ROFT and attach it to the Form 943.
    3. When the $100,000 Rule applies, see IRM 20.1.4.3.2.3. Since Schedule B covers only one quarter, an agricultural employer may need to attach four Schedules B to Form 943.
    4. Deposit requirements may vary from month to month, depending on the amount of taxes withheld each payday. E.g., a taxpayer may be a monthly depositor for the first 11 months of the year and then become an eighth-monthly depositor in the last month.

     

20.1.4.6.4  (07-15-1998)
Special Deposit Rules

  1. First Time Exception
  2. Safe Harbor/98 percent/95 percent

20.1.4.6.5  (07-15-1998)
Computing the FTD Penalty

  1. For tax periods beginning on or after January 1, 1993 refer to Form 941 deposit requirements.
    1. To determine if the deposit is timely, see exhibit IRM 20.1.4–5.
    2. Compare the taxpayer’s liability, using the information from the ROFT, with the deposits made. If the ROFT information is unavailable, use the averaging method.
    3. If there is an overstatement of the ROFT that is due to a line item adjustment, adjust the last liability regardless of the dollar amount.
    4. If the taxpayer shows a monthly or semi-weekly liability of $100,000 or more, refer to IRM 20.1.4.3.2.3 for special deposit rules.

     

  2. For tax periods ending on or before December 31, 1992, refer to Computing the FTD Penalty—Form 941.
    1. Refer to Exhibit 20.1.4–2 of LEM 20.1.4 to determine if a taxpayer made timely and sufficient deposits.
    2. Compare the taxpayer’s liability, using the information from the ROFT, with deposits made. If ROFT information is unavailable, use the averaging method.
    3. If there is an overstatement of the ROFT that is due to a line item adjustment, adjust the last liability regardless of the dollar amount.
    4. If the taxpayer reports only monthly totals in the ROFT, and any monthly total is $3,000 or more, consider the liability not furnished. Average the entire tax liability; Any monthly total is less than $3,000 each, consider the monthly liabilities attributable to the last period of each month.
    5. If the taxpayer reports monthly or eighth-monthly liabilities of $100,000 or more, refer to the special deposit rules. See IRM 20.1.4.3.2.3.

     

  3. When computing Form 943 in quarterly portions, exceptions apply only to the last month of the reporting period (December). Exceptions do not apply to the last month of each quarter (March, June and September).

20.1.4.6.6  (07-15-1998)
Averaged Penalty

  1. Average the tax settlement amount if the Record of Federal Tax (ROFT) Form 943 or 943A is incomplete or blank. The tax settlement amount equals the tax liability amount reduced by the amount of any refundable credit allowance (TC 150 less TC 766).
  2. For tax periods beginning on or after January 1, 1993, the method of averaging will depend on the type of depositor and the information available.
    1. To arrive at an averaged liability for a monthly depositor, who has not provided any liability breakdown, divide the net tax liability by 12 and assign this amount to each of the monthly totals.
    2. To compute an averaged liability for a semi-weekly depositor who has not provided any liability breakdown, divide the net tax liability by four to arrive at a quarterly amount. Divide the resulting amount by 12 and assign to the first 4 Wednesdays of each month.
    3. To compute an averaged liability for a semi-weekly depositor who provided a monthly ROFT, divide each month’s liability by four and assign those four liabilities to the first four Wednesdays of that month.
    4. When the averaged liability is $100,000 or more, assign the liability to the first day of the semi-weekly period ending Friday. This applies to both the monthly and semi-weekly depositor.

     

  3. For tax periods ending on or before December 31, 1992, to arrive at an averaged liability:
    1. Divide the yearly net tax liability by four to arrive at a quarterly amount. Divide the resulting amount by 12 and assign to eighth-monthly periods B, D, F, H, J, L, N, P, R, T, V and X.
    2. If the averaged liability equals $100,000 or more, assign the liability to the first day of the eighth-monthly periods B, D, F, H, J, L, N, P, R, T, V and X.
    3. Compute the penalty using the averaged liability amount and combine the quarterly amounts into one total penalty amount (TC 180).

     

20.1.4.7  (07-15-1998)
Form 940 Series

  1. Form 940, Employer’s Annual Federal Unemployment (FUTA) Tax Return, is an annual return used to report Federal unemployment tax. For deposit purposes, divide each year into quarters.
  2. To show the correct liability for the deposit period, the taxpayer must list the tax liability in the ROFT, if the total tax is $100 or more.
  3. Refer to Exhibit 20.1.4–9 to determine if the taxpayer made timely deposits.
  4. For tax periods beginning on or after April 1, 1991, the deposit requirements are based on the amount of the tax liability incurred at the end of the deposit period. See Exhibit 20.1.4–9.
    1. If the tax liability at the end of the first, second or third quarter is $100 or less, it is carried over to the next quarter.
    2. If the tax liability at the end of the fourth quarter is $100 or less, there is no requirement to deposit. The taxpayer pays the tax with the return or deposits it by the return due date.
    3. If the tax liability at the end of a quarter is over $100, the taxes must be deposited by the last day of the following month.

     

  5. For tax periods ending on or before March 31, 1991, the deposit requirements are based on the amount of undeposited taxes at the end of the deposit period.
    1. If undeposited tax at the end of the first, second or third quarter is $100 or less, add that liability to the liability incurred in the following quarter.
    2. If undeposited tax at the end of the fourth quarter is $100 or less, there is no requirement to deposit. The taxpayer pays the tax with the return or deposits it by the return due date (return due date).
    3. If undeposited tax at the end of a quarter is over $100, the tax must be deposited by the last day of the following month.

     

20.1.4.7.1  (07-15-1998)
Computing the FTD Penalty

  1. Refer to Form 940 deposit requirements discussed above to determine if the taxpayer made sufficient deposits.
  2. Refer to Exhibit 20.1.4–3 of LEM 20.1.4 to determine if the taxpayer made timely deposits.
  3. Compare the taxpayer’s liability information from the ROFT with the deposits made. If these figures are not available, averaging is used.
  4. If there is an overstatement in the ROFT, regardless of the dollar amount, adjust the last liability. Then, compute the penalty just as you would for a Form 941 penalty.

20.1.4.7.2  (07-15-1998)
Averaged Penalty

  1. Average the total tax when the ROFT is incomplete or blank.
    1. Subtract the credit reduction amount from the total FUTA tax. Divide the difference by 4 to get a quarterly breakdown.
    2. Add the credit reduction amount back into the fourth quarter. (Taxpayers determine the credit reduction amount in the fourth quarter. There is no deposit requirement until that period. DO NOT include the credit reduction amount in the total being averaged.)
    3. Consider the posted deposits as payments against the resulting quarterly liabilities.

     

  2. Compute the penalty on under-deposits, late deposits, and direct payments. Assess the penalty, if appropriate.

20.1.4.8  (09-10-1999)
Form 720 Reporting Requirements

  1. Form 720, Quarterly Federal Excise Tax Return, and any related attachments, are used to report certain excise taxes. The return is divided into three parts.
    1. Part I reports taxes that are subject to deposit requirements,
    2. Part II reports taxes that are not subject to deposit requirements, and
    3. Part III provides a computation of whether there is a balance due or an overpayment.

     

  2. The net tax liability for each class of tax is reported separately on Form 720, Schedule A, by semi-monthly periods:
    • 9-Day Rule taxes are reported on line 1,
    • 30-Day Rule taxes on line 2,
    • Alternative Method taxes on line 3, and
    • 14-Day Rule taxes on line 4.

     

  3. Semimonthly periods consist of two intervals within a month. The first semimonthly period is the first 15 days of a month. The second semimonthly period is the 16th day through the last day of a month.
  4. "Net tax liability" the tax liability incurred during the semi-monthly period, plus or minus any applicable adjustments and claims for that period.
    • For communications and air transportation taxes, tax liability is treated as incurred in the semi-monthly period in which the tax is collected, or
    • in the case of the Alternative Method, is considered as collected.

     

  5. Form 270, Schedule C, is used to report adjustments to previously-reported liabilities and claims unrelated to liabilities in lieu of filing a Form 8849, Claim for Refund of Excise Taxes.

20.1.4.8 
Form 720 Reporting Requirements

20.1.4.8.1  (09-10-1999)
Filing

  1. The requirement for filing a return applies separately to each tax listed by IRS No. on Form 720. Thus, the filing of Form 720 for one IRS No. does not constitute the filing of a return for any other IRS No. (See Exhibit 20.1.4–10).
  2. Only one Form 720 is filed for a calendar quarter, (the one-return rule). Under this rule, if a person is reporting two or more excise taxes and they are due on different dates, use the later filing date. (See Exhibit 20.4–10).
  3. For example: a Form 720 filer,
    1. Reports IRS No. 60 for the third Calendarquarter, which is ordinarily due by October 31, also
    2. Reports IRS No. 19, for which the due date is November 30,
    3. Files only a single Form 720 which is due by November 30.

     

  4. Extension of the filing date under the one-return rule does not extend the date for making deposits or payments of tax.
    1. For example, although the filing of a Form 720 for the third quarter reporting both IRS Nos. 19 and 60 delays the filing of the return until November 30,
    2. any underpayment for IRS No. 60 must be deposited by October 31.

     

  5. For all taxes, except those listed below, the return must be filed by the last day of the month following the end of the calendar quarter.
  6. For the exceptions listed below, the return must be filed by the last day of the second month following the end of the calendar quarter.
    1. Ozone Depleting Chemicals (ODC) (IRS Nos. 19, 20 and 98),
    2. communications (IRS No. 22), and
    3. air transportation (IRS Nos. 26, 27, and 28).

     

  7. If any due date for filing a return falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday, the taxpayer may file the return on the next business day.

20.1.4.8.2  (07-15-1998)
Payment

  1. Payment must be made by the return due date without extension.
  2. There is a special rule for the payment of ODC floor stock tax (IRS No. 20), a Part II tax. The payment is due on June 30 of each year, two months before the return is due on August 31.

20.1.4.8.3  (09-10-1999)
Deposits

  1. Taxes that are subject to deposit requirements are grouped together into classes as follows:
    • 9-Day Rule taxes,
    • 30-Day Rule taxes,
    • Alternative Method taxes, and
    • 14-Day Rule taxes.

     

  2. If a taxpayer deposits more than one tax in a class, all the taxes in a class are combined to determine the deposit for that class for the semimonthly period.
  3. Deposit requirements apply separately to each class of tax.
  4. A deposit is due for each semi-monthly period in which a liability is incurred. See IRM 20.1.4.8.5, De Minimis Exception to Deposit Requirements.
  5. The amount of each deposit of tax for a semi-monthly period must be at least the amount of the net tax liability for that period unless a safe harbor rule applies.
    1. The net tax liability for the semi-monthly period for that class of tax is the amount entered in the appropriate box on Schedule A.
    2. If the deposit is timely made at an authorized Government depositary, and equals or exceeds the amount entered in the Schedule A box for the semi-monthly period,
    3. then, the deposit requirement for that class of tax for the semi-monthly period has been met.

     

  6. An additional deposit must be made in September, beginning in 1995, for all taxes except air transportation taxes, which have an additional deposit beginning in 1997. See IRM 20.1.4.8.7 for special rules for deposits in September.
  7. Any deposit of fuel taxes and IRS No. 28 required to be made after July 31,1998, and before October 1, 1998, must be made by October 5, 1998. Any deposit of IRS Nos. 26 and 27 that would be due after August 14, 1998, and before October 1, 1998, must be made October 5, 1998; and any deposit after August 14, 1997, and before October 1, 1997, must be made by October 10, 1997. This includes the additional September deposit.
  8. See IRM 20.1.4.1.3.1 for electronic funds transfer payment system requirements.

20.1.4.8.4  (09-10-1999)
9-Day Rule; Line 1 of Schedule A

  1. The 9-Day Rule applies to all taxes in Part I of Form 720 except the ODC tax (IRS Nos. 98, 19), to which the 30-Day Rule applies. Except for ODC tax, the 9-Day Rule always applies unless the taxpayer chooses the Alternative Method by using line 3 of Schedule A and/or chooses the 14-Day Rule by using line 4 of Schedule A.
  2. The deposit of tax for a semi-monthly period is due by the ninth day following the end of the semi-monthly period. Generally, this is the 24th day of the month and the 9th day of the following month.
  3. The net tax liability for each semi-monthly period in the quarter is entered in line 1, boxes A—F, of Schedule A.
  4. For communications and air transportation taxes, a taxpayer can change to the Alternative Method of computing deposits only at the beginning of a calendar quarter. The taxpayer must notify the Service before a new choice is made so that proper adjustments may be made in order to properly reflect that person’s collections of excise tax.

20.1.4.8.4.1  (07-15-1998)
30-Day Rule; Line 2 of Schedule A

  1. The 30-Day Rule applies only to ODC tax (IRS Nos. 98, 19).
  2. The deposit of tax for a semi-monthly period is due by the last day of the second following semi-monthly period. Generally, this is the 15th day of the following month and the last day of the following month.
  3. The net tax liability for each semi-monthly period in the quarter is entered in line 2, boxes G–L, of Schedule A.

20.1.4.8.4.2  (09-10-1999)
Alternative Method; Line 3 of Schedule A

  1. The Alternative Method applies only to communications (IRS No. 22) and air transportation taxes (IRS Nos. 26, 28, 27). If a person is using the Alternative Method, amounts considered as collected are reported on line 3 of Schedule A. If line 3 is not used, the Alternative Method does not apply. For reporting information relating to tax under the alternative method, see Exhibit 20.1.4–10.
  2. Under the Alternative Method:
    1. The tax included in amounts billed or tickets sold during a semi-monthly period is considered as collected, during the first seven days of the second semi-monthly period following the semi-monthly period in which the amounts were billed or tickets sold.
    2. For example, the tax included in amounts billed between January 1 and January 15, 1999, is considered as collected during the period February 1 through February 7, 1999.

     

  3. The amount reported on Schedule A for each semi-monthly period is the tax considered as collected during that period. For example, the tax considered as collected during the period February 1 through February 7, 1999, is the amount reported for the period February 1 through February 15, 1999.
  4. The net tax liability for each semi-monthly period in the quarter is entered in line 3, boxes M—R, of Schedule A. For example, the tax considered as collected during the period February 1 through February 7, 1999 is reported in box O of Schedule A.
  5. The deposit of tax considered as collected for the first semi-monthly period of the month is due by the 3rd banking day after the 7th day of that month (generally, the 10th day of that month).
  6. The deposit for the second semi-monthly period of the month is due by the 3rd banking day after the 22nd day of that month (generally, the 25th day of that month).
  7. For example: The deposit for the semi-monthly period beginning on February 1, 1999 is due by February 10, 1999 (this is a deposit of the tax included in amounts billed between January 1 and January 15, 1999, and considered as collected between February 1 and February 7, 1999.
  8. A taxpayer can change to the 9-Day Rule of computing deposits only at the beginning of a calendar quarter. The taxpayer must notify the IRS before a new choice is made so that proper adjustments may be made in order to properly reflect that person’s collections of excise tax.

20.1.4.8.4.3  (09-10-1999)
14-Day Rule; Line 4 of Schedule A

  1. The 14-Day Rule applies only to IRC section 4081 taxes (IRS Nos. 60, 35, 62, 58, 73, 74, 59, 75, 76, 14) and only if the deposit is made by EFTPS.
  2. If a person is using the 14-Day Rule, net tax liability is reported on line 4 of Schedule A. If line 4 is not used, the 14-Day Rule does not apply.
  3. The application of the 14-Day Rule is effective for deposits relating to calendar quarters beginning after March 31, 1991, except that application to:
    1. IRS Nos. 73, 74, 75, & 76 begins with the quarter ending 199303,
    2. IRS No. 60 begins with the quarter ending 199403,
    3. IRS No. 14 begins on August 27, 1996.
    4. IRS No. 35 begins July 1, 1998.

     

  4. The deposit of tax for a semi-monthly period is due by the 14th day following the end of the semi-monthly period. Generally, this is the 29th day of the month and the 14th day of the following month.
  5. Under the 14-Day Rule, if the 14th day is a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday, the due date is the immediate preceding day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday. This is an exception to the normal treatment of deposit due dates falling on a Saturday, Sunday, or holiday.
  6. The net tax liability for each semi-monthly period in the quarter is entered in line 4, boxes S–X, of Schedule A.

20.1.4.8.5  (09-10-1999)
De Minimis Exception to Deposit Requirements

  1. Form 720 deposits are not required if the net tax liability for the quarter does not exceed $2,000. This is known as a "de minimis exception" .
  2. The $2,000 "de minimis exception" applies only to the taxes listed in Part I, Form 720. For example:
    1. A return is filed reporting $1,950, Part I taxes, and $4,000, Part II taxes,
    2. therefore, no deposits would be due against the total liability of $5,950.
    3. The $4,000 Part II taxes are not subject to deposit requirements, and the $1,950 Part I taxes are below the $2,000 "de minimis exception."

     

  3. To compute the $2,000 threshold, exclude taxes reported on a one-time filing, which are not subject to deposit. For example, No deposits are required for a one-time filing of:
    • Gas guzzler tax (IRS No. 40), or
    • luxury tax (IRS No. 92).
    • A person has made a one-time filing of Form 720 for IRS Nos. 40 and/or 92, if: the Form 720 is the person’s first Form 720 filed, the "final return block" on the front of Form 720 is marked, and no other taxes are reported.

     

20.1.4.8.6  (09-10-1999)
Safe Harbor Rules for Deposits

  1. The safe harbor rules apply separately to deposits under the 9-Day Rule, 30-Day Rule, Alternative Method, and 14-Day Rule.
  2. If the conditions of the safe harbor rule are met, a person that has made timely deposits at an authorized Government depositary of less than the full amount of net tax liability for each semi-monthly period in the quarter is considered to have satisfied the deposit requirement for the quarter.
  3. See IRM 20.1.4.8.7for special safe harbor rules for deposits in September.
  4. The lookback analysis under Form 720 Safe Harbor Rule is not the same as the lookback analysis for Form 941.

20.1.4.8.6.1  (09-10-1999)
Lookback Quarter Safe Harbor (1/6 Rule)

  1. The lookback quarter liability safe harbor (1/6 Rule) applies to any entity that filed Form 720 for that class of tax for the second preceding quarter (the lookback quarter). The 1/6 Rule applies without regard to the amount of the liability for the current quarter.
  2. To satisfy the deposit requirements under the 1/6 Rule, the taxpayer must meet the following conditions:
    1. The deposit for each semi-monthly period in the current quarter, must be at least 1/6 of the net tax liability of the lookback quarter, for the same class of tax. For example: If we are discussing the 9-Day Rule in the current quarter (for example, 199712), then we must look at the net tax liability for the 9-Day Rule in the second preceding quarter (lookback quarter) (for example, 9706); therefore the deposit for each semi-monthly period in the current quarter must equal 1/6 of lookback quarter net tax liability.
    2. Each deposit must be timely made at an authorized Government depositary.
    3. Any underpayment of the liability for the current quarter must be paid by the return due date without extension.

     

  3. In general, the underpayment must be paid with the return. If the return due date is extended under the one-return rule, special rules apply to the underpayment:
    1. A deposit must be made by the last day of the month following the end of the quarter (the date the return would be due without extension).
    2. The deposit cannot be less than the lesser of (1) The amount by which the net tax liability in that class for the current calendar quarter, exceeds: The net tax liability for the look-back quarter, or (2) the amount of any underpayment of taxes in that class for the current calendar quarter.
    3. For 9–Day Rule class, do not include the communications (IRS No. 22) and air transportation taxes (IRS Nos. 26, 28, 27) in determining net tax liability in that class.

     

  4. If a tax rate increase goes into effect for a quarter, the following additional condition applies.
    1. The 1/6 Rule does not apply for the first and second calendar quarters, beginning on or after the effective date of the increase, unless: The deposit of taxes for each semi-monthly period in the calendar quarter is not less than 1/6 of the liability the taxpayer would have had for the look-back quarter, if the increased tax rate had been in effect during the look-back quarter.
    2. Thus, if tax rates are increased, taxpayers must deposit 1/6 of the amount that they would have been liable for in the look-back quarter, had the higher rate applied at that time.

     

  5. Use of the safe harbor is not permitted unless a tax was imposed throughout the look-back quarter.

20.1.4.8.6.2  (09-10-1999)
Current Liability Safe Harbor (95 Percent Rule)

  1. The current liability safe harbor (95 Percent Rule) may be used by any Form 720 filer.
  2. To satisfy the deposit requirements under the 95 Percent Rule, the taxpayer must meet the following conditions:
    1. The deposit for each semi-monthly period must be at least 95 percent of the net liability for the class of tax for the semi-monthly period. For example, 95 percent of the liability for 9-Day Rule taxes in that semi-monthly period.
    2. Each deposit must be timely made at an authorized government depositary.
    3. Any underpayment of the liability for the current quarter must be paid by the return due date without extension.

     

  3. In general, the underpayment must be paid with the return. If the return due date is extended under the one-return rule, special rules apply to the underpayment.
    1. A deposit must be made by the last day of the month, following the last month of the quarter (the date the return would be due without extension) of at least five percent of the net tax liability in that classand air transportation taxes (IRS Nos. 26, 28, 27) for the current quarter, or the amount of the underpayment for the current quarter, whichever is less.
    2. For 9–Day Rule class, do not include communications (IRS No. 22) and air transportation taxes (IRS Nos. 26, 28, 27) in determining net tax liability for that class.

     

20.1.4.8.7  (09-10-1999)
Special Rules for Deposits in September

  1. An additional deposit is required during the third quarter of each year in September for each class of tax.

20.1.4.8.7.1  (09-10-1999)
9–Day Rule, 14–Day Rule

  1. For the second semimonthly period in September, seperate deposits are required for the period September 16 to 26 (16 to 25 for non-EFTPS depositors) and the period September 27 to 30 (26 to 30 for non-EFTPS depositors).
  2. For the period beginning September 16 and ending September 26, the deposit must be made by September 29 (28 for non-EFTPS depositors). If the due date falls on a Saturday, the deposit is due on the preceding Friday. If the due date falls on a Sunday, the deposit is due on the following Monday.
  3. The net tax liability for the period September 16 to 26 (16 to 25 for non-EFTPS depositors) is entered on Schedule A, in line 1, below box F (9-Day Rule), or in line 4, below box X (14-Day Rule).
  4. For the period ending September 30, the deposit must be made by the due date under the 9-Day or 14-Day Rule, whichever applies.
  5. The net tax liability for the period ending September 30 is entered on Schedule A, in line 1, box F (9-Day Rule), or line 4, box X (14-Day Rule).
  6. The amount of each deposit for these periods must be at least the amount of net tax liability incurred during the periods unless a safe harbor rule applies.
  7. There are delayed deposits for some taxes due in September 1997 and 1998. See IRM 20.1.4.8.3, Deposits.

20.1.4.8.7.2  (09-10-1999)
30-Day Rule

  1. For the first semimonthly period in September, separate deposits are required for the period September 1 to 11 (1 to 10 for non-EFTPS depositors) and the period September 12 to 15 (11 to 15 for non-EFTPS depositors).
  2. For the second semimonthly period in August and the period September 1 to 11 (1 to 10 for non-EFTPS depositors), the deposit must be made by September 29 (28 for non-EFTPS depositors). If the due date falls on a Saturday, the deposit is due on the preceding Friday. If the due date falls on a Sunday, the deposit is due on the following Monday.
  3. The net tax liability for the period August 16 to September 11 (August 16 to September 10 for non-EFTPS depositors) is entered in line 2, below box K, of Schedule A.
  4. For the period ending September 15, the deposit must be made by the due date under the 30-Day Rule.
  5. The net tax liability for the period ending September 15 is entered in line 2, box K, of Schedule A.
  6. The amount of each deposit for these periods must be at least the amount of net tax liability incurred during the periods unless a safe harbor rule applies.

20.1.4.8.7.3  (09-10-1999)
Alternative Method

  1. In the case of alternative method taxes charged (that is, included in amounts billed or tickets sold) during the first semimonthly period in September, separate deposits are required for the taxes charged during the period September 1 to 11 (1 to 10 for non-EFTPS depositors) and the period September 12 to 15 (11 to 15 for non-EFTPS depositors).
  2. For taxes charged during the period beginning September 1, the deposit must be made by September 29 (28 for non-EFTPS depositors). If the due date falls on a Saturday, the deposit is due on the preceding Friday. If the due date falls on a Sunday the deposit is due on the following Monday.
  3. For taxes charged during the period September 1 to 11 (1 to 10 for non-EFTPS depositors), the net tax liability is entered on line 3, above box M, of Schedule A for the fourth quarter return.
  4. For taxes charged during the period ending September 15, the deposit must be made by the due date under the Alternative Method for making deposits for the first semimonthly period in October.
  5. For taxes charged during the period September 12 to 15 (11 to 15 for non-EFTPS depositors), the net tax liability is entered in line 3, in box M, of Schedule A for the fourth quarter return.
  6. The amount of each deposit for these periods must be at least the amount of alternative method taxes charged during the periods unless a safe harbor rule applies.
  7. For air transportation of persons (IRS Nos. 26, 27) there is delayed deposit for taxes due in September 1997 and 1998. See IRM 20.1.4.8.3, Deposits of this handbook.

20.1.4.8.7.4  (09-10-1999)
Special Safe Harbor Rules

  1. The 1/6 Rule does not apply for the third calendar quarter unless—
    1. The deposit of 9-Day Rule taxes or 14-Day Rule taxes for the period September 16 to 26 (16 to 25 for non-EFTPS depositors) is not less than 11/90 ( 10/90 for non-EFTPS depositors) of the net tax liability reported for the same class of tax for the look-back quarter; and
    2. The total deposit of 9-Day Rule taxes or 14-Day Rule taxes for the second semimonthly period in September is not less than 1/6 of the net tax liability reported for the same class of tax for the lookback quarter.

     

  2. The 95 Percent Rule does not apply for the third calendar quarter unless—
    1. The deposit of 9-Day Rule taxes or 14-Day Rule taxes for the period September 16 to 26 (16 to 25 for non-EFTPS depositors) is not less than 69.67 percent (63.33 percent for non-EFTPS depositors) of the net tax liability for the same class of tax for the second semi-monthly period in September; and
    2. The total deposit of 9-Day Rule taxes or 14-Day Rule taxes for the second semi-monthly period in September is not less than 95 percent of the net tax liability for that class for that semi-monthly period.

     

20.1.4.8.7.5  (09-10-1999)
30-day Rule

  1. The 1/6 Rule does not apply for the third calendar quarter unless—
    1. The deposit for the period September 1 to 11 (1 to 10 for non-EFTPS depositors) is not less than 11/90 ( 10/90 for non-EFTPS depositors) of the net tax liability reported for the 30-Day Rule taxes for the lookback quarter; and
    2. The total deposit for the first semimonthly period in September is not less than 1/6 of the net tax liability reported for the 30-Day Rule taxes for the lookback quarter.

     

  2. The 95 Percent Rule does not apply for the third calendar quarter unless—
    1. The deposit for the period September 1 to 11 (1 to 10 for non-EFTPS depositors) is not less than 69.67 percent (63.33 percent for non-EFTPS depositors) of the net tax liability for the 30-Day Rule taxes for the first semi-monthly period in September; and
    2. The total deposit for the first semi-monthly period in September is not less than 95 percent of the net tax liability for 30-Day Rule taxes for that semi-monthly period.

     

20.1.4.8.7.6  (09-10-1999)
Alternate Method

  1. The 1/6 Rule does not apply for the fourth calendar quarter unless—
    1. The deposit for alternative method taxes charged during the period September 1 to 11 (1 to 10 for non-EFTPS depositors) is not less than 11/90 ( 10/90 for non-EFTPS depositors) of the net tax liability reported for alternative method taxes for the lookback quarter; and
    2. The total deposit for alternative method taxes charged during the first semimonthly period in September is not less than 1/6 of the net tax liability reported for alternative method taxes for the lookback quarter.

     

  2. The 95 Percent Rule does not apply for the fourth calendar quarter unless—
    1. The deposit for alternative method taxes charged during the period September 1 to 11 (1 to 10 for non-EFTPS depositors) is not less than 69.67 percent (63.33 percent for non-EFTPS depositors) of the alternative method taxes charged during the first semimonthly period in September; and
    2. The total deposit for alternative method taxes charged during the first semimonthly period in September is not less than 95 percent of the alternative method taxes charged during that semimonthly period.

     

20.1.4.8.8  (07-15-1998)
Computing the FTD Penalty

  1. A deposit must be made for each semi-monthly period for which there is an entry in a box on Schedule A. The amount of each deposit for a semi-monthly period must be at least the amount of the net tax liability entered in the appropriate box on Schedule A for that period unless a safe harbor rule applies.
  2. To determine whether a sufficient amount has been deposited, Schedule A must be completed. If Schedule A is complete, compare the amounts entered on Schedule A to the deposits and payments the person has made.
  3. If the deposit is timely made at an authorized Government depositary and equals or exceeds the amount entered in the Schedule A box for the semi-monthly period, the deposit requirement for that class of tax for the semi-monthly period is satisfied.
  4. Each "Rule" stands alone when determining if a liability was satisfied. A deposit made for one rule cannot be applied to another rule.
    1. When deposits are considered between two "Rules" , FIFO does not apply. For example, when it is determined that a deposit is intended for a liability under the 30-Day Rule, it cannot be applied to a liability under the 9-Day Rule.
    2. When deposits are considered for only one "Rule" , FIFO does apply.

     

  5. If Schedule A is not completed, penalties have to be proposed. Proposing a penalty allows the taxpayer time to provide needed information.
    1. Call (or write) the taxpayer to request a completed Schedule A.
    2. If a new Schedule A is received for the review quarter, determine whether a failure to deposit penalty applies.
    3. If a new Schedule A is not received, compute and assess an averaged penalty.

     

  6. A penalty may be imposed if the person has not made timely deposits in sufficient amounts at an authorized Government depositary. Therefore, the taxpayer must meet the following three conditions:
    1. Timeliness,
    2. sufficient amount, and
    3. authorized depositary.

     

20.1.4.8.8.1  (07-15-1998)
Timeliness

  1. If the deposit is received by the deposit due date for each rule, the deposit is timely. See Exhibit 20.1.4–5 of LEM 20.1.4.
  2. Each "Rule" stands alone when determining if a liability was satisfied. A deposit made for one rule cannot be applied to another rule. For example:
    1. 9-Day taxes are due, generally, the 24th day and the 9th day of each month, and
    2. 30-Day taxes are due, generally, the 15th day and the last day of each month.

     

  3. For each semi-monthly period, the deposit due date for each class of tax (9-Day Rule, 14-Day Rule, 30-Day Rule, or Alternative Method) is the date from which penalty is computed.

20.1.4.8.8.2  (09-10-1999)
Sufficient Amount

  1. If the deposit is timely made at an authorized Government depositary, but is less than the amount entered in the Schedule A box for the semi-monthly period, determine the following: Check to see if the 1/6 Rule is satisfied.
    1. The lookback quarter liability is the net tax liability amount entered on line 1b, 2b, 3b or 4b, whichever applies, of the Schedule A for the lookback quarter. Divide that amount by six to determine the amount required to be deposited in each semi-monthly period for the current quarter under the 1/6 Rule.
    2. Compare each deposit (including any credits from prior quarters or semi-monthly periods) with the amount required to be deposited in each semi-monthly period.
    3. If the amounts deposited are sufficient and the amount of any underpayment is paid by the due date of the return, then the 1/6 Rule is satisfied and no penalty is appropriate. An underpayment is the difference between the amount entered on line 1b, 2b, 3b, or 4b, whichever applies, of the current quarter Schedule A, and the same line of the Schedule A for the lookback quarter.
    4. If the 1/6 Rule is not satisfied for any semi-monthly period within the quarter, the 1/6 Rule does not apply for that quarter. For example: Even if five of the six semi-monthly periods within the quarter are satisfied, and only one semi-monthly period is not satisfied, then the 1/6 Rule cannot be used for any of the liability periods during the quarter. However, no taxpayer has to pay more than they actually owe. For example: If the deposit for the sixth semi-monthly liability period is less than the 1/6 Rule amount, but the total deposits fully pay the liability for the entire quarter, no penalty applies.

     

  2. If the 1/6 Rule is not satisfied, check to see if the 95 Percent Rule is satisfied.
    1. Compare each deposit (including any credits from prior quarters or semi-monthly periods) with the amount reported in the Schedule A box for each semi-monthly period. The deposit must be at least 95 percent of the amount reported on Schedule A.
    2. If the amounts deposited are sufficient and the amount of the underpayment is paid by the due date of the return, then the 95 Percent Rule is satisfied and no penalty is appropriate. An underpayment is the difference between the amount entered on Schedule A and the amount deposited.
    3. If the 95 Percent Rule is not satisfied for any semi-monthly period within the quarter, the 95 Percent Rule does not apply for that quarter. For example: Even if five of the six semi-monthly periods within the quarter are satisfied, and only one semi-monthly period is not satisfied, then the 95 Percent Rule cannot be used for any of the liability periods during the quarter. However, no taxpayer has to pay more than they actually owe. For example: If the deposit for the sixth semi-monthly liability period is less than the 95 Percent Rule safe harbor amount, but the total deposits fully pay the liability for the entire quarter, no penalty applies.

     

  3. If the 95 Percent Rule is also not satisfied, compute the penalty. For each semi-monthly period, subtract the amount deposited from the amount entered in the Schedule A box and compute the penalty based on the difference.
  4. If the underpayment, for either safe harbor (1/6 Rule or 95 Percent Rule), is not paid by the due date of the return: The safe harbor does not apply for the entire quarter. For each semi-monthly period, subtract the amount deposited from the amount entered in the Schedule A box and compute the penalty based on the difference.

20.1.4.8.8.2.1  (07-15-1998)
Authorized Depositary

  1. If the deposit is timely and in the correct amount, but is not made at an authorized depositary as required, the 10 percent penalty applies. If the taxpayer was using a safe harbor rule and failed to use an authorized depositary, the safe harbor (1/6 Rule or 95 Percent Rule) does not apply for the entire quarter.

20.1.4.8.8.3  (09-10-1999)
Averaged Penalty

  1. Whenever Schedule A is missing and a Schedule A is not received after contact with the taxpayer, determine whether a penalty applies by computing a separate averaged semi-monthly liability for 9-Day and 30-Day Rule taxes.
  2. Add the liabilities for all Part I taxes listed on the transcript except for IRS Nos. 98 and 19. Divide the total by six. Use the result as the net liability for 9–Day Rule taxes for each semi-monthly period.
  3. Add the liabilities listed on the transcript for IRS Nos. 98 and 19. Divide the total by six. Use the result as the net liability for 30–Day Rule taxes for each semi-monthly period.

20.1.4.8.8.4  (07-15-1998)
Transitional Rule for the Alternative Method

  1. The Alternative Method applies only to communications (IRS No. 22) and air transportation taxes (IRS Nos. 26, 28, 27). If a person is using the Alternative Method, amounts considered as collected are reported on line 3 of Schedule A.
  2. There is a special Transitional Rule which applies and can be used by any person who has been making deposits under the Alternative Method, and appears to have reported tax too soon on Form 720 and Schedule A.
    1. This early reporting of tax makes otherwise timely deposits appear to be late.
    2. For detailed information, refer to Notice 1009, Information on the Alternative Method of Reporting on Form 720, Schedule A.

     

  3. If it appears the taxpayer reported tax too soon, call or write (enclosing Notice 1009 and Schedule A) the taxpayer about the problem. Allow the taxpayer time to respond (30 days).

20.1.4.8.8.5  (09-10-1999)
Quarter in Question

  1. If the taxpayer sends in a corrected Schedule A, with:
    1. The first two semi-monthly periods blank,
    2. any of the other four semi-monthly periods showing a liability amount, and
    3. the amounts in the boxes match the deposits timely received, then
    4. there is no penalty.
    5. Disregard the first two semi-monthly (blank) periods. These were reported on the previous Schedule A.

     

  2. The taxpayer has only one opportunity to "transition" to the correct reporting period.

20.1.4.9  (07-15-1998)
Form 1042

  1. Taxpayers file Form 1042, Annual Withholding Tax Return for U.S. Source Income of Foreign Persons, to report and pay tax due on income derived from sources in the United States. Currently, Form 1042 is processed only at the Philadelphia Service Center.
  2. This form is filed by a withholding agent (who could be an individual, a trust, estate, partnership, corporation, government agency, association, or tax-exempt foundation) that may be domestic or foreign who receives, controls, has custody or disposes of, or pays income from sources within the United States.
  3. Taxpayers may file Form 2758, Application for Extension to File Certain Excise, Income, Information, and Other Returns. Approval of the extension allows additional time to file the return.
  4. Form 2758 DOES NOT provide additional time to pay the taxes.

20.1.4.9.1  (07-15-1998)
Deposit Requirements

  1. FTD deposit requirements for Form 1042 were not affected by the revised regulations effective for periods after December 31, 1992. The quarter-monthly periods still apply.
  2. For deposit purposes, divide each month into four periods ending on the 7th, 15th, 22nd and last day of the month. These periods are called quarter-monthly periods. The tax return labels them 1 through 60.
  3. The taxpayer must list the tax liability in the ROFT section, if the yearly tax is at least $200.
  4. Deposit requirements are based on the amount of undeposited taxes at the end of the deposit period. Exceptions may apply due to Foreign Tax Treaties. See Exhibit 20.1.4–12.
    1. If the taxes at the end of a month (other than December) are under $200, they are carried to the next month.
    2. If taxes at the end of December are under $200, they may be paid with the return or deposited by the return due date.
    3. If the taxes at the end of a month are $200 or more, but less than $2,000, the deposits must be made by the 15th of the following month.
    4. If an earlier quarter-monthly deposit was made and taxes are $200 or more but less than $2,000 in a month other than December, the taxes are carried to the next month. For December, the deposits must be made by the return due date.
    5. If undeposited taxes at the end of a quarter-monthly period are $2,000 or more, the deposits must be made within 3 banking days after the quarterly-monthly period.

     

20.1.4.9.2  (07-15-1998)
Special Deposit Requirements

  1. 90 Percent/Safe Harbor Rule—Taxpayers are considered to have met the $2,000 deposit requirement in the above, if they comply with all of the following: At least 90 percent of the liability is paid timely. The remaining balance for each month is paid as follows:
    1. The taxpayer deposits underpayments from a month ( other than December) with or before the first deposit due after the 15th day of the following month. If there are no deposits due after that date, the taxpayer deposits underpayments of $200 or more by January 31. The taxpayer pays underpayment amounts under $200 with the return or deposits them by the return due date.
    2. The taxpayer deposits December underpayments of $200 or more by January 31.
    3. The taxpayer pays Decemberunderpayment amounts under $200 with the return or deposits them by the return due date.
    4. For periods ending after March 31, 1991, see LEM 20.1.4.3.5.

     

  2. Apply deposits made after the 15th day of the following month as follows:
    1. Satisfy any Safe Harbor underpayment from the prior month.
    2. If the deposit does not satisfy the full amount, apply in the order in which they accrued.

     

  3. See Exhibit 20.1.4–6 of LEM 20.1.4 to determine if the taxpayer made timely deposits.
  4. Taxpayers do not have to apply the Safe Harbor provisions to all deposits in a specific tax period. They may apply the provisions to certain deposits, while paying 100 percent of the others.

20.1.4.9.3  (07-15-1998)
Computing the FTD Penalty

  1. Refer to Form 1042 deposit requirements (See Exhibit 20.1.4–12) to determine if sufficient deposits were made).
  2. Compare the tax liability:
    1. on the Record of Federal Tax (ROFT) with the deposits made.
    2. If the ROFT is incomplete or blank, average the total tax.

     

  3. For deposits required after December 31, 1989, there is a four tier penalty system. The penalty rate assessed depends on the number of days a deposit is late. See Exhibit 20.1.4–4.
  4. Remember that exceptions apply only to the last month of the reporting period (December). They do not apply to the last month of each quarter (March, June and September).

20.1.4.9.4  (07-15-1998)
Averaged Penalty

  1. If the ROFT is incomplete or blank, average the total tax as shown below:
    1. Divide the tax liability: by four to get a quarterly amount, then divide each quarterly amount by 12.
    2. Consider the results as the tax liability for ROFT periods 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, and 60.
    3. Compute the penalty.
    4. Total the quarterly penalty amounts for one penalty assessment amount.

     

20.1.4.9.5  (09-10-1999)
Deficiency Procedures

  1. The determination of whether a penalty will be subject to a statutory notice of deficiency procedure usually depends on whether the underlying tax is subject to the deficiency procedure.
  2. IRC section 1441, Withholding of Income Tax on Nonresident Aliens, is subject to deficiency procedures. IRC section 6665, Applicable Rules, does not exclude IRC section 6656, Federal Tax Deposit penalties.
  3. The statutory notice of deficiency procedures will apply to a Federal Tax Deposit penalty as well as any underpayment of tax. Even if there is not an underpayment of tax, statutory notice of deficiency procedures apply to the Federal Tax Deposit penalty as it relates to the Form 1042. See IRM 20.1 for additional information regarding deficiency vs. non-deficiency procedures.

20.1.4.10  (07-15-1998)
Form CT–1

  1. The federally administered railroad retirement system covers railroad employees and provides benefits similar to those under the social security system (Tier 1 benefits) as well as benefits similar to those under a private pension (Tier 2 benefits).
  2. The payment of benefits is administered by the Railroad Retirement Board.
  3. These benefits are funded by a payroll tax on rail employers and employees.
    1. Rail employers pay a Tier 1 tax, which is equivalent to the tax under the Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA) and a Tier 2 tax, which is 16.1% of wages for 1995.
    2. Rail employees also pay a Tier 1 tax equivalent to the FICA tax and a Tier 2 tax.
    3. Though the tax rate has not changed for several years, the wage base changes from year to year. The Form CT–1 for any given year will reflect the applicable tax rate and wage base for that year.

     

  4. For additional information on Form CT–1, see IRM Part III, BMF and Non-Master File (NMF) DP Tax Adjustment.
  5. The Kansas City Service Center processes Forms CT–1. Penalty adjustments on Forms CT–1 should be made only after contacting KCSC.

20.1.4.10.1  (07-15-1998)
Filing Requirements

  1. Form CT–1 (Employer’s Annual Railroad Retirement Tax Return) is an annual return due the last day of February of the following year. The Form CT–1 is used to report and pay Railroad Retirement Tax (RRTA) (including Supplemental Annuity tax and Special Supplemental Annuity tax. For rail wages paid prior to June 1, 1993, rail employers reported and paid Railroad Unemployment Repayment Tax (RURT) on Form CT–1.
  2. The Railroad Retirement Tax (RRTA) and Railroad Unemployment Repayment Tax (RURT) each have a separate ROFT.
  3. Taxpayers must complete Part II (Record of Railroad Retirement Tax Liability) if they are monthly depositors.
  4. Taxpayers must complete Form 945–A, annual Record of Federal Tax Liability, if they
    1. are semi-weekly depositors, or
    2. accumulate $100,000 or more on any day during a deposit period.

     

  5. Both Part II and Form 945–A are used to report tax liabilities reported on Form CT–1. This should be a summary of tax liability, NOT a summary of deposits.
  6. Prior to 1994, Schedule B (Form 941), Supplemental Record of Tax Liability, was used instead of Form 945–A. Since Schedule B covered only one quarter, four Schedules B may need to be attached to the Form CT–1. For 1993 only, Schedule B was also completed if a taxpayer made deposits under the Transition Year rules (old deposit rules).
  7. Currently, Form CT–1 consists of two major parts (Part I and II). A Part III was used only for periods beginning October 1985 through June 1993.
    1. Part I—Railroad Retirement Taxes. The adjusted total of supplemental annuity tax, and the adjusted total of employer and employee railroad retirement taxes based on compensation, are combined and should equal the total for year of Part II.
    2. Part II—Record of Railroad Retirement Tax Liability. For deposit purposes, deposits are made as described below even though the return is an annual return. Compute the penalty for each deposit separately and combine the deposit penalty amounts.
    3. Part III—Railroad Unemployment Repayment Tax (RURT). CAUTION: RURT is not required to be paid for rail wages paid on and after July 1, 1993. The loans and interest were fully repaid as of June 1993.
    4. If RURT taxes for the year are more than $100, the tax liability must be listed in the ROFT section of Part III.
    5. For deposit purposes, divide each year into quarters.

     

  8. For periods between April 1, 1991 and June 30, 1993 deposit liabilities were determined by the amount of accumulated tax liability. For periods ending March 31, 1991 and prior deposits liabilities were determined by the amount of undeposited taxes.
  9. If the accumulated tax liability (undeposited taxes) at the end of the first, second, or third quarter is $100 or less, the taxpayer carries it to the next quarter.
  10. If the accumulated tax liability (undeposited taxes) is more than $100 at the end of any quarter, the taxpayer must deposit it by the last day of the following month.
  11. If the accumulated tax liability (undeposited taxes) at the end of the last quarter of the year is $100 or less, the taxpayer may submit the payment with the return or deposit it by the return due date.
  12. Special rule for 1989 returns: Due to changes resulting from the Technical and Miscellaneous Revenue Act (TAMRA), deposits of RURT are not required. These taxes must have been paid by the deposit due date. The FTD penalty does not apply to RURT taxes for 1989.

20.1.4.10.2  (07-15-1998)
Deposit Requirements RRTA Part II

  1. For periods after December 31, 1994:
    1. The taxpayer must deposit by EFT if a taxpayer’s total deposits of taxes, during the determination period, exceed a prescribed dollar threshold.
    2. See Exhibit 20.1.4–3 for threshold amounts, determinations periods and applicable effective dates.
    3. See earlier discussion of EFT deposit requirements.

     

20.1.4.10.2.1  (07-15-1998)
RRTA Part II January 1, 1993

  1. When depositing RRTA (other than Supplemental Taxes and RURT) the taxpayer will be either a monthly or semi-weekly depositor based on the lookback period.
  2. The deposit requirements for Form CT–1 are generally the same as the deposit requirements for Form 941.
  3. If the total tax liability for the year is less than $500, no deposits are required. The taxpayer may pay those taxes with the return.
  4. A taxpayer must follow the monthly deposit schedule if the total RRTA taxes for the lookback period is $50,000 or less. The lookback period is the second calendar year preceding the current calendar year.
    1. Tax liability for a calendar month must be deposited by the 15th day of the following month.
    2. Any safe harbor shortfall (make-up) amount is due on the filing due date for the return period in which the underpayment occurs. Payment may accompany the return.

     

  5. A taxpayer must follow the semi-weekly deposit schedule if the total RRTA taxes during the lookback period is more than $50,000.
    1. Tax liabilities for payments made on Wednesday, Thursday and/or Friday must be deposited by the following Wednesday.
    2. Tax liabilities for payments made on Saturday, Sunday, Monday, and/or Tuesday must be deposited by the following Friday.
    3. The shortfall make-up date for semi-weekly/one-day depositors is the first Wednesday or Friday (whichever is earlier) falling on or after the 15th day of the month following the month in which the deposit was required to be made, or if earlier, the due date for the return period.

     

  6. If tax liability of $100,000 or more is accumulated on any day within either deposit period (4 or 5 above), the taxes must be deposited the next business day. The taxpayer should begin accumulating tax liability following the semi-weekly deposit schedule on the next day for the rest of the year and the following year.
  7. Supplemental Annuity Work Hour Tax reported on Form CT–1, is based on work hours for which compensation is paid. It is deposited with the first deposit of Railroad Retirement Tax otherwise due after the 15th of the following month.
  8. Special Supplemental Annuity Tax reported on Form CT–1, is for employers who are exempt from the Supplemental Annuity Work Hour Tax. Taxpayers are notified by the Railroad Retirement Board when to deposit the Special Supplemental Annuity Tax.
  9. December 31, 1992 and prior: See Exhibit 20.1.4–5 of LEM 20.1.4.
  10. Form CT–1 filers, whose tax liability was $1 million or more in the second preceding taxable year, must deposit via electronic funds transfer (FEDWIRE) payments. For example, for tax year 1995, the second preceding taxable year would be 1993.

20.1.4.10.2.2  (07-15-1998)
RRTA (CT–1) April 1, 1991 through June 30, 1993

  1. For periods between April 1, 1991 and December 31, 1992, see Exhibit 20.1.4–14 for deposit requirements. During the transition period January 1—June 30, 1993, the old deposit rules could be used.
  2. The new deposit rules became effective January 1, 1993. See Exhibit 20.1.4–13.

20.1.4.10.3  (07-15-1998)
Special Deposit Rules

  1. First Time Exception—See IRM 20.1.4.
  2. Safe Harbor/95 percent/98 percent—See IRM 20.1.4.

20.1.4.10.4  (07-15-1998)
Computing the FTD Penalty

  1. Refer to Form CT–1 deposit requirements. See IRM 20.1.4.10.3.
    1. To determine timely deposits, see Exhibit 20.1.4–13.
    2. Compare the taxpayer’s liability, using the information from the Record of Railroad Retirement Tax Liability (RRTA) and Record of Railroad Unemployment Repayment Tax Liability (RURT), with the deposits made. If the information is unavailable, use the averaging method.
    3. If there is an overstatement on the RRTA tax liability, due to a line adjustment, adjust the last liability regardless of the dollar amount.
    4. If the return indicates a monthly or semi-weekly liability of $100,000 or more, refer to IRM 20.1.4.3.2.3.

     

20.1.4.10.4.1  (07-15-1998)
Periods Ending On or before December 31, 1992

  1. Refer to Exhibit 20.1.4–14 to determine if deposits are timely and sufficient.
  2. See Exhibit 20.1.4–5 of LEM 20.1.4.
  3. For tax period ending December 31, 1989, ONLY, see LEM 20.1.4.10.4.2.
  4. Certain TC 670 payments do not require a FTD avoidance penalty. Master File is programmed to forego assessing FTD avoidance penalty on the payments which are uniquely identified as shown in (a) and (b) below. Do not manually compute the FTD avoidance penalty for the payments identified as follows:
    • TC 670, Blocking Series 700 (for taxpayers required to make wire transfers), and
    • TC 670, RURT (line 14) amounts only, for tax year ending December 31, 1989.

     

  5. Combine RRTA and RURT (for periods ending 9306 and prior) penalty amounts and assess only one TC 180.

20.1.4.10.4.2  (07-15-1998)
Averaged Penalty

  1. Average the tax settlement amount when the Record of Railroad Retirement Tax Liability (RRTA-Part II) and/or Record of Railroad Unemployment Repayment Tax Liability (RURT-Part III) is incomplete or blank.

20.1.4.10.4.2.1  (07-15-1998)
On or After January 1, 1993

  1. The method of averaging Part II will depend on the type of depositor and the information available. To compute an averaged liability:
    1. for a monthly depositor who has not provided any liability breakdown, divide the tax liability by 12, and assign that amount to each of the monthly totals.
    2. for a semi-weekly depositor who has not provided any liability breakdown, divide the tax liability by four to arrive at a quarterly amount, then divide the resulting amount by 12, and assign to the first 4 Wednesdays of each month.
    3. for a semi-weekly depositor who provided the monthly RRTA, divide each month’s tax liability by four, and assign the four liabilities to the first four Wednesdays in that month.

     

  2. When the averaged liability equals $100,000 or more, assign the liability to the first day of the first semi-weekly period ending Friday. This applies to both the monthly and semi-weekly depositor. (For example, Jan 9703—would be Jan 1).
  3. CAUTION: No RURT (Part III) is required to be paid on or after July 1, 1993. To average for 1993, use only the first and second quarter, and divide by two.

20.1.4.10.4.2.2  (07-15-1998)
On or before December 31, 1992

  1. To average RRTA (Part I for tax year 1991 and later) and (Part I for tax year 1990 and before):
    1. Divide the liability by four to arrive at a quarterly amount; then divide the resulting amount by 12, and assign to eighth-monthly periods B, D, F, H, J, L, N, P, R, T, V and X.
    2. If the averaged liability equals $100,000 or more, assign the liability to the first day of the eighth-monthly periods B, D, F, H, J, L, N, P, R, T, V and X.
    3. Combine the averaged liability amount and the quarterly penalty amounts into one total RRTA penalty amount. Combine this RRTA penalty amount with the RURT penalty amount, if applicable, and assess only one penalty amount (TC 180).

     

  2. If the Part III RURT liability is incomplete or blank, divide RURT, (Part I, for tax year 1991 and later) and (Part I for tax year 1990 and before) by 4 to arrive at a quarterly breakdown. Compute the penalty using the averaged liability amount.

20.1.4.11  (07-15-1998)
Assessment Procedures

  1. The following transactions codes (TC) identify assessment or abatement of the FTD Penalty:
    1. TC 186—computer generated assessment,
    2. TC 187—computer generated abatement,
    3. TC 180—manual assessment,
    4. TC 181—manual abatement.

     

  2. Computer generated assessments result from a Master File analysis of the account information.
  3. Manual assessments are input through IDRS. Employees who cannot directly input the penalty assessment to IDRS need to prepare an appropriate document to request input of the assessment. Various documents are available for this purpose, such as:
    • The preprinted penalty and interest block found on some tax forms,
    • Form 4844, Request for Terminal Action,
    • Form 4364, Delinquency Computations,
    • Form 4907, TDA Posting Voucher,
    • Form 3870, Request for Adjustment, and
    • Form 8485, Assessment Adjustment Case Record.

     

  4. Various codes are used to identify conditions regarding the penalty assessment, e.g., penalty computation codes, condition codes, and schedule indicator codes.

20.1.4.11.1  (07-15-1998)
Computer Codes

  1. Effective January 1, 1993, two new codes were created to display processing information unique to 1993 and subsequent deposit
    requirements.
  2. The Base Period Code (BASE–PD) was created to indicate which deposit schedule was used for FTD Penalty analysis.
  3. The State Code Indicator (STATE)was created to indicate the state in which the taxpayer made FTD deposits.

20.1.4.11.2  (07-15-1998)
Base Period Codes

  1. The BASE–PD codes are:
    1. 0 = FTD Penalty Bypassed A base period code of zero indicates that the FTD Penalty computation was bypassed at the time the return posted, based on the presence of certain exception criteria. Examples of exception criteria are: The input return record contains Computer Condition Code J. (2) The Entity Employment Code is S (Foreign Subsidiary)—Forms 940/941/943/945. Refer to LEM 20.1.4.2.2.
    2. 1 = Monthly Depositor
    3. 2 = Semi-weekly Depositor
    4. 3 = Monthly/Daily/Semi-weekly Depositor A monthly depositor who must make a $100,000 or more (daily) deposit immediately becomes a semi-weekly depositor for the remainder of the current year and for the following calendar year.
    5. 4 = Semi-weekly/Daily/Semi-weekly Depositor Semi-weekly depositors who incur a $100,000 or more (daily) deposit requirement return to a semi-weekly deposit schedule after the daily deposit is made.

     

  2. To manually change the Base Period Code (BASE–PD) use CC REQ77, TC 971 and action code, for the quarter affected.
    1. Use action code 40 to change Base Period Code (BASE–PD) to 1. [TC971/151–CD] Overlay CD with 40.
    2. Use action code 41 to change Base Period Code (BASE–PD) to 2. [TC971/151–CD] Overlay CD with 41.
    3. The TC 971 with action code 40 or 41 is displayed on TXMOD and all transcripts.

     

  3. The purpose of allowing a change to the BASE–PD is to establish an audit trail on a particular account. The BASE–PD should be changed only in limited situations. For example:
    1. The Service may determine that the employer should not be allowed to continue as a monthly depositor.
    2. The employer may submit information that would warrant a change to the account (e.g., a semi-weekly depositor elects to report and deposit back-up withholding separately from the other taxes reported on Form 941 thus changing the amount of tax liability in the lookback period [tax years 1993 and prior]).
    3. The TC 150 belongs on another TIN or tax period.

     

20.1.4.11.2.1  (07-15-1998)
State Code Indicator

  1. The STATE Code Indicator is entered on Form 941 by the taxpayer to show the state in which deposits are made. If the taxpayer deposits in more than one state, the multiple state depositor (MU) code is entered. The State Code Indicator is displayed on TXMOD and transcripts.
    1. State legal holidays are non-banking days in the determination of deposit due dates.
    2. If the state code is MU, Master File will systemically compute the penalty following the Federal holidays only calendar.
    3. Information (regarding the state in which a penalized deposit was made) must be provided by the taxpayer before making any adjustment to the penalty amount.

     

  2. See IRM Part III Terminal Responses, for CC FTDPN guidelines and a list of state banking holidays.

20.1.4.11.2.2  (07-15-1998)
Penalty Computation Codes (PCC)

  1. Penalty Computation Codes (PCC) identify conditions which affect the penalty computation. This information is useful when responding to taxpayer inquiries or when making subsequent adjustments.
  2. Computer assessed FTD penalties generate the applicable PCC’s.
  3. Manually assessed FTD penalties require manual input of the applicable PCC. The PCC should be entered on the FTD penalty assessment or adjustment document.
  4. The PCC is listed with the literal FTD PEN below the penalty amount on IDRS (TXMOD and ACTRA). Master File Transcripts (MFTRA) and balance due notices also display a PCC.
  5. Definitions for the various PCCs are as follows:
    1. PCC 03 applies when assessing the FTD penalty with specific liability and payment information, (e.g., computing with a complete ROFT).
    2. PCC 11 applies when assessing the FTD penalty on averaged tax liability information.
    3. PCC 18 applies when charging the FTD penalty on a CAWR assessment.
    4. PCC 41 applies when assessing the FTD penalty for avoiding the deposit system and the following conditions exist: No FTD’s were made, and the taxpayer provided good liability information.
    5. PCC 42 applies when assessing the FTD penalty for avoiding the deposit system and the following conditions exist: The taxpayer made both deposits (TC 650) and unauthorized payments (TC 670/610), and the taxpayer provided good liability information.
    6. PCC 43 applies when assessing the FTD penalty for avoiding the deposit system and the following conditions exist: FTD’s were made, and the tax liability is averaged.
    7. PCC 44 applies when assessing the FTD penalty for avoiding the deposit system and the following conditions exist: The taxpayer made both deposits (TC 650) and unauthorized payments (TC 670/610), and the tax liability is averaged.
    8. PCC 54 applies when assessing the FTD penalty on averaged tax liability information and the following conditions exist: A semi-weekly depositor provided a monthly ROFT, and the taxpayer made insufficient or late deposits (TC 650).
    9. PCC 55 applies when assessing the FTD penalty on averaged tax liability information and the following conditions exist: A semi-weekly depositor provided a monthly ROFT, and the taxpayer made unauthorized payments (TC 670/610).
    10. PCC 56 applies when assessing the FTD penalty on averaged tax liability information and the following conditions exist: A semi-weekly depositor provided a monthly ROFT, and the taxpayer made insufficient or late deposits (TC 650) and unauthorized payments (TC 670/610).
    11. PCC 57 applies when assessing the FTD penalty on averaged tax liability information and the following conditions exist: An averaged monthly tax liability of $100,000 or more, and the taxpayer made insufficient or late deposits for tax periods beginning on or after January 1, 1993 (Forms 941, 943, and CT–1).
    12. PCC 58 applies when assessing the FTD penalty on averaged tax liability information and the following conditions exist: An averaged monthly tax liability of $100,000 or more, and the taxpayer made insufficient or late deposits for tax periods beginning January 1, 1991 through December 31, 1992 (Forms 941, 943 and CT–1).

     

  6. Beginning January 1, 1993, PCC’s 54, 55, 56, 57, and 58 are available for use to address penalty assessments based on averaged computations related to 1993 and later deposit rules and $100,000 or more liabilities. Although codes 54, 55, and 56 appear on Master File records, they default to PCC 11 on notices. See Exhibit 20.1.4–15.
  7. Before March 31, 1991, PCC’s 42, 43, and 44 were not available. When the conditions represented by these PCC’s were present, PCC 41 was used with either PCC 03 or PCC 11, as applicable. These multiple PCC’s display only on Master File records (MFTRA, ACTRA, and MCC transcripts). IDRS records (TXMOD) display only one PCC. When the account involves multiple PCC’s, PCC 41 takes precedence and is displayed on TXMOD.

20.1.4.11.2.3  (07-15-1998)
Penalty Indicator Codes (PIC)

  1. Penalty indicator codes identify the status of the penalty assessment related to the 15 percent rate. The penalty indicator code is listed below the penalty computation code.
  2. Valid penalty indicator codes are as follows:
    • 00 applies when the 15 percent penalty rate is not applicable,
    • 01 applies when the account is a potential 15 percent penalty, and
    • 02 applies when the 15 percent rate is assessed.

     

20.1.4.11.2.4  (07-15-1998)
Computer Condition Codes (CCC)

  1. Computer condition codes are assigned by tax examiners or are computer generated during the processing of the return. They identify a special condition or computation for the computer. Computer condition codes post to the master file.
  2. Condition code "J" is used when information from the return indicates the FTD penalty is to be waived. It prevents the computer from generating an FTD penalty.

20.1.4.11.2.5  (07-15-1998)
Schedule Indicator Codes (SIC)

  1. Schedule indicator codes (SIC) identify conditions that may affect FTD penalty computations.
  2. Because no more than one SIC can be entered on any one return, SICs will be edited in the following priority order: 5, 6, 3, 4, 2, 1, 0. A return with a SIC other than 1 or 0 could have more than one applicable condition.
  3. The presence of some SIC’s prevent the computer from determining a penalty amount. Instead, Master File generates a CP–194, Possible FTD Penalty Notice. The Service Center manually reviews all CP 194 accounts.
  4. The literal "SIC" displays numeric 0 through 6 in the return record and on all transcripts for returns posting in cycle 8903 or later. The number indicates which condition applies.
  5. See Exhibit 20.1.4–16 for past and current definitions of SIC codes.

20.1.4.11.2.5.1  (07-15-1998)
SIC Indicator 0

  1. SIC 0—Master File may generate a CP 194 notice on an account with a 0 indicator. This means conditions exist, other than those identified by SIC’s 1 through 6, that require manual review of the account.
  2. The reason Master File generates a CP 194 with a 0 indicator may not be clearly evident, since SIC 0 means the return has a valid ROFT for computing the penalty.
    1. If the tax return shows valid ROFT information, use the ROFT figures to compute and assess the penalty.
    2. If the tax return shows invalid ROFT information, compute the averaged liability and propose the penalty.
    3. If the return is not available: use the ROFT figures from the account transcript (TXMOD), if those figures are valid. If the figures are not valid or if the ROFT information is not available, average the liability. Send Letter 313C, and the appropriate form or schedule to the taxpayer.

     

20.1.4.11.2.5.2  (07-15-1998)
SIC Indicator 1

  1. SIC 1—The original tax return is not required, because SIC "1" indicates that the return does not have a complete and accurate ROFT.
  2. In most instances, when a SIC 1 is input to a return, Master File computed the penalty by averaging the tax and generates a CP 207 notice (Proposed Averaged Penalty) to the taxpayer.

20.1.4.11.2.5.3  (07-15-1998)
SIC Indicator 2

  1. SIC 2—If Master File generated the CP 194 because a reasonable cause statement is attached to the return, follow procedures for processing reasonable cause requests. See IRM 20.1.4.16. If the taxpayer does not meet reasonable cause criteria, assess the penalty.
  2. For periods ended December 31, 1992 and prior, if Master File generated the CP 194 because the taxpayer checked the 95 percent Rule box on the return, refer to the Safe Harbor provisions when computing the penalty and assess the penalty, as applicable.
  3. For return periods prior to 1993, if the return is not available and the tax liability (TC 150) is $10,000 or greater, assume the 2 indicator is present because Safe Harbor provisions apply.
  4. If the return is not available, use ROFT figures from the account transcript. If those figures are not valid or if the ROFT information is not available, average the liability.

20.1.4.11.2.5.4  (07-15-1998)
SIC Indicator 3

  1. SIC 3—This SIC is not applicable after December 31, 1993.
  2. Refer to procedures for computing a penalty which involves backup withholding.
  3. Use ROFT information on the return and/or Schedule A. Assess the penalty, as applicable.
  4. If the return and/or Schedule A is not available or is inaccurate, average the liability.

20.1.4.11.2.5.5  (07-15-1998)
SIC Indicator 4

  1. SIC 4—This SIC is not applicable after December 31, 1992. Refer to Exhibit 20.1.4–16.
  2. Refer to the "First-Time Exception" procedures under the special deposit rules for the applicable tax form.
  3. If the taxpayer does not qualify for the "First-Time Exception" , compute the penalty without regard to the exception and send Letter 1447C.
  4. If the taxpayer qualifies, follow procedures for computing the penalty when the "First-Time Exception" applies.
  5. If the return is not available, use ROFT figures from the account transcript. If those figures are not valid or if the ROFT information is not available, average the liability. Send Letter 313C, and the appropriate form or schedule to the taxpayer.

20.1.4.11.2.5.6  (07-15-1998)
SIC Indicators
5, 6 7

  1. SIC 5—This SIC is not applicable after December 31, 1992. Refer to Exhibit 20.1.4–16.
  2. SIC 6—This is generated when the averaged liability amount is $100,000 or more.
  3. SIC 7—(Effective on or after 9503). Penalty was computed by averaging a $100,000 account.
  4. Follow procedures for working CP 194 Notices with SIC Indicators 5, 6 or 7.

20.1.4.11.3  (07-15-1998)
CP 194 Notices

  1. Master File generates a Possible FTD Penalty Notice, CP 194, for the following:
    1. Returns with Schedule Indicator Codes (SIC) input during the code and edit phase of return processing.
    2. Certain 941, 943, 945, 940, 720 and 1042 filers
    3. Form CT–1
    4. Form 941M, if the filing requirement is 10.
    5. Forms 941E, 941PR, 941SS, 943PR, and 940PR for the Philadelphia Service Center (PSC) only, when they meet the conditions in (a) and (b) above.

     

  2. Issuance of the CP 194 means the service center must review the account and manually calculate the penalty. Whenever possible, telephone contact with the taxpayer should be used to resolve the CP 194 issue.
  3. The service center must process CP 194 notices within 45 calendar days of the IRS Received Date. This includes issuing Letter 313C to the taxpayer.
  4. Master File generates 2 copies of the CP 194 notice. The Service Center Files area receives the notices and secures the original related return. One copy of the notice is attached to the tax return and the other is used as the return charge out. If the Files area does not send the original return, proceed as follows:
    1. If Files attaches an incorrect tax return, send the return (with the CP 194) back to Files and request the correct return.
    2. If Files did not attach a return, review the charge out information or IDRS to determine if the tax return is in another function. If so, contact that area to secure a copy of the return.
    3. If neither the original return nor a copy is available, follow instructions for averaging the tax liability. (Refer to computation procedures for the applicable return.)

     

  5. If the case has other freeze conditions, coordinate with the appropriate area for resolution.

20.1.4.11.3.1  (07-15-1998)
Working CP 194 Notices

  1. On CP 194 notice accounts that show a balance due, conduct the following IDRS research. This helps ensure that credit posting problems are identified and corrected before computing the penalty.
    1. Review the account transcript (TXMOD) to see if any timely deposits posted after the generation of CP 194 notice.
    2. Review TXMOD for other tax periods to see if there is a misapplied deposit intended for the period in question.
    3. Review CFOL, IDRS, ect. for the FTD Credit Module (01 0000), to see if it has a deposit intended for the current period.
    4. Review UPTIN for the EIN to see if any deposits are unpostable.
    5. Review URINQ/XSINQ for the name control to see if any credits are in the Unidentified or Excess Collections accounts.
    6. Review EINAD for any other TINs assigned to this employer.

     

  2. On CP 194 notice accounts with a credit balance, conduct the following IDRS research.
    1. Check for any pending assessments. If a TC 976 is present, a duplicate return (or amended return) has posted. Hold the CP 194 notice until the CP 193 notice generates. (Master File generates a CP 193 when a duplicate or amended return posts to an account). Follow local procedures for associating multiple cases.
    2. Check for other control bases. If one is present, coordinate with the other area.
    3. Check for debit balances on other account periods to see if the credit posted in error. If so, transfer the payment(s).

     

  3. See LEM 20.1.4.1.5.1.

20.1.4.11.3.2  (07-15-1998)
Computing the FTD Penalty

  1. Each return type has its own format for capturing the information needed to determine if the tax reported on the return has been deposited/paid timely and correctly. Refer to the "Computing the FTD Penalty" section under the appropriate tax form for which the CP 194 generated.

20.1.4.11 
Assessment Procedures

20.1.4.11.3 
CP 194 Notices

20.1.4.11.3.3  (09-10-1999)
Proposing the FTD Penalty

  1. Propose the FTD Penalty on CP 194 accounts when computing the penalty based on ROFT or Record of Net Tax (RONT) information that is or may be inaccurate.
  2. EXCEPTION: DO NOT propose the penalty in the following circumstances:
    1. If the penalty is entirely due to direct payments (TC 610 and/or 670) , the 10 percent penalty applies. If these are mandated EFTPS for the time period 7/1/97 – 12/30/99, there is no avoidance penalty (administrative waiver). Also see 4.16.2 (6) of this IRM. Corrected ROFT information would not decrease the amount of the penalty. Send the Letter 1447C (for periods 199212 and prior), or Letter 2782 (for periods beginning after 199212). Close the case.
    2. For Forms 720, periods ending March 31, 1991 and prior: if Form 4977 information would not affect the penalty, do not send any letter. Assess and close the case.

     

  3. To propose the penalty, correspond with the taxpayer using Letter 313C. See Exhibit 20.1.4–17 for the appropriate enclosure form.

20.1.4.11.4  (07-15-1998)
313C Letters

  1. When proposing a penalty, send Letter 313C, which is printed in triplicate.
    1. Enclose the appropriate form (see Exhibit 20.1.4–17) with the two copies mailed to the taxpayer. Include the appropriate Supplemental Record of Federal Tax Liability, instead of Form 4977, when the $100,000 rule (SIC 5 or 6) is the issue.
    2. Suspend the third copy with the CP 194 notice.

     

  2. When assessing the penalty: DO NOT send Letter 313C in the following circumstances:
    1. If the penalty is entirely due to direct payments, the 10 percent penalty applies. Send the Letter 1447C (for periods 9212 and prior), or Letter 2782 (for periods beginning after 9212). Close the case.
    2. For Forms 720, periods ending March 31, 1991 and prior: if Form 4977 information would not affect the penalty, do not send any letter. Assess and close the case.

     

20.1.4.11.4.1  (07-15-1998)
Replies to Letters

  1. Associate the taxpayer’s reply with the suspense copy. If not located, the case may have been processed as a "No Reply" .
  2. If taxpayer provides a completed Record of Federal Tax (ROFT) liability schedule.
    1. Recompute the penalty.
    2. Assess or adjust the penalty, if required.
    3. Inform the taxpayer of the correct penalty amount, the reason for the adjustment and the correct balance due.

     

  3. Taxpayer provides an unacceptable ROFT or other correspondence.
    1. Contact the taxpayer to explain why the information provided by the taxpayer is unacceptable.
    2. Include a new Form 4977 or Schedule B. Highlight pertinent areas if it would help the taxpayer.
    3. Advise the taxpayer that if we do not receive acceptable information within 20 days, the proposed penalty amount will be assessed.
    4. Suspend the case for 30 days.

     

20.1.4.11.4.2  (07-15-1998)
No Response Cases

  1. If the taxpayer does not reply within the suspense period, research IDRS to see if a duplicate/amended (TC 976) filing condition is present. (TC 976 usually generates CP193/293).
    1. A taxpayer may re-submit a tax return with a completed ROFT rather than complete the Form 4977 or Schedule B that was sent with the 313C letter.
    2. If a duplicate filing condition is present, refer to adjustment guidelines (IRM Part III, General DP Adjustments) for procedures for working multiple issues.

     

  2. For no response cases, assess the averaged penalty.

20.1.4.11.4.3  (07-15-1998)
15 Percent Tier Penalty

  1. When assessing an FTD Penalty as a result of a Letter 313C and the 15 percent tier penalty may be applicable:
    1. Use blocking series 000–099 to indicate a refile DLN (original return or mag tape facsimile is available), or
    2. use blocking series 150–159 to indicate a non-refile DLN.

     

  2. When assessing an FTD Penalty as a result of a Letter 313C and the 15 percent tier penalty is not applicable, (e.g., when the account is full paid):
    1. Use blocking series 130–139 to indicate a refile DLN (original return or mag tape facsimile is available), or
    2. use blocking series 140–149 to indicate a non-refile DLN.
    3. Use of blocking series 130/149 will prevent the issuance of CP 294 which indicates that the 15 percent rate may be applicable.

     

20.1.4.11.5  (09-10-1999)
CP 207 Notices

  1. Master File generates CP 207 notices to propose an averaged FTD Penalty for certain 941, 940, 945, and 1042 filers when:
    1. The ROFT section of the return was incomplete/illegible, or
    2. the total tax liability did not equal the net taxes. See LEM 20.1.4.11.5. Negative liability amount on the return will not be transcribed as it reflects an invalid entry. This will often cause the liability not to equal the net tax. It is especially important to contact the taxpayer if this is the situation, so they will understand that is impossible to have a negative liability—an adjustment may reduce subsequent liability(ies) to zero, but never below.

     

  2. If the account has a balance due, credit balance, or math error rather than generate a CP207, Master File assesses the FTD Penalty, with penalty Computation Code 11 (TC 186, PCC 11), and issues the first notice.
  3. If the account shows that the tax is paid, Master File generates the proposed penalty taxpayer notice and "holds" the FTD Penalty assessment action for 15 cycles (weeks).
  4. If there is no reply to a CP 207 or if the reply is not resolved and posted to Master File within 15 cycles (weeks) (after issuance of the CP 207), Master File will systemically assess an averaged penalty (TC186).
  5. If possible, contact the taxpayer by telephone to resolve an issue before the penalty is automatically/systemically assessed.
  6. If the CP 207 is resolved orally by securing a faxed copy of the Schedule B, the form must be signed and dated at the bottom of the schedule. The following actions are NOT acceptable:
    1. Accepting liability information verbally and inputting this information as Schedule B and eliminating or reducing the penalty.
    2. A faxed mag tape record from a payroll service is not a closing document.
    3. Abating or reducing the penalty because the taxpayer is mandated EFTPS. The Schedule B is required.

     

20.1.4.11.5.1  (09-10-1999)
Replies to Notices

  1. Replies to CP 207 notices must be resolved by the 11th cycle after generation of the notice to allow time for posting and correction of unpostables before the automatic 15 cycle (week) hold expires.
  2. If the taxpayer provides a completed Record of Federal Tax (ROFT) liability schedule:
    • Compute the penalty based on the taxpayer’s figures.
    • If no penalty applies, input a TC 180.00 to prevent systemic assessment of the averaged penalty.
    • If there is no change to the proposed penalty amount, allow the computer to assess the penalty. Associate the reply with the return.
    • If the penalty applies but is different from the proposed penalty, assess the penalty and send an explanation to the taxpayer.

     

  3. Taxpayer provides an unacceptable ROFT or other correspondence.
    1. Because this information will not change the proposed penalty amount, allow the computer to assess the averaged penalty.
    2. Explain why the information provided by the taxpayer is unacceptable. Include a new Form 4977 or Schedule B. Highlight pertinent areas if it would help the taxpayer.
    3. Advise the taxpayer to submit the necessary information after receipt of the penalty assessment notice. Include Form 4977 [for period 19 9212 and prior], or Schedule B [for periods beginning after 199212].
    4. Associate the reply with the return.

     

  4. Taxpayer claims first-time exception (prior to December 31, 1992) or reasonable cause with or without providing a liability schedule.
    1. If the taxpayer claims the "first-time exception," refer to computation procedures for first-time exception.
    2. If the taxpayer claims reasonable cause, follow procedures for processing reasonable cause requests.
    3. If we need additional information for a reasonable cause determination, proceed as follows: Send Letter 1382C for additional information, if there is enough time to receive the reply and input the resulting adjustment by the 11th week after generation of CP 207. If there is not enough time to prevent systemic assessment of the penalty, advise the taxpayer to submit the information after receipt of the penalty assessment notice.
    4. If the taxpayer does not qualify for the "first-time exception" or does not establish reasonable cause, compute the penalty using the figures the taxpayer provided. If the taxpayer did not provide an acceptable ROFT, follow procedures in (3) above.

     

  5. Taxpayer submits Form 941C or other adjustment information. If an averaged penalty resulted because the ROFT did not agree with the TC 150, the taxpayer may reply with an amended return.
    1. For Form 941C procedures, refer to BMF Adjustment procedures in IRM Part III, BMF DP Adjustments.
    2. If the new tax and ROFT figures do not agree, follow procedures in (3) above.

     

20.1.4.11.5.2  (07-15-1998)
Late Replies to Notices

  1. If the taxpayer provides the corrected ROFT information after the 11th cycle (week) but before automatic assessment (15th cycle), compute the correct penalty. If the correct penalty differs from the proposed penalty, see LEM 20.1.4.11.5.2.
  2. Inform the taxpayer that we did not receive the reply in time to prevent the penalty from being automatically assessed and that we will adjust the account and issue a corrected notice.
  3. Suspend the case until the TC 186 posts and then input the appropriate TC 18X, or
  4. If the reply is received after Master File automatically assesses the penalty (TC186), adjust the penalty as appropriate.

20.1.4.11.6  (07-15-1998)
Reserved

  1. (Reserved)

20.1.4.11.7  (07-15-1998)
CP 294 Notices

  1. Under the four tier penalty system, the 15 percent penalty rate is applied to the balance due (tax only) that remains unpaid after notice and demand for the FTD penalty (e.g., 23–C date plus 10 days). The fourth tier is not assessed, if the FTD penalty (TC 186) was not previously assessed. See LEM 20.1.4.11.7.1.
  2. For systemic FTD penalty assessments, Master File:
    • Identifies modules with tax owing,
    • marks the FTD penalty (TC186) as a potential 15 percent penalty (PIC 01), generates a CP 294, and
    • sets a deferred action code (DA) that expires in five cycles.

     

  3. After expiration of the DA, Master File reanalyzes the account. If payment of the outstanding tax has not been received, Master File will generate the TC 186 for the fourth tier amount, and generate the appropriate taxpayer notice.
  4. Master File cannot review, recompute or set indicators on any account where there is a TC 180 present. If you have adjusted an account where the additional fourth tier penalty may apply, suspend or otherwise monitor that account for the appropriate number of cycles. Manually assess the fourth tier penalty amount or close the case as appropriate.

20.1.4.11.7.1  (09-10-1999)
Processing Notices

  1. Upon receipt of CP 294, the service centers take the following actions:
    1. Review available account information. Determine net unpaid tax as of the 23–C date plus 10 days. Consider only posted credits to determine net unpaid tax. Suspend an account until any pending or unpostable credits are resolved.
    2. See LEM 20.1.4.11.7.1.

     

  2. When the net unpaid tax is determined:
    1. Multiply this amount by 5 percent (total penalty is limited to 15 percent, of which 10 percent has already been assessed),
    2. input TC 180 for the result of above amount,
    3. use the same PCC as in the original assessment/adjustment.
    4. use BS 130/139 when adjusting CP 294 with original return or mag tape facsimile, or,
    5. use BS 140/149 when adjusting CP 294 without original return.
    6. See LEM 20.1.4.11.7.1.

     

  3. Master File generates the appropriate taxpayer notice.

20.1.4.11.8  (07-15-1998)
Taxpayer Responses

  1. Be sure that you are familiar with the CAUTION and instructions found at IRM 20.1.4.12.1 before attempting to respond to any taxpayer requests for adjustment or explanation of their account.

20.1.4.11.8.1  (09-10-1999)
"First-Time" Reasonable Cause Claim

  1. Taxpayer claims the "First-Time Exception" , valid for periods ending December 31, 1992 and prior.
    1. Refer to the "First-Time Exception" procedures under special deposit rules for the applicable return.
    2. If the taxpayer does not qualify for the "First-Time Exception," advise the taxpayer of this determination and that the penalty amount is valid.
    3. If the taxpayer qualifies, follow procedures for re-computing the penalty when the "First-Time Exception" applies. Adjust the penalty amount. Notify the taxpayer of the correct account balance.

     

  2. Taxpayer submits a reasonable cause statement.
    1. Refer to the criteria in IRM 20.1.1.
    2. If the taxpayer does not meet reasonable cause criteria, follow procedures for denying reasonable cause requests.
    3. If reasonable cause or any other penalty relief criteria is established, adjust the penalty amount. Notify the taxpayer of the new balance due, if any.

     

20.1.4.11.8.2  (09-10-1999)
Payment Information

  1. If the taxpayer claims the Service did not properly credit the account,
    1. review the cancelled check, bank data, or other information the taxpayer provided about the payment.
    2. Determine if the payment posted correctly to the account.

     

  2. If the deposit is not on the account, follow the functional procedures for tracing the payments.
  3. Proof of payment for EFTPS (See Rev. Proc. 97–33).
    1. For an ACH debit or credit entry, a statement prepared by the taxpayer’s financial institution showing a transfer (that is, a decrease to the taxpayer’s account balance) will be accepted as proof of payment if the statement: shows the amount and the date of the transfer; and identifies the US Government as the payee.
    2. For an ETA payment, taxpayers may request that their financial institution obtain a statement from the FRB that executed the transfer. This statement will be accepted as proof of payment if the statement: shows the amount and the date of the transfer; and identifies the US Government as the payee.
    3. For purposes of this section, statements prepared by a financial institution include statements prepared by a third party that is contractually obligated to prepare statements for the financial
      institution.

     

  4. If the payment has posted to the correct account after Master File generated the original penalty (TC 186), an automatic recomputation of the penalty occurs. Notify the taxpayer that the payment has been properly applied or that the payment was properly credited.
  5. If the payment posted to the correct account, after a manually assessed penalty (TC 180), recompute the penalty using the latest payment information.
  6. If a payment posted after the 15 percent rate is in effect, it may not be necessary to recompute the penalty.
  7. If the payment posted, but the transaction date does not agree with the information provided, refer to IRM 20.1.4.14.
  8. For information regarding the application of payments see IRM 20.1.4.

20.1.4.11.8.3  (09-10-1999)
Additional ROFT Information

  1. Taxpayers may submit revised ROFT liability breakdown information.
  2. A revised ROFT received may be a reply to CP 207 or Letter 313.
    1. Check TXMOD to determine if Master File issued a CP 207.
    2. Check ENMOD/TXMOD to see if a service center issued Letter 313C.
    3. If either was issued and the penalty has not been assessed, coordinate with the FTD Penalty Function.
    4. If neither CP 207 nor Letter 313C was issued, follow instructions in (3) and (4) below.

     

  3. Since taxpayers file their returns under "penalty of perjury" , taxpayer requests to revise or add return information must be resolved appropriately. Oral requests to change the dates or liability amounts on the ROFT are NOT accepted.
  4. Upon receipt of a properly signed request, recompute the penalty using the new ROFT information. See LEM 20.1.4.11.8.4.

20.1.4.11.8.4  (09-10-1999)
Amended or Supplemental Return

  1. When the taxpayer files an amended or supplemental return that results in a tax adjustment, recompute the penalty using the new tax information. Assumption: Tax return and ROFT are correct. Issue new first notice (CP210/220).
  2. If a FTD Penalty is not on the tax account, compute the penalty on the new total tax amount and assess the penalty, as applicable. DO NOT assess the FTD Penalty if there is a reasonable cause indicator on the account, as follows:
    • Computer Condition Code (CCC) "J" in the return record, or
    • Transaction Code (TC) 181/180 with RC 62 or a Penalty Reason Code (PRC).

     

  3. If the taxpayer files an amended return and does not provide a revised ROFT and
    1. the tax is being increased, use averaging and assess the penalty using the appropriate penalty computation code. DO NOT correspond for a revised ROFT. The Service includes a blank ROFT form with Notice 746.
    2. If the tax is being partially decreased, inform the taxpayer to submit a revised ROFT. Advise the taxpayer that a revised ROFT may provide information to reduce the FTD Penalty.

     

  4. Since we cannot accurately determine the penalty amount without ROFT information, adjust the penalty amount so that the total assessed FTD Penalty is not higher than 10 percent of the tax liability, 5 percent for periods 198912 through 199103. Don’t assess the additional 5% until the TP receives a new first notice.
  5. The above instructions apply also to amended returns received from IRC section 6020(b) or jeopardy assessments (Doc. Code 51).

20.1.4.11.9  (09-10-1999)
CAWR and FUTA

  1. Combined Annual Wage Reporting (CAWR) and Federal Unemployment Tax Adjustment (FUTA) cases are internally initiated adjustment cases. These Form 941 and 940 subsequent adjustment cases are worked similarly to amended returns for the respective forms.
  2. The FTD penalty may be assessed whether or not the adjustment is interest free. The Internal Revenue Code provides relief from interest under Section 6205, but not from the FTD penalty.
  3. See IRM 20.1.7, Information Returns, for CAWR Information Return Penalties.

20.1.4.11.9.1  (09-10-1999)
Computation of the FTD Penalty

  1. If a taxpayer responds to a CAWR notice and agrees with the increase to their taxable amount, or does not respond and we increase the taxable amount based on our information, assess the tax increase as well as an FTD penalty at 10 percent of the TC 290 amount using PCC 03 , and normal penalty considerations and adjustment procedures.
  2. Because the assessment results from reconciliations with SSA or information from individual states, a revised ROFT is not applicable. Even if submitted, the revised ROFT would have no penalty impact.
  3. The account will then be subject to normal procedures for monitoring for the possible assessment of the additional 5 percent fourth tier amount.
  4. At the expiration of the five cycles, if the taxpayer has not paid the full amount of the tax assessed in (1) above, the fourth tier of the FTD penalty applies. Assess (TC 180) an amount equal to 5% of the unpaid tax (the amount of the tax increase) and close the case.
  5. If the adjustment is for a tax decrease, check the account for a prior TC 186 assessment. If the account has a prior TC 186 or TC 180, input the TC 181 for 10 percent of the TC 291. The TC 181 cannot exceed the amount of previously assessed TC 18X.

20.1.4.12  (07-15-1998)
Computation of All FTD Penalties

  1. Master file computes the FTD penalty on original liability information only.
  2. When credits are transferred in or out or when a tax adjustment is entered, Master File will continue to compute the FTD penalty based on the original liability information. This can occur even if no penalty was charged on the original TC 150.
  3. To prevent an erroneous systemically generated TC 186, recompute the correct FTD penalty manually and post a restricted TC 18X even if there is no change to the penalty.

20.1.4.12.1  (07-15-1998)
Manual Adjustments

  1. CAUTION: Before adjusting or abating any FTD penalty, you must check for conditions that will prohibit you from taking action on the account. These conditions include, but are not limited to:
    1. The case has an open control base to another service center or district office.
    2. The case has a Large Case (LCI) or Coordinated Examination Case (CEP) indicator, or certain freeze conditions.
    3. The control history indicates recent taxpayer contact, pending transactions, or penalty waiver considerations by another area.

     

  2. Use CC REMRQ or BMFOLI to determine the account location. If the account is controlled to another area, you must coordinate with that area before adjusting or abating the penalty.
  3. When making an adjustment, if the account is not on the local database, remember to use CC MFREQ, C so your action will be immediately available if other remote sites are researching the same account.
  4. Although computer software is available for calculating penalties, you must still know how the penalty is computed.
  5. Effective January 1, 1993, command code BMFOL (Business Master Files On-Line) can be used to research FTD liability data before manual computation of FTD penalties. The BMFOL command code provides additional on-line IDRS research of master file tax account data. Several screens will be displayed based on the input definer code. See Part III, IDRS Terminal Responses, for a listing of screen displays.
  6. Review account transcripts (CFOL and IDRS, etc.) along with any documentation submitted by the taxpayer (appropriate liability breakdown form, copy of tax return, etc). If the information shows periodic liabilities were incorrectly entered on the account, recompute the penalty with the correct liability information.
  7. Check the Penalty Computation Codes (PCC) and Schedule Indicator Codes (SIC) on the taxpayer’s account. This may provide information on how the penalty was previously computed.
  8. Use CC FTDPN to both help determine how the penalty was computed and to determine the amount of adjusted penalty. Use Form 6844 to compute the penalty if IDRS is not available. If needed, request the penalty assessment document to determine the previous computation procedure.
  9. An PIFTD/FTDPN print or other documentation (e.g., a notation on the history sheet that the penalty was computed using FTDPN, when applicable) should be attached, with the other source documents, to each IDRS adjustment.
  10. To adjust the penalty, input TC 18X. See LEM 20.1.4.1.5.1.
  11. Notify the taxpayer of the action taken and the correct account balance.
  12. It is important to reconsider the FTD penalty whenever adjusting the tax amount. How does the change to tax affect the ROFT?
    1. A partial tax adjustment does not cause Master File to recompute the FTD penalty. A TC 18X must be input to address the FTD penalty.
    2. The presence of a TC 180/181 on the module will prevent, even a Total tax decrease, from posting. Unpostable Code 336, Reason Code 2 (UPC 336, RC 2) identifies these situations. These unpostables will be returned to the originator for reinput of the adjustment with the corresponding FTD penalty decrease (TC 181).
    3. Master File systemically inputs a TC 187, only when a complete tax decrease is input to a module which has no FTD restriction (TC180/181).

     

20.1.4.12.2  (07-15-1998)
Command Code FTDPN

  1. The command code FTDPN may be used on IDRS to compute the FTD penalty and will provide the taxpayer with an explanation of how the FTD penalty was computed.
  2. IDRS CC FTDPN can only be used on 941, 943 and 945 accounts to compute the FTD penalty.
  3. CC FTDPN can compute the penalty on the total tax for the quarter, averaged-over the three months of the quarter, or by using the actual liability breakdown.
  4. See Exhibit 20.1.4–15 for a summary of CC FTDPN capabilities with its various definers. Refer to IRM 2.3, IDRS Terminal Inquiries, for complete information on IDRS command codes.

20.1.4.12.3  (09-10-1999)
CP 568 FTD Penalty Notice

  1. CP 568 provides the taxpayer with written information involving inquiries on FTD issues and gives an explanation of the taxpayer’s account using both posted and pending transactions reflected on the taxpayer’s account.
  2. In order for a computation to be provided, the specific tax module must be on IDRS. The CP 568 is generated from CC FTDPN.
  3. FTDPN provides the option to issue a CP 568 at the end of each computation. It can consist of just text or be accompanied by a full or partial account transcript.
  4. You can review the CP 568 on line and make appropriate changes to the letter before issuance to the taxpayer. These notices must be 100 percent reviewed prior to issuance in order to prevent bad notices due to systemic or tax examiner error.
  5. See IRM 2.3 for more information.

20.1.4.12.4  (07-15-1998)
Form 6844

  1. The Form 6844, FTD Computation Worksheet, may be used as an aid to manually compute FTD penalty.

20.1.4.13  (07-15-1998)
Reserved

  1. (Reserved)

20.1.4.14  (09-10-1999)
Misdated Deposits

  1. A discrepancy may exist between the IRS transaction date of deposit, (TC 650 date) and the taxpayer’s claimed deposit date. This occurs when:
    1. The service center makes an error during FTD processing,
    2. the authorized depositary (bank or a financial institution) or Treasury’s Financial Agent (TFA) or Federal Reserve Bank (FRB) mishandles or misdates the deposit,
    3. a third party delays, mishandles or misdates the deposit, or
    4. the taxpayer uses an unauthorized depositary.

     

  2. To resolve the discrepancy, determine how it was caused. If necessary, secure and review the following items for FTD.
    • IRS microfilm/microfiche copy of the FTD,
    • IRS microfilm/microfiche copy of the Advice of Credit (AOC), and
    • front and back of taxpayer’s canceled check, bank statement or bank letter.

     

  3. For ACH CREDITS (EFTPS) secure and review the following:
    1. A statement prepared by their financial institution indicating (1) the date taxpayer notified the institution to make the deposit; (2) that sufficient funds were present to satisfy the deposit; (3) the amount and date of the transfer, and identifies the US Government as payee.
    2. The financial institution should also be able to provide a transaction trace number for the deposit. IRS uses this trace number to trace the payment.

     

  4. IMPORTANT—DO NOT abate an FTD Penalty for date discrepancies without securing the necessary documentation.
  5. DO NOT change the TC 650 date unless it is an IRS error. Even though it may be determined that it was not the taxpayer’s action that caused the deposit to be late, the audit trail reflecting the actual date the deposit was received needs to be maintained. Relieving the taxpayer of the late deposit penalty does not change the fact that the deposit was made late.

20.1.4.14.1  (09-10-1999)
Service Centers

  1. If the taxpayer’s receipt, bank letter, or canceled check agrees with the FTD date stamp (or encoded date), the AOC deposit date, and with the TC 650 transaction date, inform the taxpayer the transaction date is correct. Send a photocopy of the FTD coupon with your response.
  2. When it can be determined that the delay occurred because of the financial institution or the TFA, the taxpayer will be relieved of the portion of the penalty due to this delay.
  3. If the transaction date does not agree with the other information above, input a credit transfer to correct the transaction date. Do not prepare a Form 8646.
    1. No further action is required if Master File generated the FTD Penalty (TC 186) the credit transfer will entirely reverse the late deposit penalty. Master File will recompute the penalty amount using the corrected deposit dates.
    2. If the transfer would only partially adjust the penalty or if there are manually assessed penalties (TC 180/181) on the account, recompute the penalty using the new TC 650 transaction date. Make any necessary adjustments to the penalty amount.

     

20.1.4.14.1.1  (09-10-1999)
Authorized Depositaries

  1. To avoid deposit penalties employers must have made their required deposits through a Federal Reserve Bank (FRB), an authorized depositary (bank or financial institution), or electronically using one of Treasury’s Financial Agents (TFA). To determine if the taxpayer used an authorized depositary, check the following:
    • compare the check payee’s name (or issuer of the receipt),
    • date stamp name (on the FTD coupon), and
    • the Advice of Credit (AOC) name.

     

  2. If the names change anywhere between steps above, the taxpayer may have used an unauthorized depositary. See IRM 20.1.4.14.1.4.
  3. To determine if the check payee, is an authorized depositary, contact: The Interagency Coordinator (IAC) in the service center Accounting Branch or, consult the latest Commercial Bank Address File (CBAF).
  4. A taxpayer will receive a FTD penalty whether the deposit is timely made to an authorized depositary, or deposited electronically, if the depositary delays in forwarding the deposit to the Treasury. When it is determined that the delay occurred after being received by the authorized depositary or the TFA, the taxpayer is relieved of the portion of the penalty due to this delay.
    1. DO NOT prepare a credit transfer to change the date of the misdated deposit. Overlay the deposit date on deposit screen of FTDPN to determine what the penalty would have been if the deposit had not been delayed.
    2. Give the taxpayer credit for the date on the receipt or the date on the back of the cancelled check. (If both a bank receipt and cancelled check are provided, use the earlier date.)
    3. Adjust the deposit penalty using correct PRC in the fourth penalty reason code position. NOTE: This is not penalty relief due to reasonable cause.
    4. In the remarks section of the adjustment document identify the deposit that was misdated (transaction date and amount) and enter the date used to recompute the penalty.
    5. Do not abate the interest on these accounts.

     

  5. Prepare and process Form 8646 for referral to the Financial Management Service (FMS). Upon receipt of the Form 8646, FMS will initiate penalty action against the bank (authorized financial institution or TFA).
    1. The contact point for misdated payments and the location of the Forms 8646 Centralized File are determined by the service center. The Inter-Agency Coordinator (IAC) in Accounting Branch, the FTD Coordinator in Management Staff, the FTD Penalty Unit, or other service center location may be responsible for maintaining the centralized file and/or coordinating with Financial Management Service (FMS).
    2. The Form 8646, Checklist to Identify Delays in Processing Federal Tax Deposits, is a multi-use form used to document examples of cases concerning misdated FTD’s. Prepare one 8646 for each taxpayer. Multiple TLNs may be listed in the Transmittal Locator Number (TLN) box. If necessary, continue in the remarks section.
    3. Enter the employee number, date, and appropriate remarks, such as "authorized depositary-delay in forwarding of funds" in the remarks section.
    4. Route one copy with attachments to the coordinator in your service center.

     

  6. When Forms 8646 are received from the operational areas by an Inter-Agency Coordinator (IAC) in Accounting Branch, the FTD Coordinator in Management Staff, or the FTD Penalty Unit, the following items (at a minimum) must be reviewed:
    1. Timeliness of the Form 8646’s submission,
    2. Appropriateness of referral. FMS can only take action against banks (authorized financial institutions). Therefore, reject any cases resulting from service center processing errors or from mishandling by reporting agents.
    3. Clarity of the attachments. FMS supplies the photocopies to the depositary as "proof" of the infraction and as documentation for the penalty charge. Therefore, it is critical that the dates, etc., are legible. If the copies cannot be read, they cannot be used by FMS.

     

  7. Once a month, cases are forwarded to FMS by the Service Center contact. A transmittal memorandum is used to identify the number of cases being forwarded.
    1. Route the cases to: Financial Management Service, Financial Services Division, 401 14th Street, SW-Room 309–A, Washington, DC 20227.
    2. At the same time, forward a copy of the transmittal memo and a statement of the total amount of penalties abated to the Office of Penalty and Interest Administration, 1111 Constitution Avenue, NW, Washington, DC 20224, OP:EX:ST:P, Room 2413–IR.

     

  8. On occasion, the bank may submit payment for the amount of the FTD Penalty due on a taxpayer’s account because of the bank’s mishandling. Because the taxpayer has been relieved of the penalty and the bank will be penalized by FMS (not IRS). Follow the instructions in IRM Part III for preparing a manual refund in situations which require the issuance of a refund to a name or address other than the one on Master File.

20.1.4.14.1.2  (07-15-1998)
Third Party

  1. Third parties are those individuals or companies who make deposits and/or file returns for clients electronically, by magnetic tape, or by paper. This includes reporting agents, payroll processors or bulk processors. They receive approval to work with the Service by filing a Reporting Agents Authorization, Form 8655.
  2. However, this does not allow the third party to act as an "authorized depositary" for the Treasury.
  3. Whenever a deposit is made late, a penalty is due. If an authorized depositary (bank) or government financial agent has caused the delay, the taxpayer may be relieved of the FTD penalty because a penalty is assessed against the bank’s TT&L account. However, there are no penalties that either the IRS or FMS can assess against a reporting agent (third party) when they have delayed the submission of their client’s monies to authorized depositaries (because they do not have a TT&L account).
  4. Depending on the agreement the taxpayer/client has with the third parties, taxpayers may not have copies of canceled checks. However, their bank statements will show the date the third party withdrew funds from the taxpayer’s account.

20.1.4.14.1.3  (09-10-1999)
Third Party Mishandling

  1. When third parties submit FTDs, they are depositing funds withdrawn from the taxpayer’s account. These funds should then pass through the third party’s account to an authorized depositary. Therefore, the removal of funds from a taxpayer’s account:
    • Does not in and of itself constitute a tax deposit, and
    • the taxpayer remains liable for a deposit until funds have been placed in the control of either Treasury or its authorized depositary. This applies to paper, mag tape and Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) deposit systems.

     

  2. To determine whether or not a penalty is appropriate, the following comparisons are necessary: If the date on the bank statement differs from the Advice of Credit (AOC) and FTD dates (TC 650) on the IRS microfiche copies, then the third party timely transferred the funds from the taxpayer’s account, but did not timely transmit them to the authorized depositary as required. Consequently, the third party, not Treasury, had use of the taxpayer’s funds.
  3. In this instance:
    • the penalty is correct and should remain on the taxpayer’s account.
    • DO NOT CHANGE the TC 650 date or abate the FTD penalty.

     

  4. In addition, if the date on the bank statement and the date of the AOC differ, and the TC 650 and the date on the AOC also differ, then the bank has further delayed the submission of this money.
  5. Follow instructions above for resolving Misdated Deposits; Authorized Depositaries.
  6. Any remaining penalty would be based on the length of time the agent held the funds.
  7. Request for abatement should be closed on the appropriate adjustment document, using a TC 290 for zero, BS 98 or 99, with RC 62.
  8. This transaction indicates the denial of "a request for abatement of the FTD penalty because of a third party’s error or delay" .

20.1.4.14.1.4  (09-10-1999)
Unauthorized Depositaries

  1. When the taxpayer uses an unauthorized depositary, there may be a difference between the taxpayer’s payment date and the FTD transaction date. This is because the unauthorized depositary cashed the taxpayer’s check and then submitted its own payment to an authorized depositary.
  2. When this occurs, advise the taxpayer that they used an unauthorized depositary. Explain the penalty for using an unauthorized depositary and avoiding the FTD system. Advise the taxpayer to contact their area Federal Reserve Bank (FRB) to get a listing of local authorized financial institutions. If the taxpayer cannot locate a FRB, refer the taxpayer to the number listed.
    1. Taxpayer Service Toll-Free Number 1–800–829–1040.
    2. Telecommunications Device for the Deaf (TDD) 1–800–829–4059.

     

  3. The penalty may be waived if this is the first time the taxpayer used an unauthorized depositary.
    1. Review the taxpayer’s two prior tax modules and check the centralized file of Forms 8646 to determine if IRS previously contacted the taxpayer about the use of unauthorized depositaries.
    2. If this is the first time the taxpayer has used an unauthorized depositary, give the taxpayer credit for the deposit as of the date on the receipt or the date on the back of the cancelled check.
    3. If both a bank receipt and cancelled check are provided, use the earlier date.
    4. Prepare a credit transfer to correct the transaction codes from the subsequent payment (TC 670) to a deposit (TC 650).

     

  4. If we previously contacted the taxpayer about the use of unauthorized depositories, DO NOT abate the FTD Penalty. Follow procedures in (2) above.
  5. Whether or not this is the first time the taxpayer used an unauthorized depositary, prepare Form 8646.
    1. In this case the Form 8646 will not be sent to FMS but will be used (internally within the service center) to document that a particular taxpayer has used unauthorized depositories. Because taxpayers may use different banks to make their FTD’s, Forms 8646 are to be filed in TIN order.
    2. Prepare the Form 8646 and be sure to include the following: TIN and name control in the TLN box, "unauthorized depositary—taxpayer informed" , employee number and date in the remarks section.
    3. Route one copy of the completed Form 8646 to the centralized file area.
    4. Once a month, these forms should be summarized and the total number of abated penalties and the related dollar amount should be sent to the Office of Penalty and Interest Administration, OP:EX:ST:P, Room 2413–IR.

     

20.1.4.14.2  (07-15-1998)
FTD as Subsequent Payment

  1. Occasionally, financial institutions forward one check with the FTD coupons to cover the checks received from the taxpayers. When this occurs, the credit will show as a TC 670 on the taxpayer’s account.
    1. If there is a discrepancy between the IRS transaction date (TC 670) and the taxpayer’s claimed deposit date, review the canceled check and any other information the taxpayer provides.
    2. Determine if the check payee (or issuer of the receipt) is an authorized depositary.
    3. If the check was made to an authorized depositary, follow procedures in IRM 20.1.4.14.1.1, and compare the cancellation date on the back of the check with the IRS transaction date. If both agree, inform the taxpayer that the IRS received date is correct. Change the transaction code to TC 650. If the dates differ, input a credit transfer to change the transaction code to TC 650 and to change the transaction date to the cancellation date on the back of the check. Manually adjust the penalty only when there is a restriction (TC 180/181) on the account.

     

  2. Taxpayer’s deposits may be posted as a TC 670 because they did not use funds that could be considered "immediate credit items" . The bank may accept the check but will hold it the normal one or two days until it clears before forwarding the deposit. If the date of the FRB receipt (the date the check was presented) differs from the cancellation date (on the back of the check) do not change the TC 650 to the earlier date. The taxpayer had use of the funds until the date the check cleared.
  3. Payments will also post as TC 670 if the taxpayer attempts to make the deposit directly to a service center or a district office. This is an example of a payment which is avoiding the federal tax deposit system. Do not change the transaction code, but instruct the taxpayer in the proper way to make deposits.

20.1.4.15  (07-15-1998)
Taxpayer Contact Correspondence

  1. IRM 1(15)29, Correspondence Handbook is the central authority on guidelines for handling taxpayer correspondence. A copy of this IRM should be available to all employees.
  2. The IDRS Correspondex Letter System provides several letters and notices that Service Center employees may use to respond to taxpayers regarding FTD penalty issues. They include Letters 1206(C), 1446(C), and Notice CP 568.
  3. Beginning July 1995, the CP 568 replaced Letters 2782(c), 1447(c) or Quick Note to the taxpayer. The CP 568 has removed the limitations that the old FTD PINEX program had and provides:
    1. A correspondex type notice where the tax examiner can tailor a response to suit the taxpayer’s needs.
    2. A liability specific or a complete return period calculation breakdown of tax liabilities and FTD penalties on request.
    3. A complete summary of the taxpayer’s account in an easy to read format.
    4. A one day turn-around for getting these notices back from printing.
    5. Return of the letter to the initiating unit with A Requestor Action Sheet listing the liabilities and credits and text selections used by the tax examiner to prepare the letter.

     

  4. An FTDPN print may be sent as a Correspondex Letter attachment if the taxpayer has requested an explanation of an FTD penalty in addition to other information.

20.1.4.15.1  (09-10-1999)
Telephone Contact

  1. Whenever possible, resolve issues by telephone contact with the taxpayer or authorized representative.
    1. Verify that the person to whom you are speaking is authorized to discuss the return and tax period involved. Check Centralized Authorization File (CAF).
    2. Document the case history sheet with the date and time of conversation and the name of the person contacted.
    3. For more specific information and restrictions on the use of oral testimony, see LEM 20.1.1.3.

     

20.1.4.16  (09-10-1999)
FTD Penalty Relief

  1. Penalty relief determinations must be made on a case by case basis.
  2. The Service will not impose, or will abate a FTD penalty when the taxpayer establishes that due to specific penalty relief provisions, the penalty should not be imposed.
    1. Before assessment, recommend non-assertion of the penalty for deposit amounts when taxpayers provide documentation supporting their position. Reference the appropriate penalty reason code on the closing documentation.
    2. After assessment, abate the portion of the penalty related to the deposit for which the taxpayer has provided documentation supporting their position. Reference the appropriate penalty reason code on the adjustment document.

     

  3. A taxpayer’s statement, regarding the penalty relief criteria, must be about the specific payment or deposit on which the Service proposes or computes a penalty. If the dates or explanations do not correspond with the penalized deposit, the taxpayer has not established a valid reason to waive the penalty.
  4. Contact personnel should address the reason for the failure to deposit timely when securing or examining returns on which the penalty applies. Making this initial determination will prevent the need for subsequent abatements.
  5. Requests for non-assertion or abatement of FTD penalties may require approval by the manager.
  6. See LEM 20.1.1 for acceptance of oral testimony relating to reasonable cause and LEM 20.1.4.3 for First Time Exception Criteria.

20.1.4.16.1  (09-10-1999)
Reasonable Cause

  1. For general reasonable cause guidelines see IRM 20.1.1, Reasonable Cause and Exhibit 20.1.1–3, Penalty Abatement/Assertion Reason Code Chart.
  2. In the interest of effective tax administration and equity, the non-assertion or abatement of civil penalties based on reasonable cause must be made in a consistent manner and should conform to reasonable cause considerations specified in the Internal Revenue Code, Treasury Regulations, Policy Statements (P–2–7 and P–1–18), and IRM 20.1.

20.1.4.16.2  (09-10-1999)
Administrative Waivers

  1. In addition to those waivers identified in IRM 20.1.1, the Service also recognizes the impact of specific operational changes which may justify either not assessing or abating a penalty for a limited length of time. See Exhibit 20.1.4–19 for specific penalty relief provisions.
  2. Beginning January 1, 1995, some large business taxpayers were mandated to make their FTD payments electronically by using the Service’s EFT/TAXLINK System.
    1. Due to difficulties encountered by these taxpayers in complying with the mandate, the Commissioner granted a ONE-TIME WAIVER of penalties for mandated taxpayers who failed to make electronic/EFT (i.e., TAXLINK system) deposits.
    2. This one-time waiver for mandated taxpayers was effective from 01/01/1995 until 10/16/1995, the date the FTD Penalty Revenue Ruling was issued.
    3. For the one-time waiver, accounts will be processed as follows for the tax period 01/01/1995 through 10/16/ 1995: Abate all FTD (previously referred to as Avoidance) penalties on mandated taxpayers for failure to use the TAXLINK/EFT system; Use Penalty Reason Code 43 (Administrative Waiver); DO NOT use hold codes on these adjustments; allow the adjustment notices to be mailed.
    4. After 10/16/1995, review subsequent requests for abatement of FTD penalties on a case-by-case basis, using established Reasonable Cause Criteria.
    5. Penalties for late/insufficient deposits may still apply.

     

  3. Effective July 1, 1996, the Taxpayer Bill of Rights 2 (TBOR2) provides that the Secretary may waive the FTD penalties with respect to an inadvertent failure to deposit any employment tax if
    1. the depositing entity meets the net worth requirements applicable for the award of attorney’s fees;

      Note:

      For Individual — net worth does not exceed $2 million. For Corporations or Partnerships — net worth not exceeding $7 million

       

    2. the failure to deposit occurs during the first quarter that the depositing entity was required to deposit any employment tax; and
    3. the return for the employment tax was filed on or before the due date.

     

  4. TBOR2 also provides that the Secretary may abate any penalty for failure to make deposits for the first time if the taxpayer sends a deposit to the Secretary instead of to the required government depository. This provision has been in practice within IRS for at least ten (10) years.
  5. The Commissioner stated that the IRS will not impose any penalties on new depositors for failure to begin making deposits electronically through the Electronic Federal Tax Payment System (EFTPS) until after December 31, 1997. (Section 1809. 6-Month Delay of Electronic Fund Transfer Requirement, HR 3448, Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996). Original delay was for July 1, 1997, extended to December 31, 1997 for those taxpayers mandated to begin using EFTPS 1/1/1997 (7/1/1997). Additional waivers have been granted through 6/30/1999. These waivers do not apply to the former TAXLINK mandates (1995/1996) . See LEM 20.1.4–4 for detailed matrix.
  6. Notice 99–20, 1999–17 I.R.B. 16, dated April 26, 1999, waives the 10-percent Section 6656 penalty from July 1, 1999, through December 31, 1999, for any mandated taxpayer having $200,000 or less in aggregate federal depository taxes during calendar year 1998. The penalty waiver applies to any mandated taxpayer including those first required to deposit by electronic funds transfers (EFT) in 1995 and 1996. A timely deposit is still otherwise required.

20.1.4.16.3  (09-10-1999)
FTD Cascading Penalty Relief (Interim)

  1. Rev. Proc. 90–58, effective for deposit liability periods beginning after March 31, 1991, provides that deposits will be applied in date-made order against deposit liabilities in due-date order. (First-In First-Out) However, if a depositor inadvertently misses a deposit early in a return period but makes all succeeding deposits on a timely basis, the result can be multiple failure-to-deposit penalties.
  2. IRS published Notice 98–14, which provided an interim procedure that taxpayers could use to request abatement of the failure-to-deposit penalty imposed by IRC Section 6656 when the manner in which IRS applied deposits produced multiple failure-to-deposit penalties as a result of a single failure to deposit. This interim relief was effective for return periods beginning after December 31, 1997.
  3. The penalty notice asks the taxpayer to call the service center if they feel that additional penalties have been assessed as a result of a single missed or late deposit.
  4. Assistors will:
    1. Identify which single payment was missed or late. (NOTE: If the taxpayer has more than one missed or late deposit, this penalty relief measure does not apply.)
    2. Calculate the correct timely due date.
    3. Bring up FTDPN - credit screen
    4. Change payment date to a timely date.
    5. If the FTD computation is $.00 after the late or missing deposit is inserted, then it is a cascading penalty.
    6. For monthly depositors, the deposit will almost always be 16 days late. Assess a straight 10% FTD penalty for that single deposit. If the taxpayer is a semiweekly depositor, the FTD penalty may be 2%, 5% or 10%, as appropriate.
    7. Reduce the penalty amount, using PRC 66.

     

20.1.4.16.4  (09-10-1999)
Statutory Penalty Relief (RRA98)

  1. Failure-to-deposit penalty provisions of IRC 6656, as amended by Act Section 3304(a) of the IRS Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998 (RRA98), Public law No. 105–206, 112 Stat. 742 (1998), provided that a taxpayer may designate the application of its federal tax deposits for a particular return period in order to minimize the failure-to-deposit penalty under IRC Section 6656 with respect to deposits required to be made after January 18, 1999. Revenue Procedure 99–10 was issued to address this section of RRA ‘98. Exhibit 20.1.4–20 contains a copy of Rev. Proc. 99–10 along with examples of using the redesignated deposit rules (see Section 5).
    1. This procedure applies with respect to all taxes required to be deposited after January 18, 1999 that are reported on Forms 720, 940, 941, 943, 945, CT–1 and 1042.
    2. This permits a taxpayer receiving a penalty notice (with respect to any deposit of tax made for a specific tax period) to designate during the 90-day period beginning on the date of a penalty notice, the deposit period or periods to which a deposit of tax shall apply.
    3. The procedure is the same as 4.16.3 with the exception that the taxpayer may designate more than one deposit. If the taxpayer has multiple designations, they may already have used a computer program to work it out. If so, you may want to obtain a copy to assist in the recomputation.
    4. Reduce the penalty amount, using PRC 44.

     

  2. RRA98 Section 3304 (b) . Effective for deposits required to be made after January 18, 1999.
    1. The first deposit a taxpayer is required to make after changing the frequency of payroll deposits (e.g., monthly to semi-weekly; semi-weekly to next day deposit) and a penalty is assessed; the taxpayer is entitled to an abatement on the first deposit ONLY.
    2. The assistors need to research the account for a change in deposit patterns and question the taxpayer to confirm that the change in frequency of deposits caused the problem.
    3. PRC 44 is used for the penalty reduction/abatement.

     

20.1.4.17  (09-10-1999)
Penalty Appeals

  1. Refer to IRM 20.1.1 for procedures to follow when a taxpayer appeals a penalty assessment.
  2. Managers may review employee penalty determinations and are considered the first line of appeal, whenever an appeal is requested by a taxpayer.
  3. Refer to IRM 20.1.1 for duties required of employees holding the Service Center Penalty Appeals Coordinator position.

20.1.5.1  (08-20-1998)
Background

  1. This section covers the accuracy-related penalties under IRC section 6662 and the fraud penalty under IRC section 6663. Penalties applicable to returns due before January 1, 1990, were removed from this chapter.
  2. The Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1989 (OBRA 89) consolidated and renumbered the following penalty code sections:
    1. Negligence or disregard of the rules or regulations: from IRC section 6653(a) to 6662(b)(1) and 6662(c).
    2. Substantial understatement of income tax: from IRC section 6661 to 6662(b)(2) and 6662(d).
    3. Substantial valuation misstatement: from IRC section 6659 to 6662(b)(3) and 6662(e).
    4. Substantial overstatement of pension liability: from IRC section 6659A to 6662(b)(4) and 6662(f).
    5. Substantial estate or gift tax valuation understatement: from IRC section 6660 to 6662(b)(5) and 6662(g).

     

  3. The accuracy-related penalty rate is 20 percent of the underpayment attributable to any adjustments on the above.
  4. The penalty increases to 40 percent for above items (2)(c), (d) and (e) when there is a gross valuation misstatement as defined in IRC section 6662(h). (See IRM 20.1.5.9.4.)
  5. OBRA 89 changed the civil fraud penalty from IRC section 6653(b) to 6663. The penalty rate is 75 percent of the underpayment attributable to fraud.
  6. OBRA 89 added IRC section 6664 to provide definitions and special rules that apply to both the accuracy-related penalties and the civil fraud penalty.

20.1.5.2  (08-20-1998)
Common Features: Accuracy-Related and Civil Fraud Penalties

  1. All accuracy-related and civil fraud penalties are associated with the examination of a tax return. See Treas. Reg. 1.6662–2(a). Penalty review, abatement, and reconsideration follow guidelines established for the examination of the return.
  2. Special abatement procedures for TE/GE apply for those accuracy-related penalties assessed on NMF. These penalties relate to:
    1. Form 4720, Return of Certain Excise Taxes on Charities and Other Persons, under Chapters 41 and 24 of the Code, and
    2. Form 5330, Return of Initial Excise Taxes Related to Employee Benefit Plans.

     

  3. Claims for refund on assessed accuracy and civil fraud penalties are handled like other claims.
  4. Return Filing Requirement:The accuracy-related penalty and the civil fraud penalty apply when a return has been filed, either timely or late. The accuracy-related penalties under IRC section 6662 and the civil fraud penalty under IRC section 6663 cannot be asserted on a substitute-for-return filed under IRC section 6020(b). See IRC section 6664(b).
  5. Uniform Definition of Underpayment:IRC section 6664(a) provides a common definition of underpayment. The accuracy-related and civil fraud penalties are calculated only on the underpayment (or portion of the underpayment) of tax attributable to the misconduct or fraud, as applicable. See IRC sections 6662(a) and 6663(a).
  6. Coordination of Accuracy-Related and Civil Fraud Penalties:The accuracy-related and civil fraud penalties cannot be asserted on the same portion of the same underpayment. However, the accuracy-related penalty and the civil fraud penalty may be asserted on the same return when civil fraud applies to one portion of the underpayment and the accuracy-related penalty applies to another portion of the underpayment. See IRC section 6662(b).
  7. Interest:Under IRC section 6601(e)(2)(B) interest on civil fraud and accuracy-related penalties accrues from the due date of the return, including extensions.
  8. Deficiency Procedures Apply:Both penalties follow the guidelines for 30-day letters and statutory notices of deficiency.

20.1.5.2.1  (08-20-1998)
Allocation

  1. An allocation is only necessary when both the accuracy-related and the civil fraud penalty apply. When there are three return adjustments, for example, and one penalty applies to just one of the three, the underpayment is derived as follows:
    1. Calculate the underpayment for all adjustments.
    2. Calculate the underpayment using only the two adjustments for which there is no penalty.
    3. Subtract "2" from "1" .
    4. Apply the penalty rate times the amount derived in "3" above. This is the amount of the penalty.

     

  2. In allocating the portions of an underpayment for penalty assertion under IRC sections 6662 and 6663, follow the ordering rules of Treas. Reg. 1.6664–3:
    1. Those for which no penalties have been asserted.
    2. Those for which a penalty has been asserted at a 20 percent rate under IRC sections 6662(b)(1), (2), and (3).
    3. Those for which a penalty has been asserted at a 40 percent rate under IRC section 6662(h) for penalties defined in IRC section 6662(b)(3), (4), and (5).
    4. Those for which a penalty has been asserted at a 75 percent rate under IRC section 6663.

     

  3. See Exhibit 20.1.5–1 for an example calculation of the underpayment on a return with three adjustments—the first with no penalty, the second with the accuracy-related penalty attributable to a substantial understatement, and the third with the civil fraud penalty.
  4. Only one penalty rate applies to any portion of an underpayment. When two penalties could apply, the penalty at the higher rate is asserted. If two penalties at the same rate would apply, assert the penalty that is more comprehensively applicable and, in unagreed cases, include the other penalty in the report as an alternative position. The following illustrates the "no stacking" provision in Treas. Reg. 1.6662–2(c):
    1. If a portion of the underpayment of tax required to be shown on a return is attributable to both negligence and substantial understatement, the accuracy-related penalty would only apply once at the 20 percent rate to this portion of the underpayment. The examining agent should assert the penalty that is most strongly supported by the facts and circumstances and write up the other as an alternative position.
    2. The penalty is applied at the 40 percent rate on any portion of the underpayment attributable to a gross valuation misstatement. Any penalty at the 20 percent rate that could have applied to this portion is not asserted except as an alternative.
    3. A penalty is applied at the 75 percent rate on any portion of the underpayment attributable to civil fraud. Any penalty that could have applied to this portion at the 20 or 40 percent rate is not asserted.

     

  5. Any income tax withholding, estimated payments, or other payment made before a return was filed, that was not claimed on the return or previously allowed as a credit against the tax liability for the taxable year is allocated as follows:
    1. If the unclaimed prepayment credits allocable to a particular adjustment, e.g., withholding on unreported W–2 income, the credit is used to reduce the amount of the underpayment resulting from such adjustment. (See Treas. Reg. 1.6664–3(c)(1).)
    2. If the unclaimed prepayment credit is not allocable to a particular adjustment, the credit is applied in accordance with the ordering rules set forth in Treas. Reg. 1.6664–3(c). (See Treas. Reg. 1.6664–3(d) for examples illustrating the manner in which unclaimed prepayment credits are to be allocated.)

     

20.1.5.2.2  (08-20-1998)
Carrybacks and Carryovers

  1. The amount of an underpayment subject to IRC sections 6662 or 6663 will not be reduced by any carryback or carryover of a net operating loss (NOL), deduction, or credit. See Treas. Reg. 1.6662–3(d), 1.6662–4(c) and 1.6664–2(f).
  2. Example:
    1. A 1991 examination adjustment results in an underpayment of $3,000, which is subject to the accuracy-related penalty attributable to negligence.
    2. A $12,000 NOL carryback from 1992 to 1991 offsets the $3,000 underpayment for income tax purposes, but the $3,000 underpayment is still used in the calculation of the accuracy-related penalty for 1991: 20% × $3,000 = $600.

     

  3. The accuracy-related penalty applies to an underpayment for a year to which a loss, deduction or credit has been carried if the underpayment in the loss or credit year is penalized.
  4. Example:
    1. The taxpayer filed a 1993 return with an NOL of $45,000, twenty thousand dollars of the $45,000 for 1993 is carried forward to 1994.
    2. An examination of the 1993 return results in an adjustment of $60,000 due to the negligent omission of income. The $45,000 NOL is disallowed in full and there is an underpayment of $3,000 for 1993.
    3. The $20,000 amount carried over from 1993 to 1994 is disallowed. This produces a 1994 underpayment of $2,000. Because this is the result of an adjustment for which negligence applied in 1993, the penalty also applies to the 1994 underpayment.
    4. Note:If the NOL disallowance for 1993 did not result in an underpayment, but did create an underpayment for 1994 (due to the disallowed carryover from 1993), then the penalty would apply to 1994.

     

  5. When the penalty assertion requires a dollar threshold, (e.g., $5,000 for substantial understatements and valuation misstatements) this threshold must be met for each year in which the penalty will be asserted (including a carryback or carryover year).
  6. For special rules regarding carrybacks and carryovers in the area of transfer pricing, see Treas. Reg. 1.6662–6(e).
  7. IRC sections 6662 and 6663 apply to post-OBRA 89 returns due after December 31, 1989, determined without regard to extensions. Pre-OBRA 89 returns are those due before January 1, 1990 determined without regard to extensions. Post-OBRA 89 penalty rates are different from pre-OBRA 89 rates.
  8. Example:
    1. Penalty rates applicable to carrybacks from a post-OBRA year (e.g., 1991) to a pre-OBRA year (e.g., 1988) will be calculated at the post-OBRA 89 rates under IRC section 6662 for both years. (See Treas. Reg. 1.6662–3(d)(2).) Any dollar thresholds required for penalty assertion will also be determined by IRC section 6662 for both years.
    2. The regulations are silent on penalty rates applicable to carryforwards from a pre-OBRA return to a post-OBRA return. Contact Area Counsel on this issue before assertion.
    3. The transfer pricing penalty under IRC section 6662(e) applies to taxable years ending after November 5, 1990.

     

  9. In the case of carrybacks and carryovers, disclosure is only made with the return for the taxable year in which the carryback or carryover originates.

20.1.5.2.3  (08-20-1998)
Definitions

  1. Coordinated Examination Program: Rev. Proc. 94–69, 1994–2 C.B. 804, provides special rules for CEP taxpayers to meet the disclosure exception after receipt of audit notification.
  2. Corrected tax: The term corrected tax includes any statutory adjustments based on AGI.
  3. Example:
    • Medical, casualty loss, and miscellaneous deductions,
    • Changes to the tax as a result of the examination, or
    • Changes to any credit, prepayment credit, or refundable credit as a result of the examination. (This includes any prepayment credits that were paid for the year under examination but were not credited.)

     

  4. Pass-through entities: Generally, disclosure for items attributable to a pass-through entity should be made on Form 8275 or 8275–R, as appropriate, attached to the return (or qualified amended return) of the entity. A taxpayer (i.e., partner, shareholder, beneficiary or holder of a residual interest in a REMIC) also may make adequate disclosure by filing Form 8275 or 8275–R in duplicate, one copy attached to the taxpayer’s copy of the return and one attached to the return that is filed with the Service.
  5. Qualified amended return: Treas. Reg. 1.6664–2(c)(3). The taxpayer may make adequate disclosure on a qualified amended return, i.e., an amended return filed after the return is filed but before:
    1. The receipt of an audit notification letter,
    2. The receipt of a timely request for an administrative adjustment under IRC section 6227, or
    3. Contact concerning an activity described in IRC section 6700.

     

  6. Recurring items: Disclosure with respect to a recurring item, such as the basis of recovery property, must be made with each return on which the item is taken into account.
  7. Rebate: A rebate is the amount of an abatement credit, refund or other repayment, as was made on the basis that the tax imposed was less than the excess of the sum of:
    1. The amount shown as a tax by the taxpayer on the return, plus
    2. Amounts not so shown previously assessed, or
    3. Collected without assessment, as a deficiency over certain rebates previously made.
    4. NOTE: In calculating the amount of the understatement, adjustments to refundable credits or prepayment credits for withholding or estimated tax are not included. See Treas. Reg. 1.6664–2(e) and 1.6662–4(b)(5).

     

  8. Tax per return: Tax per the return includes:
    • Service center math error corrections,
    • Changes made by a qualified amended return posted to the account as a creditor debit (see Treas. Reg. 1.6664–2(c)(3) and IRM 20.1.5.2.3, and
    • Any amounts not shown on the return but previously assessed or collected without assessment (e.g., in jeopardy assessments). See Treas. Reg. 1.6664–2(a)(1)(ii).

     

  9. Underpayment: See Treas. Reg. 1.6664–2. An underpayment is defined as the amount by which any income tax imposed, exceeds the excess of:
    1. The sum of the amount shown on the return, plus
    2. Amounts not so shown that were previously assessed (or collected without assessment), over
    3. The amount of rebates made.
    4. Note: In calculating the amount of the underpayment, adjustments to refundable credits or prepayment credits for withholding or estimated tax are included.

     

  10. Understatement: The amount of the understatement determines if the condition is met to assert the penalty. An understatement is the excess of the amount of:
    1. The tax required to be shown on the return, over
    2. The amount of tax imposed which is shown on the return, reduced by any rebate. See Treas. Reg. 1.6662–4(b)(2).

     

20.1.5.3  (08-20-1998)
Examination Penalty Assertion

  1. The examiner is responsible for the assertion of the accuracy-related penalty. The term "examiner" includes revenue agents, auditors, examiners, and officers who are auditing income tax returns, employment tax returns, employee plans, exempt organizations and related tax returns.
  2. Penalty considerations are to be addressed in all examinations and workpapers should be prepared under the following guidelines:
    1. For examination adjustments that clearly do not involve penalties, a brief comment to that effect is sufficient.
    2. When adjustments would appear to warrant the penalty, but it is not asserted, the applicable exceptions to the penalty will be elaborated in the workpapers.
    3. On agreed examinations, the assertion of the penalty is documented in the workpapers and fully explained in the report.
    4. When the penalty is asserted on unagreed cases, the Service position must be fully developed and documented, including the applicability of any exceptions.
    5. Note: The above guidelines do not apply to returns examined under the Coordinated Examination Program.

     

  3. Form 3198, Special Handling Notice, is attached to all cases when the accuracy-related penalty is asserted.
  4. Examiners will identify the adjustments related to each penalty in the report, and identify each one separately by Code section and amount.
  5. In proposing the penalty to the taxpayer or taxpayer’s representative, the examiner will:
    1. Elaborate all the reasons why the penalty assertion appears appropriate, and
    2. Consider and document any possible exceptions to the penalty provided by the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s representative whether or not they are accepted.

     

  6. When more than one component of the accuracy-related penalty may apply to the same portion of an underpayment (e.g., negligence and substantial understatement):
    1. On agreed cases: the Service will assert the penalty with the strongest position.
    2. On unagreed cases: the Service will assert the penalty with the strongest position, but also will calculate and explain any alternative position(s) on Form 886–A, Explanation of Items, attached to the report. Alternative positions will also be included in the statutory notice of deficiency.

     

20.1.5.4  (08-20-1998)
Underreporter Penalty Assertion

  1. The accuracy-related penalty is CP–2501, initial query letter. The examining officer will make a penalty determination based on the taxpayer’s response. In the absence of a response, the determination will be made on the basis of return information and the significance of the amounts omitted.
  2. Notices and reports will fully identify the Code sections and the amounts for penalties asserted.
  3. All penalty determinations involving a reasonable cause exception will be documented in the workpapers. This will be done by identification on the Underreporter case analysis screen and will remain with the case file.
  4. In unagreed cases, the Service will provide the taxpayer or representative with a complete explanation of the penalty.

20.1.5.5  (08-20-1998)
Penalty Assessment

  1. The examiner will compute the penalty for the processing function (e.g. Case Processing Support, CSU, or TE/GE–SP). Form 3198, Special Handling Notice, will be used to indicate the penalty assertion.
  2. Input the accuracy-related penalty using Reference Number 680 for the following:
    • 6662(e), Substantial Valuation Misstatement,
    • 6662(f), Substantial Overstatement of Pension Liabilities, and
    • 6662(h), Gross Valuation Misstatement.

     

  3. Input the accuracy-related penalty with Reference Number 680. Master File will compute interest on this penalty from the due date or extended due date of the return (whichever is later) to the earlier of:
    1. The date of payment,
    2. Waiver date plus 30 days, or
    3. 23C date of assessment.

     

20.1.5.6  (08-20-1998)
Penalty Relief

  1. General penalty relief is discussed in IRM 20.1.1, Penalty Relief. Exceptions specific to each of the accuracy-related penalties and the civil fraud penalty are discussed in their respective chapters.

20.1.5.6.1  (08-20-1998)
Reasonable Cause

  1. No accuracy-related penalty is imposed if it is shown that the taxpayer had reasonable cause and that the taxpayer acted in good faith for the position taken. The reasonable cause provision in IRC section 6664(c) applies to all of the accuracy-related components.
  2. IRM 20.1.1. and Treas. Reg. 1.6664–4 contain additional information and examples. The reasonable cause exception will be determined on a case-by-case basis taking into account all the pertinent facts and circumstances. Generally, the most important factor is the taxpayer’s effort to assess the proper tax liability. The credibility of the taxpayer’s reasons for not determining the proper tax liability should be evaluated.
  3. Treas. Reg. 1.6664–4T(f) provides guidelines for applying the reasonable cause and good faith exception to IRC section 6662(e) penalties for transactions between persons described in IRC section 482 and net IRC section 482 transfer pricing adjustments. For specific reasonable cause criteria on transfer pricing adjustments, see IRM 20.1.5.9.7.1.

20.1.5.6.2  (08-20-1998)
Reliance on Advice

  1. Reliance on advice as defined by Treas. Reg. 1.6664–4(c) may satisfy the reasonable cause exception of IRC section 6664(c):
  2. "Advice" is defined as any communication, including the opinion of a professional tax advisor, setting forth an analysis or conclusion by a person other than the taxpayer and on which the taxpayer relied in preparing the return. Advice does not have to be in any particular form.
  3. Under Treas. Reg. 1.6664–4(c)(1), taxpayers may meet the reasonable cause exception if they reasonably relied on advice that was based upon:
    1. Reasonable factual or legal assumptions,
    2. All pertinent facts and circumstances, and
    3. The law as it relates to the facts and circumstances.

     

  4. Having met the above requirements, the exception will still not apply unless, with respect to all the pertinent facts and circumstances, there was reasonable reliance on the advice in good faith.
  5. Whenever the taxpayer has met the advice standard as an exception to the penalty, the preparer’s conduct becomes an issue. The preparer should be contacted to determine the applicability of IRC section 6694.
  6. Treas. Reg. 1.6664–4T(f) provides guidelines for applying the reasonable cause and good faith exception to IRC section 6662(e) penalties for transactions between persons described in IRC section 482 and net IRC section 482 transfer pricing adjustments. For specific reasonable cause criteria relating transfer pricing adjustments, see IRM 20.1.5.9.7.1.

20.1.5.7  (08-20-1998)
IRC section 6662(b)(1): Negligence or Disregard of Rules and Regulations

  1. OBRA 89 redesignated the negligence penalty from IRC section 6653(a) to 6662(b)(1). IRC section 6662(b)(1) applies to returns due after December 31, 1989 (without regard to extensions).
  2. The amount of the penalty is 20 percent of the underpayment attributable to negligence or disregard of rules or regulations.

20.1.5.7.1  (08-20-1998)
Negligence Penalty Assertion

  1. Negligence includes any failure to make a reasonable attempt to comply with the provisions of the tax law, exercise ordinary and reasonable care in tax return preparation, or keep adequate books and records. (See Treas. Reg. 1.6662–3(b).)
  2. The regulations also provide that negligence is strongly indicated when a taxpayer fails to report income shown on an information return, fails to make a reasonable inquiry into the correctness of a deduction, credit, or exclusion on a tax return that seems "too good to be true," or when the returns of partners or S corporation shareholders are clearly inconsistent with the tax returns of their respective entities.
  3. Some indications of negligence follow:
    • Unreported or understated income,
    • Deductions or credits significantly overstated,
    • Careless, improper, or exaggerated deductions,
    • Misrepresenting or miscategorizing deductions in such a manner as to conceal the true nature of the deduction,
    • Unexplainable items,
    • Inadequate books and records,
    • Cooperative state programs and state reports showing a negligence penalty (taking into account other factors and not relying entirely on the findings of another taxing agency),
    • Substantial errors on an issue that had been adjusted in a prior year,
    • Giving the preparer incorrect or incomplete information to prepare the returns.

     

20.1.5.7.2  (08-20-1998)
Disregard of Rules and Regulations

  1. Disregard of rules or regulations related to the taxpayer’s failure to follow the appropriate law in completing the return, and reflects a disregard of the Code, temporary or final regulations, notices, or revenue rulings (other than notices of proposed rule making). The term "disregard" includes careless, reckless, or intentional disregard.
    1. Disregard is "careless" if the taxpayer does not exercise reasonable care to determine the correctness of a tax return.
    2. Disregard is "reckless" if the taxpayer makes little or no effort to determine if a rule or regulation exists, under circumstances demonstrating a substantial deviation from a reasonable standard of conduct.
    3. Disregard is "intentional" if the taxpayer knows of a rule or regulation and ignores that rule or regulation.

     

  2. A taxpayer who takes a position contrary to a revenue ruling or notice has not disregarded the ruling or notice if the position has a realistic possibility of being sustained on its merits.

20.1.5.7.3  (08-20-1998)
Coordination with Civil Fraud Penalty

  1. For the assertion of the civil fraud penalty and how it relates to the assertion of the accuracy-related penalty attributable to negligence or intentional disregard of the rules or regulations see IRM 20.1.5.2.

20.1.5.7.4  (08-20-1998)
Substitute-for-
Return, Delinquent Returns, and "No Show" Cases

  1. The accuracy-related and civil fraud penalties can only be applied to a return that has been filed by the taxpayer. See IRC section 6664(b).
  2. The accuracy-related and civil fraud penalties cannot be applied to a substitute-for-return under IRC section 6020(b). However, these penalties can be asserted on a secured delinquent return, i.e., a return obtained after the taxpayer has been contacted by the IRS. Examiners cannot apply the accuracy-related penalties to a delinquent return after an assessment (TC 290/300) is made under substitute-for-return
    procedures.
  3. The accuracy-related penalty attributable to negligence will not be asserted solely for filing a return late.
  4. The accuracy-related penalty attributable to negligence will not be asserted solely due to the taxpayer’s failure to appear for an audit or respond to an inquiry or notice. However, the facts and circumstances from the return and the case file may warrant assertion of the accuracy-related penalty attributable to negligence.
  5. Example:
    1. An IRP document shows the taxpayer received $5,000 of interest income. The tax return reflects AGI of $40,000 but no interest income. The taxpayer does not appear for the examination. The accuracy-related penalty attributable to negligence should be asserted based on the information on the return and in the case file.
    2. The 1991 and 1992 examinations disallowed the auto expense deduction because the costs were commuting expenses. The 1993 return was filed and secured after these examinations and the taxpayer claimed the same deduction for commuting expenses. The taxpayer did not appear for the office appointment. Based on the prior year’s disallowed deduction, and the taxpayer’s knowledge of the nondeductible expense, the accuracy-related penalty attributable to negligence would be asserted on the 1993 return.

     

20.1.5.7.5  (08-20-1998)
Penalty Assessment

  1. The examining officer will compute the accuracy-related penalty attributable to negligence for the processing function (Case Processing Support, CSU, or TE/GE–SP). Form 3198, Special Handling Notice, will be used to indicate the penalty assertion.
  2. TC 350 will be used to enter the total penalty on Form 5403 or Form 5344, Examination Closing Record. Forms 5599 or 5650 are used for TE/GE cases.

20.1.5.7.6  (08-20-1998)
Penalty Relief

  1. Reasonable Cause. The penalty does not apply if the taxpayer has reasonable cause and acted in good faith, i.e., if an error was due to an honest misunderstanding of the facts or the law and the taxpayer took reasonable steps to comply with the law. (See IRM 20.1.1)
  2. Adequate Disclosure. Disclosure is adequate if:
    1. It is made with the return, or on a qualified amended return, and
    2. Unless otherwise prescribed by the Commissioner, a completed Form 8275, Disclosure Statement, is filed with the original return or qualified amended return. Form 8275–R, Regulations Disclosure Statement, is necessary for disclosing a position contrary to a regulation.
    3. Treas. Regs. 1.6662–3(c), 1.6662–4(e) and (f) define adequate methods of disclosure for returns due after December 31, 1991, the effective date of the regulations.
    4. See IRM 20.1.5.3 for the definition of a qualified amended return.

     

  3. When disclosure is not adequate. The exception for adequate disclosure will not apply if:
    1. The item on the return is attributable to a tax shelter,
    2. The taxpayer has not kept adequate books and records, or fails to substantiate items on the return,
    3. For returns due (without regard to extension) before January 1, 1994, the item or position on the return is frivolous (i.e., patently improper), or
    4. For returns due (without regard to extension) after December 31, 1993, the item or position on the return does not have a reasonable basis. (Applies to disregard of rules and regulations only.)
    5. See IRM 20.1.5.6.

     

  4. Adequate Disclosure Determination. The applicability of the disclosure exception is determined for each item or group of similar items separately. When the adequate disclosure exception is met (except in the case of a tax shelter), the tax attributable to the disclosed item is not included in the calculation of the underpayment for penalty purposes. (For disclosure with respect to recurring items (e.g., basis in recovery property), carrybacks and carryovers, pass-through entities, and CEP examinations see IRM 20.1.5.2.)
  5. Negligence and Adequate Disclosure:
    1. For returns due after December 31, 1989 and before January 1, 1994 the adequate disclosure exception does not apply if the item is frivolous. See Notice 90–20, 1990–1 C.B. 328.
    2. For returns due after December 31, 1993, adequate disclosure does not apply. Whenever the taxpayer has a reasonable basis for an item or position taken, negligence by definition does not apply. See IRM 20.1.5.8.4.

     

  6. Disregard of Rules or Regulations and Adequate Disclosure:
    1. Adequate disclosure is an exception to the penalty attributable to disregard of rules or regulations. Since the penalty attributable to negligence (for returns due after December 31, 1993) is not subject to a disclosure exception, the distinction between negligence and disregard of rules and regulations will sometimes have to be made.
    2. The penalties attributable to negligence and disregard of rules or regulations often overlap, seem to apply equally to any given case, and are often difficult to distinguish. (See Treas. Reg. 1.6662–3(b)(1) and (2) for the definitions of negligence and disregard.)
    3. For returns due after December 31, 1991 (without regard to extensions) and before January 1, 1994, the disclosure exception is met for disregard of rules or regulations only when the required form is filed by the taxpayer (Form 8275 or 8275–R), and the item or position on the return has a realistic possibility of being sustained on its merits. See IRM 20.1.5.8.
    4. For returns due after December 31, 1993 (without regard to extensions), the disclosure exception is available if the position taken on the return has a reasonable basis.
    5. The penalty for disregard usually applies if an item on the return is contrary to the Internal Revenue Code, temporary or final regulations issued under the Internal Revenue Code, or a revenue ruling or notice (other than notices of proposed rule making) published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin. However, the penalty does not apply to a position contrary to a revenue ruling or notice if the item has a realistic possibility of being sustained on its merits.

     

20.1.5.8  (08-20-1998)
IRC Section 6662(d): Substantial Understatement

  1. OBRA 89 repealed IRC section 6661, Substantial Understatement of Liability, and replaced it with the accuracy-related penalties in IRC section 6662(d).
  2. The penalty is 20 percent of the underpayment of income tax when there is a substantial understatement of income tax. An understatement is substantial when it exceeds the greater of 10 percent of the tax required to be shown on the return for a taxable year, or $5,000 ($10,000 for C-corporations).

20.1.5.8.1  (08-20-1998)
Penalty Assertion

  1. The penalty can only be asserted when the understatement is substantial, i.e., when it exceeds the greater of 10 percent of the tax required to be shown on the return, or $5,000 ($10,000 for C corporations).
  2. When the understatement is substantial but the penalty is not asserted, the examiner should explain the applicable exceptions in the case file.
  3. Preparer penalties under IRC section 6694 must be considered and documented for all substantial understatement penalty cases.
  4. Whenever the penalty is not asserted because the taxpayer has met the "advice" standard under the reasonable cause exception, contact with the preparer is mandatory before the case is closed from the group. Disclosure guidelines are not jepoardized in this context.
  5. Examiners will identify the penalty attributable to each adjustment in the report, and explain each penalty by Code section and amount.
  6. When the accuracy-related penalty attributable to a substantial understatement of income tax is not asserted due to the assertion of negligence or disregard of the rules or regulations, any unagreed report will include the substantial understatement as an alternative position.
  7. The penalty cannot be asserted on a substitute-for-return under IRC section 6020(b). A return must have been filed (timely or delinquent) for the examiner to assert the penalty.
  8. The penalty can be asserted on "no show" cases when:
    1. The understatement is substantial,
    2. The return on its face is patently suspect, and
    3. The taxpayer would not appear to meet any exceptions.

     

20.1.5.8.2  (08-20-1998)
Penalty Calculation

  1. For the definition, allocation and calculation of the underpayment see IRM 20.1.5.2.3.
  2. To determine the correct penalty:
    1. Calculate the understatement.
    2. Establish that the understatement exceeds the greater of $5,000 ($10,000 for C corporations) or 10 percent of the tax required to be shown on the return.
    3. Consider exceptions to the penalty.
    4. If any exceptions apply, recalculate the understatement without including the tax on the adjustments not subject to the penalty. Determine if the requirements are still met for penalty assertion.
    5. Consider adjustments to prepayment and refundable credits and establish the underpayment.
    6. Apply the penalty rate to the underpayment.

     

  3. For example calculations see Exhibits 20.1.5–2 and 20.1.5–3.

20.1.5.8.3  (08-20-1998)
Penalty Assessment

  1. To assess or abate penalties imposed under this code section, complete code and edit Forms 5344, 5403, 5599 or 5650 in the normal manner with the following exceptions:
    1. Do not enter either Transaction Codes (TC) 240/241 or the penalty amount;
    2. Enter the reference number and the penalty amount (TC 240/241 will automatically be generated to the Master File).

     

  2. When a manual computation of interest on the penalty is required, see established procedures.

20.1.5.8.4  (08-20-1998)
Penalty Relief

  1. Before asserting the substantial understatement penalty, exceptions to the penalty must be considered.

20.1.5.8.4.1  (08-20-1998)
Substantial Authority Exception

  1. The penalty under IRC section 6662(d) will not be asserted if there is substantial authority for the tax treatment of an item or return position. When the taxpayer’s authority for the item or return position is substantial with respect to the authority against it, the penalty will not be asserted. Authorities relevant to both sides of the tax treatment of an item are taken into account.
  2. Substantial authority is an objective standard involving an analysis and application of the law to the relevant facts. It is not determined with reference to what the taxpayer actually believed to be the correct treatment of the item. Every item must be separately evaluated to determine whether there is substantial authority for the tax treatment of an item.
    1. The substantial authority standard is less rigid than the "more likely than not" standard. The "more likely than not" standard is met when there is more than a 50 percent likelihood that the position would be sustained.
    2. The substantial authority standard is more rigid than the reasonable basis standard. The reasonable basis standard has not been defined by regulation, but per the committee reports associated with section 13251 of the Uruguay Round Agreement Act, P.L. 103–465 dated December 8, 1994, is the same standard that precludes the assertion of the penalty for negligence and disregard of rules and regulations. A position having a reasonable basis is a position that is arguable but fairly unlikely to prevail in court.
    3. Therefore, the substantial authority exception can be met when the taxpayer has less than a 50 percent, but more than a one-in-three likelihood of being sustained on the issue.

     

  3. "Authority" under Treas. Reg. 1.6662–4(d)(3)(iii) is established by reference to:
    1. The Internal Revenue Code and other statutory provisions;
    2. Proposed, temporary and final regulations;
    3. Revenue rulings and revenue procedures;
    4. Tax treaties, the regulations thereunder, and Treasury Department and other official explanations of such treaties;
    5. Court cases;
    6. Congressional intent as reflected in committee reports, joint explanatory statements of managers included in conference committee reports, and floor statement made prior to enactment by one of a bill’s managers;
    7. General Explanations of tax legislation prepared by the Joint Committee on Taxation (the "Blue Book" );
    8. Private letter rulings and technical advice memoranda issued after October 31, 1976;
    9. Actions on decisions and general counsel memoranda issued after March 12, 1981 (as well as general counsel memoranda published in pre-1955 volumes of the Cumulative Bulletin);
    10. IRS information releases and press releases;
    11. Notices, announcements and other administrative pronouncements published by the Service in the Internal Revenue Bulletin.

     

  4. Taxpayers automatically meet the substantial authority standard if:
    1. They have been named in a technical advice memorandum,
    2. Have been issued an area director’s determination letter,
    3. Have been issued a private letter ruling, or
    4. Received a revenue agent’s report for a prior taxable year with an affirmative statement on the same item.

     

  5. Taxpayers do not automatically meet the substantial authority standard if a private letter ruling is revoked or is inconsistent with:
    1. Subsequent proposed regulations
    2. Subsequent revenue rulings, or
    3. Other administrative pronouncements published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin.
    4. See Treas. Reg. 1.6662–4(d)(3)(ii).

     

  6. The term "authority" does not include treatises, legal periodicals, legal opinions or opinions rendered by other tax professionals.
  7. An authority does not continue to be an authority if it is overruled or modified, implicitly or explicitly, by a body having the power to overrule or modify an earlier authority such as a U.S. Court of Appeals overruling a district court which originally issued the authority used by the taxpayer.
  8. A Tax Court opinion is not considered to be overruled or modified by a court of appeals to which a taxpayer does not have a right of appeal, unless the Tax Court adopts the holding of the court of appeals.
  9. Substantial authority is determined as of the date of filing or the last day of the taxable year. (See Treas. Reg. 1.6662–4(d)(3)(iv)(C).)
  10. For determining the weight of various "authorities" see Treas. Regs. 1.6662–4(d)(3)(ii).

20.1.5.8.4.2  (08-20-1998)
Adequate Disclosure Exception

  1. When the adequate disclosure exception is met, the tax attributable to the disclose item or return position is not included in the calculation of the understatement for penalty purposes.
  2. Generally, the accuracy-related penalty attributable to substantial understatement will not be asserted on the underpayment attributable to an item that is adequately disclosed. However, even when the item is adequately disclosed the penalty will still be asserted if:
    1. For returns due after January 31, 1991, but before January 1, 1994—the disclosed item is frivolous, i.e., patently improper (see former Treas. Regs. 1.6662–3(b)(3)),
    2. For returns due after December 31, 1993—the disclosed item does not meet the reasonable basis standard,
    3. The taxpayer failed to keep adequate books and records or failed to substantiate the disclosed item, or
    4. The item is attributable to a tax shelter as defined in IRC section 6662(d)(2)(C)(iii) and Treas. Reg. 1.6662–4(g)(2).

     

  3. Disclosure is adequate if it is made in a statement attached to a return, i.e., Form 8275, Disclosure Statement, or Form 8275–R, Regulation Disclosure Statement.
    1. Disclosure is considered adequate for tax return line item entries identified in and disclosed according to the annual revenue procedure that applies for the year of the return.
    2. If the revenue procedure does not expressly provide that disclosure of an item on the return is sufficient, disclosure should be made on Form 8275.

     

  4. The definition of adequate disclosure provided by the following revenue procedures only pertains to the accuracy-related penalty attributable to a substantial understatement.
    1. For 1990 returns, see Rev. Proc. 91–19, 1991–1 C.B. 523.
    2. For 1991 returns see Rev. Proc. 92–23, 1992–1 C.B. 737.
    3. For 1992 returns see Rev. Proc. 93–33, 1993–2 C.B. 470.
    4. For 1993 returns see Rev. Proc. 94–36, 1994–1 C.B. 682.
    5. For 1994 returns see Rev. Proc. 94–74, 1994–2 C.B. 823.
    6. For 1995 returns see Rev. Proc. 95–55, 1995–52 I.R.B. 34.
    7. For 1996 returns see Rev. Proc. 96–58, 1996–53 I.R.B. 16.
    8. For CEP returns see Rev. Proc. 94–69, 1994–2 C.B. 804.
    9. After 1996, it is necessary to review the annual revenue procedure published by the Service for the applicable tax year.

     

  5. Courts have also held that a disclosure statement is adequate if it reasonably apprises the Service of the nature and amount of the potential controversy. This statement should include the following:
    1. A caption identifying the statement as a disclosure under IRC section 6662,
    2. An identification of the item with respect to which the disclosure is made,
    3. The amount of the item, and
    4. The facts affecting the tax treatment of the item sufficient to apprise the Service of the nature of the potential controversy.
    5. Note: If the disclosure statement fails to include all of the above, misrepresents the facts, or is too general to reasonably apprise the Service of the potential controversy, the disclosure exception does not apply.
    6. See Schirmer v. Commissioner, 89 T.C. 277, 285–86 (1977); Dibsy v. Commissioner, T.C. Memo. 1995–477.

     

  6. Treas. Regs. 1.6662–3(c), 1.6662–4(e) and (f) define adequate methods of disclosure. These provisions are effective for returns due after December 31, 1991, the effective date of the regulations.
  7. For returns due after December 31, 1989, and before January 1, 1992, the provision for qualifying disclosures is found in Notice 90–20, 1990–1 C.B. 328, which allows the disclosure to be made on the return (in a special manner) or on Form 8275.

20.1.5.8.4.3  (08-20-1998)
Exceptions for Tax Shelter Items

  1. The term "tax shelter" is defined in IRC section 6662(d)(2)(C) and Treas. Regs. 1.6662–4(g)(2) as an arrangement, plan, or other entity (such as a corporation, partnership or trust), that has as its principal purpose the avoidance or evasion of federal income tax.
  2. The term "tax shelter item" is defined in Treas. Reg. 1.6662–4(g)(3) as an item of income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit that is directly or indirectly attributable to the principal purpose of a tax shelter to avoid or evade federal income tax.

20.1.5.8.4.3.1  (08-20-1998)
Non-Corporate Tax Shelter Items

  1. The portion of an understatement attributable to a tax shelter item of a non-corporate taxpayer will not be considered for assertion of the penalty when:
    1. There is substantial authority for the treatment of the item, and
    2. The taxpayer reasonably believed that the tax treatment of the item was more likely than not the proper treatment. See IRC section 6662(d)(2)(C)(i)(i).

     

  2. The reasonable belief standard is met if:
    1. The taxpayer analyzed pertinent facts and relevant authorities to conclude in good faith that there would be a greater than 50 percent likelihood that the tax treatment of the item would be upheld if challenged by the IRS; or
    2. the taxpayer reasonably relied in good faith on the opinion of a professional tax advisor who analyzed all the pertinent facts and authorities, and who unambiguously states that there is a greater than 50 percent likelihood that the tax treatment of the item will be upheld if challenged by the IRS.

     

  3. Non-corporate pass-through entities: If the entity satisfies the reasonable belief requirement, the taxpayer is deemed to have also met the requirement.
  4. The general exception for reasonable cause and good faith in IRC section 6664(c) will also be considered, if, for example, there is an honest misunderstanding of fact or law that is reasonable in light of all facts and circumstances.

20.1.5.8.4.3.2  (08-20-1998)
Corporate Tax Shelter Items

  1. For tax shelter items of corporate taxpayers relating to transactions occurring on or before December 8, 1994, the exceptions for non-corporate taxpayers also apply. See IRM 20.1.5.8.4.3.1.
  2. To more effectively deter corporate tax shelter transactions, the Uruguay Round Agreements Act, P.L. No. 103–465, 1994 U.S.C.C.A.N. (108 Stat.) 4809, 5011 of December 9, 1994, eliminated the exception to the accuracy-related penalty attributable to a substantial understatement for which the taxpayer had substantial authority and a reasonable belief that its treatment was more likely than not the proper treatment as it applied to corporations.
  3. For corporate tax shelter items relating to transactions occurring after December 8, 1994, the taxpayer may meet the reasonable cause exception in IRC section 6664(c) by establishing legal justification. Legal justification, as defined in Treas. Reg. 1–6664–4(e), includes any justification under the federal tax law for the treatment or characterization of the tax shelter item or of the entity, plan, or arrangement that gave rise to the item. A corporation establishes legal justification with respect to a tax shelter item if:
    1. The corporation has first met the standard for substantial authority and reasonable belief (see IRM 20.1.5.8.4.1), and
    2. All relevant facts and circumstances (in addition to the corporation’s legal justification) are taken into account and indicate that the corporation acted with reasonable cause and in good faith.
    3. Note: If a corporate taxpayer has a substantial understatement that is attributable to a tax shelter item, the accuracy-related penalty attributable to a substantial understatement applies to the understatement unless the taxpayer has reasonable cause.
    4. The reasonable cause exception for corporate tax shelter items may also be met under general guidelines in IRM 20.1.5.6.1 and 20.1.1.

     

20.1.5.8.4.4  (08-20-1998)
Reasonable Cause

  1. The accuracy-related penalty attributable to a substantial understatement will not be applied if the taxpayer shows reasonable cause for the understatement and acted in a good faith effort to derive the correct tax liability. (See IRM 20.1.1 and 20.1.5.6.1 for a more detailed discussion of the reasonable cause exception and Treas. Reg. 1.6664–4 for examples.)
  2. See Treas. Reg. 1.6664–4(c) and IRM 20.1.5.6.1 for reliance on tax advice in meeting the reasonable cause exception.

20.1.5.9  (08-20-1998)
IRC Sections 6662(e) and 6662(h): Substantial and Gross Valuation Misstatement

  1. OBRA 89 repealed IRC section 6659, Valuation Overstatements, and replaced it with the Accuracy-Related Penalty attributable to a Substantial Valuation Overstatement under IRC section 6662(e), effective for returns due after December 31, 1989 (without regard to extensions). OBRA 89 introduced the following provisions:
    1. Under IRC section 6662(e), a 20 percent penalty is imposed on the portion of any underpayment of tax caused by a substantial valuation overstatement, and
    2. Under IRC section 6662(h), the penalty is increased to 40 percent in the case of a gross valuation overstatement.

     

  2. OBRA 90 redesignated IRC section 6662(e) as "Substantial Valuation Misstatement" under Chapter 1 and added a penalty for valuation misstatements under IRC section 482. IRC section 6662(h) also redefined gross valuation misstatements. These changes are effective for tax years ending after November 5, 1990.
  3. OBRA 93:
    1. Amended IRC section 6662(e)(1)(B)(ii), so that the substantial valuation misstatement amount for an IRC section 482 transfer price adjustment, went from $10,000,000 to the lesser of $5,000,000 or 10 percent of the taxpayer’s gross receipts,
    2. Amended IRC section 6662(h)(2)(A)(iii),
    3. Added IRC section 6662(e)(3)(D), and
    4. Substantially amended IRC section adjustments are excluded from a net transfer pricing adjustment.

     

  4. Valuation misstatements fall into two categories: substantial and gross. Each type of valuation misstatement has different criteria for the assertion of the accuracy-related penalty and different penalty rates.
  5. Final regulations under IRC section 6662(e) for net IRC section 482 transfer price adjustments were issued and are effective on February 9, 1996. However, taxpayers may elect to apply the regulations contained in Treas. Reg. 1.6662–6, to all open taxable years beginning after December 31, 1993.

20.1.5.9.1  (08-20-1998)
Penalty Assertion

  1. The examining officer is responsible for the assertion of the accuracy-related penalty attributable to a valuation misstatement penalty.
  2. The substantial valuation misstatement penalty is 20 percent of the applicable underpayment.
  3. No penalty shall be imposed unless the underpayment attributable to the misstatement is greater than $5,000 ($10,000 for corporations, except S corporations and personal holding companies).
  4. In order to monitor and gather information relative to the transfer pricing penalty, the Service formed the IRC section 6662(e) Penalty Oversight Committee to review these cases. See Announcement 96–16, 1996–13, I.R.B. 22.

20.1.5.9 
IRC Sections 6662(e) and 6662(h): Substantial and Gross Valuation Misstatement

20.1.5.9.2  (08-20-1998)
IRC Section 6662(e)(1)(A): Valuation Misstatement

  1. A substantial valuation misstatement occurs when the value (or adjusted basis) of any property claimed on any return is 200 percent or more of the corrected amount and there is an underpayment of tax. This applies for years beginning after December 31, 1989 (determined without regard to extensions).
  2. The penalty is 20 percent of the underpayment attributable to the adjusted property.

20.1.5.9.3  (08-20-1998)
IRC Section 6662(e)(1)(B)(i)
& (ii): Valuation Misstatement Penalties for Transfer Pricing Transactions under IRC
Section 482

  1. IRC section 6662(e) imposes two transfer pricing penalties applicable to transactions between or among two or more organizations, trades or business owned or controlled by the same interests. These valuation misstatement penalties are identified as the transaction penalty and the net adjustment penalty.
  2. The Transactional Penalty. This penalty applies when the price reported for any property or services is 200 percent or more (or 50 percent or less) than the correct price under the arm’s length standard of IRC section 482.
  3. The Net Adjustment Penalty. This penalty applies:
    1. To returns the due date for which (determined without regard to extensions) is after November 5, 1990 and before January 1, 1994, when the IRC section 482 adjustment exceeds $10 million, and
    2. To returns the due date for which (determined without regard to extensions) is after December 31, 1993, when the IRC section 482 adjustment exceeds the lesser of $5 million or 10 percent of the taxpayer’s gross receipts.

     

  4. The term "price for any property or services" encompasses all kinds of adjustments under IRC section 482, including purchase prices, fees, services, rents, interest, and advances.
  5. For the net IRC section 482 adjustments that are excluded from the penalty, see IRC section 6662(e)(3)(B) and Treas. Reg. 1.6662–6(d). For example calculations see Treas. Reg. 1.6662–6(c)(7).
  6. The penalty is 20 percent of the underpayment attributable to the adjusted property.
  7. Exhibit 20.1.5–4 contains a flow chart for the IRC section 6662(e) Transfer Pricing Penalty.

20.1.5.9.4  (08-20-1998)
IRC Section 6662(h): Gross Valuation Misstatement

  1. A gross valuation misstatement occurs:
    1. If the value (or adjusted basis) of any property on a return of tax under Chapter 1 is 400 percent or more of the adjusted amount, or
    2. If the price for any property or service (or for the use of property) claimed on any return is 400 percent or more (or 25 percent or less) of the amount determined under IRC section 482 to be the correct price, or
    3. If a net IRC section 482 transfer price adjustment exceeds 1.) $20,000,000, for years beginning after November 5, 1990 and before January 1, 1994, or 2.) the lesser of $20,000,000 or 20 percent of the taxpayer’s gross receipts for years beginning after December 31, 1993.

     

  2. The penalty is 40 percent of the portion of the underpayment to which this section applies.

20.1.5.9.5  (08-20-1998)
Penalty Calculation

  1. The substantial valuation penalty applies to the individual income tax return in the example below because both conditions for assertion are met (no exceptions to the penalty apply and the amount of the understatement and the underpayment are equal):
  2. Example:
    1. Price of property (or adjusted basis) as reported on the return _$46,000
    2. Price as adjusted by examination _20,000
    3. 200 percent times the amount in (b) _40,000
    4. Note: Condition #1 is met. The value reported on the return of $46,000 is more than 200 percent of the adjusted amount of $20,000 ($46,000 divided by $20,000 = 230 percent).
    5. Amount adjusted (line "a." less line "b." ) _$26,000
    6. Underpayment on 26,000 _7,000
    7. Penalty (20 percent times $7,000) _1,400
    8. Note: Condition #2 is met. The underpayment of $7,000 attributable to the misstatement of $26,000 exceeds the required $5,000.

     

  3. If the adjusted value in (2) above were $10,000, the amount reported of $46,000 would then exceed the adjusted amount ($10,000) by more than 400 percent ($46,000 divided by $10,000 = 460 percent). The gross valuation misstatement penalty would then apply at 40 percent of the applicable underpayment.
  4. For example calculations involving carryovers and flow through entities, see IRM 5.2.2 and Treas. Regs. 1.6662–5(d) and (h).
  5. The penalty is considered separately for each property adjusted. To distinguish between a substantial and a gross valuation misstatement requires a property-by-property calculation. (See Treas. Reg. 1.6662–5(f).)
  6. For example calculations for the net IRC section 482 adjustment, see Treas. Reg. 1.6662–6(c)(7).
  7. With regard to the transfer pricing penalty under IRC section 6662(e); please refer to the rules for coordinating between the transactional penalty and the net adjustment penalty illustrated by examples in Treas. Reg. 1.6662–6(f).

20.1.5.9.6  (08-20-1998)
Penalty Assessment

  1. See IRM 20.1.5.5, Penalty Assessment.

20.1.5.9.7  (08-20-1998)
Penalty Relief

  1. Refer to IRC section 6662(e)(3)(B) and Treas. Regs. 1.6662–6(b)(3) and (c)(6).

20.1.5.9.7.1  (08-20-1998)
Reasonable Cause

  1. IRC section 6664(c) provides an exception to the penalty if the taxpayer has reasonable cause and acted in good faith. (See IRM 20.1.1 for a more detailed discussion of general reasonable cause exceptions.)
  2. The reasonable cause exception applies to the transfer pricing penalties (IRC section 6662(e) and Treas. Reg. 1.6662–6) only under certain circumstances.
    1. For the transactional penalty (see IRM 20.1.5.9.3 and IRC section 6662(e)(1)(B)(i)), a taxpayer must meet the reasonable cause requirements of Treas. Regs. 1.6664–4 to avoid the penalty.
    2. However, for the net adjustment penalty (see IRM 20.1.5.9.3, the reasonable cause and good faith requirements under IRC section 6664(c) are met only if the taxpayer fulfills either the specified or unspecified method and documentation requirements.

     

  3. A different definition of "advice" applies in the case of the transfer pricing penalties under IRC section 6662(e) and Treas. Reg. 1.6662–6. Where a taxpayer has relied on professional analysis in determining its transfer pricing, whether the professional is an employee of, or related to, the taxpayer is not determinative in evaluating whether the taxpayer reasonably relied in good faith on advice.
  4. Refer to Rev. Proc. 94–33 (1994–1 C.B. 628) regarding reasonable cause for tax years beginning before December 31, 1993.

20.1.5.9.7.2  (08-20-1998)
Charitable Deduction

  1. The taxpayer will not satisfy the good faith test by merely relying on an appraisal. The taxpayer will not be considered to have reasonably relied in good faith on advice unless the requirements of Treas. Reg. 1–6664–4(b) and (c) are met.
  2. In addition, the taxpayer must meet the requirements in Treas. Reg. 1.6664–4(g) specifically on charitable deduction property.
  3. When there is an underpayment due to overstated charitable deduction property, the reasonable cause exception under IRC section 6664(c)(2) applies only if the following two conditions are first met:
    1. The claimed value of the property was based on a "qualified appraisal" made by a "qualified appraiser," and
    2. The taxpayer made a good faith investigation of the value of the contributed property. (See Treas. Reg. 1.6664–4(g).)

     

20.1.5.10  (08-20-1998)
IRC Section 6662(f): Substantial Overstatement of Pension Liabilities

  1. OBRA 89 repealed IRC section 6659A and replaced it with IRC section 6662(f), Substantial Overstatement of Pension Liabilities, for returns due after December 31, 1989 without regard to extensions.
  2. An overstatement of pension liabilities occurs when the actuarial determination of the liabilities taken into account for purposes of computing the employer contribution deduction under IRC section 404 exceeds the correct amount.
  3. See IRM 20.1.5.2.2 for carrybacks and carryovers, and IRM 20.1.5.2.3 for the definition of an underpayment.

20.1.5.10.1  (08-20-1998)
IRC Section 6662(f): Overstatement

  1. The penalty for substantial overstatement of pension liabilities applies when:
    1. The amount deducted on the return as the actuarial determination of the liabilities taken into account to compute the deduction under IRC section 404(a) exceeds the correct amount by 200 percent, and
    2. The underpayment attributable to the substantial overstatement of pension liabilities exceeds $1,000.

     

  2. The penalty is 20 percent of the underpayment attributable to the overstatement of pension liabilities.
  3. The gross valuation misstatement penalty applies to an overstated deduction for pension liabilities when:
    1. The amount deducted on the return is 400 percent or more of the correct amount, and
    2. The related underpayment is more than $1,000.

     

  4. The penalty is 40 percent of the underpayment attributable to the overstatement of pension liabilities. (See IRC section 6662(h)(1).)

20.1.5.10.2  (08-20-1998)
Penalty Calculation

  1. The following example illustrates the penalty criteria and calculation:
  2. Example:
    1. The taxpayer’s 1990 return had taxable income of $300,000 and tax of $98,000.
    2. In determining the amount of taxable income, the taxpayer deducted $80,000 for contributions to a defined benefit pension plan maintained for its employees.
    3. Upon examination of the taxpayer’s return, the Service adjusted the interest assumption in valuing the pension liabilities for calculating the deduction.
    4. The taxpayer’s maximum deduction for contributions to its plan was accordingly adjusted from $80,000 to $35,000.
    5. There were no other adjustments on the return.

     

  3. Note: The 200 percent requirement is met when the amount deducted on the return ($80,000) exceeds the correct amount ($35,000) by more than 200 percent ($80,000 divided by $35,000 = 229 percent). The penalty is calculated as follows:
    1. Taxable income as adjusted: ($300,000 + $45,000) _$345,000
    2. Tax liability as adjusted _111,500
    3. Tax liability as filed _98,000
    4. Underpayment ( "2" less "3" ) _13,500
    5. Penalty rate 20% _20%
    6. Penalty ( "5" times "4" ) _2,700

     

  4. Note: since the deduction claimed exceeds the corrected amount by more than 200 percent, but is less than 400 percent, the penalty applies at the 20 percent rate. If the corrected deduction were $18,000, the percentage of the overstatement would be 445 percent ($80,000 divided by $18,000) and the penalty would apply at the 40 percent rate.
  5. See Notice 89–47, 1989–1 C.B. 687, for guidance on the calculation of the penalty. While this notice applies to IRC section 6659A that has been repealed, the examples contained in the notice still provide guidance in the mechanics of calculating the penalty.

20.1.5.10.3  (08-20-1998)
Penalty Relief

  1. The burden is on the taxpayer to establish the grounds for an
    exception.
  2. The penalty will not apply if the taxpayer shows that there was a reasonable cause for the valuation or assumptions used in deriving the deduction on the return and that the taxpayer acted in good faith.
  3. See IRM 20.1.5.6.2 and Treas. Reg. 1.6664–4(c) for reliance on advice of an actuary or other professional as it relates to the reasonable cause exception in IRC section 6664(c).

20.1.5.11  (08-20-1998)
IRC Section 6662(g): Substantial Estate or Gift Tax Valuation Understatement

  1. OBRA 89 redesignated IRC section 6660 as 6662(g), Substantial Estate or Gift Tax Valuation Understatement penalty.
  2. The penalty applies to any return of tax imposed under Subtitle B due after December 31, 1989, without regard to extensions.
  3. See IRM 20.1.5.2.2 for carrybacks and carryovers, and IRM 20.1.5.2.3 for the definition of an underpayment.

20.1.5.11.1  (08-20-1998)
Penalty Assertion

  1. Substantial Valuation Understatement. There is a substantial estate or gift tax valuation understatement if:
    1. The portion of the underpayment attributable to the valuation understatement exceeds $5,000, and
    2. The value of any property claimed on a return is 50 percent or less of the corrected amount.
    3. The penalty is 20 percent of the underpayment attributable to the valuation understatement.

     

  2. Gross Valuation Understatement. There is a gross valuation misstatement under IRC section 6662(h)(2)(C) if:
    1. The portion of the underpayment attributable to the valuation understatement exceeds $5,000, and
    2. The value of any property claimed on a return is 25 percent or less of the corrected amount.
    3. The penalty is 40 percent of the underpayment attributable to the valuation understatement.

     

20.1.5.11.2  (08-20-1998)
Penalty Calculation

  1. The determination of whether the percentage threshold for a substantial or gross valuation misstatement has been reached is made on a property-by-property basis.
  2. To calculate the valuation understatement percentage, divide the value of the property reported on the return by the corrected value of the property.
  3. The following example illustrates the calculation of the understatement percentage for three adjustments (assuming the $5,000 requirement is met for each undervaluation adjustment and no exceptions to the penalty apply).
  4. Example: The decedent’s estate tax return included stock in three closely held corporations, A, B and C. On the return the stock in each corporation was valued at $80,000. On examination the corrected stock values were determined to be $150,000 for A, $190,000 for B, and $330,000 for C. The following determinations are made:
    1. Stock A: The amount on the return ($80,000), divided by the corrected amount ($150,000) is 53 percent. The penalty does not apply to this adjustment because the value of the stock is not 50 percent or less of the corrected amount.
    2. Stock B: The amount on the return ($80,000), divided by the corrected amount ($190,000) is 42 percent. The accuracy-related penalty attributable to a substantial valuation misstatement penalty applies to this adjustment because the value of Stock B is less than 50 percent (but more than 25 percent) of the corrected amount. The penalty amount is 20 percent of the underpayment attributable to the adjustment for Stock B.
    3. Stock C: The amount on the return ($80,000), divided by the corrected amount ($330,000) is 24 percent. The accuracy-related penalty attributable to a gross valuation misstatement penalty applies to this adjustment because the value of Stock C is 25 percent or less of the corrected amount. The penalty amount is 40 percent of the underpayment attributable to the adjustment for Stock C.

     

  5. For penalty calculations that relate to the above adjustments, see Exhibit 20.1.5–5.

20.1.5.11.3  (08-20-1998)
Penalty Assessment

  1. See IRM 20.1.5.5 for assessment of the accuracy-related penalty attributable to a substantial estate or gift tax valuation understatement.

20.1.5.11.4  (08-20-1998)
Penalty Relief

  1. Reasonable cause. IRC section 6664(c) provides an exception to the penalty if there is reasonable cause for the underpayment and the valuation was made in good faith. See IRM 20.1.5.6.1.
  2. Reliance on Advice. See IRM 20.1.5.6.2 and Treas. Reg. 1.6664–4 for reliance on the advice of an appraiser or other professional as it relates to the reasonable cause exception in IRC section 6664(c).

20.1.5.12  (08-20-1998)
IRC Section 6663: Civil Fraud Penalty

  1. The fraud penalty under IRC section 6653(b) was redesignated by OBRA 89 as IRC section 6663. This change is effective for returns filed after December 31, 1989.
  2. OBRA 89 did not alter the definition of fraud or the penalty calculation. The penalty is asserted at the rate of 75 percent of the underpayment attributable to fraud.
  3. For coordination between the civil fraud penalty and the accuracy-related penalties see IRM 20.1.5.2..

20.1.5.12.1  (08-20-1998)
Indications of Fraud

  1. Civil fraud is defined as an intentional wrongdoing designed to evade a tax that the taxpayer believed to be owing. Thus, mere negligence or ignorance of the law does not constitute fraud.
  2. Since direct proof of a taxpayer’s fraudulent intent is rarely available, fraud may be proven by circumstantial evidence and reasonable inferences. Fraud will generally involve one or more of the following elements:
    • Deception,
    • Misrepresentation of material facts,
    • False or altered documents,
    • Evasion, (i.e., diversion or omission), or
    • Conspiracy.

     

  3. Some common "badges of fraud" include:
    1. Understatement of income, e.g., by omissions of specific items or entire sources of income, failure to report substantial amounts of income received;
    2. Fictitious or improper deductions, e.g., overstatement of deductions, personal items deducted as business expenses;
    3. Accounting irregularities, e.g., two sets of books, false entries on documents;
    4. Acts of the taxpayer evidencing an intention to evade tax, e.g., false statements, destruction of records, transfer of assets;
    5. A consistent pattern over several years of underreporting taxable income;
    6. Implausible or inconsistent explanations of behavior;
    7. Failure to cooperate with the examining agent;
    8. Concealment of assets;
    9. Engaging in illegal activities (e.g., drug dealing) or attempting to conceal illegal activities;
    10. Inadequate records, and
    11. dealing in cash.

     

  4. Recommendations for asserting the civil fraud penalty should be carefully reviewed to fully establish that the evidence supports the assertion.

20.1.5.12.2  (08-20-1998)
Assertion

  1. Civil fraud penalties will be asserted when there is clear and convincing evidence to prove that some part of the underpayment of tax was due to civil fraud. Such evidence must show the taxpayer’s intent to evade the payment of tax which the taxpayer believed to be owing. Intent is distinguished from inadvertence, reliance on incorrect technical advice, honest difference of opinion, negligence, or carelessness.
  2. To assert the civil fraud penalty in a tax case, it is necessary to establish that a part of the deficiency is due to a knowingly false representation of facts by the taxpayer. The Service bears the burden of proving civil fraud by clear and convincing evidence in the Tax Court. See IRC section 7454. The Service must show that:
    1. The taxpayer knew the content of the return was false; and
    2. Made the return with the intent to evade tax.

     

  3. The civil fraud penalty should be asserted on a case-by-case basis giving consideration to all factors which have a bearing on the taxpayer’s fraudulent intent.
  4. The civil fraud penalty cannot be asserted on the same underpayment (or portion of an underpayment) on which the accuracy-related penalties are asserted under IRC section 6662. Only one penalty can be applied to any portion of an underpayment of tax.
  5. The criteria for proving fraudulent failure to file under IRC section 6651(f) and civil fraud under IRC section 6663, are the same. Although there is no specific prohibition against asserting penalties under both IRC sections 6651(f) and 6663, caution should be used when considering this action. The court is not likely to sustain the assertion of both penalties unless compelling facts support the Service’s position. Accordingly, consult Chief Counsel before asserting both these penalties on the same return.
    1. The civil fraud penalty is not asserted for failure to file a return or for filing a return late. OBRA 89 added the fraudulent failure to file penalty under IRC section 6651(f) for this purpose.
    2. Fraudulent failure to file is discussed in IRM 20.1.2.

     

  6. On a joint return, the civil fraud penalty does not apply to a spouse unless some part of the underpayment is due to civil fraud on the part of that spouse. IRC section 6663(c).
    1. For taxpayers filing a joint return after having filed separate returns, see IRC section 6013(b)(5).
    2. The civil fraud penalty follows the Code provision that allows a married couple to file a joint return after separate returns have been filed.
    3. If the amount shown on two separate returns ($150 plus $100 = $250) is less than the amount shown on the joint return ($300), then for the purpose of computing the civil fraud penalty, the amount shown on the separate returns is treated as the amount shown on the joint return.
    4. Any fraud on either separate return will be deemed to be fraud on the joint return.

     

  7. As a general rule, neither Collection nor Taxpayer Service is authorized to assess the civil fraud penalty. When fraud is identified by one of these functions, the case must be referred to Examination or TE/GE for investigation.
  8. In cases closing unagreed with the civil fraud penalty, the report must include all the alternative penalty positions that are most applicable. Litigation (or settlement) of the case without an explanation of the alternative penalty positions in the report would hamper the government’s litigating position because the basis for the alternative penalty position(s) would be unclear to either Appeals or Area Counsel.
  9. The examiner’s report will reflect the civil fraud penalty by code section on a separate attachment, identifying the adjustment(s) attributable to the penalty. Form 3198, Special Handling Notice, will be attached to the case.
  10. For information regarding restrictions on the assertion of the civil fraud penalty with respect to the failure to file and fraudulent failure to file penalty, see IRM 20.1.2.

20.1.5.12.3  (08-20-1998)
Statute of Limitations

  1. Examiners are responsible for protecting the statute of limitations for assessment. Cover letter L–907 may be used for this purpose.
  2. IRC section 6501(c)(1) extends the statute of limitations for assessment on false or fraudulent returns indefinitely.
  3. When the three year statute of limitations under IRC section 6501(a) is in jeopardy, the examiner should try to secure an extension whenever possible. If in litigation it is determined that the taxpayer did not commit civil fraud, then the statute of limitations for the assessment of the underlying tax and penalties will have expired.
  4. The six year statute of limitations applies when the taxpayer omits more than 25 percent of the:
    1. Gross income reported on the return, (IRC section 6501(e)(1)),
    2. Gross estate or total amount of gifts stated on the return, (IRC section 6501(e)(2)), or
    3. Excise tax reported on the return, (IRC section 6501(e)(3)).

     

  5. Criminal Investigation (CI) must give approval to solicit a consent to extend the statute of limitations for assessment on joint return investigations.

20.1.5.12.4  (08-20-1998)
Penalty Referral

  1. When an examiner determines that only the civil fraud penalty would apply, a referral to Criminal Investigation (CI) is not required. Referral guidelines to CI are contained in functional manuals.

20.1.5.12.5  (08-20-1998)
Civil and Criminal Fraud

  1. The major difference between civil and criminal fraud is the degree of proof required to establish fraud on the part of the taxpayer.
    1. Criminal fraud requires sufficient evidence to prove guilt beyond a reasonable doubt.
    2. Civil fraud requires clear and convincing evidence of tax evasion.

     

  2. The civil fraud penalty may be imposed upon a taxpayer whose criminal case verdict was not guilty . If the taxpayer has been convicted of criminal tax evasion under IRC section 7201, the civil fraud penalty should be asserted for the same tax year.
  3. However, the criminal case conviction does not mean the civil penalty will be automatically sustained.

20.1.5.12.6  (08-20-1998)
Penalty Calculation

  1. The civil fraud penalty is derived by multiplying the 75 percent penalty rate times the underpayment attributable to civil fraud. For the definition of underpayment see IRM 20.1.5.2.3(8) and Treas. Reg. 1–6664–2.
  2. For an example calculation involving the accuracy-related penalty and the civil fraud penalty see Exhibit 21.1.5–2.
  3. If any part of the underpayment is due to civil fraud, then the entire underpayment shall be treated as attributable to civil fraud unless the taxpayer establishes otherwise. The examiner will make a good faith effort to objectively weigh the evidence provided and eliminate those items that are inaccurate, but not fraudulent. (See IRC section 6663(b).)

20.1.5.12.7  (08-20-1998)
Civil Fraud Penalty Monitoring and Procedures

  1. Form 6809, Civil Fraud Penalty Report, is used to record and monitor all cases in which the civil fraud penalty is an issue. This includes referrals initiated by Examination and requests by CI for Examination assistance not based on a referral.
  2. A separate Form 6809, Civil Fraud Penalty Report, must be prepared for each person or legal entity involved. However, only one Form 6809 is prepared for a joint return.
  3. Upon establishing a civil fraud penalty case, prepare Form 6809 in triplicate, completing items 1–11. Forward one copy to the Field Territory Manager (or designee) to serve as a territory control. Retain the original and one copy in the case file.

20.1.5.12.8  (08-20-1998)
Penalty Assessment

  1. The total civil fraud penalty will be assessed using:
    • Form 5344, Examination Closing Record,
    • Form 5403, Appeals Closing Record,
    • Form 5599, EO Examined Closing Record, or
    • Form 5650, EP Examined Closing Record.

     

  2. The penalty is assessed to the Master File using TC 320.
  3. The penalty is assessed to the Non-Master File using:
    • Form 4720, Return of Certain Excise Taxes on Charities and Other Persons Under Chapters 41 and 42 of the IRC,
    • Form 5330, Return of Initial Excise Taxes related to Employee Benefit Plans, or
    • Form 5434, Non-Master File Assessment Voucher.

     

  4. The Form 5434 will be processed with the tax return using established functional guidelines.

Exhibit 20.1.5.12-1  (08-20-1998)
Calculation of an Underpayment

Reference: Section 20.1.5.2.3 and Treas. Reg. 1.6664–(3)(d)
         
The following example illustrates how an underpayment is computed:
    (a) Corrected tax _ $10,000
    (b) Less: Tax per return _ $7,000
    (c) plus any amounts not previously
 
 
       assessed or collected without assessment _ $0
    (d) plus any amount of rebates made _   $0
    (e) Underpayment ($10,000 less $7,000) _ $3,000
         
         
Calculation of the Underpayment with Multiple Adjustments
         
Adjustment A (no penalty imposed) _ $  1,000
Adjustment B (accuracy-related) _  40,000
Adjustment C (Civil fraud penalty)  45,000
Total adjustments (A + B + C) _  86,000
Plus: Taxable income shown on the return _  15,800
Taxable income as corrected _ 101,800
         
Computation of underpayment:  
Corrected tax _ $ 25,828
Less: Tax shown on return _  −2,374
  Previous assessments _ 0
  Rebates _ 0
Underpayment _ 23,454
         
Computation of the portions of the underpayment on which accuracy and fraud penalties are separately asserted.
         
STEP I:
         
Determine the portion of the underpayment on which no accuracy-related or civil fraud penalty is imposed:
         
  Taxable income shown on return _ $ 15,800
  Plus: Adjustment A _  1,000
  Adjusted taxable income _ 16,800
         
  Tax on adjusted taxable income _ 2,524
  Less: Tax shown on return _ 2,374
  Portion of underpayment on which  
   no penalty is imposed _ 150
         
STEP II:
         
Determine the portion of the underpayment on which the accuracy-related penalty attributable to a substantial underpayment penalty of 20 percent is imposed:
         
  Adjusted taxable income from Step I _ $ 16,800
  Plus: Adjustment B _  40,000
  Adjusted taxable income _ 56,800
         
  Tax on adjusted taxable income _ 11,880
  Less: Tax on adjusted taxable  
   income from Step I _  2,524
  Portion of underpayment on which the  
   20% penalty is imposed _ 9,356
         
STEP III:
         
Determine the portion of the underpayment on which a civil fraud penalty rate of 75 percent is imposed:
         
  Total underpayment _ $ 23,454
  Less: The underpayment determined in Step I _ − 150
  Less: The underpayment determined in Step II _ −9,356
  Portion of underpayment on which  
   the 75 percent penalty is imposed _ 13,948

Exhibit 20.1.5.12-2  (08-20-1998)
Calculation of the Accuracy-Related Penalty Attributable to a Substantial Understatement

         
Reference: Section 20.1.5.8
         
(1) The amount of the understatement is derived as follows:
         
  (a) Corrected tax _ $8,500
  (b) Less: tax on return _ 2,000
  (c) Less: rebates _ 100
  (d) Less: tax on adjustments with no penalty _ 600
  (e) Understatement _ 5,800
         
(2) For the penalty to apply in the above example, the understatement of $5,800 must be more than the greater of $5,000 or $850 (i.e., 10 percent of the $8,500 corrected tax required to be shown on the return). The understatement of $5,800 meets the requirement for penalty assertion.
         
(3) In calculating the understatement in (2) above the following definitions apply:
         
  (a) Rebates: An amount not showing on the return which has been assessed or collected as a deficiency prior to the filing of the return.
         
  (b) Exceptions: Substantial authority, adequate disclosure, and reasonable cause are exceptions to the penalty. See IRM 20.1.5.8.4.1 for discussion of substantial authority. Each return adjustment is reviewed separately to determine if any exceptions apply. When an exception applies to any adjustment, the tax on that adjustment is not used in determining the amount of the understatement or the amount of the underpayment to which the penalty applies.
         
(4) To establish the amount of the penalty when not all adjustments are subject to the penalty:
         
  (a) calculate the total underpayment,
  (b) calculate the underpayment subject to an exception,
  (c) subtract (b) from (a), and
  (d) multiply the applicable penalty rate times (c).
         
(5) The following calculations establish if an understatement is substantial (no rebates or exceptions to the penalty apply):
         
  (a) The taxpayer failed to report income of $25,000 on his tax return:
         
    1. Corrected tax _ $20,000
    2. Less: tax as reported on return _ 12,000
    3. Understatement _ 8,000
    4. Ten percent of corrected tax _ 2,000
      (10% of $20,000 = $2,000)  
    5. The greater of $5,000 or $2,000 _ 5,000
    6. Since the $8,000 understatement exceeds $5,000, the understatement is substantial and meets the requirement for assertion.  
         
         
  (b) The taxpayer failed to report $247,000 of Schedule C income:
    1. Corrected tax: _ $67,000
      (Note: this includes any adjustment to self-employment tax.)  
    2. Less: tax as reported on return _ 61,000
    3. Understatement _ 6,000
    4. The greater of $5,000 or $6,700 _ 6,700
      (Note: $6,700 is 10 percent of corrected tax of $67,000.)  
    5. The understatement of $6,000 does not exceed the greater of $5,000 or 10 percent of the corrected tax, i.e., $6,700. The underpayment is therefore not substantial and the penalty cannot be asserted.  
         
(6) The accuracy-related penalty attributable to a substantial understatement will not be asserted on the same portion of the underpayment attributable to adjustments for which another accuracy-related penalty under IRC section 6662 or the civil fraud penalty under IRC section 6663 has been asserted.

Exhibit 20.1.5.12-3  (08-20-1998)
Calculation of the Accuracy-Related Penalty Attributable to a Substantial Understatement with Multiple Adjustments

 
Reference: Section 20.1.5.8
       
The taxpayer has substantial authority for adjustment A. The accuracy-related penalty attributable to a substantial understatement under IRC section 6662(d) applies to adjustments B and C. The taxpayer has uncredited withholding of $1,500.
       
  Taxable income per return _ $18,200
  Adjustments per examination:  
   Adjustment A (non-tax shelter item) _ 5,300  
   Adjustment B _ 10,000  
   Adjustment C _ 18,000  
  Total (A + B + C) _ + 33,300
  Corrected taxable income _ 51,500
  Corrected tax _ 17,000
  Less: Tax on return _  2,500
  Understatement _ 14,500
       
  Taxable income per return _ 18,200
  Plus: Adjustment A (no penalty) _ + 5,300
  Corrected taxable income  
   (Adjustment A) _ 23,500
  Corrected tax on $23,500 _ 3,300
  Less: Tax per return _ 2,500
  Tax on Adjustment A _ 800
       
  Corrected tax liability _ $17,000
  Less: Tax on return _ −2,500
  Less: Tax on Adjustment A (no penalty) _    800
  Understatement (for penalty purposes) _ 13,700
  Less: Adjustment to increased withholding credits _ 1,500
       
  Underpayment _ $12,200

Exhibit 20.1.5.12-4  (08-20-1998)
IRC Section 6662(e)—Transfer Pricing Penalty

 
Reference IRM 20.1.5.9.3
This image is too large to be displayed in the current screen. Please click the link to view the image.

Exhibit 20.1.5.12-5  (08-20-1998)
Substantial and Gross Valuation Misstatement Penalties

Reference: 20.1.5.11.2.
         
The penalties are calculated on the amount of the underpayment attributable to each valuation understatement. The penalties are calculated as follows:
         
  (a) The following adjustments and penalties apply:
         
    1. Stock A adjustment (no penalty applies)
$150,000 less 80,000 _
$70,000
    2. Stock B adjustment (substantial valuation misstatement penalty applies)
$190,000 less 80,000 _

$110,000
    3. Stock C adjustment (gross valuation misstatement penalty applies) $330,000 less 80,000 _
$250,000
         
  (b) Calculation of the underpayment for adjustments on which no penalty is applicable:
         
    1. Taxable income as filed _ $1,500,000
    2. Adjustment without penalty _ $70,000
    3. Adjusted taxable amount (line 1 plus 2) _ $1,570,000
    4. Tax on line 3 _ $707,000
    5. Tax on return _ $675,000
    6. Underpayment attributable to $70,000 adjustment _ $32,000
         
  (c) Calculation of the underpayment for a substantial valuation misstatement penalty:
         
    1. Amount from line (a)3 _ $1,570,000
    2. Adjustment having substantial valuation misstatement penalty _ $110,000
    3. Adjusted taxable amount (line 1 plus 2) _ $1,680,000
    4. Tax on line 3 _ $757,000
    5. Amount from line (b)4 _ $707,000
    6. Underpayment attributable to $110,000 (line 4 less 5) _ $50,000
    7. Substantial valuation misstatement penalty (20% of line 6) _ $10,000
         
  (d) Calculation of underpayment for a gross valuation misstatement penalty:
         
    1. Amount from (c)3 _ $1,680,000
    2. Adjustment having gross valuation misstatement penalty _ $250,000
    3. Adjusted taxable amount (line 1 plus 2) _ $1,930,000
    4. Tax on line 3 _ $869,000
    5. Amount from line (c)4 _ $757,000
    6. Underpayment attributable to $250,000 (line 4 less 5) _ $112,000
    7. Gross Valuation Misstatement Penalty (40% × $112,000) _ $44,800

20.1.6.1  (07-08-1999)
Overview of the Return Preparer Penalty Program

  1. The Tax Reform Act of 1976 provided the Service with penalty and enjoinment authority to more effectively monitor income tax return preparation. TEFRA 1982 added IRC sections 6700 and 6701 which are not limited solely to income tax return preparers. These provisions are designed to promote a high standard in the preparation of returns for compensation and also address the problem of fraudulent, unscrupulous, or incompetent preparers.
  2. Return preparer penalties relate to IRC sections 6694, 6695, 6700, 6701, 6713, 7407 and 7408. In the interest of overall sound tax administration, the Service focuses on preparer conduct and applies sanctions whenever warranted. Penalty assertion is the key enforcement vehicle for noncompliant preparers.
  3. Consistent with Policy Statement P–1–18, the Service will not automatically assert preparer penalties based solely on the determination of deficiencies proposed in related tax return examinations. Preparer penalties are not mechanical components of the examination process and are asserted only after due deliberation on all facts and circumstances.
  4. National Headquarters, Area, and Service Center functions will designate a Return Preparer Coordinator (RPC), as appropriate, to administer and monitor tax return preparers activities.

20.1.6.1.1  (07-08-1999)
Program Coordination Responsibilities

  1. National Headquarters. The Director, Compliance will designate a staff member to functionally supervise, on a nationwide basis, all Examination aspects of the program.
  2. Area Office. Each Area Director will designate an analyst to manage and monitor on an area basis all Examination aspects of the program. The area RPC will be responsible for:
    1. Planning and coordinating Examination activities related to return preparers' activity with other functions, areas, and service centers;
    2. Orienting appropriate area and service center Examination personnel;
    3. Developing additional guidelines and procedures considered necessary;
    4. Maintaining quality of determinations and uniformity in the application of the return preparer provisions throughout the region; and,
    5. Monitoring program progress and the applications of civil return preparer penalties, identifying problem areas, and notifying area offices and National Headquarters of appropriate solutions.

     

  3. Director, Compliance, Office of Taxpayer Service and Compliance (IN:C) will be subject to all applicable procedures and guidelines. IN:C:E returns will also include Form 1040NR, U.S. Nonresident Alien Income Tax Return.
  4. Area Office. Area Directors will establish a multifunctional Penalty Screening Committee (PSC), which includes the Area Office Electronic Filing Coordinator (DOEFC), Examination Return Preparer (RPC) and a Criminal Investigation (CI) representative. Contact will be made with Service Center representatives from the Criminal Investigation (CI) and Examination as needed.
  5. The PSC will be responsible for:
    1. Planning and coordinating the implementation of Area and National Headquarters Return Preparer strategy;
    2. Establishing viable communication lines between Planning and Special Programs (PSP), the Area Electronic Filing (ELF) Coordinator, the CI Questionable Refund Program Coordinator (QRPC), the Service Center Examination RPC, and the CI RPC. A major goal of the committee is to more effectively identify patterns of preparer abuse and prevent duplication of efforts within the Areas and Service Centers.
    3. Holding monthly meetings during the filing season and then quarterly throughout the remainder of the year. The committee meetings will focus on monitoring program results, analyzing methods, and making recommendations to the Area Director concerning changes to the program;
    4. Reviewing all preparer case files from whatever source, including recommendations to initiate a project on an identified preparer and reports provided by site visitation teams;
    5. Receiving information referred from area office functions, Electronic Return Originator (ERO) site visits, service center reports, including Service Center CI and Correspondence Examination should be used to identify potentially abusive preparers;
    6. Coordinating site visitation teams who will assert IRC section 6695 return preparer penalties, if warranted, recommend initiation of a Program Action case (PAC) or no action. Examiners charge time for site visits to activity code 522/500.

     

  6. Coordinating site visitation teams consists in:
    1. Determining the number of teams needed to conduct visitations;
    2. Selecting and determining the formation of teams;
    3. Conducting orientation for team members on ELF requirements, return preparer provisions, authority to conduct visits, penalty assertions and referrals to the PSC.

     

  7. Each Field Territory Manager (or as otherwise designated by the Area Director in small areas), will designate an RPC who will be responsible for:
    1. Accumulating all types of referrals including those forwarded by Service Center Examination, and Form 5808, Return Preparer Penalty Follow-up;
    2. Preparing return preparers summarization of referrals to the area Penalty Screening Committee;
    3. Accumulating, monitoring, and forwarding the Form 5808 to the appropriate Examination group for resolution;
    4. Ordering return preparer information following the procedures in IRM 20.1.6.2.1 below;
    5. Ordering and screening returns;
    6. Coordinating all Examination activity of income tax returns prepared by return preparers approved for program action by the Area Director;
    7. Working closely with, and making recommendations to, the Penalty Screening Committee;
    8. Communicating with the examiner when a fraud referral is pending on a particular preparer whose penalty case investigation has begun; and
    9. Forwarding copies of completed Forms 5809, Preparer Penalty Case Control Card, to the area or service center Electronic Filing Coordinator. This information is needed for the suitability checks required in IRM 3.43, Electronic Filing Systems Area Office Coordinator's Handbook.
    10. Working with the Disclosure Office and/or Fed/State Coordinator to obtain leads from the local state tax agency on abusive preparers;
    11. Releasing freeze code 570 with TC 571 for those returns received from Service Center Classification, through the PSC, that will not be examined; and releasing frozen refunds, at the direction of the PSC, (either partially or in the entirety) on cases being held for examination. (Note: In all situations in which refunds are held during an examination the Area Director's approval is required).

     

  8. The Field Territory Manager may assign one or more tax auditors or Compliance Officers to the position of Market Segment Specialization Program (MSSP) Return Preparer Specialist (optional at the discretion of area). The position can be assigned to office or field groups. These assignments will be made in accordance with NTEU negotiated agreement on MSSP agreements.
  9. Responsibilities of the position will include:
    1. Reviewing the case files upon completion by the examiner to ensure the facts and circumstances regarding the preparation of the return are fully developed; the preparer's position is fairly and carefully considered and clearly reflected in the penalty case workpapers; and the appropriate copies of the income tax examination workpapers, return and tax change reports (Form 4549) are included in the file;
    2. Contacting the preparer for a closing conference. If the case is unagreed, the group manager or a manager in a local POD will be requested to attend the closing conference;

     

  10. Additional assignments for the specialist may include:
    1. Conducting and documenting interviews with noncompliant preparers to discuss problem areas in an effort to curb future noncompliance by the return preparer;
    2. Referring information on return preparers suspected of involvement in questionable practices to the RPC. This information will be obtained by working with tax auditors and revenue agents.

     

20.1.6.1.2  (07-08-1999)
Examination Guidelines

  1. Examiners will determine if return preparer violations exist. This determination will be made for every examination and recorded on Form 4318 or 4700-A, Examination Workpapers. The examiner will only open a preparer penalty case when sanctions against the preparer are warranted. When facts and circumstances in the examination do not give rise to development of the preparer penalty issue, a simple statement to that effect in the workpapers is sufficient.
  2. During the income tax examination, all discussions relating to return preparer penalties with either the taxpayer or return preparer will be limited to the development of facts to determine the applicability of a penalty. Penalties under IRC sections 6694 and 6695 will not be proposed in the presence of the taxpayer.
  3. A determination on the preparer penalty case is conducted independently of, and without regard to, the determination on the income tax case. The tax case has bearing on the preparer penalty case only insofar as assertion of the penalty requires an understatement of tax.
  4. Generally, no return preparer penalty will be proposed until the income tax examination is completed at the group level. However, if the preparer case is inseparable from the income tax examination, both cases may be completed simultaneously. The examiner may pursue the preparer penalty after an unagreed income tax case is submitted at the group level.
  5. Examiners may initiate program action consideration by a referral through the group manager to the RPC.
  6. Comments made by examiners proposing or discussing penalties against return preparers may not be appropriate when a related criminal case is under consideration against the taxpayer. These cases should be discussed with CI.

20.1.6.1.3  (07-08-1999)
Appeal Rights

  1. Relating to IRC sections 6700 and 6701: The person/preparer/promoter may appeal the area's or service center's denial of a claim for refund. Administrative appeal rights will be granted by the area or service center examiner when the basis for the claim does not conflict with section 601.106(b) of the Statement of Procedural Rules. An appeal should not be based on moral, political, constitutional, religious, or similar arguments. If the claim is denied on appeal and the Service assesses a penalty and issues a notice and demand:
    1. The person may suspend collection activity by paying at least 15 percent of the penalty and filing a claim for refund within 30 days after the date of notice and demand.
    2. However, the person must then bring suit in Federal District Court within 30 days of receiving a Notice of Claim Disallowance, or 30 days after the expiration of six months from the filing of the claim, whichever is earlier; or
    3. The person may bring a refund suit in either the U.S. Court of Federal Claims or a district court within two years of the date of denial of the claim or upon the expiration of six months after the date of filing the claim, if the penalty has been paid in full.

     

  2. Relating to IRC sections 6694 and 6695:
    1. Unagreed Cases. Examination procedures provide that an unagreed income tax return preparer penalty case under IRC section 6694 or 6695 will not be sent to Appeals before the related unagreed income tax case is submitted to Appeals. If the two cases are submitted separately, Examination will include in the preparer case file information on the current status and location of the unagreed deficiency.
    2. Relationship to Deficiency Procedures. IRC section 6696(b) indicates that deficiency procedures do not apply to IRC sections 6694 and 6695 penalties. However, Treas. Reg. 1.6694–4(a)(1) allows a preassessment appeals procedure. Examination sends the preparer a 30-day letter, L–1125(DO), providing information on appeal rights. If there is no timely response to the letter, the penalty is assessed. (See Publication 5, Appeal Rights and Preparation of Protests for Unagreed Cases, for appeal procedures.) If the preparer requests preassessment Appeals consideration, the request will be granted for penalties under IRC sections 6694 and 6695(b). Although the regulation only relates to the IRC section 6694 penalty, area and service center examiners will follow the same guidelines for IRC section 6695 penalties. With the exception of subsection 6695(f), all IRC section 6695 penalties will have post-assessment penalty appeal procedures only. Post-assessment appeal rights will also be given for penalties under IRC section 6713.

     

  3. Short Statute. If the statutory period for assessment of the IRC section 6694(a) penalty is about to expire and the preparer will not agree to an extension, the Area Director will assess the penalty. The preparer, upon request, will be provided postassessment appeal rights in the same way preassessment appeal rights would have been provided.
    1. Examiners will not submit preparer penalty cases to Appeals if less than 180 days remain on the statute of limitations. In these instances examiners will first solicit an extension of the statutory period for assessment.
    2. Unagreed return preparer cases will not be submitted before the related unagreed income tax case is submitted, or the related agreed income tax case is closed from the examination group.

     

20.1.6.1.4  (07-08-1999)
Claims

  1. IRC sections 6700 and 6701.
    1. IRC section 6703 provides special claim procedures for persons assessed penalties under the above IRC sections. Within 30 days from the date the penalty is assessed, the preparer may pay 15 percent of the penalty and file Form 843, Claim.
    2. If both conditions specified in (a) above are met, collection action and the running of the statute of limitation on collection are suspended until the claim is finally resolved administratively or judicially, i.e., by Appeals or by the Federal District Court. The term "final resolution" generally refers to the decision of the district court.
    3. If the preparer does not meet the conditions in (a) above, he can make a claim by paying the penalty in full and filing a Form 6118, Claim of Income Tax Return Preparers. The preparer has three years from the date of payment to file a claim under this procedure. Treas. Reg. 1.6696–1(g).
    4. IRC section 6703 claims must be processed on an expedite basis, especially when Appeals consideration is warranted and will be granted.
    5. In any proceeding involving the issue of the liability for the penalty under IRC sections 6700 and 6701, the burden of proof is on the government and deficiency procedures do not apply. IRC section 6703.
    6. The U.S. may counterclaim for the balance of the penalty under IRC sections 6700 or 6701 when the taxpayer has utilized the 15 percent rule in accordance with IRC section 6703.

     

  2. IRC sections 6694 and 6695.
    1. IRC section 6696(c) and Treas. Reg. 1.6696–1(b) authorize the filing of claims for credit or refund on any penalties paid under IRC sections 6694 and 6695.
    2. Form 6118, Claim of Income Tax Return Preparers, is used by preparers to submit claims under IRC section 6696(c).
    3. The statute of limitations for filing a claim for refund of penalties under IRC sections 6694 or 6695 is three years from the date of full payment unless there is a final administrative or judicial action that there was no understatement.
    4. IRC section 6694(a) and (b) claims (penalty assessed and paid in full) and requests for abatement (penalty assessed but not paid in full) will be sent to and controlled by the service center RPC.
    5. Collection function is restricted to abatements on IRC section 6695(a) (b) and (c). Abatements will be subject to routine managerial review.

     

  3. Special rule for IRC section 6694.
    1. A claim for refund of penalties under IRC section 6694 may follow IRC section 6694(c) and Treas. Regs. 1.6694–4. Within 30 days after the date of notice and demand for payment, the preparer may pay 15 percent of the penalty and timely file a claim for refund (Form–6118).
    2. Using the procedure described in subparagraph IRC section 6694(c)(1), collection of the remaining portion of the penalty will be suspended until the earlier of: 1.) 30 days after the refund claim is denied, or 2.) 30 days from the period ending six months after the preparer files the claim.
    3. If the preparer begins a proceeding in a United States District Court for the determination of the penalty during either of these 30 day periods, collection of the penalty will continue to be suspended until the final resolution of the proceeding.

     

  4. Claims filed on the area level should be forwarded to the service center for processing.

20.1.6.1.5  (07-08-1999)
Service Center Claim Processing

  1. Claims filed at the service center will be identified and forwarded to the appropriate function. The Chief, Compliance Division (CCD) will determine which service center function within the territory screens and evaluates claims.

20.1.6.1.6  (07-08-1999)
Program Action Cases

  1. A Program Action Case is the examination of returns prepared by one preparer when information indicates a pattern of noncompliance with the preparer provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. Only the Area Director has the authority to approve program action.
  2. The Return Preparer Coordinator (RPC) in each area will maintain files containing information on return preparer activity and related Service actions. The RPC will review these files monthly. Those which contain information indicating a pattern of noncompliance will be considered for program action.
  3. These files will contain:
    1. Copies of Form 5808, Return Preparer Penalty Follow-Up;
    2. Various information received from the Service Center, Examination, Collection, and other sources;
    3. Copies of Form 5809, Preparer Penalty Case Control Card, reflecting penalties previously asserted against preparers and penalties pending assertion;
    4. Information on representative by-pass actions; and
    5. Information forwarded through the group manager on examiners' recommendations for program action or no program action.

     

  4. The RPC completes Form 5029, Return Preparer's Inventory List Order, and forwards it to the designated service center contact for processing. The Preparer's Inventory Listing (PIL) identifies all the individual returns prepared by the subject preparer, giving the taxpayer name code, SSN, Document Locator Number, and partial return data (e.g., adjusted gross income, taxable income, tax per return, Schedule C/F net income/loss, contributions, and refund amount).
  5. The Preparer Volume Listing (PVL) is a list of the total number of individual returns prepared by a given preparer and is generated automatically on a monthly basis. The RPC will also review this data as part of program action considerations.
  6. From this listing, the RPC will requisition an appropriate sample of returns prepared by the subject preparer. The RPC will screen these returns to determine if they appear to warrant examination.
  7. If, after these steps, the RPC determines that program action should be initiated, a summary of all facts indicating the advisability of such action will be prepared and presented to the Penalty Screening Committee (PSC). The PSC will carefully consider all relevant information to ensure that there is strong evidence of a preparer's alleged negligence, intentional disregard of rules or regulations, unrealistic position, or patterns of willful understatement, before seeking approval to initiate program action. Program action will be limited to abusive cases where information indicates that a return preparer has engaged in a widespread practice of making material errors which demonstrates intentional misconduct or clear incompetence in preparing income tax returns. If there is no PSC, the RPC will make the decision to initiate a request for program action.
  8. The PSC/RPC will forward a written request for approval to initiate program action through the Field Territory Manager to the Area Director.
    1. The request will state the number of returns in the sample to be examined. The Area Director will make the final determination, in writing, to approve or disapprove the request for program action.
    2. If approved, the sample returns will be secured and examined. Based on the results of these examinations, the Area Director will determine whether additional actions are warranted. Under no circumstance will a sample of returns be examined without the written approval of the Area Director.

     

  9. Returns selected for examination under a program action will be clearly identified as "Return Preparer Program Action Cases" and the case file will include all information provided by the RPC. These cases will be assigned to the appropriate examination group by the RPC.
    1. The RPC will establish AIMS controls on those cases selected for examination and will be responsible for the disposition of non-selected returns.
    2. All returns including related, prior and subsequent years, will be established using Source Code 49 and the appropriate local project code.
    3. Examiners should become familiar with the practitioner's method of operation so that they may use their time most effectively. Information provided by the RPC should be helpful preparation.
    4. Examiners should follow established procedures and standards in considering whether to assert the negligence penalty under IRC section 6653(a) or the accuracy penalties under IRC section 6662 in relation to program action returns.

     

  10. Program action is selectively designed to concentrate enforcement activity on preparers who represent habitual noncompliance and lack of competence. Projected audit results are part of, but not the sole deciding factor for, program action.
  11. Each area should develop a follow-up system on preparers where penalties, suspension of filing privileges, and/or injunctive actions were undertaken.
    1. Returns prepared in subsequent years by these preparers may be evaluated and selected for examination on a sample basis in order to determine the extent of continued compliance or noncompliance.
    2. Areas may find it beneficial to use multifunctional site visitation teams to determine compliance of return preparers identified as preparing abusive returns in prior years. Information obtained by the team may be used to initiate program action on the preparer.

     

20.1.6.1.7  (07-08-1999)
Affidavits

  1. An affidavit is a person's written declaration or statement of facts voluntarily made and confirmed by oath or affirmation before a person with authority for administering it. It is taken from any person having knowledge of facts and circumstances relating to a violation of law in order to document and validate the position of the Service in applying sanctions. Affidavits relating to the return preparer program will usually be taken from the taxpayer.
  2. Affidavits are not used routinely in return preparer cases; however, affidavits should be completed in all cases for which the Service may ask the Justice Department to seek an injunction. The affidavit will facilitate the filing of a suit, obtaining a preliminary injunction, and an early hearing.
  3. The following items should be identified and incorporated in the affidavit:
    • The judicial district involved.
    • The name, SSN, business and home address, and business and home telephone number of the witness.
    • Persons present during the interview and their relation to the investigation.
    • Date, time, and place of the interview.
    • Tax years involved.
    • Specific portions of the return that are false or fabricated, if any.

     

  4. The affidavit should include other relevant information pertaining to the preparer, such as:
    1. Actions taken by the preparer when informed of the client's examination (e.g., preparer offered to supply false documents to support false deductions, the preparer told the client to ignore the IRS, etc.)
    2. Experience of the preparer in preparing returns.
    3. Education of the preparer.
    4. Where the preparer is or was working.
    5. How the preparer solicits clients and whether the preparer is soliciting clients now.

     

  5. The examiner should make the following determinations and also include them in the affidavit:
    1. How and when the taxpayer met the person under investigation.
    2. The specific information that the taxpayer provided to the person under investigation, and how and when that information was given.
    3. Whether the taxpayer signed the return, has seen the return, was provided a copy of the return and had the return explained to him or her.
    4. If the person under investigation was paid and how the amount of remuneration was determined (e.g., a set fee, percent of the refund, etc.).
    5. How the fee was paid (e.g., cash, check, money order, barter, etc).
    6. When the fee was paid (e.g., when the information was provided, after the return was completed, after the refund was received, etc.)
    7. Whether the taxpayer asked the preparer to put false items on the return.

     

  6. Form 2311, Affidavit, can be used for this purpose.

20.1.6.1.8  (07-08-1999)
Statute of Limitations

  1. The statute of limitations on assessment for IRC sections 6694(a) and 6695, expires three years from the later of the due date of the related return or the date the return was filed. There is no statute of limitations on assessment for IRC sections 6694(b), 6700, and 6701 penalties. There is no statute of limitations on actions to enjoin preparers or promoters under IRC section 7407 or 7408.
  2. CAUTION: Extending the statute (Form 872) on a taxpayer's return does not extend the statute for the return preparer penalty case.
  3. The statute on a return preparer penalty case under IRC sections 6694(a) and 6695 can be extended using Form 872–D, Consent to Extend the Time on Assessment of a Tax Return Preparer Penalty. (See Rev. Rul. 78–245.)
  4. A transcript of the return on which the preparer penalty is based should be included in the preparer penalty case file for accurate monitoring of the expiration date.
  5. Consents should be obtained, except for 6694(b) cases, when the statute of limitations for assessing the preparer penalty will expire within 180 days and there is insufficient time to complete the examination. Also, the statute for assessment must be extended if the preparer requests to go to Appeals and there is less than 180 days remaining on the statute for assessment. Ample time for processing is important because statutory notice of deficiency procedures do not apply to preparer penalties.
  6. A separate consent should generally be obtained for each year under consideration, but related taxpayers' returns for which the penalties are applicable can be included on each consent.

20.1.6.1.9  (07-08-1999)
Definitions

  1. Adequate Disclosure. Disclosure made on a Form 8275 or 8275–R, as appropriate, or made in accordance with the annual revenue procedure issued for the purposes of the substantial understatement penalty. A preparer is not subject to a civil conduct penalty for an unrealistic position under IRC section 6694(a) if the position is not frivolous and is adequately disclosed. Different disclosure rules apply to signing and nonsigning preparers (see Treas. Regs. 1.6694–2(c)(3)(i) and (ii), and 1.6694–3(e)(1) and (2)).
  2. Frivolous Position. A position that is patently improper. See Treas. Reg. 1.6694–2(c)(2).
  3. Gross Valuation Overstatement. A gross valuation overstatement is a statement of the value of any property or service that exceeds 200 percent of the amount determined to be the correct value, when the value of the property or services is directly related to the amount of any allowable deduction or credit. (See Mattingly v. United States, 722 F. Supp. 568 (E.D. Mo. 1989).)
    1. If a promoter provides a gross valuation overstatement in connection with the organization or sale of an interest in the entity, the penalty applies regardless of whether the promoter knows or has reason to know of the overvaluation.
    2. The gross valuation overstatement must be directly related to a material matter.
    3. Reasonable Basis/Good Faith Exception. When a penalty under IRC section 6700 is based on the promoter's making or furnishing of a gross valuation overstatement, the Service may waive the penalty if the valuation had a reasonable basis and was made in good faith. This exception does not apply to penalties based on the making or furnishing of a false or fraudulent statement as to the tax benefits to be derived from participating in the arrangement.

     

  4. Income Tax Return Preparer. Any person (including a partnership or corporation) who prepares for compensation all or a substantial portion of a tax return or claim for refund under the income tax provisions of the Code. For a more complete discussion of the meaning of this term, see IRM 20.1.6.3. The IRC section 7701(a)(36) definition of a tax return preparer has been interpreted by Treas. Reg. 301.7701–15 and various revenue rulings to include persons (including "nonsigning preparers" ) who:
    1. Furnish sufficient advice or information so that the completion of the return by another individual is a mechanical process;
    2. Supply computerized tax return preparation service to tax practitioners, or offers a service or program that makes substantive tax determinations; and
    3. Software companies or other persons that prepare computer programs and sell them to taxpayers for use in preparing their returns, may also be an income tax return preparers for purposes of the civil conduct penalties.
    4. Excepted from this definition are persons who provide mere clerical services, employees who prepare returns for their employers, preparers of fiduciary returns, as well as those who prepare a claim for refund for a taxpayer in response to a deficiency notice or a consent to extend the period of assessment after the audit of a taxpayer has begun.
    5. For the purposes of the IRC section 6694(a) or (b) penalties, the "return preparer" definition was modified in 1991 so that only one individual associated with a firm (i.e., an employee or partner) is treated as a preparer ( "one-preparer-per-firm" rule). See Treas. Reg. 1.6694–1(b)(1).
    6. A nonsigning preparer who prepares a schedule or entry that constitutes a substantial portion of the return may be considered a tax return preparer. In making the decision as to what constitutes a "substantial portion," the examiner should consider the relation of the entry or schedule to the tax liability, the complexity of the return as a whole, and the relative time involved in preparing it.
    7. An electronic return originator may be a return preparer under IRC section 7701(a)36 and Treas. Regs. 301.7701–15, who could be liable for these penalties. However, an electronic filer who is primarily a transmitter with services limited to "typing, reproduction or other mechanical assistance in the preparation of a return or claim for refund" is not an income tax preparer for purposes for these penalties. See Rev. Proc. 91–69, 1991–2 C.B. 893.

     

  5. Penalty Screening Committee. A multifunctional group that is established by the Area Director. The committee members are the Electronic Filer Coordinator, Return Preparer Coordinator and a Criminal Investigations representative. This committee identifies patterns of preparer abuse, recommends the initiation of a project on potentially abusive return preparers, and reviews the appropriateness and accuracy of the return preparer penalty assertion.
  6. Promoter. A promoter is any person who organizes, assists in the organization of, or participates (directly or indirectly) in the sale of any interest in a partnership or other entity, investment plan or arrangement, or plan or other arrangement. The class of persons covered by the penalty includes not only sellers, but also individuals who:
    1. Aid or assist sellers,
    2. Cause other persons to make or furnish the proscribed statements, or
    3. cause an appraiser to grossly overvalue property.

     

  7. IRC section 6700. This code section applies broadly to:
    1. Promoters, organizers, sales persons, appraisers, engineers, accountants, attorneys, commodities future dealers of tax straddles, financial advisors, and any persons who actively participate in the promotion of a tax shelter;
    2. Promoters and sellers of mail order ministries, family trust arrangements, tax evasion schemes, offshore tax shelters, and tax havens;
    3. Investment bankers, bond counsel, feasibility consultants, engineers, etc., in relation to plans or arrangements that may include obligations issued by a state or local government but need not be investment oriented.

     

  8. Reason to Know Standard. The penalty for making a statement with respect to the allow ability of any deduction or credit, the excludability of any income, or the securing of any tax benefit only applies when the individual "knows or has reason to know" that the statement is false or fraudulent. Whether a person knows or has reason to know that a statement is false or fraudulent depends upon his role in the organization or sale.
    1. An attorney would generally be entitled to rely on feasibility studies conducted by a reputable engineering firm, unless such attorney knew or had reason to know of information which would call that study into question. Absent that, the attorney would not normally be required to question the assumptions underlying, or results reached by the study.
    2. Similarly, as to matters of fact or expectation, attorneys can rely on information provided by other parties, absent actual knowledge or reason to know of its inaccuracy. However, attorneys cannot rely on statements which are not credible or reasonable on their face.
    3. The "reason to know" standard does not carry with it a duty of inquiry, unless the person involved with the promotion has reason to know of the inaccuracy of facts provided by another person.
    4. Examiners may rely on objective evidence in determining whether a person involved with the promotion has "reason to know" that a statement is false or fraudulent. A promoter's ignorance of facts revealed in the materials provided to him is not a legitimate defense if the knowledge is required by his/her role in the transaction.

     

  9. Reasonable Cause/Good Faith. A common sense allowance under the circumstances for omissions or errors. The IRC section 6694(a) penalty will not be imposed if, considering all the facts and circumstances, it is determined that the preparer had reasonable cause and acted in good faith. Factors to consider in making this determination include the nature of the error, the materiality of the error, the frequency of the error, the preparer's normal office practice, and the preparer's reliance upon the advice of another preparer. (See IRM 20.1.1, Reasonable Cause Guidelines.)
  10. Reckless or Intentional Disregard. In general, a preparer is considered to have recklessly or intentionally disregarded a rule or regulation if the preparer takes a position on the return or claim that is contrary to a rule or regulation and the preparer knows of, or is reckless in not knowing of, the rule or regulation.
    1. A preparer who makes little or no effort to determine if a rule or regulation exists may be subject to the IRC section 6694(b) penalty if such conduct deviates from a "reasonable" preparer standard. Diligence is implicitly a part of the standard for a reasonable preparer.
    2. An IRC section 6694(b) penalty predicated on reckless or intentional disregard would not be imposed if there is adequate disclosure of a nonfrivolous position and, in the case of a regulation, the position represents a good faith challenge to the regulation's validity.
    3. Prior to January 1, 1990, reckless or intentional disregard of a rule or regulation was addressed by an IRC section 6694(a) penalty of $100. OBRA '89 repositioned this conduct to IRC section 6694(b) and made it a $1,000 penalty.

     

  11. Rules and Regulations. The provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, temporary or final regulations, revenue rulings, or notices (other than notices of proposed rule making) that are published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin. Revenue procedures are not included in this definition.
  12. Understatement of Liability. Any understatement of the net amount payable with respect to any tax due under Subtitle A of the Code (income taxes) or any overstatement of the net amount creditable or refundable with respect to any such tax may subject a preparer to the IRC section 6694 penalty.
    1. A final administrative or judicial determination concerning the taxpayer's return is not required in order to assert the preparer conduct penalties. However, the conduct penalties should be abated if a subsequent judicial or administrative determination concludes that no understatement exists.
    2. For purposes of the civil preparer conduct penalties, the "net amount payable" is not reduced by any carryback.
    3. For further guidance on the meaning of this term, see IRM 20.1.6.3.1 and 20.1.6.3.2, below.

     

  13. Unrealistic Position. A position for which there was not a realistic possibility of being sustained on its merits.
    1. A position has a realistic possibility of being sustained if a reasonable and well-informed analysis by a person knowledgeable in tax law would lead such a person to conclude that the position has approximately a one-in-three, or greater, likelihood of being sustained.
    2. In the case of signing preparers, the relevant date for determining realistic possibility is generally the date the preparer dates the return. The relevant date for nonsigning preparers is contained in Treas. Reg. 1.6694–2(b)(5)(ii).
    3. The analysis used for determining whether substantial authority is present for purposes of the accuracy-related penalty also applies in making a determination concerning the realistic possibility standard. Only the authorities specified in Treas. Reg. 1.6662–4(d)(3)(iii) are considered. Also, see Examples (1), (2), (3) and (5) in IRM 20.1.6.3.7, below.

     

  14. Willful Conduct.Knowing and intentional conduct. A preparer is considered to have acted willfully if he disregards information provided (or adds information not provided) furnished by the taxpayer or other persons in an attempt to wrongfully reduce tax. It is not necessary to prove that the preparer acted with a bad purpose or evil motive in order to establish willfulness.

20.1.6.1.10  (07-08-1999)
Processing and Assessment Instructions

  1. Return preparer penalties are assessed or abated on the Master File Civil Penalty Module using MFT 55.
  2. These procedures allow tracking of return preparer penalty assessments or abatements. The information must be input completely and correctly for data on the Return Preparer Penalty Program to be accurate.

20.1.6.1.10.1  (07-08-1999)
Responsibilities

  1. Examiners will attach Form 3198, Special Handling Notice, to each penalty case file, identifying it as a return preparer penalty case and referencing the applicable IRC section.
  2. The originator, in completing Form 8278, Computation and Assessment of Miscellaneous Penalties, will enter in red and initial:
    1. The applicable date of the expiration of the statute of limitations on assessment in Item 6 (or, if applicable, enter "No Statute" in Item 4), and
    2. The date Form 8278 was completed by the originator in Item 9 or 11.

     

  3. When the same penalties for the same period apply to a preparer in relation to more than one return, and the statute of limitations on the preparer penalty is determined by the statute of limitations for the return, complete Form 8278 using the earliest statute of limitations date. (See IRM 20.1.6.1.8, Statute of Limitations.)
  4. When more than one penalty under different IRC sections will be assessed against the same preparer for the same period, a separate Form 8278 has to be completed for each penalty.

20.1.6.1.10.2  (07-08-1999)
Processing Guidelines

  1. IRC sections and reference numbers for return preparer penalties on the Civil Penalty Module are contained in Exhibit 20.1.6–4.
    1. These penalties will be transmitted on Form 8278. The assessments and abatements will be input to Master File (MF) through IDRS using Command Code ADJ54, Transaction Code (TC) 290 with a zero amount, the appropriate three digit reference number, and the amount of the penalty. Reference numbers must be input correctly in all instances in order to track related data.
    2. An assessment generates a TC 240 and an abatement generates a TC 241 to the MF with the respective reference number of the penalty adjustment. TC 290 is only a carrier transaction and will not post to MF. The reference numbers generate a notice to the preparer which explains the assessment and appeal rights.

     

  2. NOTE: The return preparer penalty account is not established or controlled on AIMS.
  3. Imminent statute cases will be processed under quick assessment procedures.
  4. The following guidelines are used in establishing name lines:
    1. Establishment of a civil penalty name line (CVPN) only applies to MFT 55 assessments. Information to otherwise update the entity, such as an address change, must be input prior to establishing the CVPN.
    2. A hard copy MFTRA will be requested for all preparer penalty cases (complete entity and all active modules).
    3. If the MF name line of the preparer being assessed is joint or ever has been, a CVPN must be established using Form 2363, TC 013, RF 55, (RF 55 informs the terminal operator that only a preparer penalty name line is being established or changed). DO NOT change the name line of the MFT 30 account.
    4. If the name line is single, the special action to establish the CVPN is not warranted. The preparer penalty may be assessed directly. MF will automatically extract and establish the penalty name line.
    5. If the MFTRA shows no record, then a MF entity must be established using Form 2363, TC 000 (with a "mail file requirement" of "1" for MFT 55), for the year of the penalty assessment. Input the preparer's complete name and address. This allows the penalty to be assessed.
    6. If a penalty is to be asserted for a year prior to when the preparer has filed a return, a MF name line must be established for the year the penalty is to be assessed using Form 2363, TC 013. The penalty may then be assessed. MF will automatically extract and establish the penalty name line.

     

  5. Underline the following entries on Form 8278 in brown pencil to facilitate pick up by the remote terminal operators:
    • Taxpayer's name control,
    • Taxpayer's Identification Number (TIN),
    • MFT Code,
    • Taxable Period,
    • Transaction Code,
    • Reference number,
    • Complete the cents column with numbers only (no dash "—" mark is permitted,) and
    • Statute date if notated.

     

  6. A separate Form 8278 has to be completed for each penalty asserted under different IRC sections if more than one applies to the same preparer for the same period. If this instruction in IRM 20.1.6.1.10.1 above has not been observed, return the case file to the originator for completion. When multiple penalties apply to the same preparer for the same period:
    1. Input the first penalty to be assessed using blocking series 52X,
    2. Input subsequent penalties using blocking series 53X,
    3. Annotate Form 8278 with correct blocking series opposite each penalty to facilitate terminal input, and
    4. With blocking series 53X, CP Notice 55 will be generated to alert the service center to associate Forms 5147, IDRS Transaction Record, for subsequent penalty assessments with the penalty case file containing the input and source documents.

     

  7. After terminal input, all preparer penalty case files with Form 8278 will be forwarded to service center files function to be associated with Form 5147, IDRS Transaction Record.

20.1.6.1.11  (07-08-1999)
Electronic Filing Program

  1. Preparers in the Electronic Filing Program (EFP) must meet suitability standards reflected in Rev. Proc. 91–69, 1991–2 C.B. 893. Since penalties asserted against preparers are a factor in determining suitability for the EFP, Return Preparer Coordinators will notify Electronic Filing Coordinators (EFC) of all penalties asserted on return preparers.
  2. Section 120.1.6.03 of Rev. Proc. 91–69 broadly defines the applicability of return preparer penalties for those participating in the EFP:  ". . .the Service reserves the right to assert all appropriate preparer, nonpreparer, and disclosure penalties against an Electronic Filer as warranted under the circumstances."
  3. Area Offices are required to establish multifunctional teams to visit electronic filers to determine their compliance with the ELF revenue procedures. Examiners who participate on these teams charge their time to activity code 522500.

20.1.6.1.12  (05-05-2000)
Third Party Contacts—IRC Section 7602(c)

  1. RRA 98 created IRC section 7602(c) to require that before Service employees initiate contact with third parties for the determination or collection of a taxpayer's tax liability, the taxpayer must be given reasonable notice in advance that third parties may be contacted. Section 7602(c) also requires the Service to make a record of persons contacted and provide that record to the taxpayer both periodically and upon the taxpayer's request. See IRM 5.1.17 for general Examination procedures on third party contacts. In certain situations the notice and recordkeeping requirements of IRC section 7602(c) may apply to contacts made to determine the applicability of return preparer penalties because these penalties are treated as a tax under IRC section 6671. The applicability of IRC section 7602(c) is indicated below with reference to the preparer penalty Code provisions.
  2. IRC sections 6695 (a) and (f). In the course of a routine examination, mandatory pro forma inquiries addressed to the taxpayer regarding the preparer's compliance with IRC sections 6695(a) and (f) are not third party contacts.
    1. The notice requirements of IRC section 7602(c) are not immediately triggered if the taxpayer's response to pro forma questions asked as part of a routine audit provides a basis for conducting a preparer penalty investigation.
    2. If the taxpayer indicates that the preparer did not provide a copy of the return and/or the preparer negotiated the refund check, examiners should briefly confirm and record the response, discontinue inquiry on the issue, and continue with the examination of the return. Contact the preparer to determine if IRC section 6695(a) and/or (f) penalties apply. If further contact with the taxpayer regarding the determination of a preparer penalty is necessary, issue Letter 3164N (AO) to the preparer before re-contacting the taxpayer. Notification is now required since contact with the taxpayer is a third party contact with respect to a determination the preparer's liability for a penalty.

     

  3. IRC section 6695(g). Compliance visits with preparers to determine the due diligence requirement for the earned income credit are not third party contacts.
  4. IRC section 6694. In the course of routine examinations, the preparer penalty issue under IRC section 6694 is usually not subject to third party notification and recordkeeping requirements.
    1. Criteria for applying the IRC section 6694 penalty—unrealistic positions, willful attempts to understate the liability, reckless or intentional disregard of rules and regulations—are decided by 1) the character of the adjusted return positions and 2) the preparer's part in the noncompliance.
    2. Information on the applicability of preparer penalties is often a by-product of the examination and does not always require examiners to directly address the taxpayer as a third party for information on the preparer's conduct. The notice requirements of IRC section 7602(c) are not immediately triggered by a taxpayer's response that provides a basis for conducting a preparer penalty investigation. For example, in order to account for an erroneous return position and determine if an IRC section 6662 penalty applies against the taxpayer, the examiner may ask the taxpayer what information he gave the preparer and to what extent the preparer was informed of all relevant, underlying facts.
    3. Information from the taxpayer in response to a proposed IRC section 6662 penalty may indicate that the "advice exception" applies. (See Treas. Reg. 1.6664–4(c) and IRM 20.1.5.6.2.) Any contact with the preparer to determine the applicability of the taxpayer's penalty is a third party contact. Mail Letter 3164 N (AO) to the taxpayer prior to any additional contacts with the preparer and record the contact on Form 12175.
    4. The notice and recordkeeping requirements come into effect whenever the examiner addresses the taxpayer as a third party, i.e., whenever the examiner directly asks the taxpayer for information needed for making a determination on the preparer's liability for a penalty. Before an inquiry of that character is initiated, the examiner must issue Letter 3164 N (AO) to the preparer and then re-contact the taxpayer. Record the contact on Form 12175.

     

  5. Program action. Examination contacts with program action taxpayers are considered third party contacts for the purpose of making a penalty determination in the related preparer. Letter 3164 N (AO) must be issued to the preparer after the return preparer project is approved and before the related taxpayers are first contacted for examinations. (See IRM 20.1.6.1.6 for program action guidelines and (10) below.) Contacts with each related taxpayer must be documented on Form 12175.
  6. Criminal investigations.
    1. Examiners may conduct audits of program action taxpayers (following procedures in (5) above) regarding civil issues at the same time that special agents are independently conducting a criminal investigation of the related preparer.
    2. The "pending criminal investigation" exception under IRC 7602(c)(3)(C) applies to third party contacts made by special agents in CI. It also applies to examiners or other Service personnel while working under CI and assisting in a criminal investigation.

     

  7. IRC sections 6700 and 6701. Contact with third parties for the purpose of 1) investigating persons described in IRC section 6700(a)(1) or (2) who may be subject to the tax shelter promoter penalty, and 2) investigating IRC section 6701 penalties on aiding and abetting the understatement of a tax liability are third party contacts and are subject to IRC section 7602(c) requirements. As such, Letter 3164 N (AO) must be issued and each contact must be documented on Form 12175.
  8. IRC section 6713. A violation with respect to the prohibition on a preparer's disclosure of tax return information is almost always brought to the attention of the Service by the affected taxpayer. The unsolicited receipt of information from a third party is not initiated by the IRS and is not subject to IRC section 7602(c) notification or reporting requirements.
  9. IRC section 7407 and 7408. Actions to enjoin income tax return preparers and to enjoin promoters of abusive tax shelters, etc., are legal proceedings to prohibit certain conduct and are not to determine or collect tax liabilities. Therefore, IRC section 7602(c) does not apply to the action to enjoin nor to referrals by examiners to Area Counsel or the Department of Justice. However, the underlying investigative actions requiring third party contacts, such as contacts under (2), (4), (5), (6), and (7), are subject to IRC section 7602(c) requirements.
  10. General considerations.
    1. Mail Letter 3164 N (AO) to the address of record on the Individual or Business Master File. If Letter 3164 N (AO) is returned undeliverable and a correct current address is located, update the Master File to reflect the correct address and reissue Letter 3164 N (AO) accordingly.
    2. Wait ten calendar days after issuing Letter 3164 N (AO) before contacting the third party.
    3. Letter 3164 N (AO) may be issued in person. In these cases, the third party contacts may be made immediately.

     

20.1.6.2  (07-08-1999)
Director of Practice

  1. The Office of the Director of Practice is responsible for overseeing:
    1. The rules governing practitioners (i.e., attorneys, certified public accountants, enrolled agents, enrolled actuaries, and other persons representing clients before the Service), and
    2. The rules relating to authority to practice before the Service, and the duties, restrictions, and disciplinary action that pertain to such practice.

     

  2. The Director of Practice also helps ensure the cooperation and integrity of the practitioner community in the overall field of tax administration.

20.1.6.2.1  (07-08-1999)
Referral to the Director of Practice

  1. When the following penalties are asserted against a practitioner an information referral to the Director of Practice is mandatory:
    1. IRC sections 6695(f), 6700, and 6701.
    2. IRC sections 6694(a) and (b) penalties when closed agreed by the examiner or sustained in Appeals, or closed unagreed without Appeal contact.
    3. IRC section 7407/7408 when action is taken to enjoin preparers or promoters.
    4. IRC section 6701(a) asserted against appraisers.

     

  2. A referral is discretionary on penalties asserted under IRC section 6695(a) through (e)(2). Normally the referral will be made if there are a number of similar penalties asserted against the same practitioner, since this could indicate reckless conduct or lack of competence.
  3. Section 10.53 of Treasury Department Circular No. 230 requires Service employees to make a written report to the Director of Practice when there is reason to believe that a tax practitioner has violated the rules set forth in the Circular. When disciplinary action is deemed appropriate, the report will include sufficient detail, documentation, and exhibits, to substantiate the character and extent of the violation.
  4. Examiners will send referrals for C–230 action to the Director of Practice on Form 8484, Penalty Information Report. It is routed through Case Processing Support the RPC who forwards it to the Area Director. The referral will be transmitted by memorandum explaining the preparer's conduct, whether an appeal will be made, and to what extent the preparer normally practices before the Service.
  5. If the referral is for information and not for C–230 action, examiners will route F–8484 through QMS to the RPC who will send it directly to the Director of Practice.
  6. Referrals should be sent to:
    Office of the Director of Practice C:AP:P
    1111 Constitution Avenue
    Washington, D.C. 20224

20.1.6.3  (07-08-1999)
Preparer Conduct Penalties: IRC Section 6694

  1. The Tax Reform Act of 1976 (TRA 1976) enacted IRC section 6694 which gives the IRS the authority to assess civil penalties against income tax return preparers.
    1. As enacted by TRA 1976, IRC section 6694(a) provided a $100 penalty for preparers who understated a taxpayer's income tax liability by the negligent or intentional disregard of rules or regulations.
    2. As enacted by TRA 1976, IRC section 6694(b) provided a $500 penalty for preparers who willfully understated a taxpayer's income tax liability.

     

  2. The Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1989 (OBRA 1989) made the following changes to IRC section 6694(a):
    1. Increased the penalty amount from $100 to $250 per return or claim for refund.
    2. Changed the standard for imposing the penalty such that the penalty now applies if the understatement of liability is due to a position that was known or that reasonably should have been known by the preparer and for which there was not a realistic possibility of being sustained on its merits.
    3. Added a disclosure exception for positions that are not frivolous.
    4. Added a reasonable cause and good faith exception.
    5. Realistic possibility standard: The House Committee Report to OBRA 1989 states that the new realistic possibility standard was adopted because it generally reflects the professional conduct standards applicable to lawyers (American Bar Association Ethics Opinion) and to certified public accountants (AICPA's Statement on Responsibilities in Tax Practice—SRTP No. 1). The Committee also believed that this standard of behavior was stricter than the prior negligence standard, so that negligent behavior subject to the penalty under prior law would continue to be subject to the penalty under this new standard.

     

  3. OBRA 1989 made the following changes to IRC section 6694(b):
    1. Increased the penalty amount from $500 to $1,000 per return or claim for refund.
    2. Added reckless or intentional disregard of rules or regulations as a basis for imposing the IRC section 6694(b) penalty.
    3. Made intentional disregard of rules or regulations (formerly under IRC section 6694(a)) a basis for imposing the higher IRC section 6694(b) penalty.
    4. Indicated (in the legislative history to OBRA 1989) that the IRC section 6694(b) penalty for disregarding rules or regulations should not be imposed if proper disclosure is made.

     

  4. The OBRA 1989 amendments apply to documents prepared after 12/31/89.
  5. For guidance on the new IRC section 6694 provisions, see the regulations issued on December 31, 1991. For documents prepared and advice given after December 31, 1989 but on or before December 31, 1991, also see Notice 90–20, 1990–1 C.B. 328.

20.1.6.3.1  (07-08-1999)
Returns and Claims for Refund Prepared Prior to 1/1/90: Definitions

  1. Income tax return preparer. IRC section 6694(f) cross references to IRC section 7701(a)(36) for the definition of an income tax return preparer. Under IRC section 7701(a)(36), an income tax return preparer means any person who prepares for compensation, or who employs one or more persons to prepare for compensation, any income tax return or claim for refund of income taxes. For this purpose, the preparation of a substantial portion of a return or claim for refund is treated as if it were the preparation of such return or claim for refund.
  2. Persons who are income tax return preparers:
    1. A person who does not physically prepare an income tax return is nevertheless an income tax return preparer if that person furnishes to a taxpayer or other preparer sufficient information and advice so that completion of the return or claim for refund is largely a mechanical or clerical matter. (Treas. Reg. 301.7701–15(a)(1))
    2. A preparer of a partnership return or an S corporation return is an income tax return preparer with respect to a partner's or a shareholder's return if the entry or entries on the partnership or S corporation return reportable on the partner's or shareholder's return constitute a substantial portion of the partner's or shareholder's return. (Treas. Reg. 301.7701–15(b)(3))
    3. A firm that offers computerized tax preparation service to tax practitioners is an income tax return preparer if the program makes substantive tax determinations. (Rev. Rul. 85–187, 1985–2 C.B. 338, Rev. Rul 85–188, 1985–2 C.B. 339; and Rev. Rul. 85–189, 1985–2 C.B. 339)
    4. A person who prepares a computer program and sells it to taxpayers to use in preparing the taxpayers' income tax returns is an income tax return preparer if the program provides substantive tax instructions. (Rev. Rul. 85–189)
    5. A general partner who prepares a partnership return can be an income tax return preparer with respect to a limited partner's return in certain situations. (Rev. Rul. 81–270, 1981–2 C.B. 250)
    6. A preparer (1st preparer) can be a preparer with respect to a return prepared by another preparer (2nd preparer) if the 2nd preparer relied on information contained on the return prepared by the 1st preparer. This occurs, for example, when the 1st preparer negligently overstates the expenses on a prior year's return, thus creating an NOL, and the 2nd preparer, in good faith, applies the NOL carryover in preparing the subsequent year's return. (Rev. Rul. 81–171, 1981–1 C.B. 581)

     

  3. Persons who are not income tax return preparers:
    1. A person who prepares a return or claim for refund with no explicit or implicit agreement for compensation even though the person receives a gift or return service or favor. (Treas. Reg. 301.7701–15(a)(4))
    2. A person who only provides Mechanical assistance in the preparation of an income tax return or claim for refund (e.g., provides typing and/or reproducing services). (Treas. Reg. 301.7701–15(d)(1))
    3. A person who prepares an income tax return or claim for refund of a person, or an officer, general partner, or employee of a person, by whom the individual is regularly and continuously employed or in which the individual is a general partner. (Treas. Reg. 301.7701–15(d)(2))
    4. A person who prepares an income tax return or claim for refund for an estate or a trust but only if such person is a fiduciary or is an officer, general partner, or employee of the fiduciary. (Treas. Reg. 301.7701–15(d)(3))
    5. A person who prepares a claim for refund for a taxpayer in response to a deficiency notice or a waiver of restriction after initiation of an audit of the taxpayer or another taxpayer (if the other taxpayer's audit affects the taxpayer in question). (Treas. Reg. 301.7701–15(d)(4).)
    6. Any person who provides tax assistance under the VITA program. (Treas. Reg. 301.7701–15(a)(7).)

     

  4. Understatement of liability. The term means any understatement of the net amount payable with respect to any income taxes or any overstatement of the net amount creditable or refundable with respect to any income taxes. The determination of whether there is any understatement of liability is made without regard to any administrative or judicial action involving the taxpayer. The exception to this rule is where there is a final administrative determination or a final judicial decision that there was no understatement of liability. In such cases, the assessed penalty must be abated. However, if the taxpayer's liability is eliminated by a NOL, the penalty should not be abated. (Rev. Rul. 82–25, 1982–1 C.B. 214.)
  5. Rules of regulations. The term includes the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, the Treasury regulations issued under the Code, and Internal Revenue Service revenue rulings published in the Cumulative Bulletin. (Treas. Reg. 1.6694–1(a)(3)—Pre OBRA 1989 Treas. Regs.)
  6. Criteria for asserting of the IRC section 6694(a) penalty:
    1. An income tax return preparer,
    2. An understatement of income tax liability, and
    3. Understatement due to negligence or intentional disregard of rules or regulations. (See IRM 20.1.6.3.2 below)

     

  7. Standards under former IRC section 6653(a) applicable. In the Conference Report on the Revenue Act of 1978 relating to Technical Corrections to the Tax Reform Act of 1976, 1978–3 C.B. (Vol. 1) 521, 618, the conferees specifically directed the Service to "reasonably interpret IRC section 6694(a) according to the standards of IRC section 6653(a) and in light of all the facts and circumstances of each case, taking into account any and all mitigating factors." Therefore, in determining whether a preparer has negligently or intentionally disregarded a rule or regulation, apply the same standards as applied in determining the application of the former IRC section 6653 penalty against taxpayers. The Conference Report also states that for purposes of IRC section 6694(a), "the view of the taxpayer concerning a rule or regulation is not material." Accordingly, it is not necessary for the IRC section 6653(a) penalty to be asserted against a taxpayer in order to justify the assertion of the IRC section 6694(a) penalty against the preparer of the taxpayer's return.
  8. Negligence. Negligence is generally understood to mean a lack of due care or failure to do what a reasonable and ordinary prudent person would do under the circumstances. In determining whether the preparer negligently disregarded a rule or regulation, all the relevant facts and circumstances of the case should be taken into account, including the following factors:
    1. Nature of the error causing the understatement;
    2. Frequency of the error; and
    3. Materiality of the error
    4. Note: Even though consideration of the above factors still suggests negligence, the penalty is not warranted if the preparer's normal office practice, when considered together with other facts and circumstances (such as the knowledge of the preparer) indicates that the error in question would rarely occur and the normal office practice was followed in preparing the return/claim for refund.
    5. In addition, the IRC section 6694(a) penalty generally should not be applied if a preparer, in good faith, relied without verification on information furnished by the taxpayer. However, reliance will not preclude the imposition of the penalty if the preparer should have made appropriate inquiries to determine the existence of facts and circumstances required by the Code or regulations. (Rev. Proc. 80–40, 1980–1 C.B. 774)

     

  9. Negligence does not apply. A preparer will not be considered to have negligently or intentionally disregarded a rule or regulation if:
    1. Due Diligence. A preparer exercised due diligence in an effort to apply the rule or regulation to the information given to the preparer to determine the taxpayer's correct tax liability. (Treas. Reg. 1.6694–1(a)—Pre OBRA 1989 Treas. Regs.)
    2. Good Faith & Reasonable Basis. A preparer in good faith and with reasonable basis took the position that a rule or regulation did not accurately reflect the Code and did not follow it. (Treas. Reg. 1.6694–1(a)(4)—Pre OBRA 1989 Treas. Regs.)
    3. Burden of Proof. The preparer bears the burden of proof on the issue of whether the preparer has negligently or intentionally disregarded a rule or regulation. The preparer will have satisfied this burden if 1.) the preparer presents evidence that his/her normal office practice concerning the treatment of the particular item was not negligent and that this normal practice was followed, and 2.) the IRC does not have contrary evidence. (Treas. Reg. 1.6694–1(a)(5)—Pre OBRA 1989 Treas. Regs.)

     

  10. Criteria for imposition of the IRC section 6694(b) penalty:
    1. An income tax return preparer, (See IRM 20.1.6.3.2 below)
    2. An understatement of income tax liability, and (See IRM 20.1.6.3.2 below)
    3. Willful attempt to understate income tax liability. (See IRM 20.1.6.3.1 below)

     

  11. Willful understatement. A preparer has willfully attempted to understate the income tax liability of the taxpayer if the preparer disregards information furnished by the taxpayer or other persons in an attempt wrongfully to reduce the income tax liability of the taxpayer. In some cases, a penalty for willful understatement may be based on an intentional disregard of rules or regulations. In such cases, the preparer will be subject to both the IRC section 6694(a) and the IRC section 6694(b) penalties. (Treas. Reg. 1.6694–1(b)(2)—Pre OBRA 1989 Treas. Regs.)
  12. Verification of information: As in the case of the IRC section 6694(a) penalty, independent verification of the information furnished by the taxpayer, generally, is not required. (Treas. Reg. 1.6694–1(b)(2)—Pre OBRA 1989 Treas. Regs.)
  13. When both IRC section 6694(a) and (b) penalties apply. If both penalties apply to a preparer, the IRC section 6694(b) penalty amount must be reduced by the IRC section 6694(a) penalty amount. Therefore, examiners should ensure that the combined assessment of the IRC section 6694(a) and (b) penalties against a preparer do not exceed $500 with respect to a return or claim for refund ($100 for IRC section 6694(a) penalty and $400 for IRC section 6694(b) penalty).
  14. Burden of Proof: The IRS bears the burden of proof on the issue of whether the preparer has willfully attempted to understate the income tax liability. (IRC section 7427 and Treas. Reg. 1.6694–1(b)(5)—Pre OBRA 1989 Treas. Regs.)

20.1.6.3.2  (07-08-1999)
Returns and Claims for Refund Prepared After 12/31/89 Definitions

  1. Income tax return preparer. The definition of the term is the same as under IRM 20.1.6.1.10 above with one modification. For documents prepared and advice given after 12/31/91, and only for purposes of the IRC section 6694 penalties, the new regulations provide that no more than one individual associated with a firm will be treated as a preparer with respect to the same return or claim for refund (one-preparer-per-firm rule).
    1. Signing preparer. If a signing preparer is associated with a firm, that individual, and no other individual in the firm, is treated as an income tax return preparer with respect to the return or claim for refund. (Treas. Reg. 1.6694–1(b)(1)—Post OBRA 1989 Treas. Regs.)
    2. Nonsigning preparer. If two or more individuals associated with a firm are income tax return preparers and none of them is the signing preparer, ordinarily, the one individual who will be treated as the preparer is the individual with overall supervisory responsibility for the advice given by the firm. For an example, see Treas. Reg. 1.6694–1(b)(3)—Post OBRA 1989 Treas. Regs.
    3. Note: The one-preparer-per-firm rule does not mean that an IRC section 6694 penalty cannot also be asserted against the firm, as an employer. It also does not mean that there can never be more than one preparer per return. For example, if a CPA receives advice from an attorney (who is not associated with the same firm) and the advice constitutes a substantial portion of the return, both the CPA and the attorney are income tax return preparers with respect to that return.

     

  2. Understatement of Liability.The definition of the term is the same as under prior law. The new regulations now expressly provide that the net amount payable is not reduced by any carryback. Thus, it incorporates the position stated in Rev. Rul. 82–25. (Treas. Reg. 1.6694–1(c)—Post OBRA 1989 Treas. Regs.)
  3. Rules or regulations. The definition of the term was expanded by the new regulations. This term now includes the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, temporary or final Treasury regulations issued under the Code, and revenue rulings or notices (other than notices of proposed rule making) issued by the IRS and published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin. (Treas. Reg. 1.6694–3(f)—Post OBRA 1989 Treas. Regs.)
  4. Frivolous position. A "frivolous position" is a position that is patently improper. (Treas. Reg. 1.6694–2(c)(2)—Post OBRA 1989 Treas. Regs.)
  5. Criteria for imposition of the IRC section 6694(a) penalty:
    1. An income tax return preparer, (See IRM 20.1.6.1.10 above.)
    2. An understatement of income tax liability (See IRM 20.1.6.1.10 above.)
    3. Understatement due to a position that has no realistic possibility of being sustained on the merits and the income tax return preparer knew or reasonably should have known of such position, (See IRM 20.1.6.1.10 above.)
    4. No adequate disclosure, or a frivolous position, and (See IRM 20.1.6.1.10 above.)
    5. No reasonable cause and good faith (See IRM 20.1.6.1.9 above .)

     

  6. Unrealistic position. In order for the IRC section 6694(a) penalty to apply, the understatement of the income tax liability must be due to a position for which there was not a realistic possibility of being sustained on its merits (realistic possibility standard). Also, the preparer must have know or reasonably should have known of such position.
  7. One-in-three rule. A position is considered to have satisfied the realistic possibility standard if a reasonable and well-informed analysis by a person knowledgeable in the tax law would lead such a person to conclude that the position has approximately a one in three, or greater, likelihood of being sustained on its merits. To make this determination, the analysis prescribed by Treas. Reg. 1.6662–4(d)(3)(ii) for making the substantial authority determination should be applied. Also, the same authorities should be considered. (Treas. Reg. 1.6694–2(b)—Post OBRA 1989 Treas. Regs.)
  8. Adequate disclosure exception. The IRC section 6694(a) penalty does not apply if the position taken is not frivolous and is adequately disclosed.
    1. Signing preparers. The disclosure must be made on a properly completed and filed Form 8275 (Disclosure Statement) or 8275–R (Regulation Disclosure Statement), as appropriate, or on the return in accordance with an annual revenue procedure. (Treas. Reg. 1.6694–2(c)(3)(i)—Post OBRA 1989 Treas. Regs.)
    2. Nonsigning preparers. The disclosure may be made in the manner prescribed above for signing preparers or by including in the advice to the taxpayer (or to another preparer) a statement that contains the information required by Treas. Reg. 1.6694–2(c)(3)(ii).

     

  9. Reasonable cause and good faith exception. The IRC section 6694(a) penalty also does not apply if, considering all the facts and circumstances, it is determined that the understatement was due to reasonable cause and that the preparer acted in good faith. The factors to consider include:
    • Nature of the error causing the understatement,
    • Frequency of errors,
    • Materiality of errors,
    • Preparer's normal office practice, and
    • Reliance on the advice of another preparer. (Treas. Reg. 1.6694–2(d)—Post OBRA 1989 Treas. Regs.)

     

  10. Verification of information. As under prior law, a preparer, generally, does not have to independently verify the information furnished by the taxpayer. (Treas. Reg. 1.6694–1(e)—Post OBRA 1989 Treas. Regs.)
  11. When Both IRC section 6694(a) and IRC section 6694(b) Penalties Apply. As under prior law, if both penalties apply to a preparer, the IRC section 6694(b) penalty amount must be reduced by the IRC section 6694(a) penalty amount. Therefore, the examiner should ensure that the combined assessment of the IRC section 6694(a) and (b) penalties against a preparer do not exceed $1,000 with respect to one return or claim for refund ($250 for the IRC section 6694(a) penalty and $750 for the IRC section 6694(b) penalty).
  12. Burden of Proof. The preparer bears the burden of proof with respect to:
    1. Whether the preparer knew or reasonably should have known that the questioned position was taken on the return/claim for refund,
    2. Whether there is reasonable cause and good faith, and
    3. Whether the position was adequately disclosed. (Treas. Reg. 1.6694–2(e)—Post OBRA 1989 Treas. Regs.)

     

  13. Criteria for imposition of the IRC section 6694(b) penalty:
    1. An income tax return preparer, (See IRM 20.1.6.3.2 above.)
    2. An understatement of income tax liability, and
    3. An understatement due to a willful attempt to understate the income tax liability or due to any reckless or intentional disregard of rules or regulations.

     

  14. Willful Understatement. Same definition as under prior law. (See IRM 20.1.6.1.9)
  15. Reckless or Intentional Disregard. In general, a preparer is considered to have recklessly or intentionally disregarded a rule or regulation if the preparer takes a position that is contrary to a rule or regulation and the preparer knows of, or is reckless in not knowing of, the rule or regulation in question. A preparer is reckless in not knowing of a rule or regulation if he/she makes little or no effort to determine whether a rule or regulation exists, under circumstances which demonstrate a substantial deviation from the standard of conduct that a reasonable preparer would observe in the situation.
  16. Adequate disclosure. A preparer will not be considered to have recklessly or intentionally disregarded a rule or regulation if the position is not frivolous and is adequately disclosed in accordance with Treas. Reg. 1.6694–3(e). If the position taken is contrary to a regulation, the position must also represent a good faith challenge to the validity of the regulation. As in the case of the IRC section 6694(a) penalty, the method of making adequate disclosure is different for signing and nonsigning preparers.
  17. Positions contrary to a revenue ruling or a notice but which satisfy the realistic possibility standard. A preparer will not be considered to have recklessly or intentionally disregarded a revenue ruling or a notice if the position contrary to the revenue ruling or notice satisfies the realistic possibility standard. This rule does not also apply to a position contrary to a regulation. (Treas. Reg. 1.6694–3(c)—Post OBRA 1989 Treas. Regs.)
  18. Verification of information. Same rule as under IRM 20.1.6.3.2 above.
  19. When Both IRC section 6694(a) and IRC section 6694(b) Penalties Apply. If both penalties apply to a preparer, the IRC section 6694(b) penalty amount must be reduced by the IRC section 6694(a) penalty amount.
  20. Burden of Proof. The IRS bears the burden of proof on the issue of whether the preparer willfully attempted to understate the income tax liability. The preparer bears the burden of proof on issues such as:
    1. Whether the preparer recklessly or intentionally disregarded a rule or regulation,
    2. Whether a position contrary to a regulation represents a good faith challenge to the validity of the regulation, and
    3. Whether disclosure was adequately made. (Treas. Reg. 1.6694–3(h)—Post OBRA 1989 Treas. Regs.)

     

20.1.6.3.3  (07-08-1999)
Coordination with Other Penalties

  1. Although IRC section 6694 and IRC section 6701 set different standards for imposition of each penalty, in some instances both penalties could apply. IRC section 6701(f) provides that a penalty under IRC section 6694 may not be assessed if a penalty has already been assessed under IRC section 6701. This provision allows the Service to choose which penalty to assert if both apply to a set of facts, but prohibits the Service from assessing penalties under both sections for the same act.
  2. The preparer penalties imposed by IRC section 6694(b) and 6701 require different activities as grounds for assertion. Thus, the penalty under IRC section 6701 may apply in cases in which the IRC section 6694(b) penalty would not apply and vice versa.
  3. As with all income tax examinations, the examiner should consider whether the negligence penalty under former IRC section 6653(a) or the IRC section 6662 accuracy-related penalties are applicable to the taxpayer. Assertion of the penalty under IRC section 6694 against the income tax preparer does not preclude assertion of the penalty against the taxpayer under former IRC section 6653(a) or IRC section 6662.
  4. IRC section 6695 identification penalties can be asserted in conjunction with IRC section 6694 conduct penalties.

20.1.6.3.4  (07-08-1999)
Who Asserts the Penalty

  1. Area Examination Revenue Agents and Tax Auditors have responsibility for asserting the IRC section 6694 penalties.

20.1.6.3.5  (07-08-1999)
Asserting the IRC Section 6694 Penalties

  1. The income tax return preparer penalty cases are the key enforcement vehicle for identifying and penalizing noncompliant preparers. In preparer penalty cases, the Service focuses on the conduct of the preparer rather than the taxpayer and determines if that conduct warrants penalties. If preparer penalty cases are not opened, preparer misconduct may not be identified and penalized, and return preparer coordinators may not have the information necessary to identify patterns of noncompliance and initiate program action cases. However, in conformity with Policy Statement P–1–18, examiners will not automatically assess preparer penalties based solely on a determination of deficiency proposed in a related taxpayer's examination. Examiners will ensure that preparer penalties are used for their proper purpose and not as an automatic and mechanical component of the examination process.
  2. During every field and office examination, examiners will determine if an income tax return preparer conduct violation exists. If there are indications of misconduct, the examiner should open a preparer penalty case to determine if sanctions against the preparer are warranted. In this regard:
    1. Each income tax examination is separate and distinct from the return preparer violation case relating to the income tax examination.
    2. Examiners will not propose or discuss conduct penalties per se in the presence of the taxpayer.
    3. During the income tax examination, examiners will inquire, as warranted, to develop facts and circumstances to determine whether or not a preparer penalty case should be opened.
    4. Generally, no return preparer penalty will be proposed until the income tax examination is completed at the group level. Where practical, the preparer case may remain open after completing the income tax case. However, if the preparer case is inseparable from the income tax examination, both cases may be closed together. If the income tax case is unagreed, the examiner may pursue the preparer penalty after the unagreed income tax case is submitted at the group level.
    5. The determination on and settlement of the income tax examination will at all times proceed without regard to the return preparer penalty issue.
    6. CAUTION: On Forms 4813 and 4700–A Examination workpapers, the examiner should only document the fact that the required inquiries on the return preparer issues were completed. The taxpayer's answers to these inquiries should not be written on Forms 4318 and 4700–A, nor should they be included in any other workpapers in the taxpayer's case file. All information on the return preparer's activities and the applicability of any penalties relating to the return preparer should be separated from the taxpayer's case file. If the information were included in the case file, it would be disclosed to the taxpayer if the taxpayer requested a copy of the case file. This would constitute an IRS disclosure violation, since information regarding the return preparer's liability for taxes is confidential.

     

  3. For returns prepared prior to January 1, 1990, Rev. Proc. 80–40, 1980–2 C.B. 774, sets forth guidelines for the application of the penalty under IRC section 6694(a) for the negligent disregard of rules and regulations by an income tax return preparer.
    1. The revenue procedure indicates that the Service will consider the nature of the error causing the understatement, the frequency of the errors and the materiality of the errors.
    2. Rev. Proc. 80–40 specifically provides that an isolated mathematical or clerical error ordinarily reflects no more than mere inadvertence and thus will not result in the assertion of the penalty unless the error is of such magnitude or so conspicuous that it should have been discovered after its commission.
    3. The revenue procedure also provides that where all the relevant facts and circumstances suggest that the return was negligently prepared, the penalty will not be asserted if the preparer's normal office practice, when considered together with other facts and circumstances, indicates that the error in question would rarely occur, and the normal office practice was followed in preparing the return in question.

     

  4. Example applications of IRC section 6694(a) and (b) can be found in Treas. Regs. 1.6694–2 and 3.
  5. Revenue Ruling 81–171, 1981–1 C.B. 589, states that the IRC section 6694(a) penalty may be asserted for each taxable year return affected by a return preparer's negligent or intentional overstatement of expenses on a taxpayer's return that created a net operating loss that was carried back for 3 years and carried forward to the succeeding year's return. The IRC section 6694(a) penalty for the succeeding year will apply even though that year's return was prepared by a second preparer who used the information from the prior years' returns. No penalty may be imposed against the second preparer.
  6. Revenue Ruling 81–270, 1981–2 C.B. 250, states that if an understatement of liability on the individual income tax return of a limited partner is due to the negligent or intentional disregard of the rules and regulations by a general partner in preparing Schedule K–1 of a partnership return and the entries on that schedule constitute a substantial portion of the limited partner's return, then the IRC section 6694(a) penalty may be imposed on the general partner.
  7. Treasury regulations provide that a 6694(b) penalty for willful understatement is warranted when a preparer disregards information furnished by the taxpayer. An example of this willful conduct would be the intentional overstatement of business expense deductions in spite of a detailed expense register provided to the preparer by the taxpayer.
  8. Case Development. Although the development of the penalty case will depend on specific facts and circumstances, the examiner should, at a minimum, observe the following:
    1. When the taxpayer is questioned in the course of the examination on items that relate to a potential preparer penalty, the questions will be phrased narrowly and directly without having to introduce or define a "preparer penalty" issue per se.
    2. The examiner should question the taxpayer concerning conversations with and information given to the preparer. If available, copies of the relevant documents, including the return containing the understatement, should be incorporated into the case file. Care should be taken in interpreting these conversations. For example, the statement, "mileage claimed was for commuting between home and the office" does not affix preparer culpability for the disallowed expense. However, if the preparer specifically questioned the taxpayer about business related travel and received the above response without qualifying or explaining the term "business-related" to the taxpayer and/or without further questioning the taxpayer concerning the nature of this travel, a penalty may be warranted.
    3. If, after evaluating the information gathered, the examiner determines that a penalty is warranted, the examiner should prepare Form 6459, Return Preparer's Check sheet (IRC section 6694 and IRC section 6695), and secure the group manager's approval.
    4. After securing approval, the examiner should contact the preparer to fully develop the facts regarding the preparation of the income tax return. The following areas should be developed: 1.)  the preparer's education, training, and experience; 2.)  the office procedures, if any, that were employed by the preparer to insure that a correct return was prepared; and 3.)  the preparer's explanation regarding the errors found by the examiner.

     

  9. Preparer Penalty Case File. Once managerial approval is secured, the examiner should prepare the Form 5809, Preparer Penalty Case Control Card, and distribute it as follows:
    1. Original—Remains in the penalty case file.
    2. Copy A—Retained in group for control purposes.
    3. Copy B—May be used as a Form 895 or not used.
    4. Copy C—Send to Return Preparer Coordinator.
    5. Copy D—Send to Return Preparer Coordinator when the penalty case file is closed. (If no penalty is recommended by the examiner, then this form is sent to the RPC to close internal controls.)

     

  10. The examiner charges time to the penalty case file using the following activity codes:
    1. Activity Code 501/500 for IRC section 6694(a) cases, and
    2. Activity Code 502/500 for IRC section 6694(b) cases.

     

  11. Workpapers. The following information should be included in the case file:
    1. The first two pages of the related income tax return, and any schedules related to the understatement;
    2. Copy of the related income tax report; and
    3. Copies of relevant workpapers from the income tax case file and additional information sufficient to enable Case Processing Support Staff or Appeals to determine: 1.)  what information was provided to the preparer by the taxpayer, 2.)  why the preparer's action or inaction warranted the application of the penalty, and 3.)  the preparer's position regarding the penalty.
    4. An affidavit secured from the taxpayer, whenever appropriate. This affidavit should clearly indicate exactly when and what information was provided to the preparer and the content of any pertinent conversations between the taxpayer and the preparer. (See IRM 20.1.6.1.7 above regarding content of affidavits.)

     

  12. Assembly of Case File. The case file will include a copy of the report of proposed adjustments, the tax return, and relevant workpapers. The Form 5816, Report of Income Tax Return Preparer Penalty, is used for agreed and unagreed cases. See Exhibit 20.1.6–1 for a list of forms that should be included in the preparer penalty case file when appropriate.
  13. The increased rate does not change the monthly period for accruing the penalty. For example, a penalty which is accruing on the 16th day of the month at the one-half percent rate will first accrue at the 1 percent rate on the 16th day of the month following the trigger date, unless that date is the 16th. It will then continue to accrue at 1 percent until paid or until the 25 percent maximum penalty is reached.

20.1.6.3.6  (07-08-1999)
Case Processing Support Staff Function and Case File Assembly

  1. Preparer penalty cases are not subject to mandatory review. Groups will close cases to Case Processing Support for processing using Form 3198, following area guidelines.
  2. For unagreed cases, Form 5816, Report of Income Tax Return Preparer Penalty, and a statement of reasons for asserting the penalty will accompany Letter 1125 (AO).
  3. Form 5816 will be forwarded to the Examination Return Preparer Coordinator (RPC) for the income tax return preparer's area. For all unagreed cases, Letter 1125 (AO) will advise the preparer of his/her appeal rights. The preparer has 30 days to ask for Appeals consideration and to file any protest required.
  4. Upon receipt of a protest, the case will be reviewed for adequacy of the protest, development of the issue, and managerial involvement.
  5. If the related income tax case is unagreed, the unagreed preparer penalty case may not be submitted to Appeals before the income tax case is submitted to Appeals. An unagreed preparer penalty case may not be submitted to Appeals if there are less than 120 days remaining on the statute of limitations. In these instances, for IRC section 6694(a) and 6695 penalties, the examiner will first solicit an extension on Form 872–D, Consent to Extend the Time on Tax Return Preparer Penalty.

    Note:

    Where the statute of limitations for the assessment of penalties may expire without adequate opportunity for preassessment appeal rights, Technical Support Staff will, before assessment of these penalties, send the preparer a copy of Form 5816, Report of Income Tax Return Preparer Penalty, along with an explanation of the reason for the quick assessment and the preparer's appeal rights.

     

  6. In agreed and unagreed cases, Form 5808, Return Preparer Penalty Follow-up, and Copy D of Form 5809, Preparer Penalty Case Control Card, will be forwarded by Technical Support to the RPC.
  7. If the examiner has determined that no penalty is warranted, the no-change Letter 1120 will be prepared at the group level and left undated in the file. Technical Support will date and issue the letter if the case is selected for sample review, otherwise the letter will be issued according to area policy.
  8. After mailing Letter 1120, no-change case files will be forwarded to the RPC. Pertinent information from the file will be recorded on Form 5808, and retained by the RPC for not less than one year. The balance of a no-change case file is not retained.

20.1.6.3.7  (07-08-1999)
Examples of IRC section 6694(a) Penalty Application

  1. Example 1. A new statute is unclear as to whether a certain transaction that a taxpayer has engaged in will result in favorable tax treatment. Prior law, however, supported the taxpayer's position. There are no regulations under the new statute and no authority other than the statutory language and committee reports. The committee reports state that the intent was not to adversely affect transactions similar to the taxpayer's transaction. The taxpayer's position satisfies the realistic possibility standard.
  2. Example 2. A taxpayer has engaged in a transaction that is adversely affected by a new statutory provision. Prior law supported a position favorable to the taxpayer. The preparer believes that the new statute is inequitable as applied to the taxpayer's situation. The statutory language is unambiguous as it applies to the transaction (e.g., it applies to all manufacturers and the taxpayer is a manufacturer of widgets). The committee reports do not specifically address the taxpayer's situation. A position contrary to the statutes does not satisfy the realistic possibility standard.
  3. Example 3. The facts are the same as in Example 2, except the committee reports indicate that Congress did not intend to apply the new statutory provision to the taxpayer's transaction (e.g., to a manufacturer of widgets). Thus, there is a conflict between the general language of the statute, which adversely affects the taxpayer's transaction, and a specific statement in the committee reports that transactions such as the taxpayer's are not adversely affected. A position consistent with either the statute or the committee reports satisfies the realistic possibility standard. However, a position consistent with the committee reports constitutes a disregard of a rule or regulation and, therefore, must be adequately disclosed in order to avoid the IRC section 6694(b) penalty.
  4. Example 4. The instructions to an item on a tax form published by the Internal Revenue Service are incorrect and are clearly contrary to the regulations. Before the return is prepared, the Internal Revenue Service publishes an announcement acknowledging the error and providing the correct instruction. Under these facts, a position taken on a return which is consistent with the regulations satisfies the realistic possibility standard. On the other hand, a position taken on a return which is consistent with the incorrect instructions does not satisfy the realistic possibility standard. However, if the preparer relied on the incorrect instructions and was not aware of the announcement or the regulations, the reasonable cause and good faith exception may apply depending on all facts and circumstances. See 1.6694–2(d).
  5. Example 5. A statute is silent as to whether a taxpayer may take a certain position on the taxpayer's 1991 Federal income tax return. Three private letter rulings issued to other taxpayers in 1987 and 1988 support the taxpayer's position. However, proposed regulations issued in 1990 are clearly contrary to the taxpayer's position. After the issuance of the proposed regulations, the earlier private letter rulings cease to be authorities and are not taken into account in determining whether the taxpayer's position satisfies the realistic possibility standard. See Treas. Reg. 1.6694–2(b)(2) and 1.6662–4(d)(3)(iii). The taxpayer's position may or may not satisfy the realistic possibility standard, depending on an analysis of all the relevant authorities.
  6. Example 6. In the course of researching whether a particular position has a realistic possibility of being sustained on its merits, a preparer discovers that a taxpayer took the same position on a return several years ago and that the return was audited by the Service. The taxpayer tells the preparer that the revenue agent who conducted the audit was aware of the position and decided that the treatment on the return was correct.
    1. The determination by the revenue agent is not authority for purposes of the realistic possibility standard.
    2. However, the preparer's reliance on the revenue agent's determination in the audit may qualify for the reasonable cause and good faith exception depending on all facts and circumstances.
    3. See Treas. Reg. 1.6694–2(d). Also see Treas. Reg. 1.6694–2(b)(4) and 1.6662–4(d)(3)(iv)(A) regarding affirmative statements in a revenue agent's report.

     

  7. Example 7. In the course of researching whether an interpretation of a phrase incorporated in the Internal Revenue Code has a realistic possibility of being sustained on its merits, a preparer discovers that identical language in the taxing statute of another jurisdiction (e.g., a state or foreign country) has been authoritatively construed by a court of that jurisdiction in a manner which would be favorable to the taxpayer, if the same interpretation were applied to the phrase applicable to the taxpayer's situation.
    1. The construction of the statute of the other jurisdiction is not authority for purposes of determining whether the position satisfies the realistic possibility standard. See Treas. Reg. 1.6694–2(b)(2) and Treas. Reg. 1.6662–4(d)(3)(iii).
    2. However, as in the case of conclusions reached in treatises and legal periodicals, the authorities underlying the court's opinion, if relevant to the taxpayer's situation, may give a position favorable to the taxpayer a realistic possibility of being sustained on its merits. See Treas. Reg. 1.6694–2(b)(2) and Treas. Reg. 1.6662–4(d)(3)(iii).

     

  8. Example 8. In the course of researching whether an interpretation of a statutory phrase "has a realistic possibility of being sustained on its merits," a preparer discovers that identical language appearing in another place in the Internal Revenue Code has consistently been interpreted by the courts and by the Service in a manner which would be favorable to the taxpayer if the same interpretation were applied to the phrase applicable to the taxpayer's situation.
    1. No authority has interpreted the phrase applicable to the taxpayer's situation.
    2. The interpretations of the identical language are relevant in arriving at a well reasoned construction of the language at issue, but the context in which the language arises also must be taken into account in determining whether the realistic possibility standard is satisfied.

     

  9. Example 9. A new statutory provision is silent on the tax treatment of an item under the provision. However, the committee reports explaining the provision direct the Treasury to issue regulations interpreting the provision in a specified way. No regulations have been issued at the time the preparer must recommend a position on the tax treatment of the item, and no other authorities exist. The position supported by the committee reports satisfies the realistic possibility standard.
  10. IRC section 6694(a) examples are from Treas. Regs. 1.6694–2(b)(3).

20.1.6.3.8  (07-08-1999)
Examples of IRC Section 6694(b) Penalty Application

  1. Example 1. A taxpayer provided a preparer with detailed check registers reflecting personal and business expenses. One of the expenses was for domestic help, and this expense was identified as personal on the check register. The preparer knowingly deducted the expenses of the taxpayer's domestic help as wages paid in the taxpayer's business. The preparer is subject to the penalty under IRC section 6694(b).
  2. Example 2. A taxpayer provided a preparer with detailed check registers to compute the taxpayer's expenses. However, the preparer knowingly overstated the expenses on the return. After adjustments by the examiner, the tax liability increased significantly. Because the preparer disregarded information provided in the check registers, the preparer is subject to the penalty under IRC section 6694(b).
  3. Example 3. A revenue ruling holds that certain expenses incurred in the purchase of a business must be capitalized. The Code is silent as to whether these expenses must be capitalized or may be deducted currently, but several cases from different courts hold that these particular expenses may be deducted currently. There is no other authority.
    1. Under these facts, a position taken contrary to the revenue ruling on a return or claim for refund is not a reckless or intentional disregard of a rule, since the position contrary to the revenue ruling has a realistic possibility of being sustained on its merits.
    2. Therefore, the preparer will not be subject to a penalty under IRC section 6694(b) even though the position is not adequately disclosed.

     

  4. Example 4. Final regulations provide that certain expenses incurred in the purchase of a business must be capitalized. One Tax Court case has expressly invalidated that portion of the regulations. Under these facts, a position contrary to the regulation will subject the preparer to the IRC section 6694(b) penalty even though the position may have a realistic possibility of being sustained on its merits. However, because the contrary position on these facts represents a good faith challenge to the validity of the regulations, the preparer will not be subject to the IRC section 6694(b) penalty if the position is adequately disclosed in the manner provided in Treas. Reg. 1.6694–3(e).
  5. IRC section 6694(b) examples are from Treas. Regs. 1.6694–3(d).

20.1.6.3.9  (07-08-1999)
Appeal Rights

  1. See IRM 20.1.6.1.3 above.

20.1.6.3.10  (07-08-1999)
Statute of Limitations

  1. The statute of limitations on assessment for IRC section 6694(a) penalties expires three years from the due date of the related return or the date the return is filed whichever is later. (See IRM 21.1.6.1.8.)
  2. There is no statute of limitations on assessment for IRC section 6694(b) penalties.

20.1.6.3.11  (07-08-1999)
Referral to Director of Practice

  1. See IRM 20.1.6.1.6 above which includes guidelines on Program Action Cases.

20.1.6.4  (07-08-1999)
Other Assessable Penalties—IRC Section 6695—Background

  1. The IRC section 6695 penalties only apply to income tax return preparers. For the definition of "income tax return preparers," see IRM 20.1.6.3.2 above and Rev. Rul. 86–55.
  2. For returns prepared before January 1, 1990, the maximum amount of these penalties are as follows:
    1. For IRC section 6695(a), (b) and (c) penalties, there is no maximum amount;
    2. For IRC section 6695(d) penalty, the maximum amount is $25,000 per person for any return period;
    3. For IRC section 6695(e) penalty, the maximum amount is $20,000 per person for any return period; and
    4. For IRC section 6695(f) penalty, there is no maximum amount.

     

  3. The Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1989 (OBRA 1989) changed the amounts of the penalties per each occurrence (listed above) and the maximum amounts which may be asserted. The OBRA 1989 changes apply to documents prepared after 12/31/89. The maximum amounts which may be asserted are:
    1. For IRC section 6695(a), (b) and (c) penalties, the maximum amount is $25,000 per person per year;
    2. For IRC section 6695(d) penalty, the maximum amount remains $25,000 per person for any return period;
    3. For IRC section 6695(e) penalty, the maximum amount is $25,000 per person for any return period; and
    4. For IRC section 6695(f) penalty, there is still no maximum amount.

     

20.1.6.4.1  (07-08-1999)
Failure to Furnish Copy Taxpayer—IRC Section 6695(a)

  1. The IRC section 6695(a) penalty applies if the preparer fails to comply with IRC section 6107(a). Under IRC section 6107(a), a preparer is required to furnish a completed copy of the return or claim for refund to the taxpayer before (or at the same time) the return or claim for refund is presented to the taxpayer for signature.
  2. If there is an employment arrangement between two or more preparers, the requirement to furnish a copy only applies to the person who employs (or engages) one or more preparers. Similarly, if there is a partnership arrangement, the requirement to furnish a copy only applies to the partnership. Treas. Reg. 1.6107–1(c).
  3. The IRC section 6695(a) penalty does not apply if the failure is due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect. Thus, the penalty for failure to furnish a copy to the taxpayer will not be imposed solely because:
    1. A person is a preparer under Treas. Reg. 301.7701–15(a)(2) and (b) on account of having given advice on specific issues of law; or
    2. A person is a preparer under Treas. Reg. 301.7701–15(b)(3) on account of having prepared another return (e.g., the partnership return) which affects the amounts reported on the return in question (e.g., the partner's return).

     

  4. The IRC section 6695(a) penalty will also not be imposed where a preparer deletes certain information from the copy furnished to the taxpayer if the taxpayer holds an elected or politically appointed position with the government of the United States or a State or political subdivision thereof and who in order to carry out their official duties, has arranged their affairs so that they have less than full knowledge of their property they hold or of the debts for which they are responsible. (See Treas. Reg. 1.6695–1(a)(2).)

20.1.6.4.2  (07-08-1999)
Failure to Sign Return/Claim for Refund—IRC Section 6695(b)

  1. The IRC section 6695(b) penalty applies if the preparer, who is required by regulations to sign the taxpayer's return or claim for refund, fails to sign the return or claim for refund. The preparer must manually sign the return/claim for refund after it is completed and before it is presented to the taxpayer for signature.
  2. The signature requirement is satisfied if the preparer manually signs a photocopy of a completed return/claim for refund. This requirement is also satisfied if the preparer signs the completed return, makes a photocopy of the return, and the taxpayer signs and files the photocopy. (Rev. Rul. 78–370, 1978–2 C.B. 336)
  3. If a preparer is physically unable to manually sign a return because of a temporary or permanent disability, the IRC section 6695(b) penalty should not be imposed if the words "Unable to Sign" are printed, typed, or stamped on the preparer signature line. Also, the preparer's name should be printed, typed, or stamped under the signature line after the return is completed, and before it is presented to the taxpayer for signature. (Rev. Proc. 79–7, 1979–1 C.B. 486)
  4. In general, a facsimile signature stamp or signed gummed label will not do. The exceptions to this rule are:
    1. A preparer of a return or claim for refund for a nonresident alien may use a facsimile signature to sign as preparer if the preparer is authorized to sign for the taxpayer using a facsimile signature. However, the conditions prescribed in Treas. Reg. 1.6695–1(b)(4)(iii) must be met; and
    2. A preparer of Forms 1041 may use a facsimile signature to sign the Forms 1041 if the conditions in Notice 89–48, 1989–1 C.B. 688, are met. This exception only applies to Forms 1041 filed for taxable years ending after 12/31/87, and on or before further guidance is issued.

     

  5. If the preparer required to sign the return/claim for refund is unavailable to sign, another preparer must review the return/claim for refund and then manually sign the return/claim for refund.
  6. If more than one preparer is involved in the preparation of the return/claim for refund, the preparer with primary responsibility for the overall substantive accuracy of the return/claim for refund is the preparer who must sign the return/claim for refund. (Rev. Rul. 81–246 provides guidance on who is required to sign when a department store licenses a corporation to prepare returns in its stores.)
  7. If the mechanical preparation of the return/claim for refund is done by a computer not under the control of the individual preparer, the manual signature requirement may be satisfied by a manually signed attestation by the individual preparer that all the information in the return was obtained from the taxpayer and is true and correct to the best of the preparer's knowledge. The attestation must be attached to the return/claim for refund and the information contained in the return or claim for refund must not be altered by another person.
  8. A preparer is not required to sign and affix an identification number to the taxpayer's copy of the return. (Rev. Rul. 78–317)
  9. The IRC section 6695(b) penalty does not apply if the failure was due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect. If the preparer asserts reasonable cause, the preparer should provide a written statement in substantiation of the preparer's claim of reasonable cause. The penalty for failure to sign will not be imposed solely because:
    1. A person is a preparer under Treas. Reg. 301.7701–15(a)(2) and (b) on account of having given advice on specific issues of law;
    2. A person is a preparer under Treas. Reg. 301.7701–15(b)(3) on account of having prepared another return (e.g., the partnership return) which affects the amounts reported on the return in question (e.g., the partner's return); or
    3. A preparer claims that the taxpayer submitted the copy intended for his files which the preparer is not required to sign.

     

20.1.6.4.3  (07-08-1999)
Failure to Furnish Identifying Number—IRC Section 6695(c)

  1. The IRC section 6695(c) penalty applies if the preparer fails to comply with IRC section 6109(a)(4). Under IRC section 6109(a)(4) and the regulations thereunder, the return/claim for refund must contain:
    1. The identifying number of the preparer required to sign the return/claim for refund under IRC section 6695(b); and
    2. The identifying number of the partnership or the identifying number of the person who employs (or engages) one or more preparers (if there is a partnership or employment arrangement between two or more preparers).

     

  2. The IRC section 6695(c) penalty does not apply if the failure was due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect. Thus, the penalty will not be imposed solely because:
    1. A person is a preparer under Treas. Reg. 301.7701–15(a)(2) and (b) on account of having given advice on specific issues of law;
    2. A person is a preparer under Treas. Reg. 301.7701–15(b)(3) on account of having prepared another return (e.g., the partnership return) which affects the amounts reported on the return in question (e.g., the partner's return);
    3. A preparer explains that the identifying number was partially or wholly omitted when the return was printed by a computer and that a machine malfunction caused the error; or
    4. The preparer's EIN or SSN is on the return but is missing one or more digits (examiners can assume, in most cases, that this is due to human error and reasonable cause exists).

     

  3. The IRC section 6695(c) penalty also will not be imposed against:
    1. A preparer who is employed or engaged by a person who is also a preparer of the return/claim for refund; or
    2. A preparer who is a partner in a partnership which is also a preparer of the return or claim for refund.

     

  4. Rev. Rul. 81–246, 1981–2 C.B. 249 provides guidance on whose identifying number is required to be provided where a department store licenses a corporation to prepare returns in its stores.
  5. No more than one penalty of $25/$50 may be imposed with respect to a single return/claim for refund.

20.1.6.4.4  (07-08-1999)
Failure to Retain Copy or List—IRC Section 6695(d)

  1. The IRC section 6695(d) penalty applies if the preparer fails to comply with IRC section 6107(b). Under IRC section 6107(b) and the regulations thereunder, a preparer must:
    1. Retain a completed copy of the return/claim for refund, or alternatively retain a record (by list, card file, or otherwise) of all the taxpayers, their taxpayer identification numbers, the taxable years, and the type of returns/claims for refund prepared;
    2. Retain a record (by copy of the return/claim for refund or by a list, card file, or otherwise) of the name of the preparer required to sign the return/claim for refund under IRC section 6695(b) for each return/claim for refund presented to the taxpayer; and
    3. Make such copy or list available for inspection upon request by the IRS for a 3-year period following the close of the return period (see IRC section 6060(c) for the definition of "return period" ).

     

  2. If there is an employment arrangement between two or more preparers, the requirement to retain a copy or list only applies to the person who employs (or engages) one or more preparers. Similarly, if there is a partnership arrangement, the requirement to retain a copy or list only applies to the partnership. Treas. Reg. 1.6107–1(c).
  3. The IRC section 6695(d) penalty does not apply if the failure was due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect. Thus, the penalty for failure to retain a copy or list will not be imposed solely because:
    1. A person is a preparer under Treas. Reg. 301.7701–15(a)(2) and (b) on account of having given advice on specific issues of law; or
    2. A person is a preparer under Treas. Reg. 301.7701–15(b)(3) on account of having prepared another return (e.g., the partnership return) which affects the amounts reported on the return in question (e.g., the partner's return).

     

20.1.6.4.5  (07-08-1999)
Failure of Preparer-Employer to File Correct Information Returns Identifying Preparer-Employees: IRC Section 6695(e)

  1. The IRC section 6695(e) penalty applies if the preparer fails to comply with IRC section 6060. Under IRC section 6060(a) and the regulations thereunder, each person who employs (or engages) preparers must retain a record of the name, taxpayer identification number and place of work of each preparer employed (or engaged) by him. For purposes of IRC section 6060, a partnership is treated as the employer of the partners.
  2. The record may be in any form of documentation so long as it discloses on its face which individuals were employed (or engaged) as preparers during that period.
  3. The record must be retained and made available for inspection for a 3-year period following the close of the return period to which it relates. The term "return period" means the 12-month period beginning on July 1 of each year.
  4. If a preparer is not employed by another preparer, such preparer is treated as his own employer for purposes of this penalty. Therefore, if a preparer is a sole proprietor, he must retain and make available a record with respect to himself.
  5. The IRC section 6695(e) penalty does not apply if the failure was due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect.
  6. The IRC section 6695(e) penalty must be assessed within 3 years after the close of the return period to which the record relates.
  7. The penalty is $50 for each failure to file a return as required by IRC section 6060 and $50 for each failure to include a required item in the return. The maximum amount of the penalty imposed on any person for any return period is $25,000.

20.1.6.4.6  (07-08-1999)
Negotiation of a Taxpayer's Refund Check—IRC Section 6695(f)

  1. The IRC section 6695(f) penalty generally applies if the preparer endorses or otherwise negotiates (directly or through an agent) a refund check issued to a taxpayer other than if the preparer was a preparer of the return/claim for refund that gave rise to the refund check. For certain limited exceptions see (3) below.
  2. A person in a business other than tax return preparation who fills out or reviews returns for its customers may be a preparer and, thus, subject to the IRC section 6695(f) penalty if such person endorses or otherwise negotiates the customer's refund check. (Rev. Rul. 86–55 1986–1 C.B. 138).
  3. In certain circumstances, a preparer-bank may cash a refund check and remit the cash to the taxpayer or may accept a refund check for deposit to the taxpayer's account. A preparer-bank may:
    1. Cash a refund check and remit all the cash to the taxpayer;
    2. Accept a refund check for deposit in full to the taxpayer's account, provided the bank does not initially endorse or negotiate the check (unless the bank has made a loan to a taxpayer on the basis of an anticipated refund);
    3. Endorse a refund check for deposit in full to the taxpayer's account pursuant to a written authorization of the taxpayer (unless the bank has made a loan to the taxpayer on the basis of the anticipated refund); or
    4. Endorse or negotiate a refund check as part of the check clearing process after initial endorsement or negotiation. See Treas. Reg. 1.6695–2(f)(2).

     

  4. There is no reasonable cause exception to this penalty.

20.1.6.4.7  (07-08-1999)
Who Asserts the Penalties

  1. Examination. Revenue Agents and Tax Auditors in the area.
  2. Collection. Revenue Officers may assert only IRC section 6695(a), (b), and (c) penalties.

20.1.6.4.8  (07-08-1999)
Examination Procedures

  1. Of the seven identification penalties listed under IRC section 6695, (a), (b), (c), and (f) may be discovered by the examiner during an examination interview or site visitation. These Code sections all relate to questions examiners ask in initial interviews under package audit guidelines or during a site visit.
  2. The penalties under IRC section 6695(d), (e)(1), and (e)(2) would arise if a project were being done on a preparer. These penalties generally would not be discovered during an income tax examination of a taxpayer.
  3. To assert this penalty the examiner should prepare Form 6459, Return Preparer's Check sheet, and secure the group manager's approval. Once managerial approval is secured, the examiner should refer to the procedures in IRM 20.1.6.3.6 above.
  4. The examiner may charge time to the penalty case using activity code 503500 for IRC section 6695(f) penalties, and activity code 504500 for IRC section 6695(a) through (e).

20.1.6.4.9  (07-08-1999)
Collection Procedures

  1. When a Collection employee secures a delinquent return or claim, and determines that a preparer has not complied with the provisions of IRC section 6695 for signing a prepared income tax return or claim (in original handwriting), for placing his/her Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) on the prepared return or claim, or for providing the taxpayer with a completed copy of the prepared return or claim, a penalty will be asserted. The Collection employee who secures the delinquent return or claim will be responsible for requesting the assertion of these penalties.
  2. The return preparer may be contacted if relevant information is needed.
  3. Form 8278, Computation and Assessment of Miscellaneous Penalties, is used to assert preparer penalties. Form 8278 will be forwarded to Collection Support function for input.

20.1.6.4.10  (07-08-1999)
Reasonable Cause Exception

  1. Except for the IRC section 6695(f) penalty, all of the IRC section 6695 penalties provide that the penalty will not be imposed if the failure is due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect.
  2. An example of what constitutes reasonable cause is when the preparer claims substantial compliance, i.e., despite exercising reasonable precautions, certain required preparer data were omitted because of human error.
  3. For other examples, see the IRM section on the specific IRC section 6695 penalties above.

20.1.6.4.11  (07-08-1999)
Coordination with other Penalties

  1. IRC section 6695 identification penalties may be asserted with any other penalties including but not limited to IRC section 6694, IRC section 6701, and IRC section 6653/6662 asserted against the taxpayer.

20.1.6.4.12  (07-08-1999)
Claim Processing and Penalty Abatement

  1. See IRM 20.1.6.1.4 and 20.1.6.1.5 above.

20.1.6.4.13  (07-08-1999)
Examination Case File Assembly

  1. See IRM 20.1.6.3.5 and 20.1.6.3.6 above.

20.1.6.4.14  (07-08-1999)
Prompt Assessment

  1. Prompt assessment procedures apply, when applicable, to IRC section 6695. The preparer will have post-assessment appeal rights.

20.1.6.4.15  (07-08-1999)
Appeal Rights

  1. See IRM 20.1.6.3 above.

20.1.6.4.16  (07-08-1999)
Statute of Limitations

  1. The statute of limitations on assessment for IRC 6695 penalties expires three years from the due date of the related return or the date filed, whichever is later. (See IRM 20.1.6.1.8.)

20.1.6.4.17  (07-08-1999)
Referral to the Director of Practice

  1. A referral to the Director of Practice must be made when an IRC section 6695(f) penalty is assessed against an attorney, certified public accountant, enrolled agent, or enrolled actuary. (See IRM 20.1.6.2.)

20.1.6.4.18  (07-08-1999)
Definitions

  1. See IRM 20.1.6.1.9 above for definition of terms.

20.1.6.5  (07-08-1999)
Penalty for Promoting Abusive Tax Shelters—IRC Section 6700—Legislative Overview

  1. Prior to enactment of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982 (TEFRA 1982), investors in abusive tax shelters were penalized through the assertion of the negligence and valuation overstatement penalties. Similarly, promoters were subject to:
    1. Civil penalties for the false or fraudulent preparation of a return or other document, or
    2. Criminal penalties for aiding, assisting, or advising with the preparation or presentation of false or fraudulent returns or other documents.

     

  2. However, such investor-targeted penalties did little to discourage the continued conception and promotion of abusive shelters.
  3. TEFRA 1982 enacted IRC section 6700 to permit the IRS to assert penalties against promoters of abusive tax shelters.
  4. As enacted by TEFRA 1982, the IRC section 6700 penalty amount was the greater of $1,000 or 10 percent of the gross income derived from the promotion of the abusive shelter. As originally enacted, the penalty applies to any person who organizes, assists in the organization of, or participates in the sale of any interest in any plan or arrangement, and who, in connection with such sale or organization, either:
    1. Makes or furnishes a false or fraudulent statement with respect to the allow ability of any deduction or credit, the excludability of any income, or the securing of any tax benefit by reason of participating in the entity, plan or arrangement; or
    2. Makes or furnishes a gross valuation overstatement as to any material matter.

     

  5. The IRC section 6700 penalty applies to activities occurring after September 3, 1982.
  6. The Deficit Reduction Act of 1984 (DRA 1984) increased the IRC section 6700 penalty amount to the greater of $1,000 or 20 percent of the gross income derived from the activity. This penalty rate applies to activities occurring after July 19, 1984.
  7. The Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1989 (OBRA 1989) made a number of changes to IRC section 6700. These changes apply to activities occurring after December 31, 1989.
    1. OBRA 1989 changed the penalty rate to the lesser of $1,000 per activity or 100 percent of the gross income derived from the activity.
    2. OBRA 1989 clarified that those who indirectly participate in the sale of an interest in the shelter and those who cause another person to make false statements or gross overvaluation may be subject to the penalty.

20.1.6.5 
Penalty for Promoting Abusive Tax Shelters—IRC Section 6700—Legislative Overview

20.1.6.5.1  (07-08-1999)
Administrative Guidelines

  1. Shortly after Congress enacted the promoter penalties, the Service issued Rev. Proc. 83–78 1978–2 C.B. 595, and Rev. Proc. 84–84 1984–2 C.B. 782, to announce and describe its program for identifying and investigating abusive tax shelters.
    1. In accordance with this program, understatements of tax resulting from abusive shelters are curbed through the assertion of penalties under IRC section 6700, the issuance of injunctions under IRC section 7408, and the issuance of pre-filing notices to investors. (Pre-filing notices are letters to investors advising them that the purported tax benefits are not allowable.)
    2. Rev. Proc. 84–84 provides guidelines for identifying returns that claim benefits from abusive tax shelter arrangements before those returns are processed and before refunds are issued.

     

  2. The "Examination Tax Shelter Handbook" explains the goals and objectives of the IRC section 6700 Program and the Tax Shelter Program.

20.1.6.5.2  (07-08-1999)
When the Penalty Applies

  1. There are two types of conduct subject to the IRC section 6700 penalty.
  2. The penalty may be asserted against a promoter who makes, furnishes or causes another to make or furnish a statement in connection with the sale or organization of an entity, plan, or arrangement when the statement relates to the allowability of any deduction or credit, the excludability of any income, or the securing of any tax benefit by reason of participating in the entity, plan or arrangement when the person knows or has reason to know that the statement is false or fraudulent as to any material matter.
  3. The penalty may also be asserted when a promoter makes, furnishes or causes another to make or furnish a statement in connection with the sale or organization of an entity, plan, or arrangement when the statement contains a gross valuation overstatement as to any material matter.

20.1.6.5.3  (07-08-1999)
Who Asserts the Penalty

  1. Revenue agents assert the penalty.

20.1.6.5.4  (07-08-1999)
Computing the Penalty

  1. Effective September 4, 1982, the amount of the penalty for each year was the greater of $1,000 or 10 percent of the gross income derived or to be derived by the promoter (or salesperson) from the promotional activity.
  2. The Tax Reform Act of 1984 raised the 10 percent penalty rate to 20 percent for offenses occurring after July 18, 1984.
  3. Section 7734 of OBRA 89 clarifies that each shelter activity is subject to a penalty, e.g., each sale of an interest in a shelter.
    1. Under OBRA 89, each sale of an interest constitutes a separate activity and is subject to a $1,000 penalty, but the penalty cannot exceed the gross income derived or to be derived from an activity.
    2. The penalty is easily computed if the promoter is entitled to a flat fee or commission. However, if the gross income is contingent or speculative the Service may compute the penalty only on the present value.
    3. For the purpose of calculating the penalty on income "to be derived," a prospectus or other sources of projected income may be used, but only if it is reasonably likely that the income will be received. For example, amounts payable on sham notes should not be taken into account.

     

  4. A "person" for purposes of IRC section 6700 is defined in IRC section 7701 to include an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a trust or an estate. However, if the promoter is a corporation, partnership, or other entity, the penalty may also be assessed against the entity's directors, officers, employees, and agents who assist in the tax shelter's promotion.

20.1.6.5.5  (07-08-1999)
Coordination with Other Penalties

  1. This penalty is in addition to all other penalties that may be imposed under the Code. However, after December 31, 1989, a penalty under IRC section 6701 may not be applied to the same activities which result in the application of a penalty under 6700. (See the discussion in IRM 20.1.6.6.4)
  2. IRC section 6694(b) imposes a penalty if a return preparer understates a taxpayer's liability as a result of willful or reckless conduct. In some instances, a person who is subject to the penalty under IRC section 6700 may also be subject to the penalty under IRC section 6694(b).
  3. IRC section 7206(2) relates to any person who willfully aids or assists etc., in making fraudulent and false statements. In some cases, the promoter might be prosecuted under IRC section 7206(2) for assisting, procuring, or advising the preparation or presentation of a return or other document which is fraudulent or false.
  4. IRC section 7408 authorizes the United States to commence a civil action at the request of the Secretary to enjoin any person from further engaging in conduct subject to the penalty under IRC section 6700. The promoter penalty under IRC section 6700 and the injunction actions under IRC section 7408 are more effective when applied prior to the time investors file their returns. Therefore, abusive tax shelters should be identified and penalty investigations initiated promptly.
  5. IRC section 6111 requires tax shelter organizers to register tax shelters with the IRS by the day on which interests in the tax shelter are first offered for sale. This rule applies to tax shelters first sold on or after September 1, 1984. See Treas. Reg. 301.6111–1T(b) (Q&A 58).
    1. Tax shelter organizers must use Form 8264, Application for Registration of a Tax Shelter.
    2. A penalty may be imposed under IRC section 6707 for failure to timely register a tax shelter.
    3. Criminal penalties may apply for willful noncompliance with the registration requirements. See IRC section 7203.

     

  6. IRC section 6112 requires organizers and sellers of potentially abusive tax shelters (for interests sold on or after September 1, 1984) to maintain a list identifying each person who purchases an interest in such tax shelter. See Treas. Reg. 301.6112–1T(D)(1) (Q&A 22). The list will contain any other information the IRS may require and will be available upon request for inspection. For failure to maintain the investors list, the penalty under IRC section 6708 may apply.

20.1.6.5.6  (07-08-1999)
How to Assert the Penalty: Revenue Agent Responsibilities

  1. After the Committee selects the promoter/scheme, the assigned revenue agent:
    1. Develops facts and circumstances to determine the applicability of the penalty,
    2. Decides when/if prefiling notification letters are warranted by reviewing any false and fraudulent statements as to material matters and any assets overvalued within the meaning of IRC section 6700(b),
    3. Completes a request to Area Counsel for the assistance of a senior trial attorney, and
    4. Periodically reviews the applicability of injunctive relief under IRC section 7408.

     

  2. These penalty assertion procedures do not apply to grand jury investigations.

20.1.6.5.6.1  (07-08-1999)
Examination Guidelines

  1. Letter 1844 (AO), Notice of Commencement of IRC section 6700 Examination, is sent to the promoter.
  2. The agent and the attorney prepare a document request in the format suitable for a summons. (See IRM 4.11.9, Examining Officers Guide.) The promoter is required to make the requested documents available within 10 days. (See Rev. Proc. 83–78 1983–2 C.B. 595.)
    1. Failing that, a summons should be issued expeditiously while the examination continues.
    2. If the summons must be enforced by court action, Revenue Agents cannot grant an extension of time to respond. Contempt changes may be filed by the Government for any failure to respond. (See IRC section 982 for guidance concerning the promoter's admittance of foreign-based documentation following the failure to respond.)

     

  3. Since the IRC section 6700 penalty is considered a tax, an examination can proceed on the preparer's individual return at the same time. This requires two separate and distinct document requests. The same agent should control both cases and maintain a carefully documented history of all actions and responses.
  4. The agent may open examinations on other abusive tax shelters/promotions with the group manager's approval, and follow up with notification to the assigned to the area counsel attorney and the Committee.
  5. Consideration of the IRC section 7408 injunction would only cause the IRC section 6700 case to be suspended if requested by the Department of Justice or there is a criminal investigation.

20.1.6.5.6.2  (07-08-1999)
Conclusion of an IRC Section 6700 Examination

  1. The agent and the attorney will jointly determine if the following actions are appropriate:
    1. Assessment of the penalty,
    2. Issuance of pre-filing notification letters,
    3. A request for injunctive relief should be sought, and
    4. A referral to criminal investigation should be made due to an indication of fraud.

     

  2. The promoter should be offered a closing conference and the opportunity to present any arguments or evidence. No communication regarding the determination of the case should be presented at the meeting. A copy of the letter offering the conference will be kept in the file.
  3. Written approval of the Area Director is needed if the penalty will be asserted.
  4. When the penalty will be asserted the case file will include:
    • Form 4549, Revenue Agent Report,
    • Form 886A, Explanation of Items, including the penalty calculation.
    • Form 8278, Computation and Assessment of Miscellaneous Penalties
    • Form 4665, Report Transmittal.

     

  5. F–4665 will indicate whether or not:
    1. The key case is subject to TEFRA,
    2. The subsequent year will be examined, and
    3. Investors are required to file Form 8271, Investor Reporting of Tax Shelter Registration Number.

     

  6. Letter 1866, IRC section 6700 Discontinuance Letter, is sent to the promoter if the penalty will not be asserted.

20.1.6.5.6.3  (07-08-1999)
Investor Penalties

  1. The accuracy-related penalties under IRC section 6662 can be applied to the individual returns of the investors if the criteria apply. Once the penalty is assessed and Pre-filing Notification Letters have been sent to the investors, the penalty can only be abated with the concurrence of Area Counsel.
  2. If the investor is a witness in either an IRS grand jury investigation or an administrative criminal investigation, advise Criminal Investigation before assessing the penalty.

20.1.6.5.6.4  (07-08-1999)
Pre-filing Notification Letters

  1. After Area Director's approval, the letter shown in Exhibit 20.1.6–6 will be sent.
  2. PFN letters will not be sent to the investors when a determination is made after July 15 of the subsequent year. Instead, see procedures in Rev. Proc. 84–84, 1984–2 C.B. 782.
  3. The area office forwards to the service center where the investor filed, the following items:
    1. A list of all PFN letters,
    2. Each investor's PFN,
    3. The Area Director's letter of approval,
    4. The pro forma RAR that relates to each of the investor's returns, and
    5. Any RARs for subsequent years.

     

  4. Taxpayers sent PFN letters will be identified and the portion of any credits relating to the abusive tax shelter will be disallowed. If this proportion cannot be determined, all credits will be disallowed. ( Note: Non-TEFRA entities are all entities except those described in IRC section 6221 and 6241.)
  5. Service Center Pre-filing Coordinators are responsible for administering the PFN program and monitoring its effectiveness.

20.1.6.5.7  (07-08-1999)
Appeal Rights

  1. See IRM 20.1.6.1.3 above.

20.1.6.5.7.1  (07-08-1999)
Statute of Limitations

  1. There is no statute of limitations on assessment with respect to the promoter penalty imposed by IRC section 6700.

20.1.6.5.8  (07-08-1999)
Referral to the Director of Practice

  1. See IRM 20.1.6.2 above.

20.1.6.5.9  (07-08-1999)
Definitions

  1. See IRM 20.6.1.9 above for definition of terms.

20.1.6.6  (07-08-1999)
Penalties for Aiding and Abetting—IRC Section 6701—Legislative Overview

  1. The Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982 (TEFRA) added IRC section 6701 to the Code to penalize persons who knowingly aid and abet in the understatement of the tax liability of another person. See Exhibit 20.1.6–7. The Tax Reform Act of 1984 included the IRC section 6701 penalty under the provisions of IRC section 7408 permitting the U.S. to seek injunctive relief barring a person aiding and abetting others in understating tax liabilities from further engaging in such activity.
  2. The Omnibus Budget and Reconciliation Act of 1989 (OBRA 89) expanded the scope of the penalty to individuals "who have reason to know" that they are aiding or abetting in the understatement of a tax liability of another person.
    1. After December 31, 1989, the penalty has been broadened to cover the person who only has reason to believe that the document will be used in connection with a material matter arising under the tax laws.
    2. Prior to amendment, the penalty required that the person have actual knowledge that the document would be used in connection with a material matter arising under the tax laws. In addition, OBRA '89 coordinated this penalty with IRC sections 6694 and 6700. (See IRM 20.6.6.1 below.)

     

20.1.6.6.1  (07-08-1999)
When the Penalty Applies

  1. IRC section 6701(a) imposes a $1,000 penalty ($10,000 if the prohibited conduct relates to a corporation's tax return) for aiding or assisting in the understatement of tax. The penalty is imposed on a person who:
    1. Aids or assists in, procures or advises with respect to, the preparation or presentation of any portion of a return, affidavit, claim or other document (pre 89);
    2. Knows (or has reason to know) that such portion will be used in connection with any material matter arising under the internal revenue laws; and
    3. Knows that such portion (if used) would result in an understatement of another person's tax liability.

     

  2. Activities Subject to the Penalty. The key words in the penalty are "document," "knows," and "understatement." For the penalty to be imposed, the person penalized must be implicated in the preparation or presentation of a document some portion of which he or she knows or has reason to know will be used in connection with a material matter arising under the tax laws and knows that such position would result in an understatement of tax liability if so used.
    1. In general, targets of the penalty are tax counselors who advise clients to take unsupported filing positions or to file false or fraudulent returns.
    2. The authors of legal opinions made available to promoters of tax shelters are another target of the penalty. A carefully fabricated legal opinion may lend credence to an abusive tax shelter. The penalty may be imposed even if the opinion does not contain any false advice if the writer knows that the opinion is based on inaccurate assumptions and/or knows of other facts which render the legal advice false.
    3. The penalty can be imposed for gratuitous advice or assistance in preparing any document. Unlike the IRC section 6700 penalty, the person cannot lower the penalty by establishing the amount of gross income derived from the actions.
    4. In order to aid in the understatement of another's tax, it is not necessary to actually prepare the tax return or document that leads to the understatement. A person who controls the activities of subordinates and either orders the subordinate to act, or does not prevent their participation in actions that person knows will produce an understatement is subject to the penalty under IRC section 6701.

     

  3. Aid, Assist, Procure, or Advise.
    1. The term "procures" in the statute includes ordering (or otherwise causing) a subordinate to do an act subject to the penalty. It also includes knowing of, and not attempting to prevent, participation by a subordinate in such an act. "Subordinate" means any other person (whether or not a director, officer, employee, or agent of the taxpayer involved) over whose activities the person has direction, supervision or control. The Senate Report adds that such direction, etc., must be "direct and immediate." Where a subordinate is directed or expected, as a condition of retaining his position, to participate in the prohibited activity by a person who directs, supervises, or controls such subordinate, the latter person is the one potentially subject to the penalty.
    2. The term "advises" includes actions of independent contractors such as lawyers and accountants who counsel a particular course of action.
    3. Mechanical Assistance. A person furnishing typing, reproduction, or other mechanical assistance with respect to a document is not to be considered as having aided or assisted in the preparation of the document for purposes of the statute solely by reason of such assistance.

     

  4. The Actor's Requisite Knowledge.
    1. For activities occurring before January 1, 1990, the actor must know that a document (the preparation or presentation of which he or she was in some way instrumental) will be used in connection with a material matter arising under the tax laws and will result in an understatement of tax liability. For example, if an individual assists another in procuring a forged birth certificate, he will not be liable for the penalty unless he knows that the birth certificate will be used for a tax matter, such as to obtain a benefit under the Code and that the use of such benefit will result in an understatement of tax.
    2. For activities occurring after December 31, 1989, the actor can be held liable for the penalty if he or she knows or has reason to believe that the document will be used in connection with any material matter arising under the tax laws. However, the statute still requires that the actor have actual knowledge that the document will result in an understatement of tax liability.

     

  5. Congressional Intent in Enacting the Provision.
    1. A tax advisor would not be subject to this penalty for suggesting to a client an aggressive but supportable filing position even though that position was later rejected by the courts and even though the client was subjected to the substantial understatement penalty. However, if the advisor suggested a position which he or she knew could not be supported on any reasonable basis under the law, the penalty would apply.
    2. The Senate Report also states that no person will be subject to the penalty unless they are "directly involved in aiding or assisting in the preparation of a false or fraudulent document under the tax laws." Thus, the preparation of a correct schedule by a preparer to be incorporated in a return will not expose the preparer of the schedule to a penalty even though the preparer is aware other portions of the return may be fraudulent.

     

  6. Single Penalty per Taxpayer Per Period.
    1. If a penalty is imposed on a person with respect to a federal tax document, no penalty shall be imposed under IRC section 6701 on such person with respect to any other federal tax document relating solely to the same taxpayer and the same taxable period, or, if there is no taxable period, the same taxable event. If, however, such other federal tax document also related to another taxpayer or another taxable period or taxable event, a second penalty may be imposed under IRC section 6701 with respect to such other federal tax document.
    2. A husband and wife who make a joint return of income tax are considered to be the same taxpayer for the taxable year to which such return relates.
    3. Example: Someone who assists two taxpayers in preparing false documents would be liable for a $2,000 penalty whereas the penalty would be only $1,000 if he had advised in the preparation of two false documents for the same taxpayer. Similarly, an advisor who prepares a false partnership return and then false K–1s for 10 individual partners would be subject to a $10,000 penalty.

     

20.1.6.6.2  (07-08-1999)
Who Asserts the Penalty

  1. Since the government has the burden of proof with respect to this penalty, it can be assessed only by employees who have the requisite knowledge of the facts giving rise to the penalty. Therefore, this penalty normally will be assessed by revenue agents and office auditors at an IRS area office as a result of an examination of a tax return or document or in connection with a tax shelter registration examination.

20.1.6.6.3  (07-08-1999)
How to Identify, Develop, and Assert the Penalty: Investigative Responsibilities

  1. Persons subject to penalty under IRC section 6701 will usually be identified by examiners through the examination process or by service center correspondence examinations in which a pattern (or suspected pattern) was evident. If a penalty under IRC section 6701 might be appropriate, the examiner should provide relevant information to the Area 6700/7408 Coordinator to determine if a project is warranted.
  2. When the Area 6700/7408 Coordinator reviews a tax plan or arrangement which if used by a taxpayer could result in the understatement of tax liability an IRC section 6701 lead is established. There are two types of investigations:
    1. A limited investigation involving a small number of tax returns (Committee approval not required), or
    2. An extensive investigation involving a large number of tax returns, and consideration of program action in IRM 20.1.6.1.6 above or injunctive relief under IRC sections 7407 or 7408.

     

  3. The Area 6700/7408 Coordinator will:
    1. Ensure that each IRC section 6701 lead is assigned to a revenue agent for investigation,
    2. Recommend IRC section 6701 investigations and injunction actions under IRC sections 7407 or 7408 for approval by the Committee,
    3. Approve and monitor limited investigations.

     

  4. The revenue agent assigned an IRC section 6701 lead will:
    1. Estimate the number of taxpayers and years involved through coordination with the RPC who obtains a return preparer listing,
    2. Determine the tax loss to the government,
    3. Calculate the penalty amount,
    4. Recommend to the Area 6700/7408 Coordinator whether an in-depth investigation is warranted.

     

  5. Form 2848, Power of Attorney (POA), may be used to authorize representation. (See 104 on POAs.) The POA will be reviewed for purposes of the investigation. A copy is maintained in the case file and is not submitted to the service center Centralized Authorization File.

20.1.6.6.3.1  (07-08-1999)
Investigation Procedures

  1. Procedures for extensive investigations after Committee approval and assignment to a revenue agent will parallel IRC section 6700 guidelines:
    1. The revenue agent meets with the coordinating attorney from Area Counsel, maintains a summary document of agreed-upon actions, and records quarterly meetings that also include the respective managers from Examination and Counsel. (See Exhibit 20.1.6–2.) When Criminal Investigation is involved, the special agent and the related manager also attend quarterly meetings.
    2. The person under investigation will be notified in writing at a time determined by the revenue agent and the attorney. (See Exhibit 20.1.6–3.) Information from third parties may be collected before notification.
    3. If the person is under a criminal investigation, the special agent assigned the case will issue the person a statement of rights before an interview with the revenue agent. In order to avoid adversely affecting the criminal investigation, all direct contact with the person will be coordinated with the special agent.
    4. The revenue agent will secure related tax returns and transcripts and obtain a Treasury Enforcement Communications System (TECS) inquiry report.
    5. After obtaining relevant background information on the person under investigation (including any record of prior civil or criminal actions taken) the revenue agent will meet with the person and carefully develop and document all factors with respect to the person's position and the defense of it.
    6. The revenue agent prepares a report of proposed adjustments and, with the assigned attorney, conducts a final meeting with the person under investigation. After this meeting, based upon the recommendation of the attorney and the revenue agent, a decision will be made regarding whether the penalty should be assessed. A penalty assessment file is sent to the Area Director for approval and/or to authorize an injunction under IRC section 7408.
    7. The revenue agent secures a copy of the assessment documentation from Case Processing Staff for the administrative file.

     

  2. Limited investigations not requiring Committee approval will be cleared through Area Counsel before the penalty is assessed.

20.1.6.6.3.2  (07-08-1999)
Procedures for Developing IRC Section 6701 Cases

  1. The following factors, although not all inclusive, apply to the person under investigation in IRC section 6701 cases. These factors should be developed to the extent applicable:
    1. Education level, degrees, certifications (CPA, LLM in taxation, MBA, etc.);
    2. Expertise in accounting and tax law (evidence by seminars/courses taken or given);
    3. Occupation and relevant work experience (as an accountant, bookkeeper, tax advisor, etc.);

     

  2. The following factors pertain to the evidence on facts and circumstances and must be fully developed. This is information that establishes:
    1. The assistance or advice upon which the penalty is based (who, when, where, how, and form of assistance or advice);
    2. Any documents prepared by the person which reflect the advice given;
    3. How the advice or assistance affected the taxpayer's tax liability; (How was it reflected on the tax return? What actions did the taxpayer take to change the liability based on the advice?)
    4. How the advice or assistance would create an understatement of tax;
    5. The relationship between the person and the taxpayer; (Although not required to assess the IRC section 6701 penalty, was the person compensated for the advice given? Is the person an employee of the taxpayer or an independent contractor?)
    6. How the person knew or should have known that the advice would be used in connection with a material matter arising under the tax laws;
    7. How the person knew that the advice would cause an understatement of tax, e.g., what facts were considered by the person making the advice.

     

  3. The following factors relate to tax shelter advisors, brokers, dealers, organizers, promoters, and other personnel (referred to as promoters) involved in organizing or promoting a tax plan or arrangement which results in the understatement of the tax liability of another person. The revenue agent will:
    1. Complete a detailed overview of the financial structure and organization of the scheme, shelter, plan, or arrangement (referred to as plans). The details of the financial transactions and how tax liabilities would be reduced.
    2. Determine the promoter's relationship to the plan: Did the promoter participate in organizing the plan? How much control did the promoter have in the promotion and organization of the plan?
    3. Determine the relationship of the sales personnel to the promoter: 1.) What instructions were given by the promoter? 2.) How much control was exercised by the promoter? 3.) Did sales personnel make independent representations?
    4. Determine how commissions were earned and paid: 1.) Did the promoter receive a commission from each taxpayer or investor? 2.) If so, how much?
    5. Investigate the details of the investor's acquisitions: 1.) How was the transaction reported on the return? 2.) Did the transaction result in an underpayment on each return? 3.) If so, how much?
    6. Determine the tax benefits promised by the promoter: 1.) How were the benefits presented? 2.) Who received the tax reporting information? 3.) Who determined how the transaction was reported?
    7. Review all documentation furnished to the investor: 1.) Who furnished the information? 2.) Did the promoter personally provide the information and instruct the preparers on its use?
    8. Determine the relationship between the promoter and each taxpayer: 1.) If the promoter was not the actual preparer, how was the promoter liable for the penalty? 2.) Was the promoter's activity sufficient to support the penalty?
    9. Obtain evidence to establish that the promoter knew the document would result in an understatement of each participant's tax liability.
    10. Gather information to establish consistent treatment of all promoters. State the type of false documents prepared and how these documents affected tax returns. Retain copies.
    11. Determine whether the promoter had a reasonable basis for the position taken: what authority, if any, supports the promoter's position?
    12. Reference federal court decisions at all levels, congressional records, Tax Court decisions, regulations, public and private rulings, notices, and other Service publications and written documentation to support the application of the penalty.

     

  4. The IRC section 6701 penalty should be imposed only after review of the person under investigation, the surrounding circumstances, and the reasons for the position taken. This position must be contrary to clear authority and without reasonable basis.

20.1.6.6.3.3  (07-08-1999)
Evidence Supporting the Government's Burden of Proof

  1. The penalty under IRC section 6701 may be imposed on a broad range of persons. When a tax return preparer is involved, either IRC section 6694(b) or 6701 could apply.
    1. The government's burden of proof under IRC section 6694(b) and 6701 is not sustained by the mere fact of unreported income or overstated credits and deductions.
    2. The focus is on the information that establishes the knowledge, willfulness, or recklessness of the preparer, i.e., information conveyed by the taxpayer to the preparer, information known or reasonably known by the preparer, the inquiries or statements directed by the preparer to the taxpayer.
    3. For example, if the preparer fabricates deductions (without the taxpayer's knowledge), the preparer could be liable for a penalty under IRC section 6694(b) or 6701 because of willfully attempting to understate the tax and because of preparing a return based on information which is known by the preparer to result in an understatement of the taxpayer's tax liabilities.

     

  2. Even though a preparer may in good faith rely on the taxpayer to provide accurate information, the preparer may not ignore the implications of such information and must make reasonable inquiries when information furnished appears to be incorrect or incomplete. It must be shown that the preparer failed to make any reasonable inquiry under circumstances required by rule or regulation, and a deliberate act of omission prevails.
  3. The evidence must prove each of the three elements defined in IRM 20.1.6.6.2 above. In addition, the evidence should show the amount of understatement on each return related to IRC section 6701 activity. Examples of evidence to be collected include, but are not limited to:
    1. Tax returns or other documents which were prepared by the person under investigation. Although copies may be used during the investigation, originals or certified copies will be needed for introduction in court.
    2. Affidavits taken from taxpayers whose federal tax returns were prepared by the person under investigation. These affidavits should define the items falsely reported on the filed return as well as any other preparer violations. The affidavits are used for report purposes but the individuals must be available to testify if the case goes to court. (See IRM 20.1.6.1.7 above, Affidavits)
    3. Computation of loss to the government due to the understatement of tax attributable to the return preparer.
    4. False receipts or other documents to establish the involvement of the individual under investigation in aiding or assisting in the filing of false documents specified in IRC section 6701.
    5. Affidavits taken from third parties who can testify as to the preparer's tax knowledge and personal responsibility in the preparation of the tax returns or other factors bearing on the investigation.

     

20.1.6.6.4  (07-08-1999)
Coordination with Other Penalties

  1. The penalty under IRC section 6701 is not imposed on a person with respect to a federal tax document if a penalty with respect to such document has been assessed on such person under IRC section 6694, relating to income tax return preparers. The penalty may be imposed, however, with respect to any other federal tax document for which the penalty under IRC section 6694 has not been assessed, even though the document relates to the same taxpayer and taxable year as a document with respect to which the penalty under IRC section 6694 has been assessed. (See IRM 20.1.6.3.3.)
  2. After December 31, 1989, a penalty under IRC section 6701 may not be applied to the same activities which result in the application of a penalty under IRC section 6700. Therefore, if a promoter develops promotional materials such as a prospectus and other documents which explain the promotion and those documents are used as the evidence supporting a penalty under IRC section 6700 for organizing and promoting an abusive tax shelter, a penalty under IRC section 6701 will not be assessed for those same documents. However, if the same promoter prepares a partnership tax return relating to the same tax plan or arrangement, a penalty can be assessed under IRC section 6701 for each schedule K–1 if an understatement of tax liability is reported on the investor's federal tax returns.

20.1.6.6.5  (07-08-1999)
Examples of IRC Section 6701 Activity

  1. Example 1: A tax advisor would not be subject to the penalty for suggesting an aggressive but supportable filing position to a client even though that position was later rejected by the courts and even though the client was subjected to the substantial understatement penalty.
  2. Example 2: However, if the tax advisor suggested a position which he or she knew could not be reasonably supported by statute or regulation, and the advisor prepared (or assisted in the preparation of) a document for the underlying tax return reflecting that insupportable position, the penalty could apply.
    1. Thus, if a person prepares a return (or a schedule or other portion of a return) for a client reflecting a deduction of an amount the preparer knows is not deductible, the preparer could be subject to the penalty.
    2. However, if a person prepares a schedule or other portion of a return which portion reflects positions which are reasonably supported by rules or regulations, the person will not be subject to an IRC section 6701 penalty even if other portions of the return are erroneous or fraudulent.

     

  3. Example 3: Taxpayer B was given a winning horse race ticket at a race course by taxpayer A, the ticket owner. The race course, using information supplied by Taxpayer B, prepared a Form 1099 in Taxpayer B's name. Taxpayer B received the proceeds from the winning ticket and returned the proceeds to Taxpayer A for a 6 percent fee.
    1. Taxpayer B is a person who has aided, assisted in the preparation of, or procured a document (the Form 1099) that Taxpayer B knows, or has reason to know, will be used in connection with material matters under the Internal Revenue laws.
    2. Taxpayer B knows that, if used, the document would result in an understatement of Taxpayer A's income tax liability. Thus, Taxpayer B is liable for the IRC section 6701 penalty.

     

  4. Example 4: Mr. C, an accountant, prepared a 1983 return for Taxpayer D, a client. Mr. C knowingly overstated D's expenses on the return, thereby creating a NOL for the year. Mr. C prepared amended returns for Taxpayer D for 1980, 1981, and 1982, claiming refunds for those years based on the 1983 NOL carryback. The carryback was not exhausted in 1982. Mr. E, another accountant, prepared Taxpayer D's 1984 return using the information presented to Mr. E by Taxpayer D, including copies of the document prepared by Mr. C. Mr. E is unaware of the overstatement of expenses by Mr. C and deducted the remaining unused NOL on Taxpayer D's 1984 return.
    1. Mr. C is liable for four separate IRC section 6701 penalties for his role in preparing Taxpayer D's 1980, 1981, 1982, and 1983 returns, which Mr. C knew, or had reason to know would result in understatements of Taxpayer's D's 1980, 1981, 1982, and 1983 federal income tax liabilities.
    2. Mr. E, however, was unaware of the overstatement of expenses on the 1983 return and is unaware of the understatement of tax liability on the 1984 return. Thus, Mr. E is not liable for a section 6701 penalty.

     

  5. Example 5: On January 15, 1983, A, an individual, offers to donate a painting to museum X. B, the curator of the museum, agrees to accept the painting. B offers to backdate a receipt for the donation to December 30, 1982. B knows that the receipt will be used to substantiate A's charitable deduction. A uses the backdated receipt to claim a charitable deduction for 1982.
    1. B has aided in the preparation of a federal tax document knowing that it will be used in connection with a material tax matter and that it will result in an understatement of tax.
    2. Thus, B is liable for the IRC section 6701 penalty.

     

  6. Example 6: Taxpayer F retains Mr. G, an appraiser, to appraise rare books that she wishes to donate to a university. Mrs. F tells Mr. G that she needs the appraisal to substantiate a charitable contribution deduction for federal income tax purposes. Mr. G knows that the fair market value of the books may be any amount between $50,000 and $75,000. Mr. G offers to provide Mrs. F an appraisal, for a fee, indicating the books are worth $100,000. Mr. G indicates to Mrs. F that if the IRS challenges the valuation, the appraisal of $100,000 can be used to negotiate a fair market value of $75,000.
    1. Mrs. F agrees to pay the fee for the appraisal indicating the books are worth $100,000, and Mr. G prepares the appraisal.
    2. Mr. G has aided in the preparation of a document knowing that it will be used in connection with a material tax matter and that it will result in the understatement of tax liability. Thus, G is liable for the IRC section 6701 penalty.

     

  7. Example 7: Mrs. H, an accountant, overstates the value of depreciable property on an estate tax return. Mrs. H knows there is no reasonable basis for the valuation. Mrs. H also knows that the valuation claimed on the estate tax return will not understate the tax liability of the estate because of the application of the unified credit. Mrs. H, however, intends that the value claimed on the return will be used by the beneficiary of the estate in computing depreciation deductions. Mrs. H has aided in the preparation of a tax document and knows that the estate tax return will result in an understatement of the tax liability of the beneficiary. The IRC section 6701 penalty therefore applies.
  8. Example 8: Mr. A, an attorney, knowingly understates an item of partnership income in preparing a partnership return for calendar year 1983. Mr. A prepares and transmits to the partners Schedules K–1 for the 10 individual partners for the same calendar year reflecting the understated income. Mr. A is subject to ten separate $1,000 IRC section 6701 penalties for his preparation of ten Schedule K–1s which Mr. A knew would, if used, result in understatements of the federal tax liabilities of the ten partners on their federal income tax returns. Mr. A will not be subject to an eleventh penalty in connection with the partnership return itself, since the partnership itself is not liable for income tax and the only understatements of tax liability are the understatements of tax liability on the ten partners' individual returns.
  9. Example 9: Mrs. B, an officer of an S corporation under section 1361(a)(1), prepares the corporation's tax return for calendar year 1983. Mrs. B intentionally understates the corporation's net capital gain for the taxable year, resulting in an understatement of the corporation's tax liability under section 1374. Mrs. B also prepares Schedules K–1 for the individual shareholders for the same calendar year reflecting the understated capital gain. Mrs. B is subject to a $10,000 penalty for her aid in the preparation of the small business corporation return and a $1,000 penalty for each Schedule K–1 prepared.

    Note:

    If Mrs. B intentionally understated operating income rather than net capital gains, Mrs. B is subject to a $1,000 penalty for each Schedule K–1 prepared, but is not subject to a penalty for the S corporation return since under these facts the S corporation is not subject to tax.

     

  10. Example 10: Mrs. C, an accountant, prepares false income and gift tax returns for client Mr. D. Each of the returns is prepared for calendar year 1983. The calendar year 1983, however, relates to a period for which different taxes are imposed. Thus, there are two taxable periods for purposes of application of the penalty under IRC section 6701: the calendar year 1983 which is the period for which the income tax is imposed, and the calendar year 1983 which is the period for which the gift tax is imposed. Mrs. C is subject to a penalty of $2,000.

20.1.6.6.6  (07-08-1999)
Appeal Rights

  1. See IRM 20.1.6.1.3 above.

20.1.6.6.7  (07-08-1999)
Statute of Limitations on Assessment

  1. There is no statute of limitation on assessment of penalties under IRC section 6701 because the penalty does not depend on the filing of a return.

20.1.6.6.8  (07-08-1999)
Director of Practice

  1. See IRM 20.1.6.2 above, Director of Practice.

20.1.6.6.9  (07-08-1999)
Definitions

  1. See IRM 20.1.6.1.10 above for definition of terms used.

20.1.6.7  (07-08-1999)
Penalty for Unauthorized Preparer Disclosure or Use—IRC Section 6713—Legislative Overview

  1. The penalty for unauthorized preparer disclosure or improper use was enacted as IRC section 6712 as part of the Technical and Miscellaneous Revenue Act of 1988 (P.L. 100–647). See Exhibit 20.1.6–7. In 1989, this provision was renumbered IRC section 6713. It provides a penalty of $250.00 for each unauthorized disclosure or use of information connected with a tax return or the preparation of a tax return. The penalty may be asserted against a tax return preparer or any person providing services in connection with the preparation of a return.

20.1.6.7.1  (07-08-1999)
Asserting the Penalty

  1. Revenue Agents and Tax Auditors in Area Examination assert the penalty.
  2. If disclosure or use of return or return related information was made pursuant to court order or one of the provisions of the Code that permits disclosure, then the penalty will not be asserted.
  3. If any person prepares a return for compensation or provides services in connection with the preparation of the return, and knowingly or recklessly discloses or uses return information, the examiner should consider the criminal penalty under IRC section 7216.

20.1.6.7.2  (07-08-1999)
Computing the Penalty

  1. For each unauthorized disclosure or use of return information a penalty of $250.00 may be asserted. The total amount cannot exceed $10,000 per person per calendar year.

20.1.6.7.3  (07-08-1999)
Coordination with Other Penalties

  1. The IRC section 6713 penalty can be asserted in conjunction with any other preparer penalties.

20.1.6.7.4  (07-08-1999)
Appeal Rights

  1. See IRM 20.1.6.1.4 above.

20.1.6.7.5  (07-08-1999)
Statute of Limitations

  1. There is no statute of limitations for this penalty.

20.1.6.7.6  (07-08-1999)
Definitions

  1. See IRM 20.1.6.1.9 above for definition of terms.

20.1.6.8  (07-08-1999)
Action to Enjoin Preparers to Promoters—IRC Section 7407 and 7408—Legislative Overview

  1. Under IRC section 7407 the Service has the power to seek an injunction prohibiting an income tax preparer from engaging in certain practices. See Exhibit 20.1.6–7. The Service may bring a civil action in the U.S. District Court for the area of
    1. The return preparer's residence,
    2. The return preparer's principal place of business, or
    3. The residence of the taxpayer with respect to whose return the action arises.

     

  2. If the court finds that the income tax return preparer has engaged in one or more of the enumerated practices, it may enjoin him or her from further engaging in such conduct. If the court finds that the return preparer has continually or repeatedly engaged in those practices, it may enjoin him or her from acting as an income tax return preparer. (The court's jurisdiction in this case may be exercised separate and apart from any other action brought by the U.S. against the income tax return preparer or any taxpayer.)
  3. Income tax return preparer practices that may cause the Service to initiate injunctive action:
    1. Conduct subject to IRC sections 6694 and 6695 penalties;
    2. Conduct subject to criminal penalties;
    3. Misrepresentation of the return preparer's eligibility to practice before the Service, or his or her experience and education as an income tax return preparer;
    4. Guarantee of payment of a tax refund or of allowance of a tax credit;
    5. Other fraudulent or deceptive conduct that substantially interferes with proper administration of the Internal Revenue laws.

     

  4. Bond to Stay Injunction (IRC section 7407). Prior to January 1, 1990, an income tax return preparer could prevent the Service from beginning or pursuing an injunctive action with respect to conduct subject to IRC sections 6694 and 6695 penalties by filing and maintaining with the district office of his residence or principal place of business, a bond of $50,000 as surety for payment of the IRC sections 6694 and 6695 penalties that might be assessed. The return preparer did not need to continue the bond after paying the assessed penalties that gave rise to the injunctive action. In 1989, Congress repealed this provision because it believed that return preparers should not be able to prevent judicial resolution of the issue of whether the return preparer had engaged in prohibited conduct. This repeal is effective with respect to actions commenced after December 31, 1989.
  5. The Committee Reports for the Tax Reform Act of 1976 (which enacted IRC section 7407) indicate that injunctive relief sought by the Service must be commensurate with the conduct which led to the seeking of the injunction. For example, if an income tax return preparer, who is only experienced in preparing individual returns, overstates his qualifications as a preparer by claiming expertise in the preparation of corporate returns, it was anticipated that any injunction would be directed toward the misrepresentation itself or the preparation of corporate returns and not toward preventing the preparer from preparing any returns at all. Furthermore, if some of an employer's employee-preparers have engaged in conduct leading to a request for an injunction against the further preparation of returns, any injunction is to be sought only against those preparers and not the employer (or other employees), unless the employer (or other employees) is actively involved in the improper conduct.
  6. Action to Enjoin Promoters of Abusive Tax Shelter, etc. A civil action may be brought under IRC section 7408 to enjoin further conduct subject to IRC section 6700 or 6701. The court action can be brought in the U.S. district court for the district in which the individual resides, has his principal business, or has engaged in prohibited conduct.
  7. The court may grant injunctive relief against any person if it finds:
    1. That the person has engaged in any conduct subject to the penalty for organizing or selling abusive tax shelters under IRC section 6700, or
    2. That the person has engaged in aiding and abetting tax understatements under IRC section 6701,
    3. Injunctive relief is appropriate to prevent recurrence of such conduct.

     

20.1.6.8.1  (07-08-1999)
Action on Injunctions: Seeking an Injunction

  1. Any examiner conducting an investigation under IRC sections 6694, 6695, 6700, or 6701 will consider whether an injunction should be sought under IRC sections 7407 or 7408. In addition, an injunction may be sought by an examiner to whom an investigation is assigned for activities specified in IRC section 7407.

20.1.6.8.1.1  (07-08-1999)
Identifying Persons Subject to an Injunction

  1. Service personnel who become aware of income tax return preparers engaged in activities identified in IRC section 7407(b)(1)(A) through (D) will notify the Area 6700/7408 Coordinator in writing of the facts and circumstances.

20.1.6.8.1.2  (07-08-1999)
Initiating an Investigation under IRC Sections 7407/7408

  1. An investigation under IRC sections 7407/7409 will be conducted in the same fashion as an investigation under IRC section 6700 and 6701.

20.1.6.8.1.3  (07-08-1999)
Approval to Seek An Injunction

  1. If the Revenue Agent and Area Counsel Attorney conclude that an IRC section 7407/7408 referral is appropriate, a recommendation for injunction will be forwarded to the Area 6700/7408 Committee for approval. If approved by the Area 6700/7408 Committee, the recommendation will be submitted to the Area Director for final approval. If approved by the Area Director, the case file will be submitted to Area Counsel for referral to the Department of Justice. The following procedures should be adopted with respect to submitting these cases:
    1. A copy of the Revenue Agent Report (RAR) will be submitted with the IRC section 7407/7408 administrative file.
    2. The RAR will be cross referenced to the exhibits and the exhibits numbered correspondingly.
    3. Revenue Agents should retain complete copies of the documents submitted in order to facilitate telephone discussions with the trial attorneys.
    4. When video or audio tapes are forwarded as evidence, a transcript should be forwarded with the tape.

     

  2. When an injunction is issued, copies of the court order and the asserted opinion will be sent to the area in which the subject promoters reside. Area personnel will then take appropriate action on the IRC section 6700/6701 case.

20.1.6.8.2  (07-08-1999)
Coordination with Other Penalties

  1. The injunction authorized under IRC section 7407 is coordinated with civil penalties under IRC sections 6694 and 6695 and criminal tax provisions. In addition, IRC section 7407 can be used in conjunction with IRC section 7408, if appropriate.
  2. The injunction authorized under IRC section 7408 is coordinated with civil penalties under IRC section 6700 and 6701. In addition, IRC section 7408 can be used in conjunction with IRC section 7407, if appropriate.
  3. In addition, an injunction may be sought without regard to whether penalties have been or may be assessed against any income tax return preparer.

20.1.6.8.3  (07-08-1999)
Statute of Limitations

  1. The Code does not explicitly provide any limitation period for seeking an injunction under IRC sections 7407 and 7408.

20.1.6.8.4  (07-08-1999)
Director of Practice

  1. See IRM 20.1.6.2 above.

20.1.6.8.5  (07-08-1999)
Definitions

  1. See IRM 20.1.6.1.9 above.

Exhibit 20.1.6.8-1  (07-08-1999)
Forms Used in the Preparer Penalty Case File

Form Description
886–A Explanation of Items—Unagreed Case
872–D Consent to Extend Time on Assessment of Tax Return Preparer Penalty
895 Notice of Statute Expiration
2797 Referral Report for Potential Fraud Case
3198 Special Handling Notice—Annotate "Preparer Penalty Case" in the "Other" section
3244–A Payment Posting Voucher
4318 Examination Workpapers
4318–A Continuation of Examination Workpapers
4665 Report Transmittal—Unagreed Case
4700 Examination Workpapers
4700–A Form 4700 Supplemental
5808 Return Preparer Penalty Follow-up
5809 Preparer Penalty Case Control Card
5816 Report of Income Tax Return Preparer Penalty—A separate form is required for each year/return.
5838 Waiver of Restrictions on Assessment and Collection of Tax Return Preparer Penalty—Unagreed Case
6459 Return Preparers Checklist—Prepare in duplicate. Needs group manager approval.
8278 Computation and Assessment of Miscellaneous Penalties—Instructions on back of form. A statute date must be inserted in box 6 in order for this penalty to be processed by Case Processing Support. This form is an assessment document, therefore a case with a short statute (as defined by the Area) should follow district policy concerning short statute assessments. F–8278 is completed for each penalty.
8484 Penalty Information Report (formerly: Referral to the Director of Practice)

Exhibit 20.1.6.8-2  (07-08-1999)
Examination and Area Counsel

This image is too large to be displayed in the current screen. Please click the link to view the image.
This image is too large to be displayed in the current screen. Please click the link to view the image.

Exhibit 20.1.6.8-3  (07-08-1999)
Section 6701 Pre-Assessment Letter

INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY
   
  (ADDRESS)
   
  Person to Contact:
   
Date: Telephone Number:
   
Mr. Red Oak
624 Hackberry Lane
Frytown, Texas 77777
Appointment
 Date:
 Time:
   
   Place:
   
Dear Mr. Oak:
   
 We have reviewed certain materials with respect to your preparation of tax returns. We are considering assessing penalties under section 6701 of the Internal Revenue Code. Enclosed is an exhibit which identifies the tax returns on which the penalty is based and calculated.
   
 You may meet with the examiner at the date, time and place scheduled above to present facts or legal arguments indicating such action should not be taken.
   
  Sincerely yours,
   
   
  Area Director
   
Enclosure  
Attachment to section 6701 Pre-Assessment Letter
Section 6701 Penalty Computation
Period: 1/1/87 to 8/15/89
     
TAXPAYER TAX PERIOD PENALTY AMOUNT
     
Taxpayer 1  1986 $1,000
Taxpayer 2  1986 $1,000
Taxpayer 3  1986 $1,000
Taxpayer 4  1986 $1,000
Taxpayer 5  1986 $1,000
Taxpayer 6  1986 $1,000
Taxpayer 7  1986 $1,000
Taxpayer 8  1986 $1,000
Taxpayer 9  1986 $1,000
Taxpayer 10 1987 $1,000
Taxpayer 11 1987 $1,000
Taxpayer 12 1987 $1,000
Taxpayer 13 1987 $1,000
Taxpayer 14 1987 $1,000
Taxpayer 15 1987 $1,000
     
Total Penalty   $15,000
Amount    

Exhibit 20.1.6.8-4  (07-08-1999)
Penalty Reference Numbers

Reference: IRM 20.1.6.1.10
IRC Section Title Reference Number
     
     
6694 Understatement of Taxpayer's Liability by Income Tax Return Preparer:  
     
  6694(a)—Penalty assessed prior to 1/1/90 622
      —Penalty assessed after 12/31/89 645
     
  6694(b)—Penalty assessed prior to 1/1/90 646
      —Penalty assessed after 12/31/89 650
     
6695 Other Assessable Penalties with Respect to the Preparation of Income Tax Returns for Other Persons  
     
  6695(a), (b), (c), (d), and (e) 624
  6695(f) 626
     
6700 Promoting Abusive Tax Shelters, Etc. 628
     
6701 Penalties for Aiding and Abetting Understatement of Tax Liability  
     
  —Assessed against a promoter 630
     
  —Assessed against a preparer 631
     
6713 Disclosure or Use of Information by Preparers of Returns 633

Exhibit 20.1.6.8-5  (07-08-1999)
Legislative Overview

Reference: IRM 20.1.6.3
Code
Section
Description Effective Date
Pre-OBRA 1989:
6694(a) Understatement due to negligent or intentional disregard of rules or regulations ($100.00 per return
or refund)
Documents prepared before 1–1–90
6694(b) Willful understatement of income tax liability
($500.00 per return or claim for refund)
Documents prepared before 1–1–90
Post OBRA 1989:
6694(a) Understatement due to unrealistic position ($250.00 per return or claim for refund) Documents prepared after 12–31–89
6694(b) Willful attempt to understate an income tax liability
or a reckless or intentional disregard of the rules or regulations ($1,000.00 per return or claim for refund)
Documents prepared after 12–31–89
     
Reference: IRM 20.1.6.3.1 and 20.1.6.3.2
Pre-OBRA 1989:
Code
Section
Amount of Penalty Per
Return/Claim for Refund
Description
6694(a) $100.00 Understatement due to negligent or intentional disregard of rules/regulations
6694(b) $500.00 Willful understatement
Post OBRA 1989:
Code
Section
Amount of Penalty Per
Return/Claim for Refund
Description
6694(a)  $250.00 Understatement due to an unrealistic position
6694(b) $1000.00 Willful, reckless, or intentional understatement
Reference: 20.1.6.4
       
Penalty Amount for:
       
IRC
Section
Penalty
Description
Documents Before 1/01/90 Prepared After 12/31/89
       
6695(a) Failure to furnish copy of income tax return or claim for refund to taxpayer  $25.00  $50.00
       
6695(b) Failure of preparer to sign income tax return or claim for refund  $25.00  $50.00
       
6695(c) Failure to furnish identifying number of the preparer  $25.00  $50.00
       
6695(d) Failure to retain copy or list of income tax returns or claims for refund  $50.00  $50.00
       
6695(e)(1) Failure to file an information return required under IRC section 6060 $100.00  $50.00
       
6695(e)(2) Failure to set forth an item in the return as required by IRC section 6060   $5.00  $50.00
       
6695(f) Endorsement or negotiation of a taxpayer's refund check $500.00 $500.00

Exhibit 20.1.6.8-6  (07-08-1999)
Notification Letter

Reference: IRM 20.1.6.5.6.4
   
Letter Entity
   
Letter 1842(DO), TEFRA Partner Sent to all individual partners
   
Notification Letter  
   
Letter 1843(DO), Investor Pre-filing Notification
Letter (PNL)
Sent to all non-TEFRA flow-through entities
   
Letter 1845(DO), Partnership Pre-filing Notification Sent to Tax Matters Partner if Partnership covered by TEFRA
   
Letter 1976(DO), S Corporation entities Sent to S Corporation TEFRA
   
Shareholder Pre-filing Notification Letter—TEFRA  
   
Letter 1977(DO), S Corporation Pre-entities filing Notification Letter—TEFRA Sent to S Corporation TEFRA (first tier entities only)

Exhibit 20.1.6.8-7  (07-08-1999)
Legislative Overview

Reference: IRM 20.1.6.6, 20.1.6.7, 20.1.6.8
     
IRC Section Penalty Amount
Per Violation
Effective Date
     
6701 $1,000 (non-corporate)
$10,000 (corporate)
September 4, 1982
     
6713 $   250 December 31, 1989
     
7407   December 31, 1976
     
7408   September 4, 1982
For IRC section 6700 activities
     
7408   July 19, 1984
For IRC section 6701 activities

20.1.7.1  (09-30-2002)
Overview

  1. This section covers the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code (IRC) that apply when a filer fails to meet information return reporting requirements.

20.1.7.1.1  (09-30-2002)
General

  1. The term "information return" means any statement, form, or return as described in Treas. Reg. 301.6721–1(g).
  2. The provisions of IRC section 3406(a)(1)(B), which applies to filers who submit Forms 1099–B, –INT, –DIV, –OID, –PATR, R or –MISC with missing or incorrect Taxpayer Identification Numbers (TINs) are also included.
  3. Penalty proposal notices (500 —514 Series Reference Numbers) are generated from the information return data that is processed to the Payer Master File (PMF). Penalty assessments are manually input to the Civil Penalty Module. (MFT 13 for BMF, MFT 55 for IMF).
  4. Generated penalty proposal notices may include penalty infractions identified for failure to timely file, failure to file on magnetic media, and/or missing and incorrect name/taxpayer identification numbers (TINs).
  5. The penalties for unprocessable returns filed on either paper or magnetic media, and the penalties for prior year returns, are manually assessed by the campus.
  6. Compliance Functions assess information returns penalties using 600 Series Reference Numbers.
  7. Generated information return penalty notices (500 Series Reference Numbers) may include one, two, or any combination of the penalties for late filing, failure to file on magnetic media, and/or missing and incorrect name/taxpayer identification numbers.
    1. Exhibit 20.1.7–1, 500 Series Reference Numbers—This exhibit shows the reference numbers applicable to returns due after December 31, 1989.
    2. Exhibit 20.1.7–2, 600 Series Reference Numbers—This exhibit shows the reference numbers applicable to information return penalties assessed by the Compliance functions.

    Law Enforcement Manual (LEM 20.1.7) should be reviewed before any of the penalties mentioned in this chapter are considered.

20.1.7.1.2  (09-30-2002)
Form 1096 Annual Summary

  1. Form 1096, Annual Summary and Transmittal of U.S. Information Returns, is used to report the total number of paper information returns filed for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W–2G. A separate Form 1096 must be filed with each type of information return filed. Each Form 1096 should include:
    • The filer's name and address,
    • Filer's taxpayer identification number (TIN),
    • Total number of information returns filed,
    • The total federal income tax withheld,
    • The total dollar amount reported, and
    • The box checked which represents the type of information return filed, and
    • The filer's signature and the date signed.

     

  2. Form 4804, Transmittal of Information Returns Reported Magneticall is used to report the above information for returns filed on magnetic or electronic media.
  3. This information is posted to the Payer Master File (PMF).
  4. Form W-3, Transmittal of Income and Tax Statements, is used to report Form W-2 filed with Social Security Administration (SSA) in Wilkes-Barre, PA.
  5. Form 6559, Transmitter Report and Summary of magnetic media, is used to report Forms W-2 filed on magnetic media with the SSA in Baltimore, MD
  6. This information is posted to the PMF if there is a penalty issue.

20.1.7.1.3  (08-20-1998)
Forms

  1. The various penalties discussed in this chapter may apply to one or more of the following information reporting requirements. See Treas. Reg. 301.6721–1(g)(2).
    1. Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement,
    2. Form 1098– E, Student Loan Interest Statement,
    3. Form 1098– T, Tuition Payments Sttement,
    4. Form 1099–A, Acquisition or Abandonment of Secured Property,
    5. Form 1099–B, Proceeds From Broker and Barter Exchange Transactions,
    6. Form 1099–C, Cancellation of Debt,
    7. Form 1099–S, Proceeds From Real Estate Transactions,
    8. Form 1099–INT, Interest Income,
    9. Form 1099–DIV, Dividends and Distributions,
    10. Form 1099–OID, Original Issue Discount,
    11. Form 1099–PATR, Taxable Distributions Received From Cooperatives,
    12. Form 1099–LTC, Long-Term Care and Accelerated Death Benefits,
    13. Form 1099–MSA, Distributiobns From an Archer MSA or Medicar + Choice MSA,
    14. Form 1099–MISC, Miscellaneous Income,
    15. Form 1099–R, Distribution From Pensions, Annuities, Retirement or Profit-Sharing Plans, IRAs, Insurance Contracts, etc.,
    16. Form 5498, Individual Retirement Arrangement Information,
    17. Form 5498, MSA
    18. Form 1042–S, Foreign Persons' U.S. Source Income Subject to Withholding,
    19. Form 8027, Employer's Annual Information Return of Tip Income and Allocated Tips,
    20. Form 8282, Donee Information Return,
    21. Form 8300, Report of Cash Payments Over $10,000 Received in a Trade or Business,
    22. Form 8308, Report of a Sale or Exchange of Certain Partnership Interests,
    23. Form 8594, Asset Acquisition Statement,
    24. W–2, Wage and Tax Statement,
    25. W–2G, Certain Gambling Winnings,
    26. K–1 (1065, 1120S and 1041).

     

20.1.7.1.4  (09-30-2002)
Common Features

  1. The information contained in this section is common to all information return penalties discussed in this chapter, unless otherwise indicated. Exceptions and additional information are noted in the discussions of the specific penalties.
  2. For IRM 20.1.7, TIN refers to either an Employer Identification Number (EIN) or a Social Security Number (SSN).
  3. IRM 20.1.7.10.1 provides procedures for campus processing of backup withholding notices CP2100/2100A. Filers who file information returns with missing, incorrect, and/or not currently issued TINs may be liable for a penalty under IRC section 6721.

20.1.7.1.4.1  (09-30-2002)
Payer Master File

  1. The Internal Revenue Code provides civil penalties for persons who fail to file information returns as required. Based on the information return data processed to the Payer Master File (PMF). Note: For 1991 and prior years, the penalties were computer generated to the Civil Penalty Module.
  2. See Exhibit 20.1.7–3 for an example of a PMF transcript.
    1. Penalty proposal notices, Notice 972CG, are generated from the PMF. Assessments which result from the proposal are manually input to the Civil Penalty Module.
    2. Penalties may also be proposed as the result of an examination of a filer's records. PMF data may be accessed by using CC PMFOL or PATRA as described below. See IRM 102.8 for information on the use of these command codes.

     

  3. The PMF is viewed using CC PMFOL which allows research of:
    1. The Filer entity information,
    2. Filing History—indicators to show whether returns were filed or a penalty was proposed for the five most recent tax years, and
    3. A record of each Form 1096 submitted by the filer, including (1) Documents—the type and number of forms submitted, the media used (paper, magnetic/electronic), whether returns were original, amended or replacement; (2) payments—the total payment for all payees for each type of form, (3) withholding—the total amount withheld for all payees, (4) received date—for late filed returns, (5) penalties—the number of returns for which a penalty was proposed for late filing, magnetic media, and TINs,
    4. Return due date for each form type,
    5. Extension—if the filer received an extension of time to file which extended the due date of the return,
    6. Waiver—if the filer received a waiver exempting the returns from the requirement to be filed on magnetic media, and
    7. Totals—summary for each form type filed, amounts reported, and penalties proposed.

     

  4. The PMF maintains data for the five most current tax years including generated penalty assessment or proposal amounts. However, penalty abatements or waivers are not posted on the PMF. This information must be obtained from BMFOL (MFT 13) or IMFOL (MFT 55) or by requesting the file document. In addition, no manual input of assessments, waivers or abatements are shown. This information must be obtained from TXMOD (MFT 13/55) BMFOL, IMFOL or MFTRA.
    1. The penalty indicators show which types of PMF generated penalties were assessed or proposed.
    2. The penalty indicators do not consider any manual assertions and should be used in conjunction with TXMOD, BMFOL, IMFOL or MFTRA information to determine previous compliance history.
    3. For YRS PNL a blank for a tax year indicates that no computer generated penalty was issued (or proposed) for that period. For YRS FILED a blank for a tax year indicates that no information returns were processed to the PMF for that period. See (4) above concerning manual assessments and (6) below concerning forms W-3/W-2.

     

  5. For Forms W-2, currently only the information from Forms W–3, Transmittal of Income and Tax Statements that were penalized or that met penalty criteria (i.e., filer was granted a waiver or extension) appear on the PMF. Information from other Forms W–3 submitted by the filer for a particular tax year are not posted to the PMF. However, additional Form W–3 and W–2 information is available on BMFOLU (MFT 88).
  6. CC PMFOL provides a summary of a filer's submissions by return type for the five most recent tax years as well as a complete record of each Form 1096 filed for all five years.
  7. CC PATRA provides complete transcript data for all five years on the PMF. Only paper (hard copy) transcripts are available and require three to four weeks for delivery. See IDRS Operations Handbook for a complete description of all PATRA requests.
  8. BMF/IMF linkage is identified by the literal "Linked" in the entity section of the PMF. In this situation, the PMF and the Master File (MF) share identical entity information.
    1. Linked PMF accounts are verified annually and receive entity updates from the Master File on a weekly basis.
    2. This is the only way the PMF entity can be changed. Individual 1096/1099 filings will not update the PMF entity. A different entity may be shown on PMFOLD for individual 1096/1099 filings, however, these will not update the PMF entity on PMFOL or MF.
    3. Approximately 95 percent of the PMF is linked.
    4. The remaining 5 percent, which is not-linked represents new filers or filers without BMF/IMF filing requirements.

     

  9. The "Transmitted" volume is the count for the number of returns processed which should reflect the actual number of documents filed, minus voided or blank forms and forms reporting under one dollar.
    1. This count will sometimes differ from the count entered by the filer on the Form 1096.
    2. The "Subj" (Subject to Penalty) volume further excludes returns that are not required to be filed by law because of the amount being reported, e.g., Form 1099–INTs reporting less than $10 dollars are systematically dropped from the number of returns subject to penalty. See Exhibit 20.1.7–4.

     

  10. The subject to Penalty ( "Subj" ) count appears on PMFOL for each Form 1096 record and refers to the total number of returns in a submission that could be penalized. No penalty is applicable to a particular Form 1096 submission unless separate amounts are shown in the "Late" , "MAG" or "TIN" fields of the PMF.
  11. The "Replacement" volume is for returns that replace the original return when a correction is submitted to change a TIN, name, or return type.
  12. When applicable, an entry for Form 8487, Payer Master File Entity Change Entry, will appear on the civil penalty transcripts directly below the document that was changed or deleted. The affected document will state: "NOTE: THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN REMOVED" directly above the entity information for the affected Form 1096 record. This record will not be considered in penalty computations.
  13. Civil Penalty Summary (accruals) provides:
    1. The aggregate volume of original, amended, and replacement returns, by return type, that were transmitted and the number subject to penalty based on all Forms 1098, 1099, 5498 and W–2G filed.
    2. The gross penalty amounts applicable to the returns that were penalized by return type and the type of penalty (late, magnetic media, missing and incorrect TINs). These figures include all potential penalties identified for the tax year.
    3. The "Civil Penalty Proposed" is the actual penalty amount assessed or proposed on the notice. This amount is limited by the penalty maximum of $250,000 per year and the $50 per return maximum.
    4. A waiver of magnetic media filing is indicated by a "yes" or "no" entry. The extended due date (if applicable) is shown by return type. If no extension was granted, the date shown is the required due date for the return. See LEM 20.1.7.1.4.5.

     

20.1.7.1.4.2  (09-30-2002)
Filing Requirements

  1. The due dates for information returns are listed below. When any due date falls on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, the due date becomes the next day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday (IRC section 7503). The return must be postmarked by the stated due date.
  2. The filer is required to mail a correct statement (Forms 1099, 1098, W–2 and W–2G) to payees no later than January 31 of the year following the calendar year the funds were distributed.
  3. The filer is required to file Forms 1099, 1098 and W–2G, with a Form 1096 Transmittal, with the Service no later than February 28th (March 31st if filed electronically) of the year following the calendar year the funds were distributed .
  4. A filer is required to file Forms W–2, (W–3 Transmittal of Income and Tax Statements), with the Social Security Administration no later than February 28 (March 31st if filed electronically) If the year following the calendar year the funds were distributed. In a leap year the due date is February 29.
  5. A filer is required to file Form 8027 with the Internal Revenue Service no later thanthe last day of February (March 31st if filed electronically) of the year following the calendar year the funds were distributed.
  6. Form 5498 is required to be filed with the Service by May 31 of the year following the calendar year in which regular or roll over contributions were made to an Individual Retirement Account (IRA).
  7. Form 8300 . The recipient of more than $10,000 in cash received in trade or business is required to file Form 8300 with the Service within 15 days after the date the cash is received. The recipient is also required to provide a written statement to each person named on the form, showing the total amount of cash received and that the information was provided to the Service. This statement must be provided on or before January 31 of the year following the calendar year in which the cash was received.
  8. Form 8308 . A Partnership must file a separate Form 8308 with their Form 1065, U.S. Partnership Return of Income, when money or property is received by a transferrer partner in exchange for all or part of a partnership interest which is attributable to unrealized receivables or substantially appreciated inventory items (an IRC section 751(a) exchange).
  9. Form 8594 . The buyer and the seller must each report on Form 8594, The Acquisition Statement, which must be filed with their federal income tax return:
    1. The date of sale and total sales price (Part I);
    2. Allocation of sales price among seven asset classes and the aggregate Fair Market Value of each class of assests (Part II); and
    3. Supplemental information statements to cover increases and decreases in consideration received by the Buyer (Part III)..
    4. This statement is filed with the income tax return for the year that includes the date of the acquisition.

     

  10. Form 8282 . When a donee disposes of certain charitable property within two years of its receipt, the donee shall provide an information return, Form 8282, to the Service on or before the 125th day after the disposition date of the property.
  11. Form 1042–S is required to be filed with the Service and furnished to the recipient by March 15th of the year following the calendar year the funds were distributed.

20.1.7.1.4.3  (09-30-2002)
Magnetic Media Filing Requirements

  1. Information returns are filed either on paper or via magnetic or electronic media. Paper information returns are filed with the campus. Magnetic media and/or electronic information returns are filed with the Martinsburg Computing Center (MCC).
  2. The Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1989 (OBRA '89) P.L. 101–239, requires that uniform magnetic media requirements apply to all information returns filed during any calendar year. The bill provides that after December 31, 1989, information returns must be filed either using magnetic or electronic media when 250 or more of the same documents are submitted. The penalty only applies to the returns that exceed this threshold. For example, if 300 Forms 1099–DIV are filed on paper, only 50 will be subject to the penalty.
  3. A filer may request a waiver from the requirement to file on magnetic media by filing Form 8508, Request for Waiver From Filing Information Returns on Magnetic Media with the Martinsburg Computing Center.
    1. The filer must show that it would cause an undue economic hardship if the filer were required to file either onmagnetic or electronic media.
    2. The request must be postmarked no later than due date of the return.

     

  4. See IRM 20.1.7.9.1 for an explanation of the undue economic hardship criteria.

20.1.7.1.4.4  (09-30-2002)
Extension of Time to File

  1. A filer may request an extension of time to file information returns.
  2. The request for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, W–2G, 1042–S, 8027 and W–2 is made by filing Form 8809, Request for Extension of Time To File Information Returns, with the Martinsburg Computing Center. The extension request must be postmarked no later than the due date of the return.
    1. If the extension request is for multiple filers, a listing providing the TINs, names and addresses of the filers must also be attached.
    2. Extensions are initially granted for a maximum of 30 days.
    3. A second 30 day extension may be granted. To obtain an additional extension the filer must file a second Form 8809 before the first 30 day extension expires.
    4. Both the first and second extensions must be approved by the Service (MCC).

     

  3. Filers may also request an extension of time to provide the statement to recipients (payees). The request is made by submitting a letter to the Service (MCC). It must be postmarked no later than the due date of the recipient statement.
  4. The letter must contain:
    1. The filer's name, TIN and address,
    2. Type(s) of information returns,
    3. Reason for delay,
    4. Signature of the filer or authorized agent,

     

  5. If approved, the extension is generally granted for a maximum of 30 days.
  6. A withholding agent may request an extension of time to file Form 1042.
  7. The request is made by submitting a letter or Form 2758, Application for Extension of Time To File Certain Excise, Income, Information, and Other Returns, to the Service. Requests for returns that will be filed magnetically or electronically must be sent to MCC. If the returns will be filed on paper, the request must be sent to the Philadelphia campus. The extension request must be postmarked by the due date of the return. If approved, the extension is granted for 90 days.
  8. The request must include:
    1. Thefilers (or transmitter's) name, address and TIN,
    2. The type of return,i.e., 1042 and the tax year for which the extension is requested,
    3. If filing magnetically or electronically the transmitter Control Code (TCC) of the organization or individual requesting the extension and the name of a contact person familiar with the request,
    4. The reason for delay and the date the returns will be submitted, and
    5. A list providing the withholding agents' names and TINs must be attached, if the extension request is for multiple filers.

     

20.1.7.1.4.5  (09-30-2002)
Exceptions and Special Rules

  1. Inconsequential Omission . The penalties discussed in this chapter will not be assessed for any failure to include correct information on an information return, tax return, or payee statement if the failure is considered inconsequential. An inconsequential omission or inaccuracy is defined as one that does not prevent or hinder the Service in processing the information or putting the return to its intended use, and does notr hinder or prevent a payee from timely receiving and correctly reporting the information on its tax return or otherwise putting the information to its intended use.
  2. The Service may administratively specify other errors or omissions that are never considered inconsequential.
  3. See IRM 20.1.7.3.4 for additional criteria for inconsequential errors and omissions under IRC sections 6721, 6722 and 6723.
  4. See IRM 20.1.7.9 for criteria relating to Waivers; Definitions and Special Rules.

20.1.7.1.5  (09-30-2002)
Penalty Assertion

  1. The consolidated information return penalties under IRC sections 6721, 6722, and 6723 apply to most of the information reporting requirements discussed in this chapter. The following is a general discussion of these IRC sections. Specific matters are discussed later in this chapter.
  2. IRC section 6721 provides for a penalty when an information return or statement is not correctly filed by the due date of the return. Penalties assessed under IRC section 6721 are based on a time sensitive penalty rate.
    1. $15 per failure, not to exceed an annual maximum of $75,000 for returns filed correctly within 30 days of the due date,
    2. $30 per failure, not to exceed an annual maximum of $150,000 for returns filed correctly after 30 days but on or before August 1, or
    3. $50 per failure, not to exceed an annual maximum of $250,000 for returns filed after August 1,

     

  3. A small business limitation is also a part of revised IRC section 6721. A complete discussion of the related criteria is discussed in the IRM 20.1.7.4.
  4. IRC section 6722 provides for a penalty of $50 when a payee statement is not timely and correctly furnished.
  5. IRC section 6723 provides for a penalty of $50 for a failure to comply with other specified information reporting requirements.
  6. Waiver; Definitions and Special Rules are addressed under IRC section 6724. Reasonable Cause replaced due diligence as the standard for abatement of a penalty.
  7. IRC Section 6751(b) provides that, in general, no penalty under the code should be assessed without prior written managerial approval.

    Exception:

    Penalties calculated exclusively through electronic means do not require managerial approval

     

    1. Managerial approval is not needed when the taxpayer/payer fully agrees to the penalty
    2. Managerial approval is not needed on penalties assessed based on no response (i.e.: by default)
    3. Managerial approval is required whenever the taxpayer's/payer's response disputes the penalty AND the tax examiner's independent determination concludes that the penalty cannot be completely waived.

     

20.1.7.1.5.1  (09-30-2002)
Who Asserts/Assesses

  1. A campus or compliance function may determine that a penalty should be imposed.
    1. At the campus the penalty proposal may generate automatically based on returns posted to the PMF, or
    2. Compliance functions consider the penalty during an examination if it is found that the filer failed to file, filed late, or filed incorrectly.

     

  2. Campuses use penalty reference codes in the 500 series for assessing these penalties.
  3. Compliance functions use penalty reference codes in the 600 series for assessing these penalties.

20.1.7.1.5.2  (09-30-2002)
Computation of the Penalty

  1. To compute the appropriate information return penalty as it relates to IRC section 6721, 6722, or 6723 multiply the number of violations in each penalty category by the dollar amount associated with the respective category:
    • Standard ($50),
    • Reduced ($15 or $30) (IRC section 6721 only), or
    • Intentional Disregard

     

  2. Assess only one penalty amount per return or payee statement. This amount will be the largest penalty amount applicable to that return or statement. When appropriate, use the penalty reference number that identifies all violations that apply to the return.

20.1.7.1.6  (09-30-2002)
Examination

  1. Secure and make two copies of the delinquent information returns.
    1. Send the original delinquent information returns to the appropriate campus, the Detroit Computer Center (DCC) or the Social Security Administration (SSA).
    2. Place one copy in the penalty case file.
    3. Attach the other copy to Form 5346, Examination Information Report (Form 5666, TE/GE Referral Information Report).

     

  2. Prepare Form 5346 (or Form 5666) for each recipient shown on the delinquent information returns.
  3. Prepare and make a copy of:
    1. Form 1096, Transmittal Document, for information returns filed with the campus,
    2. Form W–3 for W–2s filed with the SSA,
    3. Form 4804, Transmittal of Information Returns Reported Magnetically for information returns required to be filed at MCC, or
    4. Any other specific information return not transmitted by a transmittal document (for example Form 8300).

     

  4. Retain the appropriate copies in the penalty case file.
  5. Across the bottom of Form 1096, W–3 or 4804 write in red "Delinquent Returns—Secured by Examination (or TE/GE)—Penalty Considered."
    1. For Form(s) 1096, enter "E" (Exam) in the first box under "Official Use Only."
    2. Do not make any markings in the top margin of Forms 1096. This will interfere with the processing of these documents.

     

  6. If there is more than one type of information return, prepare separate transmittals for each type of information return.
  7. Prepare Form 3198, Special Handling Notice, and under the "Other" section write " Assess Civil Penalty per Form 3645, Computation of Penalty for Failure to File Info Returns or Furnish Statements or Form 8278, Computation and Assessment of Miscellaneous
    Penalties."
  8. Make a copy of the face of the income tax return for the tax year of the delinquent information returns. Retain the copy of the income tax return in the penalty case file.
  9. Prepare Form 8278, Computation and Assessment of Miscellaneous Penalties, for each tax year. Retain Form 8278 in the penalty case file.
  10. Prepare Form 3645, Computation of Penalty for Failure to File Information Returns or Furnish Statements, for each tax year. Form 3645 should stay in the penalty case file. Provide the following in the explanation section:
    1. The reason for the penalty.
    2. Did the filer agree or disagree with the penalty?
    3. Was reasonable cause considered?

     

  11. If the taxpayer agrees with the penalty, ask for the payment. For payments received, prepare Form 3244, Payment Posting Voucher.
  12. Do not secure an agreement on Form 4549, Examination Income Tax Changes Report. The information return penalty case file is separate from an income tax, employment tax or other case file.
  13. When asserting the penalty and the waiver provisions were considered, the following items must be noted on the Form 8278.
  14. When a waiver is denied:
    • Assert the penalty;
    • Give the filer written appeal rights,
    • Note on Form 8278 that the waiver provisions were considered,
    • Identify the waiver requested using the penalty reason codes in Exhibit 20.1.1–3.

     

  15. When a waiver is granted:
    • The penalty should not be assessed,
    • A notation made on Form 8278 that the waiver provision was granted,

     

  16. After determining whether to grant or deny the waiver provision claimed, identify the waiver request using the penalty reason codes in Exhibit 20.1.1–3.

20.1.7.1.6.1  (09-30-2002)
Collection Compliance Procedures

  1. Assessments
    1. Generally information return penalties are not asserted by collection actions, however collection personnel are not prohibited from making these types of assessments. During the course of an investigation or other contact with taxpayers it may be determined that required information returns have not been filed. The information returns should be secured from the taxpayer, and if appropriate, the applicable penalty recommended for assessment.
    2. Across the bottom of Form 1096, W–3 or 4804 write in red "Delinquent Returns—Secured by Collection—Penalty Considered." For Form(s) 1096, enter "C" (Collection) in the first box under "Official Use Only."

      Caution:

      Do not make any markings in the top margin of Forms 1096. This will interfere with the processing of these documents.

       

    3. A Civil Penalties Master file has been developed to accommodate most penalties using MFT 55 (for IMF) and MFT 13 (BMF). Form 8278 (Computation and Assessment of Miscellaneous Penalties) is used to forward the assessment/abatement action for input.
    4. For penalties being recommended under IRC section 6721, 6722 or 6723, Form 3645 (Computation of Penalty for Failure to File Information Returns or Furnish Statements) should be prepared. (1) A determination as to reasonable cause should be entered under the caption "Recommendation of Examining Officer." (2) If reasonable cause does not exist, the penalty should be collected. The Form 3645 and information documents, should be attached to Form 8278 and submitted with the daily report for assessment.

     

  2. Abatements/Non-assessment
    1. Reference IRM 20.1.7.9 for waiver provisions due to reasonable cause for penalties under IRC section 6721, 6722 and 6723.
    2. Penalties asserted by Examination will be identified by TC 240 with 600 series reference number. Prior to abating these penalties, collection employees will obtain the examination assessment file for any information previously presented by the taxpayer. This information should be reviewed and taken into consideration in making a reasonable cause determination.
    3. When taxpayers request non-assertion or abatement of penalties due to reasonable cause, the taxpayer must submit a signed statement explaining the basis for non-assertion/abatement or sign Form 3870 (Request for Adjustment). (1) The signature must be executed under the penalty of perjury. This requires insertion of "under penalty of perjury the above information is true, correct and complete," on Form 3870 prior to obtaining the taxpayer's signature. (2) The penalty reason code (see exhibit 20.1.1–3) for abating the penalty will be clearly annotated in red on the face of the Form 3870 " RC–" (fill in number corresponding to applicable reason code).
    4. Requests for non-assertion/abatement of penalties for reasonable cause will be approved by the requesting employee's manager. Approval will be denoted by the employees manager's signature next to the work approved on the form requesting non-assertion/abatement.

     

  3. Unassessed Liabilities : If after discussion of the causes for the failure, the employee determines that a taxpayer's failure was not due to reasonable cause, the employee will inform the taxpayer that the penalty will be asserted.
    1. If the taxpayer disagrees with the employees determination and maintains that the penalty should not be asserted, the employee should provide written notification of the denial to the taxpayer.
    2. Pattern Letter 2414(P) will be sent to the taxpayer advising them of their pre-assessment appeal rights, and claim procedures and post assessment appeal procedures.
    3. When a collection employee decides to deny reasonable cause and proceeds with assertion of the penalty, it is imperative that the decision be recorded in such a manner that other Service employees will be aware that reasonable cause has already been addressed.
    4. For that reason, when reasonable cause is denied at the time the information return penalty is recommended for assessment, the reason code (See exhibit 20.1.1–3) will be annotated on Form 8278 in column (e) opposite the penalty amount assessed. The penalty reason code (PRC) shall be entered in red in the following format "PRC– " (fill in number corresponding to applicable reason code).

     

  4. Assessed Liabilities : When the collection employee makes a determination not to abate a penalty for reasonable cause, the taxpayer will be informed of that decision.
    1. If the taxpayer disagrees with the employee's determination and maintains that the penalty should abated, written notification should be provided to the taxpayer using Pattern Letter 2413(P).
    2. An appropriate input document will be used to request input of TC 290, Reason Code 92, blocking series 98. This is necessary to insure that, if subsequent claims of reasonable cause are received, the employee will be able to determine that the issue has been addressed before.
    3. If the taxpayer submits a written appeal, the collection employee who rejected the abatement request will examine the appeal for additional information which may change the original determination not to abate the penalty.
    4. Normally collection action will be suspended on the penalty portion of the assessment during the 15 day period granted to the taxpayer to file an appeal, or during the period the case is under consideration by Appeals. However, action need not be suspended if circumstances meriting continuation of collection action exist. The Collection Compliance function employee must obtain managerial approval not to suspend collection of the penalty portion of the assessment.

     

20.1.7.1.6.2  (09-30-2002)
Campus Procedures

  1. The penalties will be assessed on a Civil Penalty Module:
    • MFT 13 (Business Master File), or
    • MFT 55 (Individual Master File).

     

  2. The penalty will be assessed/waived/abated/sustained using command code ADJ54. Input:
    1. A TC 290,
    2. The appropriate reference number (see Exhibit 20.1.7–1),
    3. The dollar amount of the penalty: (1) as a positive amount to assess, (2) as a negative amount to abate, or (3) as a zero amount to sustain (if no change), and
    4. Blocking series: (1) 52X for the first assessment (full or partial change) on the module, (2) 53X for any subsequent adjustments on a module with a previous black 52 , (3) 98X for any full or partial disallowance, or (4) 15X for full waivers on BMF accounts or to file attachments, correspondence, etc., (5) 05 for full waivers on IMF accounts, or to file attachments, correspondence, etc.
    5. Use Hold Codes, Priority Codes, Posting Delay Codes, and Penalty Reason Codes as applicable. See Exhibit 20.1.1–3, and Document 6209 for additional information regarding these codes and indicators.

     

  3. Use Letter 1948C to answer questions from the filer, to request additional information, or to notify the filer that the explanation submitted establishes reasonable cause and the penalty will not be charged or will be removed.
  4. Letter 854(c) is sent to the filer when a penalty waiver or abatement request is fully or partially denied. This letter provides appeal rights and the procedures filers must follow if they wish to appeal the Service's decision.
    1. Only use Letter 854C when the filer has submitted an explanation which can be fully evaluated to determine that the filer does not have reasonable cause to have the penalty abated or waived. Letter 854C should not be used to close a case which requires additional information to determine whether reasonable cause exists or for " no reply" cases.
    2. Letter 854C should list the reason(s) the abatement request is being denied.
    3. Replies to Letter 854C should be evaluated to determine if the information provided will allow the penalty unit to abate the penalty. If not, route the reply to Letter 854C to the Campus Penalty Appeals Coordinator.

     

  5. When considering the assessment, or abatement of a penalty or a waiver request, the following information must be input to the appropriate Civil Penalty Module:
    1. If reasonable cause was considered and was either established or denied, enter RC 62 in the first reason code position, and
    2. When waiving/abating a penalty due to reasonable cause, use the appropriate Penalty Reason Code (PRC) (as shown in Exhibit 20.1.1–3) in the fourth reason code position.

      Note:

      Do not use Reason Code 62 if the penalty is waived/abated for other than reasonable cause, e.g., processing errors. In this case use only the appropriate fourth position reason code.

       

     

  6. If a credit balance remains on the account after an abatement due to a credit offset from another module research to see if the offset module is still on the account. If present, reverse the credit back to that account.
  7. When making an adjustment on a civil penalty module, the TC 290 acts as a carrier transaction. The TC 290 and the reference number will post to the civil penalty module as a TC 240/241 with the reference number used in the adjustment transaction.
  8. See IRM 3.15.60, General DP Adjustments, for complete campus processing instructions.
  9. Before making any assessment, you must use the research Command Codes BMFOL, IMFOL, INOLE, EINAD, or SSNAD to make sure that the penalty is being assessed on the correct filer's account. To avoid unpostable conditions, the following factors must be considered prior to making the manual assessment.
    1. It may be necessary to establish the filer's entity on the Master File if it has not been established.
    2. The Entity Control Unit must establish BMF entities.
    3. The penalty unit will establish entities and create Civil Penalty Name Lines for IMF accounts as required.
    4. See IRM 20.1.7.1.9 for these procedures.

     

  10. DO NOT manually assess information return penalties against any Federal agency.
    1. Forward a copy of the Form 1096, Form 4804 or Form W–3 to the Headquarters Office, S:C:CP:RE:P. If unprocessable returns are involved, also forward Letter 1865C and a sample of the returns (3–5) with the unprocessable document.
    2. For magnetic media returns, forward the 4804 and any other documentation provided by MCC.
    3. Mark the Form 1096, 4804, or W–3 "Penalty Not Assessed."

     

  11. All computer generated penalty proposal notices for Federal agencies are suppressed by the Payer Master File if the employment code "F" designation is present on the Master File. In addition, any IRP civil penalty assessed (in error) against Federal agencies will automatically unpost if the Employment Code "F" designation is on the Master File. These unpostables will be sent to the IRP Civil Penalty Unit on a Nullified Distribution List. Verify that the entity is a Federal agency and forward the list to the Headquarters Office, S:C:CP:RE:P.
  12. If the Employment Code "F" designation is not present on the Master File, the penalty proposal notice or penalty assessment will generate. Campuses should pull these notices during notice review per the instructions in IRM 20.1.7.1.6.2.

20.1.7.1.6.3  (09-30-2002)
Processing Notice 972CG

  1. Notice 972CG, Notice of Proposed Civil Penalty, will generate from the Payer Master File for filers who fail to comply with the information reporting requirements. See IRM LEM 20.1.6.3.4 for additional information on Notice 972CG.
  2. Campuses will receive separate tape files for:
    1. Notices 972CG (IMF) that require special handling,
    2. Notices 972CG with TIN listings,
    3. Notices 972CG without TIN listings containing up to 15 pages,
    4. Notices 972CG without TIN listings containing over 15 pages,
    5. PMF transcripts provided for each penalty case,
    6. TIN listings containing up to 250 payee records
    7. Suspense copies of all notices, including those mailed by MCC (see (4) below), and
    8. CP 215A/15A, "Summary of Proposed Penalty" —to be mailed with Notices CP 215/15. See (16) below.

     

  3. Each file will be sorted in TIN order.
  4. For notices that include a proposed penalty for missing and/or incorrect TINs for 250 or less payee records, a paper listing of the payee records with missing, incorrect or not currently issued TINs will be provided for mail out with Notice 972CG.
  5. MCC will mail Notice 972CG and a tape listing for filers with 251 or more payee records with missing or incorrect TINs.
  6. Notices which include a penalty for TINs (penalty Reference Numbers 502, 505, 507, 510) must be associated with TIN listings and Publication 1586. These notices must be prepared manually for mail out.
  7. Notices without TIN listings containing over 15 pages must also be folded and mailed manually.
  8. IMF notices that require special handling must be reviewed to separate notices that can be mailed from those that may require a change in the name on the notice before mailing. See IRM 20.1.7.1.6.
  9. The Notices referenced in (2)(c) above may be mailed by Machine Services after they are reviewed for garbled data and printing problems.
  10. Campuses must produce two copies of the TIN listings and retain the second copy for association with the suspense file. See IRM 20.1.7.1.6 .3.4 regarding recreate requests.
  11. The PMF transcript received for each notice should be retained with the suspense copy of the notice.
  12. Campuses must print and maintain the suspense copies of all notices.
  13. Tape reels for Notice 972CG and TIN listings must also be retained for 180 days.
  14. A control listing for Notices 972CG will be generated for each campus.

    Note:

    This listing generates as the first item in the file which contains the PMF transcripts.

     

  15. In addition, a separate control listing will be generated for filers who receive TIN listings (paper and tape). This listing will include the filer's TIN (EIN or SSN), name, address, account access key number, tape (MCC) or paper (SC) sequential number, transmittal number, and the total volume of missing, incorrect, and/or not currently issued TINs.
  16. Mail labels (filer name and address) will be generated for each Notice 972CG that will be mailed with a TIN listing.
  17. Campuses should produce one copy of the file containing CP 215A/15A, Summary of Proposed Penalty. This item is not to be mailed with Notice 972CG. It should be set aside for later use with notices CP 215/15. See IRM 20.1.7.1.6.
  18. The Headquarters Office will notify the campus and MCC of the actual dates that the tape files will arrive and the file number of each tape.

20.1.7.1.6.3.1  (09-30-2002)
Mailing Notice 972CG

  1. For notices with TIN listings a complete package from the campus should contain:
    • The Notice 972CG
    • Listing of missing, incorrect, and/or not currently issued TINs,
    • Publication 1586, and
    • A bar-coded return envelope (E–73).

     

  2. A complete package from MCC should contain:
    • Notice 972CG,
    • Magnetic tape listing of missing, incorrect, and/or not currently issued TINs,
    • Publication 1586, and
    • A bar-coded return envelope (E–73).

     

  3. The campus should mail the notice and listing(s) in the E–44A envelope, using the mail label (filer name and address) provided. MCC will use the appropriate magnetic tape coverage.
  4. Annually, each campus must supply MCC with an adequate number of bar-coded return envelopes to mail with the notices generated for their campus.
  5. For notices without TIN listings a complete package will include:
    • Notice 972CG, and
    • A bar-coded return envelope (E–73).
    • Mailer envelope E–199 will be used to mail the notices.

     

  6. Review notices and TIN listings for garbled information.
  7. Do not mail to Federal agencies. Send any notices of this nature to the Headquarters Office, S:C:CP:RE:P, for disposition.
  8. The campuses (and MCC) should contact the Headquarters Office for assistance if a TIN listing is received without a Notice 972CG.
  9. Any notice with Resolution Trust Corporation (RTC) or Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) in the entity should not be mailed. Refer the notice to the Examination Classification Specialist
  10. If a filer contacts the campus indicating that they have erroneously received a Notice 972CG and/or TIN listing for another filer, apologize and advise them to immediately return it to a designated contact person.

    Note:

    Campuses should establish a designated contact person to expedite the return of misrouted mail.

     

    1. Research to attempt to find the correct mailing address. If found, mail the notice to the correct filer and complete the required disclosure procedures,
    2. Stamp the current date on the notice prior to mailing.

     

  11. See IRM 20.1.7.1.7.2 for undeliverable mail procedures.

20.1.7.1.6.3.2  (09-30-2002)
Special Notice Review Procedures for Notices 972CG

  1. These procedures are necessary to address a problem that occurs with IMF notices due to a condition which prevents the assessment of penalties on joint accounts (MFT 55). See IRM 20.1.7.1.9.2. Other conditions exist (primarily with non-linked accounts) that requires the manual review of the entity to ensure that the name on the notice is acceptable.
  2. IMF notices with joint names and other conditions will be sorted separately (except for those which already have a Civil Penalty Name line on the Master File) to identify the responsible spouse.
  3. Campuses must review the entities on these notices prior to mail out.
  4. The name on Notice 972CG will be changed so that it agrees with the name of the responsible spouse who will be assessed the penalty if the Notice 972CG is not resolved. Pull notices if any of the following conditions is present:
    1. A joint name line is present,
    2. The only name is a business name, or
    3. Garbled information.

     

    Note:

    Any notices in this selection which have an individual name or a business name in addition to an individual name may be mailed without change.

     

  5. For joint name lines, research to verify to which spouse the SSN belongs. Prepare a new mail label including the name of the spouse associated with the SSN. Cover the old name and address with the label and mail the notice.
  6. If a business name is the only name present, research for the name of an individual associated with that SSN. If found, prepare a mail label with the individual name. Include the business name on the second name line. Cover the old name and address with the label and mail the notice.
  7. For business names, also consider the possibility that the TIN shown is an EIN instead of SSN (the TIN will appear in SSN format). Research to determine whether the name/TIN is a valid BMF entity. If so, mail the notice.
  8. For garbled information, research to find or verify the correct individual name associated with the SSN.
  9. For (6), (7) and (8), if unable to find a valid name associated with the TIN, do not mail the notice.
  10. If an address change is identified during research, verify the name and correct the address.
  11. If the notice is mailed later than the date on the notice, stamp the current date on the notice. Also stamp the new date on the file copy.
  12. If a penalty must be assessed on these accounts, it will be necessary to establish the account or to create a Civil Penalty Name line following the procedures in IRM 20.1.7.1.9.2.

20.1.7.1.6.3.3  (09-30-2002)
Special Notice Review CP 215/15

  1. These procedures must be followed for all IRP Civil Penalty notices, CP15/215 with reference numbers 5XX (excluding reference number 549 and 550).
  2. The following notices must be reviewed prior to mailing:
    1. All notices assessing penalties of $100,000 or more. The amount may be lowered at the discretion of the campus or area. Notices should be reviewed for accuracy and coordinated with any reviews conducted by the ARDI (Accounts Receivable Dollar Inventory) function.
    2. All notices assessing penalties against state or local agencies, charitable organizations, Large Complex Corporations and others determined to be sensitive by the campus and/or areas. These notices will be reviewed to give the campus Director the opportunity to alert the appropriate Area Director or Taxpayer Advocate, if desired.
    3. For Large Complex Corporation cases, coordinate with the Technical Unit (or other designated function). Clearly notate the file as a Large Complex Corporation so that replies to correspondence received by the penalty unit can be coordinated with the Technical Unit.

     

  3. Any notices assessing penalties against Federal agencies must not be mailed. Abate these penalties, notate " Penalty Abated" and forward to Headquarters Office, S:C:CP:RE:P.
  4. Penalties may be assessed against state or local governments.
  5. Any notice with Resolution Trust Corporation (RTC) or Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) in the entity should not be mailed. Refer the notice to the Examination Classification Specialist.
  6. Review notices for garbled information.
  7. Each notice mailed must include Notice 925, Penalty Code Explanations.
  8. Also, if notice 972CG was mailed prior to the CP 215/15, a penalty summary sheet, "Summary of Proposed Penalty " (CP215A/15A) will be provided for mailing with the CP notice.
    1. All CP 215A/15A will be generated at the same time as Notice 972CG (see IRM 20.1.7.1.5).
    2. The CP 215A/15A should only be mailed if the penalty amount on the CP notice is the same as on Notice 972CG. If the amount on the CP notice is different, do not include the summary sheet.
    3. Date stamp the summary sheet with the same date as the CP notice.

     

  9. See IRM 20.1.7.1.7.2 for undeliverable mail procedures.

20.1.7.1.6.3.4  (09-30-2002)
Recreating Notice 972CG

  1. Filers may contact either the campus or the MCC IRP Customer Service Siteto request recreates (copies) of Notice 972CG and/or TIN listings. These requests may be received at any time after the initial mailing of the notices.
  2. If a recreate request is received before the expiration of the 45 day response date for the Notice 972CG (see 20.1.7.3.4.8 of LEM XX–700), the campus should change the date on the notice to allow the filer 45 days to respond. MCC will also contact the campus to change the notice date when they do a recreate for a tape listing. However, the notice date should not be changed again if a second or subsequent recreate request is received from the same payer.
  3. The procedure for filling the requests will differ for paper and tape and is based on when the request is received.
  4. For Notices 972CG mailed alone or with a paper listing of missing and incorrect TINs:
    1. Campuses are required to retain a second printed "file" copy of the Notice 972CG (indefinitely) and the file copy of the TIN listings for at least 180 days.
    2. Campuses will fill requests received within the 180 day period by photocopying the "file" copy of the notice and TIN listing and mailing it to the payer. These requests may be received directly at the campus or may be forwarded to the campus, through the Management Analyst, from the MCC IRP customer service site.
    3. The Headquarters Office, Management Information Technology (MIT) function will fill requests for copies of TIN listings received after the 180 day period. MIT will retain this data for four years. Requests received by campus must be routed through the IRP Centralized Customer Service Siteto the Headquarters Office MIT function. A contact sheet will be provided for this purpose.
    4. When MIT has filled the request, they will coordinate the mailing to the campus for association with Notice 972CG (if necessary) or will mail the listing directly to the filer. NOTE-Headquarter Operations do not retain copies of 972CGs or TIN Listings.:

     

    Note:

    Filers who did not respond to Notice 972CG will generally have received the penalty notice at this point.

     

  5. For tape notices:
    1. The MCC IRP Centralized Customer Service Sitewill fill all requests received for tape listings of missing and incorrect TINs within the four year retention period, (i.e., four years from the date of Notice 972CG).
    2. MCC will also retain hard copies of the original Notice 972CG.
    3. Requests for recreates of tape listings of missing and/or incorrect TINs received by the campuses must be routed through the Management Support Branch Analyst to the IRP Centralized customer service site.

     

20.1.7.1.6.3.5  (09-30-2002)
Correcting Erroneous Entity Information

  1. This procedure is used to delete and/or move a Form 1096 which has posted to the wrong filer's account, TIN or tax year on the PMF. Form 8487, Entity Change Entry, is used to make this correction.
  2. The unpostables area occasionally researches entity information on a PMF unpostable (for Form 1096) and find both a valid IMF and BMF entity.
    1. Unpostable staff have been instructed to post the PMF source document using the BMF entity information when both are equally correct.
    2. The filer is informed of the action the Service has taken to post the Form 1096 source document.
    3. In the event the filer disagrees with this action, they will correspond to the unit responsible for working the IRP penalties. The penalty unit should request a PMF transcript to determine which transaction needs to be changed or deleted, then use Form 8487 to make the correction. In addition, Forms 1096 may post to the wrong filer's account when there was an unsuccessful attempt to merge two accounts on the BMF or IMF resulting in a "no-merge" condition. A successful merger which was done in error may also result in Forms 1096 posting to the wrong filers account. If either situation is identified based on correspondence received from the filer, campus should contact the Headquarter's Office for assistance before preparing Forms 8487.

     

  3. Route completed Forms 8487 to Numbering and Batching.

20.1.7.1.6.3.6  (09-30-2002)
PMF Uncorrectable Unpostables

  1. PMF transactions (Forms 1096) that fail to post are sent to the unpostable area for resolution. If the unpostable area is not able to resolve the condition, they return the transaction to the PMF as uncorrectable. The uncorrectable transactions are then screened for potential penalty situations.
    1. Late filed submission, See LEM 20.7.1.6.3.6
    2. Submissions which met the magnetic media filing requirements will be regenerated to the campus's IRP Civil Penalty Unit.
    3. The IRP Civil Penalty Unit will make a final attempt at resolving the unpostable condition.

     

  2. The campuses will receive the listing (P/R/F/102–95–11) of potential penalty cases titled "PMF Uncorrectable Unpostables Meeting Penalty Criteria." This listing will be generated annually and will contain the information necessary to research the Master File for a valid entity. Use the following instructions to resolve the potential penalty case:
    1. Obtain a microfilm copy of the Form 1096 source document to assist in researching for a valid entity on the Master File. See the instructions for microfilm research in IRM 20.1.7.1.8. Also, contact MCC to request copies of Forms 4804 for magnetic media filed returns.
    2. Research the TIN and name control using, PMFOL, IMFOL, BMFOL, EINAD, SSNAD, or ENMOD. See IRM 20.1.7.1.9 for specific instructions on creating entities.

     

  3. If a valid entity is found, check the TIN against the listings of extensions and waivers for the tax year in question.
    1. If the TIN is on the extension listing, DO NOT assess the late filing penalty unless the received date is later than the extended due date. See LEM 20.7.1.6(3)(a).
    2. If the TIN is on the waiver listing DO NOT assess the penalty for failure to file on magnetic media. See LEM 20.1.7.1.6(3)(d).

      Caution:

      If a TIN is changed as a result of the research, check both the old and the new TIN against the extension and waiver listings.

       

    3. If the TIN is not on the extension or waiver listing, assess the penalty manually following the procedures in IRM 20.1.7.1.6.2.

     

  4. If a valid entity is found, also forward a copy of the Form 1096 to Receipt and Control for processing through DIS and posting to the PMF (whether or not a penalty is assessed).
    1. First correct the name or TIN on the Form 1096 as appropriate.
    2. Also annotate "Correction to PMF Unpostable Penalty Considered" on the 1096 and forward the copy to Receipt and Control.
    3. On the routing slip notate "Process as original" to alert Receipt and Control that they should process the copy as an original document.
    4. Keep a copy of the corrected Form 1096 in the case file.
    5. DO NOT forward a copy of Forms 4804 to Receipt and Control. Keep these documents in the case file.

     

  5. Monitor the assessment action to ensure the penalty posts to the taxpayer's account.
  6. Upon completion of this work, send a report to the campus penalty analyst showing counts for paper and mag/electronic records separately:
    • Total number of cases received,
    • Number of resolved cases (valid entity found, etc),
    • Number of penalties assessed,
    • Forms 1096 processed through DIS (applies to paper only), and
    • Number of unresolved cases (no valid entity found or other reason).

     

20.1.7.1.6.3.7  (09-30-2002)
Form 3491—
Consumer Cooperative

  1. Filers are entitled to an exemption from filing Forms 1096 and 1099–PATR under Treas. Regs. 1.6044–4(a)(2) if they can establish that they meet the 85 percent rule as explained on page 2 of Form 3491, Consumer Cooperative Exemption Application (for Exemption from Filing Forms 1096 and 1099 PATR). The cooperative must be primarily engaged in selling retail goods or services of a type which are generally for personal, living, or family use.
  2. Stamp or obtain the Area Director's signature of approval and mail the original Form 3491 to the filer. File a photocopy of the document using CC ADJ54, TC 290.00, reference number 600, and "exemption from filing Form 1096" in the remarks area.

20.1.7.1.7  (09-30-2002)
Undeliverable Mail

  1. Process undeliverable notices within 48 hours of receipt.
  2. Research for a better address using CC INOLE, ENMOD or IRPTR.
    1. INOLE will provide the most current posted entity information on the NAP.
    2. ENMOD may reflect a recently input address change that has not posted to INOLE.
    3. IRPTR will provide a current address for the filer from an information return filed for the most recent processing year.

     

  3. Telephone directories may be used as a secondary source if IDRS research does not provide a better address. NOTE New address information obtained from these sources may not be used to update the taxpayer's address on the Master File.

20.1.7.1.7.1  (09-30-2002)
Undeliverable Notices 972CG

  1. If Notice 972CG is undeliverable, research for a different address.
    1. If one is found, stamp the current date on the notice and re-mail (include the original envelope),
    2. Also stamp the new date on the file copy of the notice.

      Note:

      It is important to stamp a new date on the file copy to ensure that the filer is allowed 45 days to respond before the assessment of the penalty.

       

     

  2. If no other address is found for notices mailed by the campuses, file the undeliverable notice, (including TIN listing and Pub. 1586, if applicable), and the original envelope with the file copy of Notice 972CG.
  3. MCC will search for a better address for undeliverable notices mailed by MCC. If found, MCC will stamp the new date on the notice and re-mail. MCC will also notify the campus to stamp a new date on the file copy.
  4. MCC may also send a listing to the appropriate campus for any notices where MCC is unable to find a better address. The campus will do additional research to attempt to find a new address to allow MCC to mail the notice and tape.
    1. Campuses will return the listing to MCC indicating new addresses,
    2. MCC will stamp a new date on the notice and notify the campus of the new notice date,
    3. If campuses are unable to find a new address for notices mailed by MCC, they should annotate the case history to show that the notice was undeliverable.
    4. Campuses should also attempt to maintain an accurate count of undeliverable notices mailed by MCC for reporting purposes (see IRM 20.1.7.3.6.)

     

  5. Research again for a new address when these notices are purged for assessment of the penalty.
    1. If a new address is found, stamp a new date on Notice 972CG and re-mail (include the original envelope),
    2. If no new address is found, assess the penalty.
    3. Follow the procedures in IRM 20.1.7.1.7.2 if the CP 215/15 is returned as undeliverable.

     

20.1.7.1.7.2  (09-30-2002)
Undeliverable Notices CP 215/15

  1. If Notice CP 215/CP15 is undeliverable, research letters with operational errors, incomplete or incorrect names, or erroneous or extraneous data. Correct the error and mail the letter or notice.
  2. Place a label with the correct address over the incorrect address if the notice contains:
    1. A balance due and the date of the notice is no more than seven days prior to the current date (also see (3) below) ,
    2. An even balance notice, regardless of the date,
    3. A taxpayer inquiry, regardless of the date, or
    4. An overpayment notice.

     

  3. If the notice is a balance due notice and is dated more than seven days prior to the current date, recompute interest on reassessed penalties, correct the notice on IDRS, and retype the notice following procedures in IRM 21.4 and IRM 21.5. See IRM 20.2.1 when recomputing interest.
  4. If no better address is found, route the undeliverable letter or notice to the Files Unit for association/attachment to the assessment document under the Controlling DLN.

20.1.7.1.8  (09-30-2002)
Requesting Microfilm Source Documents

  1. These procedures may be used to request copies of Forms 1096 or W–2/W–3 for returns filed on paper only. The PMF shows whether returns were filed on paper or magnetic/electronic media.
    1. To request Forms 4804 for Forms 1099 filed on magnetic media/electronic media, see IRM 20.1.7.3.4.3.).
    2. DO NOT request Form 6559, Transmitter Report and Summary of Magnetic Media, and Form 6559–A, Continuation Sheet for Form 6559, Transmitter Report and Summary of Magnetic Media, for Forms W–2 filed on magnetic media. See LEM 20.1.7.3.4.2

     

  2. You may request copies of Forms 1096 (not 1099s) and W–2/W–3. Generally, campuses should not request Forms W–3. However, if Forms W–2 are needed to resolve a penalty case, request both Form W–3 and W–2s. See LEM 20.1.7.3.4.3
  3. Forms 1096 : When it is necessary to obtain a SCRIPS image or a microfilm print of the Form 1096, request it using the procedures in the IDRS Handbook. The DLN of the 1096 is required to request the documents.
    1. The 14 digit DLN consists of:
    2. Check the PMF transcript to determine where the returns were processed. The first two digits of the DLN identify where and how the Form 1096 was processed. See Exhibit 20.1.7–6.
    3. SCRIPS Documents: Use CC ESTAB with the definer "S" to request the image. See IRM 3.13.5.7, IDRS Handbook. The entire DLN is required when requesting a SCRIPS document. In some cases a Universal Access Routing (UAR) Code, must be entered as the last line of the data. This code includes the following: @, SC, EC (at, code of the campus that processed the SCRIPS documents, and the operator's entry code). Enter data with no spaces.
    4. Non-SCRIPS campuses must use the UAR code in addition to the input currently requested in IRM 3.13.5.7, IDRS Handbook.
    5. SCRIPS campuses should only use the UAR code when they are requesting documents from another SCRIPS campus.
    6. During the transition to SCRIPS, some documents may be microfilmed on the old system. If a SCRIPS image is not received after requesting through ESTAB "S" , use ESTAB " M" . See the procedures for OCR and DIS documents.

     

    DIGITS DEFINITION
    1, 2 campus or Area
    Office code
    3 Tax Class (5)
    4, 5 Document Code (69)
    6, 7, 8 Julian Date
    9, 10, 11 Block Number
    12, 13 Sequence Number
    14 List year

     

  4. OCR and DIS Documents:
    1. Input requests using ESTAB with both definers "S" and "M" . During the conversion to SCRIPS, OCR and DIS documents may have been either imaged or microfilmed.
    2. Only ten digits of the DLN are required when requesting microfilmed documents (the DLN minus digits 3, 4, 5, and 14).
    3. The procedures for ESTAB "M" are contained in IRM 2.3.1, IDRS Handbook. The following exceptions apply for input of Form 1096 requests: (a) Use Micro Request CD "4" ; (b) MFT 01 (BMF) or MFT 30 (IMF); (c) Enter the modified DLN as the Micro Request number; (d) Enter Micro Code "R" after the tenth digit of the DLN.
    4. In the remarks section, enter "1096 Request" and the list year of the DLN (digit 14).
    5. Form 3774, Request for Research, may be used as an alternate method for requesting copies of Form 1096. (1) Complete all applicable sections of Form 3774. The DLN of the Form 1096 must be entered in the remarks area followed by "1096 Request." (2) If the Form 1096 was processed in another campus, complete Form 3774 and route it to the appropriate campus.

     

  5. Forms W–2/W–3:Use Form 3774 to request microfilm copies of Forms W–2/W–3. Complete all applicable sections of Form 3774 to ensure the complete request will be returned to the requester.
    1. Enter "W–2 Penalty" in the category section (Box 2) on Form 3774.
    2. Enter the Microfilm Sequence Number (MSN) of the Form W–3 in the remarks. To convert the MSN back to the 11 digit number assigned by SSA, drop the first two digits (SC code) and the fourteenth digit (list year). These digits were added to allow the service to process the information.
    3. Also, enter "W–3 and all W–2s " in the remarks for W–2/W–3 requests.

      Note:

      The MSN(s) must be highlighted to ensure proper handling.

       

    4. Forward the request to the following address to obtain a print of the document. Allow 4 weeks for receipt of the requested microfilm.

     

    Internal Revenue Service
    Latham Circle Mall, Suite 200
    800 New Loudon Road
    Latham, NY 12110

20.1.7.1.9  (09-30-2002)
Creating Entities or Namelines for Non-Return Civil Penalty Cases

  1. These procedures are required to establish entities if there is no entity on the BMF or IMF or where a civil penalty name line (CVPN) must be established (the CVPN applies to IMF accounts only) to assess the penalty.
  2. An account will be created on the master file to manually assess the penalty on IDRS. See the separate procedures that apply to BMF (IRM 20.1.7.1.9.1) and IMF (IRM 20.1.7.1.9.2) accounts.
  3. Campuses will manually assess all IRP penalties on IDRS. Research must be completed prior to making the assessment to ensure that the penalty is being assessed to the correct filer's account (see IRM 20.1.7.1.6.3.5). However, in the event one of these assessments goes unpostable, the case may be referred to the penalty unit to correct the entity problem.
  4. These procedures will also be used when no-merge transcripts are generated for penalties assessed to the wrong SSN.

20.1.7.1.9.1  (09-30-2002)
BMF Entities

  1. The Entity function is the only area authorized to establish BMF accounts. Hand carry or use Form 3210, Document Transmittal, to route all cases which require that an account be established on the BMF to the Entity Control Unit. Maintain controls for all cases routed to Entity and ensure that they are returned for penalty assertion.
  2. Assess the appropriate penalty on IDRS following the instructions in this IRM. Verify that the penalty was not previously assessed on the Civil Penalty Module (CPM).

20.1.7.1.9.2  (09-30-2002)
IMF Entities

  1. All IMF penalties must be assessed against the responsible individual. Assessments against joint accounts will not post to the Civil Penalty Module (CPM).
    1. After entity is established on the CPM or the civil penalty name line (CVPN) is created, the penalty should be manually assessed following the appropriate instructions in this IRM.
    2. In addition, correspondence should only be sent to the responsible individual, ensure that the spouse's name is removed before sending out a notice.

     

  2. An unpostable condition will occur when the taxpayer does not have an account on the IMF under his or her own SSN. Using the valid individual SSN, establish the account using Command Code ENREQ with TC 000.
  3. If the penalty is to be assessed against a spouse filing as the secondary taxpayer on a joint individual tax return and that spouse has no account on the IMF, establish an account using CC ENREQ with TC 000.
    1. Assess the appropriate penalty following the instructions in this IRM. Verify that this is not a duplicate assessment.
    2. Once an account is established, Master File processing will establish a Civil Penalty Name Line (CVPN) on MFT 55 when the civil penalty assessment is input. Once created, the CVPN remains on the account and applies to all civil penalty periods.

     

  4. Special action to establish a CVPN for assessing civil penalties is required if all of the following conditions are met:
    1. The current account is, or has ever been joint,
    2. The assessment will be against the primary taxpayer whose SSN controls the account, and
    3. The account does not already have a CVPN.

     

    Note:

    If a CVPN already exists, MFTRA transcripts and CC INOLE or ENMOD will display it after the current name and address data.

     

  5. To establish a separate CVPN, use an IMF entity change (CC ENREQ to generate a TC 013) with the special CVPN procedures described in the IDRS Handbook. When using this special procedure, only the CVPN change may be input. No other entity change information is permitted. Information to otherwise update the entity, such as an address change, should be input before establishing the CVPN. When using this procedure, both first and last names must match the Master File name. If the name does not show on IDRS, check MFTRA or INOLE.
  6. If the correct account is on the Master File and has a CVPN, the name line may be updated (e.g., taxpayer's current account name is Mary Jones and the CVPN is Mary Smith) by input of CC ENREQ with the special procedures described above.)
    1. EXAMPLE 1: A joint account is on Master File for John and Mary Doe (John's is the controlling SSN). A penalty is to be assessed against John. The account has no existing CVPN.
      Action : Input a CVPN for " John Doe" using the special procedures for establishing a CVPN shown in the IDRS Handbook. The penalty may be assessed immediately.
    2. EXAMPLE 2: On the same joint account as above, the penalty is to be assessed against Mary Doe. Mary has an account on Master File under her own SSN with the name line of Mary Jones because she filed individually before filing jointly with John Doe. There is no CVPN on her account because she is the secondary taxpayer.
      Action : Input a name change (and address change, if appropriate) to her existing Master File account, then assess the penalty. No CVPN needs to be input because she is the secondary taxpayer.
    3. EXAMPLE 3: On a Joint account for John and Mary Doe, the penalty is to be assessed against Mary. However, Mary has no account under her SSN on the Master File.
      Action : Establish an account for her on the Master File using her SSN with TC 000, as described in the IDRS Handbook, then assess the penalty. No CVPN needs to be input.
    4. EXAMPLE 4: John Doe has a separate account without a CVPN on Master File and a penalty is to be assessed.
      No special name line action is required, the penalty may be assessed and a CVPN will be generated by Master File.
    5. EXAMPLE 5: John and Mary Doe do not have an account on the Master File since they are non-filers. A penalty is to be assessed against John. If a joint return is to be processed as a delinquent or substitute, a joint name line should be established before establishing a CVPN. Once the joint entity is established, follow the special CVPN name line procedures to establish CVPN for John.

     

20.1.7.2  (09-30-2002)
Powers of Attorney for Civil Penalties

  1. Accountants, attorneys, enrolled agents or other representatives from whom a taxpayer has requested assistance on tax issues submit inquiries to the Service. The third party representative expects a reply to the inquiry so that the issue can be explained to the taxpayer.
    1. To authorize the third party reply, the representative may submit a Form 2848, Power of Attorney and Declaration of Representative, or
    2. Form 8821, Tax Information Authorization. We refer to the power of attorney requests as "POAs" and the tax information authorization requests as "TIAs" .

     

  2. POA documentation may be received with a response to a civil penalty notice. The POAs or TIAs cannot be entered on the Centralized Authorization File (CAF) because civil penalties are asserted against non-return information documents. To ensure valid POA's/TIA's are recognized:
    1. The POA/TIA should be kept with the penalty case file and used for all subsequent correspondence.
    2. When the penalty case and the POA/TIA are not kept together, local procedures must be established to maintain a civil penalty data base or listing.

     

  3. Information supplied in correspondence received from a third party may be used per the instructions in LEM 20.1.7.9.1.

20.1.7.2.1  (09-30-2002)
Authorized Third Party

  1. If a valid POA or TIA is received, copies of correspondence pertaining to the taxpayer should be sent to the authorized representative.

    Note:

    Refunds are not allowed to be sent to appointees named on Form 8821.

     

  2. A reply from a valid POA should be handled in the same manner as if the taxpayers themselves were responding.
  3. Original documents, photocopies or documents submitted by FAX transmission are acceptable for processing.
  4. If the POA or TIA is received with the response to the CP15/215, review them for the following information:
    1. The name and mailing address of the taxpayer;
    2. Identification number of the taxpayer (e.g., social security number, ITIN, employer identification number;
    3. Employee plan number (if applicable);
    4. Name and mailing address of the representative(s)/apointees;
    5. The type of tax involved, the Federal tax form number, the specific year(s)/period(s) involved (in estate maaters the decedent's date of death), and specific tax matter or actions to be performed;
    6. the taxpaeyer(s)' signature(s);
    7. In the case of a Form 2848, a completed Declaration of Representative(Part II).

     

  5. If the POA is granted to an attorney, CPA, enrolled agent or actuary, a declaration of good standing before the Service must be signed by the designated representative (Part II of Form 2848).
  6. If any of the items listed above are missing, reject the request as invalid and return it to the taxpayer using Letter 861C/SC.
  7. If the POA/TIA is valid and it specifies that it is for the CP15/215 only, file it in the penalty case file.

    Note:

    The form may also specify the Forms 1099 (series), Form 1096 or Civil Penalty, etc.

     

    1. If the POA/TIA does not specify CP15/215 only but does include authorization for tax returns, make a copy of the document for the penalty case file to be used with any subsequent correspondence, and,
    2. Route the original POA/TIA to the CAF unit in the Taxpayer Relations Branch.

     

20.1.7.2.2  (09-30-2002)
Unauthorized Third Party

  1. No tax information can be sent to or discussed with an unauthorized third party.
    1. If the unauthorized third party is requesting authorization to act on behalf of the taxpayer or is requesting information concerning the penalty assessment, send Letter 135C to the third party.
    2. Any further correspondence required should be sent directly to the taxpayer. Include a paragraph in the taxpayer's letter requesting that the taxpayer notify the third party of our direct reply to the taxpayer.

     

20.1.7.3  (09-30-2002)
Failure to File Correct Information Returns IRC section 6721

  1. For information returns or statements, a penalty may be imposed for filing returns:
    1. After the due date, (See LEM 20.1.7.1.6.3),
    2. Without all required or correct information, (including missing, incorrect and/or not currently issued TINs),
    3. On paper when required to be filed on magnetic media, or
    4. When filed on magnetic media, in a manner which does not allow them to be processed or be read by machine (not processable).

     

  2. The penalty for information returns is $50 per return with a maximum of $250,000 per calendar year. This amount is subject to the reductions and limitations discussed in IRM 20.1.7.3.1 and 20.1.7.3.2.

20.1.7.3.1  (09-30-2002)
Reduction of the Penalty

  1. If a failure is corrected within 30 days after the due date of the information return, the penalty will be decreased to $15 per failure. The maximum annual penalty per filer shall not exceed $75,000.
  2. If the failure is corrected more than 30 days after the due date of the return, but on or before August 1 of the filing year, the penalty will be decreased to $30 per failure. The maximum annual penalty per filer shall not exceed $150,000.
  3. See IRM 20.1.7.3.3 for an explanation of the de minimis exception. This exception applies only to a limited number of corrected returns filed by August 1 of the filing year.
  4. Form 8300. If a failure to file correct information returns Form 8300 is corrected within 30 days of the due date of the return, the penalty is decreased to $15. If the failure is corrected after the 30 days, the penalty is $50 per failure. The reduction applicable to the time frame of "after 30 days and on or before August 1st" is not applicable because the Form 8300 does not have a fixed due date.
  5. Small Business Limitation. If the filer's average annual gross receipts for the three most recent taxable years do not exceed $5,000,000, the maximum penalty in each of the three penalty categories will be reduced. See IRC section 448C (2) and (3) when computing the average gross receipts test.
    1. If the filer's average annual gross receipts for the most recent taxable years ending before the calendar year in which the return was required to be filed
    2. (or if shorter, the period the business has been in existence) do not exceed $10,000,000, the maximum penalty in each of the three penalty categories will be reduced.
    3. For example, if the filer uses a calendar year for tax purposes, and the calendar year the return is required to be filed is 2000, then, the most recent three taxable years would be 1999, 1998, and 1997.
    4. The total maximum information return penalty assessed against one filer, at $50 per failure may not exceed $100,000 for all failures during any calendar year.
    5. The total maximum, for information return penalties, that can be assessed against one filer, for all failures corrected within 30 days of the due date of the information return ($15 per failure), shall not exceed $25,000, during any calendar year.
    6. The total maximum, for information return penalties, assessed against one filer, for all failures corrected more than 30 days after the due date of the return, but on or before August 1, of the year the return was required to be filed, ($30 per failure) shall not exceed $50,000.

     

20.1.7.3.2  (09-30-2002)
Intentional Disregard of Rules and Regulations

  1. The Intentional Disregard of the Rules and Regulations Penalty applies when the facts and circumstances show that the filer knowingly or willfully failed to comply with the requirements of IRC sections 6721.
  2. Intentional disregard occurs when a filer who knows, or should know of a rule or regulation, chooses to ignore its requirements. The facts should show the filer:
    1. Was required to file,
    2. Knew or should have known of the requirement to file, and
    3. Consciously chose not to file or recklessly disregarded (i.e., ignored) the duty to file the information return.

     

  3. Treas. Reg 301.6721–1(f)(3)(I) provides that a pattern of failures indicates intentional disregard. The greater the number of failures, the greater the likelihood some of those failures could be due to intentional disregard.
  4. Additional indications of the existence of intentional disregard are:
    • Did the filer correct the failure promptly after the discovery of the failure;
    • Did the filer correct the failure within thirty days after notification of the failure by the Service; and
    • Did the filer avoid an administrative inconvenience or was the cost of compliance greater than an IRC section 6721 penalty.

     

  5. For instance, intentional disregard may exist when it would be less expensive for the filer to pay the penalties under IRC section 6721(a) rather than to comply with the filing requirement. Treas. Reg. 301.6721–1(f)(3)(iv). See LEM 20.1.7.9.1.
  6. The Intentional Disregard of the Rules and Regulations Penalty amounts to:
    1. $100 for each information return required to be correctly filed, or if greater:
    2. 10 percent of the total amount required to be reported on the information returns for dividends, patronage dividends, interest, fishing boat operators, royalties, and wage and tax statement, or
    3. 5 percent of the total amount required to be reported on the information returns for brokers, exchange of partnership interest, or disposition of donated property payments.

     

  7. Form 8300 Penalty. The Intentional Disregard penalty for failing to file a correct Form 8300 under IRC section 6050(I)(a) is the greater of:
    1. $25,000, or
    2. The amount of cash required to be reported in the transaction up to $100,000.
    3. The penalty applies to cash amounts exceeding $10,000 received by a trade or business (as defined by IRC section 162).
    4. The information required to be provided by the recipient of the cash includes: (1) the name, address, and TIN of the person providing the cash, (2) the amount of cash received, and (3) the date and nature of the transaction.
    5. The Form 8300 is required to be filed within 15 days of the receipt of the reportable amount.

     

  8. There is no maximum dollar limitation for the Intentional Disregard of the Rules and Regulations Penalty.
  9. No more than one penalty per return can be imposed even if there is more than one failure on the same information return. However, where a return is filed with multiple failures and the penalty amounts differ, the higher penalty should be imposed.
    1. For example, only one penalty may be imposed on a return which is filed both late and incomplete.
    2. If the failure to provide the information is due to intentional disregard, but the late filing is not, the intentional disregard penalty should be imposed.
    3. The intentional disregard penalty on Form 8300 should only be determined by field Examination offices. Taxpayers assessed this penalty may be offered a preassessment administrative appeal.

     

20.1.7.3.3  (09-30-2002)
Exceptions and Special Rules

  1. The "de minimis" exception may apply to the number of incorrect information returns remaining after the reasonable cause waiver has been allowed (see LEM 20.1.7.3.4). The de minimis exception may apply if the return:
    1. Was filed, and
    2. Had missing or incomplete information, and
    3. The filer supplied the missing or incomplete information on or before August 1st of the filing year, and
    4. The maximum number of corrected information returns to which this exception applies cannot exceed the greater of: (1) 10, or (2) one-half of one percent of the total number of returns required to be filed during that calendar year.
    5. This exception only applies to returns that were due on either the last day of February or March 15th.

     

  2. The penalty shall not be assessed for errors or omissions that are considered inconsequential.
  3. The term "inconsequential" means any failure that does not make it difficult for, or prevent the Service from:
    1. Processing the return,
    2. Matching the information return shown with the payee's tax return, or
    3. Otherwise putting the information return to its intended use.

     

  4. Errors or omissions are never considered inconsequential if they relate to:
    • A taxpayer identification number,
    • A surname of a payee, and/or
    • Any monetary amount.

     

  5. If a return has more than one error or omission and the penalty amount for those failures differs, the penalty will be imposed at the higher amount.

20.1.7.3.4  (09-30-2002)
Failure to Timely File Information Returns

  1. These procedures are used to identify late filed paper returns received by the campus during the current processing year:
    1. The delinquent Form 1096 is date stamped by Receipt and Control. A delinquent indicator "X" , will be marked in the first box under the title "For Official Use Only."
    2. Tartan operators will key in the received date from the date stamp whenever the "X" is present and the information returns will be processed to the PMF.
    3. When processing is complete for the year, a penalty proposal Notice 972CG will be generated by the PMF unless the filer was granted an extension of time to file. The penalty is applicable if the returns were filed after the extended due date.
    4. If the filer files current year information returns late with an explanation, Receipt and Control will request a tax examiner to review the explanation to determine if a penalty should be charged.

     

  2. If the submission is all original or mixed original and corrected returns, follow the procedures below as appropriate. See LEM 20.1.7.3.4.
  3. If the filer's explanation meets reasonable cause and no penalty will be assessed, with managerial approval take the following actions:
    1. Circle out or line through the date stamp,
    2. Ensure that the first box on the Form 1096 under the title "For Official Use Only" is not marked with an "X" ,
    3. Annotate on the Form 1096 "Reasonable cause established" (see "d" below) in an area that is not scanned,
    4. NOTE:Beginning with processing year 1995, no markings of any kind may be entered in the top margin of Form 1096. Markings in this area would interfere with processing these documents under the SCRIPS processing system.
    5. Therefore, use care when circling out date stamps to avoid marking the top margin,
    6. "Reasonable cause established" must be written in either the bottom margin of Form 1096 or in the white space between the two columns of instructions at the bottom of the form.
    7. Using CC REQ54, file the correspondence and a copy of the 1096 as source documents (see IRM 20.1.7.1.6.2),
    8. Send the filer Letter 1948C explaining our determination, and
    9. Forward the Form 1096 and associated returns for normal
      processing.

     

  4. If the filer's explanation does not meet reasonable cause and the determination is to allow the PMF to generate a penalty proposal for late filing, follow the instructions below:
    1. Place delinquent indicator "X" in the first box on the Form 1096 under the title "For Official Use Only,"
    2. Create a case file containing a copy of the transmittal, postmarked material (if available), and the taxpayer's correspondence,
    3. Send the filer Letter 53C explaining our determination, and
    4. Forward the Form 1096 and associated returns for normal
      processing.
    5. Do not identify returns filed by Federal agencies for the penalty.
    6. Also do not allow the penalty to be assessed if it can be determined that Forms 1099 DIV reported liquidation distributions or were distributed under IRC section 404(k) for an employee stock ownership plan (ESOP).

     

  5. MCC will enter the received date and provide postmarked material for late filed returns filed on magnetic or electronic media to allow the PMF to automatically generate the penalty proposal for late filing. The notice will generate unless the filer was granted an extension of time to file.
    1. The magnetic media transmittal Forms 4804 are date stamped by MCC for late filed returns.
    2. When a filer requests an explanation of the penalty assessment or disputes the penalty, the transmittal documents must be requested from MCC so that a copy can be sent to the filer. See IRM 20.1.7 for requesting these forms.
    3. If the payer uses the postal service to ship the data to MCC, the postmark is retained and sent to the campus to validate a received date.

     

20.1.7.3.4.1  (09-30-2002)
Late Filing Penalty (Prior Year Returns)

  1. These instructions apply to late filed information returns received by the campus with a due date prior to the current processing year. For processing year 2000, this would apply to returns filed for tax years 1998 and prior. See LEM 20.1.7.3.4.1.
  2. Penalties for all prior year returns will continue to be assessed manually through IDRS to generate notice CP 215/CP 15 from the Civil Penalty Module (MFT 13/55). These notices will not be preceded by Notice 972CG.
  3. Receipt and Control will forward these returns to the area responsible for assessing the IRP penalties. MCC will also forward Form 4804 for assessment of the late filing penalty for returns filed either magnetically or provide the received date.
  4. Do not assess any penalties on Forms 1096 if the following conditions are present:
    1. Delinquent returns secured by Examination or Collection—with "penalty considered" coded on the form (see IRM 20.1.7.6.1 and 20.1.7.6.2). Examination or Collection Compliance previously considered penalties on these returns. If not present, code an "E" in the first box under "Official Use Only" on Forms 1096 secured by Examination and a "C" in this box for forms secured by Collection.
    2. A Form 1096 "N" coded on the top campus of the form indicates that penalties were considered by Receipt and Control.
    3. If any of these conditions exist, notate " Penalty Considered" (if not present) and forward the Forms 1096 and associated returns to the IRP unit in Receipt and Control for processing. See LEM 20.1.7.3.5.2.

     

  5. If the returns were submitted without an explanation, see LEM 20.1.7.3.4.1.
  6. If the returns were submitted with an explanation for the late filing, consider reasonable cause as appropriate. See IRM 20.1.7.9.1 for definitions of reasonable cause. Also see LEM 20.1.7.9.1.
  7. If the filer's explanation establishes reasonable cause and the penalty will not be assessed, with managerial approval, take the following actions:
    1. Using CC REQ54, file the correspondence and a copy of the Form 1096 as source documents. See IRM 20.1.7.1.6.2.
    2. Send the filer Letter 1948C explaining our determinations,
    3. Circle out or line through the date stamp and the delinquent return indicator ( "X" in first box under "Official Use Only" ). See IRM 20.1.7.3.4(d) prior to making any markings on Form 1096.
    4. Annotate the 1096 "Reasonable Cause Established" and forward to the IRP unit in Receipt and Control for processing.
    5. ( Note: only the 3 most recent prior years can be processed through DIS.) Dispose of older prior years.

     

  8. If the filer's explanation does not establish reasonable cause and the penalty will be assessed, take the following actions:
    1. Research using MFTRA transcript or IDRS to ensure that the maximum has not been reached before assessing any further penalties.
    2. Use reference number 500 to make assessments for late filed information returns.
    3. Create a case file containing a copy of the Form 1096/1099 or Form 4804 transmittal document and any postmarked material (if sent from MCC).
    4. Enter delinquent indicator "P" in the first box under "Official Use Only" on Form 1096 followed by the received date in MMDDYY order. Forward the original Form 1096 and associated returns to the IRP unit in Receipt and Control for processing.
    5. Forward the case file to Files for association with the adjustment document.

     

  9. Do not assess penalties against any Federal agency.

20.1.7.3.4.2  (09-30-2002)
Late Filing Penalty (Forms W–2)

  1. Late filed Forms W–2 are identified by the Social Security Administration (SSA). This information is posted to the Payer Master File (PMF) for the penalty program (see LEM 20.1.7.3.4.2).
    1. Only Forms W–2/W–3 that are included in Notice 972CG (i.e., waiver or extension granted) will appear on the PMF. Other Forms W–2/W–3 submitted by employers are currently not posted to the PMF. These may be researched using CC BMFOLU, if necessary.
    2. Extensions and waivers for Forms W–2 that have been approved and meet penalty criteria will post to PMF, even if the forms are not subject to a penalty.

     

  2. The PMF records for late filed Forms W–2/W–3 will not include a received date but should include the entry " Late SSA" and penalty indicators 1, 2, or 3 to show whether the $15, $30, or $50 (respectively) penalty applies. This indicator does not appear on PMFOLD.
  3. SSA will date stamp Forms W–3 transmittals for delinquent Forms W–2 filed on paper and Forms 6559/6559–A for delinquent Forms W–2 filed on magnetic media.
  4. Microfilm copies of Forms W–3 will be forwarded to the campus from WIRS (Albany Area Office). Forms 6559/6559–A from SSA will be sorted by a designated campus and the appropriate forms routed to the other campus.
  5. Explanation of Forms 6559/6559–A:
    1. Form 6559 contains information about the transmitter of the magnetic media file and lists summary W–2 data for the individual employers whose data was reported on the magnetic media file. Either a date stamp or late filed label will be affixed to Form 6559. If the label is present, it will contain the transmitter's name, EIN, address and the received date. The date may be shown in Julian date or calendar date format.
    2. Form 6559–A is a continuation form for listing the individual employer data reported on the magnetic media file and summary information from the Forms W–2 transmitted.
    3. Penalties may be assessed for some or all of the employer EINs shown on Forms 6559/6559–A. Note: Some filers listed may have received an extension of time to file.
    4. Form 6559/6559–A may include multiple entries for the same employer EIN. All entries shown for that EIN should be taken into account for the penalty.

     

  6. See IRM 20.1.7.1.8 if it is necessary to request microfilm prints of Forms W–2/W–3 from WIRS.

20.1.7.3.4.3  (09-30-2002)
Receiving Responses (Failure to Timely File)

  1. Generally, filers must establish reasonable cause for the penalty to be abated. See IRM 20.1.7.2.9 for definitions of reasonable cause and IRM 20.1.7.9.2.9 for the special abatement conditions.
  2. If the filer requests a copy of the Form 1096 which resulted in the penalty, request a microfilm print of the Form 1096 and send it to the filer. The DLN of the Form 1096 that resulted in the penalty can be found on the PMF transcript. Follow the instructions in IRM 20.1.7.1.8 to request microfilm prints of Form 1096.
  3. If the SCRIPTS copy of the Form 1096 is not available after repeated attempts see LEM 20.1.7.3.4.3.
  4. Filers may request copies of transmittal Forms 4804 submitted with Forms 1099 etc. filed on magnetic media or provide received dates for electronic media or the documents may be required to answer the filer's question about the penalty assessment. These procedures will apply to responses to Notice 972CG and replies to any subsequent balance due notices.
    1. The campus must contact MCC to request date stamped copies of these forms for late filed magnetic media returns.

      Note:

      MCC will continue to provide Forms 4804 in advance for the campus to make certain manual assessments.

       

    2. MCC needs the filer's name, TIN, and the transmitter's control code (TCC) (available on the PMF transcript). Also provide the return type, number of returns, the received date and the DLN of the submission.
    3. MCC will furnish the forms within two weeks.
    4. Written requests should be submitted to MCC using Form 3210. MCC will also accept requests by FAX.
    5. Campuses should batch their requests and submit them to MCC no more than once a week except in extreme cases.
    6. Campuses should use their established MCC contact points to coordinate requests by mail or FAX.
    7. If necessary, contact the Headquarters Office for assistance.
    8. To prevent unauthorized disclosures, sanitize Forms 4804 to exclude all other filers' data before being mailed to the filer. This does not apply to the "transmitter" information on Form 4804.
    9. If MCC is not able to provide copies of Forms 4804 in disputed cases, see LEM 20.1.7.3.4.3.

     

  5. Transmittal Forms W–3 (paper) and 6559/6559–A (magnetic media) are shipped to the Penalty Unit in advance for the penalty program.
  6. If the filer requests a copy of Form W–3, send a photocopy to the filer. If the Form W–3 is not available, see LEM 20.1.7.3.4.3.
  7. If the filer requests a copy of Form(s) W–2 filed on paper or if copies of Form(s) W–2 would help to resolve a case, they may be requested from WIRS (see IRM 20,1.7.1 Inform the filer that it will take 6 weeks to receive copies of the documents. DO NOT submit a request to WIRS for Forms W–2 filed on magnetic media.
  8. If the filer requests a copy of Forms 6559/6559A, send a photocopy to the filer. If the form is not available, see LEM 20.1.7.3.4.3.
  9. When Forms 6559/6559–A are sent to the filer, they must be sanitized to exclude all other employers' data on the form to prevent unauthorized disclosure. This does not apply to the transmitter information.
  10. If the label on Form 6559 has a Julian date, convert it to the calendar date and send a quick note to the filer explaining that the date on the label is a Julian date. If no date is shown on the label, see LEM 20.1.7.3.4.3.
  11. Additional paperwork generated by SSA in their processing of Form W–2 data may be received with Forms 6559/6559–A.
    1. campuses may use discretion to determine when sending a copy of the paperwork in addition to or in lieu of the Form 6559/6559–A may be helpful, e.g., the paperwork shows the actual number of documents processed by SSA which equals the number of documents penalized and the Form 6559/6559–A shows a different count.
    2. Do not send the paperwork if it only duplicates the employer information on Form 6559/6559–A. Campuses must ensure that the information on the paperwork applies only to the employer in question to prevent an unauthorized disclosure.

     

  12. If the filer's response indicates that the Form W–2 data was submitted timely to MCC in error and returned to the filer or transmitter by MCC, see LEM 7.3.4.3.
  13. Paperwork received from SSA may include the control sheet, SELECT SUBMITTER CONTACT FUNCTION sheet from SSA's control system for magnetic media filers or other documents created by SSA. This information may be helpful in analyzing cases where a penalty was assessed for a late resubmission (original documents returned to the filer to correct unprocessable conditions).
    1. The documents contain the initial receipt date of a file, (Send DTE or Return Date)—all dates when SSA returned a file due to unprocessable conditions, and Due Date—or date by which the file must be resubmitted to avoid a late penalty, (see LEM 20.1.7.3.4.3) and Received Date or Resubmission Date or dates a file previously returned to the filer to correct unprocessable conditions was received for the second or subsequent time, and the number of phone calls (when applicable) SSA made to the filer concerning a problem file.
    2. Dates may be in Julian format.

     

  14. Returns (Forms 1099 and W-2) filed on magnetic media with unprocessable conditions are returned to the filer by MCC and SSA for corrections. See LEM 20.1.7.3.4.3.
  15. When a correction is required to change the return type, e.g. a return originally filed as INT income was actually DIV income, the filer must file two returns to make the correction.
    1. A corrected INT return is filed (with zero money amounts) to zero out the original INT return, and
    2. A replacement DIV return is filed as an original return.

     

  16. All current year late filing penalty cases are compared to the extensions of time to file that post to the PMF prior to the generation of penalty notices.
    1. However, if a filer responds with an approval letter from MCC granting an extension, check to see if the filer's TIN appears on the extension listing provided by MCC.
    2. If present, the penalty should be abated.
    3. If the TIN is not on the extension listing, see LEM 20.1.7.3.4.3.

     

20.1.7.3.4.4  (08-20-1998)
Responses to Combined Annual Wage Reporting (CAWR)

  1. The Service assesses penalties for cases referred by the Social Security Administration (SSA) when there is a discrepancy between wages reported on Forms W-2 and what is reported to the Service on Forms 941. SSA will make two attempts to contact the employer to resolve the discrepancy.
    1. If SSA is unable to resolve the discrepancy, the cases are sent to the Service. A SSA discrepancy is identified when the employer reports more Social Security Wages to the Service than to SSA. A SSA discrepancy is resolved when the employer provides missing Forms W-2, amends their Form 94X or submits other information to resolve the discrepancy.
    2. An agreement between the Service and SSA requires the Service to correspond with the employer in an effort to secure missing Forms W-2 from the employer. SSA does not have the authority to assess penalties or enforce collection of the Forms W-2. SSA refers these cases to the Service in a tape format that is compared to the Business Master File (BMF). If a match is made, a CP253 notice is issued to the employer requesting the information necessary to resolve the discrepancy.

     

  2. Penalty Assessment: If the discrepancy is not resolved by either the filing of the missing Forms W-2, an amended Form 94X, or by providing an explanation of the discrepancy, the Service is directed to assess a penalty.
  3. The Late Filing penalty will be assessed for Forms W-2 secured by CAWR. If Forms W-2 are submitted in response to the initial CAWR correspondence (CP253):
    1. The employer will be assessed the late filing penalty ($50 per form) applicable under IRC section 6721(a),
    2. The penalty is assessed using Reference Number 550 and the assessment notice CP 215 is sent to the employer.

     

  4. The Failure to File penalty is assessed if Forms W-2 are not submitted or discrepancies are not resolved in response to the initial CAWR correspondence. If Forms W-2 are not submitted in response to the initial CAWR correspondence (CP 253), the employer will be assessed a Failure to File penalty (the greater of $100 per missing return or 10 percent of the total wages that were required to be reported). See IRC section 6721(e).
  5. Intentional Disregard: The penalty is assessed using Reference Number 549. If Forms W-2 are secured after the Service assesses the intentional disregard penalty, see LEM 20.1.7.3.4.4.
  6. The CAWR Unit will work these cases to resolve discrepancies, collection of Forms W-2 (including shipments to SSA) and assessment of penalties. CAWR will handle all responses to the CP 253 and CP 215 (Reference Number 549 and Reference Number 550) penalty notices.
  7. Penalty Relief: The general penalty relief criteria is discussed in IRM 20.1.1.3. Special abatement conditions as discussed in IRM 20.1.7.9.2.9 must also be considered. Additional administrative abatement criteria may develop while working these cases.
    1. Generally, we would expect these criteria to form unique conditions\issues in the CAWR program. When unique conditions are identified, they should be brought to the attention of the Headquarters CAWR Analyst.
    2. Prior to abating a CAWR penalty, be aware of the numerous attempts made by both the Service and SSA to solicit the correct information from the employer. If a payor claims the forms were filed, contact the local SSA office to verify that they have received the missing Forms W-2. Failure to secure and properly credit the missing Forms W-2 will impact an individual's SSA earnings record and ultimately that individual's retirement benefits.

     

  8. Given the history of correspondence sent to the taxpayer by SSA and CAWR unit, caution should be used in abating the penalty. Careful consideration should be given to all filers claiming that they filed the required Forms W-2 timely.
    1. A copy of a Form W-3 with a timely signature date should not be accepted alone as evidence because a fictitious document can be easily prepared. However, if a taxpayer provides a copy of the Form W-3 and copies of Forms W-2 other than copy A along with a timely dated return receipt , all penalties should be abated.
    2. The employer may have submitted returns timely that were returned by SSA for an unprocessed condition, then never resubmitted by the employer. The penalty would be applicable in this situation.
    3. Proof of submission can be made by contacting SSA as outlined in accordance with CAWR guidelines.

     

  9. If the employers response indicates that they did not understand why the penalty was assessed, send Letter 1948C using the open paragraph with the following:
    1. You were assessed a late filing penalty of [$] for the tax year [20xx ] Forms W-2 that you recently submitted to the Service. This penalty was assessed because you did not file the Forms W-2 by the due date.
    2. The law requires you to file Forms W-2 with the Social Security Administration by the last day of February of the year following the year the wages were earned.
    3. If the forms are not filed by the due date, a penalty of $15, $30, or $50 per return up to $250,000 per year may be assessed. The amount of the penalty is determined by the date we receive the forms.

     

  10. Forms W-3 involved in CAWR penalty assessments will not appear on PMFOL or the PMF transcript.

20.1.7.3 
Failure to File Correct Information Returns IRC section 6721

20.1.7.3.4 
Failure to Timely File Information Returns

20.1.7.3.4.5  (08-20-1998)
Penalty for Failure to File on Magnetic Media

  1. The Payer Master File (PMF) generates a penalty proposal notice when a filer fails to comply with the magnetic media filing requirements for information returns. Failure to file in the required manner, i.e., on magnetic media or in other machine-readable form as provided under IRC Section 6011(e) and the regulations thereunder will result in a penalty.
  2. A penalty of $50 per return is proposed for each return filed on paper in excess of the magnetic media threshold. This criterion applies separately to each document type and separately for amended returns. The penalty should not be assessed if an undue hardship waiver was granted by MCC and posted to the PMF. See LEM 20.1.7.3.4.5.

20.1.7.3.4.6  (08-20-1998)
Receiving Responses

  1. Filers may avoid a penalty by establishing reasonable cause for the failure. See IRM 20.1.7.9 for definitions of reasonable cause and IRM 20.1.7.9.2.9 for the special abatement conditions.
  2. See LEM 20.1.7.3.4.6.
  3. All current year magnetic media penalty cases are compared to the waivers of the magnetic media filing requirement that post to the PMF prior to the generation of penalty notices.
    1. However, if a filer responds with an approval letter from MCC granting a waiver of the magnetic media filing requirement, check to see if the filer's TIN appears on the waiver listing provided by MCC. If present, the penalty should be abated using the correct Penalty Reason Code (PRC).
    2. If the TIN is not on the waiver listing, see LEM 20.1.7.3.4.6.

     

  4. If the taxpayer's response indicates that duplicate data was provided on paper and magnetic media:
    1. First attempt to verify using the PMF transcript or PMFOL and any supporting documentation sent by the filer.
    2. If no supporting documentation is found on the PMF transcript or PMFOL, contact MCC and provide the filer's name, TIN, EIN, Transmitter Control Code (TCC) if available, tax year, type of return and the number of returns filed. See LEM 20.1.7.3.4.6.

     

  5. If the filer requests a copy of the Form(s) 1096 which resulted in the assessment on paper Forms 1098/1099, request a SCRIPS print (see IRM 20.1.7.1.8) of the Form(s) 1096 and send it to the filer. The DLN of the Form 1096 can be found on the PMF transcript and on PMFOLD.
  6. If the SCRIPS print of Form 1096 is not available after research, sanitize the page(s) of the PMF transcript containing the 1096 record(s) relevant to the penalty and send the filer a copy with an explanation.
  7. If the filer requests a copy of the Form(s) W-3 which resulted in the assessment on paper Forms W-2 send a photocopy to the filer.
    1. If the Form W-3 is not available, sanitize the page(s) of the PMF transcript containing the W-3 record(s) relevant to the penalty and send the filer a copy with an explanation.
    2. Do not submit a request to WIRS for copies of the Forms W-3.

     

  8. If the filer requests a copy of the Forms W-2 which resulted in the assessment, request the document from WIRS using the microfilm sequence number(s) provided on the PMF transcript. Indicate W-3 and all W-2s in the remarks area. Inform the filer that it will take about 6 weeks to obtain microfilm copies of the Forms W-2.
    1. When the Forms W-2 are received from WIRS, count to verify that the penalty agrees with the number of documents processed (eliminate blanks, voids, and subtotal forms).
    2. If the volume is lower than the penalty assessed, send the documents to the filer with Letter 1948C explaining that the penalty will be adjusted accordingly. (See LEM 20.1.7.3.4.6)

     

  9. The following information will be useful when working responses to Form W-2 magnetic media penalty cases. However, see LEM 20.1.7.3.4.6 for further information.
    1. If the filer questions why the number of Forms W-2 penalized does not agree with the volume entered on Form(s) W-3 by the filer, explain that the penalty is based on the actual number of return processed by SSA. Blanks, voids, and subtotal forms are not counted. In addition, the discrepancy may have occurred because the preparer entered an incorrect figure on Form W-3.
    2. If the response indicates that only magnetic media was filed or if the filer does not seem to understand why the penalty was assessed, send a copy of the Form W-3 along with Letter 1948C explaining that the W-3 is a records of the paper forms filed with SSA.
    3. If the filer used a prior year Form W-3, check the signature date to determine what year the returns were submitted.

     

20.1.7.3.4.7  (08-20-1998)
Penalty for Failure to File in the Proper Format (Unprocessable Returns)

  1. The penalty for failure to file in the proper format is assessed for unprocessable paper returns and magnetic media returns identified by the campus and MCC. This penalty is manually assessed by the campus (CP215 or CP 15). It is not preceded by Notice 972CG.
    1. For both paper and magnetic media, the documents are returned to the filer (during initial processing) along with a letter explaining the problem and requesting correction and resubmission by a specific date.

      Note:

      For paper returns, only a sample of the unprocessable returns are returned to the filer to identify the problem. However, the filer is asked to resubmit the entire submission.

       

    2. Filers are also advised of the applicable penalties for not resubmitting the returns timely. If processable returns are submitted beyond the date requested, the filer is subject to a late filing penalty.
    3. Returns are referred to the penalty unit for the improper format penalty if they are still unprocessable at the processing cut off for the year.
    4. The penalty will be assessed at $50 per return and is computed by multiplying the number of unprocessable returns by $50. See LEM 20.1.7.3.4.8. The de minimis exception does not apply to the improper format penalty.

     

  2. The penalty unit will receive copies of no response and unsatisfactory responses to Letters 1865C from Receipt and Control along with the Forms 1096 and the payee documents that cannot be processed.
  3. MCC will refer Forms 4804 to the campus for assessment of the penalty. The case is referred to the campus for the penalty only if the filer does not return the file to MCC or if the file was returned but was still unprocessable at the end of the processing year.
  4. MCC will refer to the campuses any unresolved, unreturned solicitations for corrected magnetic media (MCC will purge the case and upon nonreceipt will notify the campus of the DLN) . The campus will send CP215 to the submitter assessing the proposed penalty amounts. Any corrected tapes will be submitted to MCC from the campus asking for input as to the correctness of the assessment.
  5. If it appears that the filer only corrected the sample of unprocessable paper returns that were mailed with Letter 1865C, the campus may contact the filer to clarify that the entire submission must be resubmitted (per Letter 1865C). Allow the filer 30 days to respond before assessing the penalty.
  6. Prior to assessing the penalty for unprocessable magnetic media returns (Form 4804), check IDRS or MFTRA for the presence of a late filing or magnetic media penalty assessed for the same number of returns filed on paper.
    1. If an assessment is present, request a PMF transcript for manual assessments to determine if the penalty is for the same returns.
    2. If confirmed, notate the date and Penalty Considered on the 4804, associate with the closed case and refile. See LEM 20.1.7.3.4.8.
    3. If it is determined that the previous assessment is for different returns, assess the penalty based on the information on Forms 4804/4802.

     

  7. Only the actual returns which cannot be processed will be subject to the failure to file in the proper format penalty. Receipt and Control will separate the submission into processable and unprocessable.
    1. Any processable returns will have been input with original Form 1096.
    2. The unprocessable returns will be forwarded by the Penalty Unit for assessment action with a photocopy of Form 1096.

      Note:

      The "Total number of documents" filed on Form 1096 should have been changed by Receipt and Control to reflect the number of unprocessable documents subject to penalty.

       

    3. Verify the number of unprocessable documents subject to penalty by excluding voided and blank forms, and returns not required to be filed by law based on the dollar amount reported or exempt status. See Exhibit 20.1.7–4.
    4. MCC will count the entire submission as unprocessable and, if the number of documents cannot be discerned, will proposed the maximum penalty with affirmation from Headquarter Operations. Prior year submissions will also be considered.

    If returns are received from Receipt and Control which are processable, return the entire submission to the IRP Unit in Receipt and Control with an explanation.

  8. The penalty is to be assessed on the Civil Penalty Module. See IRM 20.1.7.1.6.2.
    1. If the unprocessable returns were also filed late the first time they were filed, check PMFOL to see if an extension was also granted, for the return type and tax year in question. If an extension was also granted, use reference number 503. If an extension was not granted, use reference number 506.
    2. If a sufficient number of returns were submitted to require magnetic media filing, check PMFOL to see if a waiver was granted for the return type and tax year in question. See LEM 20.1.7.3.4.8. If a magnetic media waiver was also granted, use reference number 503. If a waiver was not granted, use reference number 508.
    3. If the returns were filed late and the volume was large enough to require magnetic media filing, check for the extension and waiver. If both were granted, use reference number 503. If neither was granted, use reference number 511. If an extension was granted but no waiver, use reference number 508. If a waiver was granted but no extension, use reference number 506.

     

  9. If the assessment is input on or before July 1 of filing year, the campus should include a quick note with the notice. The quick note should contain the following statement: The penalty was assessed at $50 per return but it will be reduced if the corrected forms are submitted on or before August 1, 20XX.
  10. Processable returns (paper) resubmitted after the date requested in Letter 1865C may be referred to the penalty unit for assessment of the late filing penalty. MCC may also refer these cases to the campus with Form 4804 for assessment. MCC will separate cases subject to late filing penalty from the subject to unprocessable penalty. See LEM 20.1.7.3.4.3.
    1. In this situation, the penalty unit should assess a late filing penalty (reference number 500).
    2. If the filer filed more than 250 returns (paper), use PMFOL to determine whether a waiver was granted. If the waiver was granted, assess the late filing penalty only. If no waiver was granted, assess the combination late/magnetic media penalty using reference number 504.

     

20.1.7.3.4.8  (08-20-1998)
Receiving Responses (Unprocessable Returns)

  1. Generally filers must establish reasonable cause for the penalty to be abated. See IRM 20.1.7.9.1 for definitions of reasonable cause and IRM 20.1.7.9.2.9 for the special abatement conditions. See LEM 20.1.7.3.4.8 for further instructions.
  2. If the filer submits corrected returns in response to the penalty notice, Receipt and Control will notate the CP15/215 Processable returns submitted and also notate the received date and the number of returns submitted.
    1. Review the filer's response to determine if the explanation establishes reasonable cause.
    2. If the filer's explanation does not establish reasonable cause, and the received date indicates that the $50 penalty should be reduced (see LEM 20.1.7.3.4.8), recalculate the penalty at $15 or $30 per return as appropriate. The penalty should only be adjusted for the number of processable returns received as noted on the CP15/215.
    3. Also include the following explanation: We received your corrected information returns on   . The penalty you were previously assessed for filing unprocessable Forms    has been reduced to $XX.XX per return. You will receive an adjusted balance due notice.

     

  3. If the filer submits processable returns in response to the notice but the explanation provided does not meet reasonable cause, disallow the claim.

20.1.7.3.4.9  (08-20-1998)
Penalty for Missing and Incorrect TINs

  1. Filers who file an information return with a missing TIN, or a TIN determined to be incorrect or not currently issued by the Service, are subject to a penalty of $50 per return.
  2. After the TIN validation process is performed to identify payee records with missing and incorrect TINs/names, this data is transmitted to the Payer Master File for inclusion in the penalty proposal notice.
  3. See Exhibit 20.1.7–5 for details on how the Service performs TIN validation to determine which TINs are incorrect or not currently issued.

    Note:

    When a TIN is identified as incorrect, either the TIN or name may be incorrect.

     

  4. A paper or tape listing of payee records with missing or incorrect TINs is sent to the filer along with the proposal notice. Publication 1586, Reasonable Cause Regulations and Requirements as They Apply to Missing and Incorrect TINs, is also included in this mailing. It provides a detailed explanation of the action the filer is required to take upon receiving the listing.
  5. A payer making a reportable payment to a payee, the payee must make an initial solicitation for the payee's TIN at the time the account is opened.
  6. If the payer does not receive a TIN as a result of the initial solicitation, he/she must complete a first annual solicitation by December 31 of the year in which the account was opened, or ny January 31 of the following year if the account was opened in December.
  7. If the payee does not receive a TIN as a result of the first annual solicitation, he/she must complete a second annual solicitation by December 31 of the year immediately following the calendar year in which the account was opened.
  8. Filers are required to review payee accounts to verify whether or not they have completed the required solicitations (request TINs from payees) to show reasonable cause to have the penalty waived or abated.

20.1.7.3.4.10  (08-20-1998)
Receiving Responses (Missing and Incorrect TINs)

  1. See IRM 20.1.7.9.2.2 for the general solicitation requirements for TINs and the general reasonable cause criteria in IRM 20.1.7.9.2.3 to determine if the penalty should be waived or abated.
  2. Also see LEM 20.1.7.9.1 for the special abatement criteria.
  3. If the filer's response indicates they do not understand why they received the notice and/or what actions they are required to take, provide a brief explanation in Letter 1948C and refer them to the Publication 1586.
  4. If the filer has included corrected returns for prior years in response to the notice, advise the filer that corrections for name/TINs are not required for prior years. Filers should be advised to update their records and reflect the correct data on any returns filed in the future.
  5. If corrected returns are provided for current year returns, route them to the Receipt and Control Function for processing if they are received prior to the campus Program Completion Date (PCD).

    Note:

    Filers are required to submit other corrections for information returns (e.g., money amounts) for current year returns.

     

  6. If the filer submits examples of garbled information on the TIN listing apologize for the inconvenience and advise that no action is necessary.
  7. Filers must compare the listings of incorrect and/or not currently issued TINs received from the Service with their records to determine if the name/TIN combination included on the listings agrees or disagrees with their records.
  8. In general, if an account number is provided on the listing, the filer need only identify any account or accounts with that corresponding number or designation that has the same name/TIN combination. If no account number is provided, the filer must use reasonable care to identify all accounts that relate to the same incorrect name/TIN combination.
  9. If the name/TIN combination on the listing agrees with their records, the filer must perform the required annual solicitation (see IRM 20.7.9.2.4) if not completed previously.
  10. If the name/TIN combination on the listing disagrees with its records, the filer must determine whether:
    1. An error was made when filing the information return. If so, the filer must include the correct information on any future information returns,
    2. The information in their records has changed since filing the information return. If so, the filer must include that information on any future information returns,
    3. The Service changed the information during processing. If so, the filer should notate their records and take no further action.
    4. In all the instances outlined above, the filer should notate their records and provide this information in their reply to the 972CG Notice.

     

20.1.7.3.4.11  (08-20-1998)
Notice 972CG, Notice of Proposed Civil Penalty

  1. Notice 972CG, Notice of Proposed Civil Penalty, is mailed to give filers an opportunity to establish reasonable cause for waiver of penalties prior to assessment. The notice includes proposed penalties for failure to file timely, failure to file on magnetic media and missing and incorrect TINs. Notice 972CG is assigned the reference number which corresponds to the penalty proposed, e.g. reference number 500 for the failure to file timely penalty.
  2. Filers are allowed 45 days to respond to the notice and to submit an explanation as to why the penalty should be waived. Filers may also submit a payment if they fully or partially agree or sign a consent to allow the Service to send a bill for the balance due. *NOTE-The decision to assess or not assess the penalty should not be made based on the amount of payment received. Reasonable Cause Criteria must be applied in all instances.
  3. The penalty will be assessed against filers who do not submit a satisfactory explanation or who fail to respond to the notice. All penalties will be manually assessed following the procedures in IRM 20.1.7.1.6.2.
  4. Notice 972CG is not posted to the master file or shown on any IDRS or CFOL Command Codes. Campuses may open an IDRS control base on MFT 13 or 55 after mailing the notices immediately upon receipt of a reply. This will prevent a delay in taking necessary interim or closing actions after the response is reviewed. When the control base is opened enter Notice 972CG or "972CGREPLY in the ACTIVITY and OTHE as the category code. (Special Category Code CVPN should be established for these cases).
  5. See IRM 20.1.7.6.3 for procedures that may be required to create entities if there is no IMF or BMF account to penalize or to create a Civil Penalty Name Line (IMF accounts only) if it has not already been established on the Master File. These procedures are necessary to prevent unpostable conditions.
  6. Campuses should maintain a suspense file for Notice 972CG which contains the:
    • Notice,
    • TIN listing (if applicable)
    • The PMF transcripts, and
    • CP215/15A, Summary of Your 1999 Information Return Penalties.
    • These file should be maintained in TIN order.
    • Files should be maintained for 180 days.

     

20.1.7.3.4.11.1  (08-20-1998)
Receiving Responses (Notice 972CG)

  1. Review responses to Notice 972CG to determine if the penalty should be waived for reasonable cause in the same manner as replies to penalty assessment notice (CP215/15). See the appropriate section in IRM 20.1.7.3.4. to respond to replies for penalties proposed for late filing, magnetic media, and TINs. Also, see IRM 20.1.7.1.6.2. for complete adjustment actions.
  2. Also see IRM 20.1.7.9.1 for reasonable cause criteria and IRM 20.1.7.9.2.9 for special abatement conditions.
  3. Filers may be granted an extension for up 30 days to respond to the notice. For notices that were initially undeliverable, or required a recreate (see IRM 20.1.7.1.6.3.4), the new notice date is the date stamped when the notice is mailed a second time. See LEM 20.7.3.4.
  4. Campuses must review replies fully and give filers the opportunity to submit additional information regarding their case before making a decision of whether or not to assess the penalty.
  5. If the explanation establishes reasonable cause:
    1. Send letter 1948C explaining the decision,
    2. Input a TC 290.00 on MFT 13 or 55, using Blocking Series 15, for BMF accounts or on MFT 55 using BS 05 for IMF accounts
    3. Use Reason Code (RC) 62 and/or the appropriate 4th position Reason Code (Exhibit 20.1.1.-3), Hold Code (HC) 3, Penalty Reference Number (PRN) from the Notice 972CG and amount 0.00 .
    4. File Notice 972CG, correspondence, and a print of the Letter 1948C with your adjustment document.

     

  6. If the filer agrees with part of the penalty and establishes reasonable cause for the remainder (reasonable cause not denied for any amounts)
    1. Send letter 1948C explaining the decision, an explanation of how to avoid future penalties and that the balance due notice will follow (if not paid in full). Use Reason Code 62 and the appropriate Penalty Reason Code (Exhibit 20.1.1–3),
    2. Input the assessment on MFT 13 or 55 for the agreed penalty amount using BS 52 if it's a first assessment on the module, or BS 53 if a previous adjustment is already present.
    3. Use Reason Code 62 and/or the appropriate 4th position reason code for the amount being waived, HC 3, PRN from 972CG and penalty amount for the part of the penalty being assessed.
    4. Monitor the assessment to ensure that it posts.

     

  7. If the explanation does not establish reasonable cause or the abatement request is partially denied:
    1. Input the assessment for any penalty amount for which the filer did not provide an acceptable explanation.
    2. Do not use Reason Code 62 if the penalty is being assessed in full, and use Hold Code 0.
    3. If waiver or abatement is partially denied, use the appropriate Reason Code(s) for the portion being waived/abated and Hold Code 3. Use the PRN from the 972CG.
    4. Input a separate transaction using TC 290, 0 , BS 98, RC 62 in the 1st position, do not enter a 4th position code and HC 3. To delay the posting of the second transaction for one cycle use Posting Code Delay Code 1 with this transaction.
    5. Send Letter 854C stating the reason(s) the explanation was not accepted. Also state the penalty amount assessed and that a balance due notice will follow. Correspondence should only be sent to the responsible individual and not to a joint account. See IRM 20.1.7.1.9.
    6. File the case
    7. Monitor the assessments to ensure that they post.
    8. See (12)-(16) below before assessing the penalty if the reply indicates that the filer is no longer in business or there was a change in business organization, i.e. partnership to corporation. (Assess the penalty unless criteria in (12)-(16) below applies.)

     

  8. Use care when adjusting penalty amounts when two or more penalties (late, magnetic media, or TIN) apply to the same document.

    Example:

    If 500 Forms 1099–DIV were filed late (April 5) and fifty of these returns had incorrect TINs, the proposed penalty on Notice 972CG would be calculated at 50 x $50 (TINs) plus 450 x $15 (late). If the filer submits a satisfactory explanation for the 50 incorrect TINs, but not for filing late, the penalty should be recalculated at 500 x $15 for the CP215/15 notice.

     

  9. If a payment was received, the amount will be notated on the response page by the Deposit function. Acknowledge any payment received in correspondence with the filer.
  10. If a full payment is received and there are no disagreed items or a partial payment is received and the filer submits a satisfactory explanation for the remainder, input the adjustment on MFT 13 or 55. Use Hold Code 3
  11. See LEM 20.7.1.6.3.4 for purge dates
  12. If Freeze Code —Z is on the account, send the case to Criminal Investigation. Do not assess the penalty, will go unpostable.
  13. Prior to assessing the penalty, check for undeliverables, (see IRM 20.1.7.1.7), or no response cases.
  14. Use BMFOL to check Form 941 (MFT 01) modules for the presence of Collection Compliance transaction:
    1. A TC 530 with CC10 (defunct corporation),
    2. TC 530 with CC07 (bankrupt/insolvent corporation), (See IRM 20.1.7.9.6 for more information on bankruptcies.) or
    3. TC 480/7890 (Offer in Compromise pending (OIC)).
    4. If a TC 530 with either closing code is present, do not assess the penalty.

     

  15. Check the tax year in question and subsequent years. If an unreversed TC 480 is present, check for the case file assignment number and notify the responsible Collection Compliance function of the pending assessment. Collection Compliance must include this assessment in the OIC.
  16. A TC 480 may be reversed with:
    1. TC 481 — OIC requested,
    2. TC 482 — OIC withdrawn, or
    3. TC 483 — Correction of an erroneous TC 480.

     

    Note:

    Since it is not unusual to have more than one TC 480 posted in a module, a careful review of the entire module should be done before taking any action.

     

  17. Also, apply the criteria in (14) if a filer's response to Notice 972CG indicates they are either a defunct of bankrupt corporation; check for the appropriate transaction code.
  18. A monthly report should be submitted to the Penalty Analyst in the campus to measure how effective Notice 972CG is in prompting a response from filers. The report should be submitted by the 10th of the month for the previous month's activity. Title the report Notice 972CG Monthly Activity Report . Enter the name and the date at the top of the report. The campus should provide monthly as well as cumulative totals for each category.
    1. Number of Notice 972CG mailed and referred to Exam (RTC/FDIC Notices during mailout), total Notices mailed and referred to Exam.
    2. Number of receipts (replies) Notice 972CG
    3. Number of replies/no responses as follows: (1) Reasonable Cause Waiver Granted, (2) Reasonable Cause Waiver Denied — assessment for full amount, (3) Reasonable Cause Waiver Partially Denied — Partial Assessment, (4) Penalty Waived for Other than Reasonable Cause, (5) Partially Agreed — no disallowed items, (6) Fully Agreed, (7) Case closed to Exam, (8) Purged-assessment input for no reply and undeliverable cases, (9) Open replies (Cum receipts minus items 5–10), (10) No reply suspense (line 3 minus CUM receipts minus line 12), (11) Total of items 5 through 14 on report.
    4. Receipts (Replies) to CP 215/15.
    5. Abatements (after CP215/15): Full, Partial Referrals to Appeals, Number (abatements) requested or done by Appeals.
    6. Only count notices in one category.
    7. The monthly report should continue until the campus has purged no reply cases and resolved all open cases (reply received) for Notice 972CG. The penalty analyst will notify the unit when to stop reporting for abatements of CP215/15.

     

20.1.7.4  (08-20-1998)
Failure to Furnish Correct Payee Statements IRC Section 6722

  1. IRC section 6722 provides for a penalty when a payee statement is not timely or correctly furnished, The $50 penalty is imposed for each failure to:
    1. Furnish a payee statement on or before the due date to the person to whom the statement must be furnished,
    2. Furnish all information required, and
    3. Furnish correct information.

     

  2. No more than one penalty will be imposed per payee statement, even though a statement may contain more than one failure.
  3. For purposes of IRC section 6722, the term payee statement means any statement required to be furnished as described in Reg. 301.6722–1(d)(2).
  4. The total amount imposed on any filer for all failures to furnish a payee statement during any calendar year shall not exceed $100,000.
  5. A composite substitute payee statement is a single document created by the filer to reflect several types of payments made to the same payee. Each composite statement shall be treated as though each type of payment (or other required information) were a separate statement with each type of payment being subject to the penalty.
  6. This statement must be on a form acceptable to the Service. See Publication 1179, Specifications for Paper Document Reporting and Paper Substitutes for Forms 1096, 1098, 1099 Series, and Forms 5498 and W-2G.
  7. The $50 penalty for failure to furnish payee statements is not reduced if returns are corrected or filed after the due date.
  8. The IRC section 6722 penalty should not be imposed if an error or omission is inconsequential. See IRM Section 20.7.3.3.

20.1.7.4.1  (08-20-1998)
Intentional Disregard

  1. The Intentional Disregard of the Rules and Regulations Penalty applies when the facts and circumstances show that the filer knowingly or willfully failed to comply with the requirements of IRC sections 6722.
  2. Intentional disregard occurs when a filer who knows, or should know of a rule or regulation, chooses to ignore its requirements. The facts should show the filer:
    1. Was required to provide a statement,
    2. Knew or should have known of the requirement to provide the statement, and
    3. Consciously chose not to provide the statement or recklessly disregarded (i.e. ignored) the duty to provide the statement.

     

  3. Treas. Reg. 301.6721–1(f)(3)(i) provides that a pattern of failures indicates intentional disregard. The greater the number of failures, the greater the likelihood some of those failures could be due to intentional disregard. Additional indications of the existence of intentional disregard are:
    1. Did the filer correct the failure promptly after the discovery of the failure,
    2. Did the filer correct the failure within thirty days after notification of the failure by the Service,
    3. Did the filer avoid an administrative inconvenience, and
    4. Was the cost of compliance greater than the IRC section 6722(a) penalty.

     

  4. Intentional disregard may exist when it would be less expensive to pay the penalty under 6722(a) rather than comply with the requirement to provide a statement. Treas. Reg. 301.6722–1(c)(2). Check payee's prior history of compliance to determine intentional disregard.
  5. The Intentional Disregard of the Rules and Regulations Penalty amounts to:
    1. $100 for each payee statement required to be filed, or if greater:
    2. 10 percent of the amount of income required to be reported on payee statements for dividends, patronage dividends, interest, fishing boat operators, royalties, and wage and tax statement, or
    3. 5 percent of the amount required to be reported on the payee statements for brokers, exchange of partnership interest, or disposition of donated property payments.

     

  6. Form 8300 Penalty. The Intentional Disregard penalty for failing to provide a payor of cash with a statement as required by IRC sections 6050I(e) is the greater of $100 or 10 percent of the amount required to be provided on the statement.
    1. These penalties are asserted by field Examination personnel.
    2. The taxpayer may be offered an administrative preassessment appeal.

     

  7. There is no maximum dollar limitation for the Intentional Disregard of the Rules and Regulations Penalty under IRC section 6722.
  8. No more than one penalty per failure can be imposed, even if there is more than one failure on the same statement.

20.1.7.4.2  (08-20-1998)
Exceptions and Special Rules

  1. The penalty shall not be assessed if an error or omission is inconsequential. An error or omission is inconsequential when the failure does not prevent:
    1. The timely receipt of correct information, or
    2. The payee from putting the information to its intended use.

     

  2. Errors or omissions are never considered inconsequential if they relate to:
    1. A dollar amount,
    2. A significant item in the payee address,
    3. Use of the appropriate form for the information provided, whether or not it is an acceptable substitute for the official IRS form, and/or
    4. The delivery of the information return to the payee either in person or by first class mail (in a mailer which alerts the payee that the statement is enclosed) under the following: IRC section 6042(c), Returns Regarding Payments of Dividends and Corporate Earnings and Profits, IRC section 6044(e), Returns Regarding Payments of Patronage Dividends, IRC section 6049(c), Returns Regarding Payments of Interest, and or IRC section 6050N(b), Returns Regarding Payments of Royalties.

     

20.1.7.5  (08-20-1998)
Failure to Comply with Other Information Reporting Requirements IRC Section 6723

  1. For any information return or payee statement due (without regard to extensions) , a penalty of $50 per failure will be imposed for each failure to provide all the required information timely.
  2. No more than one penalty can be imposed for the same return. For example, if a return has more than one error or omission and the penalty amount for those failures differs, the penalty will be imposed at the higher amount.
  3. A penalty of $50 is imposed for failure to comply timely with specified information reporting requirements or for each failure to include correct information. The maximum penalty for failure to comply with all specified information reporting requirements is $100,000 per year.
  4. Multiple penalties may be imposed on one document if the failures relate to more than one of the following requirements:
    1. IRC section 6050K(c)1–notification of exchange of partnership interest,
    2. IRC section 6109–supplying identifying numbers, (1) includes his/her TIN on a return, statement or document other than an information return or payee statement, (2) furnishes his or her TIN to another person, (3) the TIN of any other person whose number is required to be shown on a return, statement of document other than an information return or payee statement, (4) the TIN of a return preparer.
    3. IRC section 215–Alimony, etc., Payments, (1) the person receiving separate maintenance is required to furnish his or her TIN to the individual making separate maintenance payments, and (2) the person making the separate maintenance payment is required to furnish on their return the TIN of the person receiving the separate maintenance payment.
    4. IRC section 6109(e)-Furnishing Number for Certain Dependents, Include on his/her return, the TIN for any dependent who is claimed as an exemption on an income tax return, and has reached 1 year of age before the close of the taxable year.

     

  5. However, no more than one penalty per document may be imposed if the failure could be penalized for both :
    • Failure to timely comply, or
    • Failure to include all the required information.

     

20.1.7.5.1  (08-20-1998)
Intentional Disregard

  1. The Intentional Disregard penalty as it applies to IRC section 6723 was repealed by P.L. 101–239. For returns and statements required to be filed after December 31, 1989, Intentional Disregard will not be considered.

20.1.7.5.2  (08-20-1998)
Exceptions and Rules

  1. An inconsequential error or omission is not considered a failure to comply with a specified information reporting requirement. Therefore, the penalty shall not be assessed.
  2. The term inconsequential means any failure that does not make it difficult for the Service to put the information to its intended use, or prevent a payee from timely receiving correct information and reporting it on his or her return.

20.1.7.6  (08-20-1998)
Regulations Requiring Returns on Magnetic Media IRC section 6011(e)

  1. Information Returns::
    1. The magnetic media filing requirement for Forms 1099 changed as a result of OBRA '89. A filer must file on magnetic media when filing more than 250 returns of the same type.
    2. If a filer timely filed paper returns, but was required to file magnetic media returns, the $50 failure to file penalty will apply to the number of returns, of one type, required to be filed that exceed 250.

     

20.1.7.7  (08-20-1998)
Failure to File Certain Information Returns, Registration Statements, etc. IRC section 6652(e)

  1. The penalty for failing to file information returns required in connection with certain plans of deferred compensation applies for each failure to file Forms 1099–R due after December 31, 1998.
  2. Specific information relating to Tax Exempt/Government Entities will be addressed by Tax Exempt/Government Entities.

20.1.7.8  (08-20-1998)
Failure to Provide Reports on IRAs/Annuities

  1. As the result of the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984, (effective December 31, 1984) the trustee of an Individual Retirement Account, the issuer of an IRA, or Simplified Employment Pension (SEP) may be assessed a penalty of $50 for each failure to:
    1. Furnish or file a return (Form 5498) within the time and manner prescribed, or
    2. Furnish or file a disclosure statement, a governing instrument, or an amendment.

     

  2. There is no limitation to the amount of the penalty for returns required under IRC section 6693(a).
  3. The penalty under IRC section 6693(a) shall not apply if the trustee or issuer of an annuity establishes reasonable cause. See IRM 20.1.7.9.

20.1.7.8.1  (08-20-1998)
Overstatement of Designated Nondeductible Contributions IRC section 6693(b)

  1. IRC section 408(o)(4) generally requires any individual who makes a nondeductible contribution to an individual retirement plan for any taxable year, to file Form 8606, Nondeductible IRAs (Contributions, Distributions and Basis).
    1. A $100 penalty may apply if an individual overstates the amount of their nondeductible contributions for any taxable year.
    2. The penalty may be abated if the overstatement is due to reasonable cause. See IRM 20.1.7.9.1.

     

  2. Deficiency procedures do not apply.

20.1.7.9  (08-20-1998)
Waivers, Definitions and Special Rules IRC Section 6724

  1. Generally, an information reporting penalty may be waived if it can be shown that the error was due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect.
  2. See IRM 20.1.1.3 for discussion of Penalty Relief. The term Penalty Relief includes Reasonable Cause, Statutory Exception, Administrative Waiver, or Service Error.

20.1.7.9.1  (08-20-1998)
Reasonable Cause

  1. The Service may waive (abate or not assess) an information return penalty when a filer requests a waiver of the penalty and establishes reasonable cause. See LEM 20.1.7.9.1 " **NOTE–EVENTS OF SEPTEMBER 11, 2001, MUST BE CONSIDERED WHEN APPLYING THIS PROVISION."
  2. If the request properly establishes reasonable cause, the penalty may be abated using normal procedures. See IRM 20.1.7.1.5.
  3. If reasonable cause is not established, disallow the request using normal procedures. See IRM 20.1.7.1.5.
  4. If additional information is needed to substantiate a request for the waiver of a penalty due to reasonable cause, contact the taxpayer.
  5. In all cases involving unauthorized third party requests, correspond directly with the taxpayer to inform them of the action taken. Send Letter 135C to the unauthorized third party explaining that you have responded directly to the taxpayer and include a paragraph in the taxpayer's letter requesting that the taxpayer notify the third party of our direct reply to the taxpayer. See LEM 20.1.7.9
  6. If the correspondence contains the penalty of perjury language it must contain the affected taxpayer's signature or the signature of the taxpayer's authorized representative. Return correspondence to the taxpayer with Letter 1382C. The signature requirements are as follows:
    1. For corporations , the statement must be signed by the president, vice-president, treasurer, assistant treasurer, chief accounting officer or other officer duly authorized to sign returns and other documents. The fact that an individual within the corporation signed the statement shall be accepted as evidence that the individual is authorized to sign on behalf of the corporation (IRC section 6062).
    2. For partnerships, the statement may be signed by any one of the partners.
    3. For joint individual accounts, the statement must contain the signature of one of the taxpayers who signed the original return to be considered a valid request.

     

  7. Reasonable cause for the information return penalties exists when :
    1. the filer acted in a responsible manner, both before and after the failure occurred, and
    2. There are significant mitigating factors, or
    3. The failure was the result of circumstances beyond the filer's control.

     

  8. Acting in a Responsible Manner would include exercising the same degree of care that a reasonably prudent person (or organization) would use in the course of its business in determining filing obligations and in handling account information such as account numbers and balances. The filer must act in a responsible manner both before and after the failure occurs.
  9. Acting in a responsible manner also includes taking steps to avoid the failure, for example:
    1. Requesting appropriate extensions of time to file when practical to avoid the failure,
    2. Attempting to prevent a failure if it was foreseeable,
    3. Acting to remove an impediment or the cause of the failure, and
    4. Correcting the failure as promptly as possible, generally within 30 days.

     

  10. Where a penalty is imposed for missing or incorrect TINS, a filer must comply with special rules for acting in a responsible manner. See IRM 20.1.7.9.2.
  11. When reviewing a filer's request for a waiver, the following questions must be addressed to determine if the filer has acted in a responsible manner.
    1. Do the reasons address the penalty that was assessed?
    2. Does the length of time between the event cited as a reason and the filing date negate the event's effect?
    3. Does the continued operation of a business after the event that caused the filer's noncompliance negate the event's effect?
    4. Should the event that caused the filer's noncompliance or increased liability have reasonably been anticipated?
    5. Was the penalty the result of carelessness or did the filer appear to have made an honest mistake? (Carelessness and forgetfulness are the same as civil willful neglect and are not examples of ordinary business care and prudence).
    6. Has the filer provided sufficient detail (dates, relationships) to determine whether they exercised ordinary business care and prudence?
    7. Is a non-liable person being blamed for the filer's noncompliance? What is the nature of the relationship between the taxpayer and the individual? Is the individual an employee of the taxpayer or an independent third party such as an accountant or lawyer?
    8. Has the filer documented all pertinent facts, i.e., death certificate, doctor's statement, insurance statement for proof of fire, etc.?
    9. Does the filer have a history of being assessed the same penalty?
    10. Could the filer have requested an extension or filed an amended return?

     

  12. A waiver should not be automatically granted where the filer claims ignorance of the filing requirements. However, ignorance of the law may be considered as one factor which may indicate that the filer acted in a responsible manner if all the other facts support this contention.
  13. Significant mitigating factors — For the filer to establish reasonable cause under this category, the filer must show that they acted in a responsible manner as well as the existence of a significant mitigating factor. Events generally considered to be significant mitigating factors include, but are not limited to:
  14. First time filer: prior to the failure, the filer had not previously been required to file this particular form or statement (See LEM 20.1.7.9. or
  15. The filer has a history of complying with the information return reporting requirements. See LEM 20.1.7.9. Significant consideration is given to:
    1. If the filer was previously penalized under IRC sections 6721, 6722, or 6723.

      Example:

      failures which are not penalized because they are within the " de minimis" exception are not considered to have been penalized for purposes of evaluating a filer's compliance history.

       

    2. A filer may not continually rely on the same explanation to establish reasonable cause, when the filer's compliance history indicates a pattern of failures. A filer is expected to take significant steps to prevent future failures of the same type. Consider the Intentional Disregard provisions.
    3. Determine if the filer was previously penalized. If so, did the error rate decrease from one year to the next? Consider the Intentional Disregard provisions.
    4. The filer's history of compliance should be considered whether or not the filer specifically requests abatement on this basis.
    5. Compliance history must be considered, along with the other evidence provided, to determine if the penalty should be abated. The fact that the filer previously had a penalty should not be the only criteria used to decide if the penalty should be abated/waived.

      Example:

      A good compliance history may benefit a filer who can show that they acted in a responsible manner, but cannot show that an event beyond the filer's control caused the failure.

       

    6. However, if the filer can show that he/she acted in a responsible manner and the failure was due to an event beyond the filer's control, then a penalty in a prior year should not be used as cause not to abate/waive the penalty.

     

  16. The filer contacted a tax advisor who was competent on the specific tax matter, furnished necessary and relevant information, and was then incorrectly advised that the filing of a return was not required. If the filer exercises normal business care and prudence based on its information and knowledge in determining whether to secure further advise, reasonable cause may apply.
  17. Events beyond the filer's control — for the filer to establish reasonable cause under this category, the filer must show that it acted in a responsible manner,as well as the event being beyond the filer's control. Events generally considered beyond the control of the filer include (but are not limited to ) the following.
  18. Actions by the Service. To establish an event beyond the filer's control as the result of Actions by the Service, the filer must show it relied on erroneous written information provided by the Service. The filer must also show that reliance on the written advise was reasonable and that it relied in good faith on the information. The filer must provide:
    1. A copy of the written information provided by the Service including the name of the Service employee, and the date the erroneous advice was received,
    2. A copy of the request for information including, the steps taken and the specific facts given to the Service, and the answer received.
    3. This information should be used in determining whether the taxpayer has shown reasonable cause for taking a position on the return giving rise to the penalty.
    4. Reasonable cause will not be established if the filer did not provide the Service with all the facts and circumstances when requesting the advice.
    5. Reasonable cause may be established if the filer did not file a return after receiving erroneous information from the Service other than written, or the filer timely requested necessary tax forms and instructions, and the Service did not provide them timely.

     

  19. Actions of an Agent. For a filer to establish events beyond the filer's control as the result of Actions of an Agent (imputed reasonable cause), the filer must show that:
    1. It exercised reasonable business judgment when contacting the agent, allowing the agent to timely file correct returns, or furnish correct payee statements,
    2. The filer provided the agent with proper information well in advance of the due date of the return or statement, and the agent satisfied the significant mitigating factors, or an event beyond the agent's control criteria required to establish reasonable cause.
    3. A filer who contracted with an agent and cannot establish reasonable cause based on the actions of the agent as described above, may be able to demonstrate reasonable cause on its own merits by having an established history of complying with the information reporting requirements, and otherwise acting in a responsible manner both before and after the failure occurred. See IRM 20.1.7.9.2.

     

  20. Actions by the Payee or any other Person. For the filer to establish reas onable cause as the result of actions by the payee or any other person with respect to the return or payee statement, the filer must show that:
    1. The payee, or other person, failed to provide the necessary information to the filer, or
    2. The payee, or other person failed to provide correct information to the filer.
    3. The filer must provide documentary evidence when requested by the Service showing that the failure was attributable to the payee.
    4. See IRM 20.1.7.9.2.5 for special solicitation requirements that a filer must follow to establish reasonable cause if the failure of the filer to provide a TIN was due to the actions of the payee.
    5. The filer contacted a tax advisor who was competent on the specific tax matter, furnished necessary and relevant information, and was then incorrectly advised that the filing of a return was not required. If the filer exercises normal business care and prudence based on its information and knowledge in determining whether to secure further advice, reasonable cause may apply.

    Unavailability of business records—the business records must have been unavailable as a result of unforeseen conditions, and in a manner which would prevent timely compliance (ordinary at least a two week period prior to the due date (or extended due date) of the information return), and the unavailability was caused by a supervening event. **NOTE—THE EVENTS OF SEPTEMBER 11, 2001, SHALL BE CONSIDERED IN ALL DETERMINATIONS

  21. A supervening event includes, but is not limited to:
    1. A fire or other casualty that damages the business records or impairs the system for processing such records,
    2. A statutory or regulatory change that relates directly to the data processing and is made so close to the time the information return or statement is required that for all practical purposes the change cannot be made,
    3. The unavoidable absence (death or serious illness) of the person with the sole responsibility for filing as return or furnishing a statement. In the case of a corporation, estate, trust, etc., the death or serious illness must have been that of an individual having sole authority to file the return (not the individual preparingthe return). See LEM 20.1.7.9. If another person shares responsibility for filing the return and that other person is unaffected by the event, the event is not an event beyond the filer's control.

     

  22. The return was delivered to the IRS after its due date by the United States Postal Service if it was correctly addressed, mailed, and postmarked before the due date by the United States Postal Service, or a private postal meter, (see LEM 20.1.7.9.) as long as delivery was within the time period a document mailed from the same point of origin ordinarily would be received if mailed on the last day prescribed for filing the return. If the return is received after the due date, the filer must establish the return was deposited in the mail on or before the due date, the delay in receiving the return was due to a delay in the transmission of the mail, and the cause of the delay.
  23. The taxpayer's statement that they erroneously addressed their return to the state taxing agency does not in itself constitute reasonable cause for filing late, since a properly addressed envelope is a legal requirement in determining timely mailing/filing (IRC section 7502(a)(2)(B)).
  24. Further documentation of the circumstances that resulted in the taxpayer misdirecting the returns must be considered evidence the taxpayer acted in a responsible manner and was nevertheless unable to file on time.
  25. Acceptable documentation must include all of the following:
    1. An excellent filing compliance record,
    2. Dated or certified mail documents showing filing made to the state or local taxing agency on or before the return due date, and
    3. Evidence that the act of misdirecting the return was due to extenuating circumstances, and not to carelessness or willful neglect. An example of an extenuating circumstance would be confusion caused by a death or serious illness in the immediate family at the time of filing.

     

  26. Undue Economic Hardship related to filing on Magnetic Media. When a filer with over 250 returns or statements fails to file on magnetic media as required, the filer must show that they failed to file on magnetic media because of a lack of hardware and that to meet the requirement would have caused an undue economic hardship. See LEM 20.1.7.9. The filer must show that:
    1. The filer attempted to contract out the magnetic media filing, and the cost was prohibitive as determined on the due date of the return.
    2. The filer supported the prohibitive costs with two estimates from unrelated service bureaus or computer software/hardware companies.
    3. the filer filed the returns on paper.
    4. The undue economic hardship criteria does not prevent the filer from establishing reasonable cause based on other criteria that would be applicable to the magnetic media penalty. However, caution should be used to ensure that other reasonable cause criteria would be appropriate to the filer's failure to file on magnetic media.

     

  27. Additional magnetic media events which may be considered beyond's the filer's control include:
    1. The filer relied upon an internal computer system which encountered major hardware and/or software problems.
    2. Reasonable cause should consider the filer's documentation of the following: (1) nature and severity of problems and efforts to correct in a timely fashion: (2) timely and consistent effort exercised by responsible officials within the organization to monitor problems and execution of corrective action, and (3) efforts undertaken by the filer to meet filing obligations, including but not limited to: (a) contracting out to third parties, and/or (b) filing the returns on paper to meet the due date.
    3. Reasonable cause may be met if the filer provides documented evidence that they contacted two service bureaus and was informed that service bureaus would not contract for preparation of magnetic media information returns without contracting for a range of data processing functions such as preparation of payroll/W–2 data, range of accounting functions such as preparation of Profit & Loss, balance sheets, etc., and other functions currently performed by the filer "in-house" or contracted to other third parties.
    4. Reasonable cause may be met if a filer is located in geographically remote areas (e.g., Alaska) and has found it impossible to arrange for a magnetic media processing service. Care should be taken to review filer's documentation to ensure they were diligent in repeated attempts to contract for such service sufficiently in advance of the filing due date.
    5. If the filer received an undue economic hardship waiver in a prior year, reasonable cause related to undue economic hardship will be determined on a case by case basis and not ordinarily be established for any subsequent year.

     

  28. Also see 20.7.9.2.9 for the special abatement conditions that may require abatement of the penalty whether or not reasonable cause exists.

20.1.7.9.2  (09-30-2002)
Responsible Manner

  1. In general, a filer will have acted in a responsible manner if the filer:
    1. Exercised reasonable care to, determine its filing obligations, and handle the account numbers and balances.
    2. Took significant steps to avoid a failure, such as Requested an extension of time to file; attempted to prevent a foreseeable failure; acted to remove the cause of a failure once it had occurred, and corrected the failure promptly once the cause of the failure had been removed.

     

  2. Correction of a failure is ordinarily considered prompt if made within 30 days after:
    1. The cause of the failure is removed,
    2. The failure is discovered, or
    3. The filer's last regular submission for corrections is made (a submission is considered "regular" only if made at intervals of 30 days or less).

     

20.1.7.9.2.1  (09-30-2002)
Missing TINs

  1. In general, if the filer failed to include a TIN because the payee failed to provide the TIN, the filer will have acted in a responsible manner only by making the required solicitations.
  2. The term "solicitation" means a request to the payee to provide a TIN.
  3. The TIN will be treated as missing if it
    1. Does not contain nine digits, or
    2. Includes a mixture of digits and letters.

     

20.1.7.9.2.2  (09-30-2002)
Solicitations– Missing TINs

  1. In general, an initial solicitation and two annual solicitations are required for missing TINs.
  2. An initial solicitation must be made at the time the account is opened. The term account includes accounts, relationships, and other transactions. This requirement is considered met if the TIN is requested either orally or in writing. The request can be made by mail, telephone or other electronic means.
  3. If after the initial solicitation, the filer did not receive the TIN:
    1. A first annual solicitation must be made by December 31 of the year the account was opened (or the year the transaction occurred), if before December, or
    2. By January 31st of the following year (for accounts opened or transaction which occurred in the preceding December).

     

  4. If after the first annual solicitation, a TIN was not received:
    1. A second annual solicitation must be made by December 31 of the first year following the calendar year in which the account was opened or transaction occurred.
    2. The initial and the first annual solicitations relate to the year the account was opened or the transaction occurred.
    3. The second annual solicitation relates to the year following the year the account was opened or transaction occurred.

     

  5. Forms 1098 require an annual solicitation to the payee until a TIN is obtained.
  6. Once the payee's TIN is received, the filer must include the TIN on all information returns filed in the future.

20.1.7.9.2.3  (09-30-2002)
Incorrect TINs

  1. In general, if the filer has been notified by the Service or a broker of an incorrect TIN, they will have acted in a responsible manner only by making the required annual solicitations.
  2. The TIN will be treated as incorrect if the name/TIN combination does not match or cannot be found on the Service or SSA records.
  3. Not currently issued TINs and Name/TIN mismatch accounts are considered to be incorrect for purposes of solicitations and penalty assessments under IRC section 6724.

20.1.7.9.2.4  (09-30-2002)
Solicitations – Incorrect TINs

  1. In general, the filer is required to make an initial solicitation and no more than two annual solicitations for incorrect TINs.
  2. An initial solicitation must be made at the time the account is opened or transaction occurs. This requirement is considered met if the TIN is requested either orally or in writing. The request can be made by mail, telephone or other electronic means.
  3. If the filer is notified by the Service or broker that the TIN is incorrect:
    1. A first annual solicitation must be made by December 31 of the calendar year in which the filer has been notified, or
    2. January 31 of the following year if notified in December.
    3. The mailing of the "B" Notice under IRC section 3406(a)(1)(B) satisfies this requirement. See IRM 20.1.7.9.2.2.

     

  4. If the filer is notified by the Service or broker in any calendar year, following the first notification that the TIN is incorrect:
    1. A second annual solicitation must be made by December 31 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the filer was notified, or
    2. January 31 of the following year if notified in December.
    3. The mailing of the "B" Notice under IRC section 3406(a)(1)(B) satisfies this requirement.

      Note:

      Filers are not required to show that they backup withheld on payee accounts to satisfy the requirement for waiver of the penalty under IRC section 6724.

       

    If a filer has been notified of an incorrect name/TIN combination under IRC section 3406(a)(1)(B), the filer generally must notify the payee that the payee's account contains an incorrect TIN within 15 business days after the date of the notice from the Service or a broker.

  5. Forms 1098 require an annual solicitation to the payee until a TIN is obtained.
  6. If a corrected TIN (or name) is received, the filer must include it on all information returns filed in the future.

20.1.7.9.2.5  (09-30-2002)
Annual Solicitations

  1. An annual solicitation by mail must include:
    1. A letter stating that the payee must provide its TIN or the payee will be subject to a $50 penalty imposed by the Service,
    2. A Form W–9 or acceptable substitute form on which the payee may provide their TIN, and
    3. A return envelope.

     

  2. An annual solicitation made by telephone must:
    1. Be made in a manner that will encourage the payee to provide their TIN,
    2. Be a completed call to each person with a missing TIN and include a conversation with an adult member of the household or to an officer of the business or the organization,
    3. Include a request for the TIN of the payee, and
    4. Inform the payee that if the payee fails to furnish their TIN, the payee is subject to a $50 penalty.

     

  3. The filer must maintain concurrent records showing the solicitations were properly made, and provide concurrent records to the Service upon request.
  4. For solicitations required under IRC section 3406(a)(1)(B), see IRM 120.1.7.10.1.

20.1.7.9.2.6  (09-30-2002)
Exceptions and Limitations

  1. When an information reporting provision specifically provides the time and manner for obtaining a TIN, the solicitation requirements in IRM 20.1.7.9.2 will not apply. To act in a responsible manner, the filer should comply with the time and manner requirements for requesting the TIN under the applicable IRC section. For Example:
    1. For Forms 1099–S, the filer is only required to make an initial solicitation on or before the related real estate closing date.
    2. For Forms 1098, the filer is required to do an annual solicitation until the TIN is received.

     

  2. The penalty waiver provisions apply when:
    1. The solicitation requirements under Treas. Regs. 301.6724–1(e) or (f), or
    2. Treas. Regs. 31.3406(d)–5 are met.

     

  3. Annual solicitation is not required for a year if:
    1. Payments were not made, or
    2. A return was not required to be filed.

     

  4. If an account is closed in the same year in which a penalty notice is received for the account, the filer must do the solicitation if a payment is required to made or if the filer is otherwise required to file a return that year.
  5. To avoid making more than the required annual solicitations, filers should follow the provisions of Treas. Regs. 3406(a)(1)(B) and Reg. 31.3406(d)-5 for accounts subject to backup withholding mailing, rather than the mailing requirements for Treas. Regs. 301.6724–1(e) and (f). This would apply to Forms 1099–B, INT, DIV, OID, MISC, and PATR.
  6. If a filer fails to make one or more of the required solicitations, the filer may satisfy the solicitation requirement by:
    1. Making two consecutive annual solicitations in subsequent years, and
    2. After receiving the TIN, including it on any information return filed in the future.

     

  7. The penalty will apply to:
    1. The years the solicitation was not made, and
    2. Subsequent years until the filer has completed the make-up solicitations.

     

  8. Financial institutions are not required to make annual solicitation by mail on accounts with:
    1. Stop-mail, or
    2. Hold-mail instructions,
    3. As long as they deliver the solicitation in the same manner as they deliver the mail.
    4. In cases of window transactions, (one time transactions) as in the issuance of savings bonds.

     

  9. A filer is not required to make annual solicitations by mail on accounts where:
    1. Previous solicitations have been returned as undeliverable,
    2. Other mailings have been returned as undeliverable, and
    3. No new address has been provided to the filer.

     

  10. In general, no more than two annual solicitations are required to establish that the filer acted in a responsible manner.

20.1.7.9.2.7  (08-20-1998)
Due Diligence Safe Harbor

  1. For information returns, filers may establish reasonable cause by satisfying the requirements for due diligence 6676(b) under the Interest and Dividend Tax Compliance Act of 1983.

20.1.7.9.2.8  (08-20-1998)
TINs Special Rules

  1. For information returns which contained a missing or incorrect TIN consider reasonable cause criteria satisfied if at the time the account was opened the filer:
    1. Exercised due diligence, or
    2. fulfilled the requirements of Treas. Q/A-56 of section 35a.9999–1 (which describes the solicitation requirements under IRC section 6676(d) prior to its repeal by OBRA 89), and
    3. The TIN was requested as follows (1) according to the time and manner of the information provision under which the information return is filed, or if none then, (2) under IRC section 6109, Identifying Numbers, or (3) in a manner that would otherwise have satisfied reasonable cause criteria under IRC section 6676(a).

     

20.1.7.9.2.9  (08-20-1998)
Special Abatement Conditions

  1. Bankruptcy. An unreversed TC 520 and a Freeze code — V are used to identify a payer/filer that is in bankruptcy status. These codes will be present on the MFTRA transcripts.
    1. If the unreversed TC 520 has a transaction date of October 22, 1994 or earlier, the assessment is generally prohibited by the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1994 (The bankruptcy law supersedes the Internal Revenue Code).
    2. If there is a TC 520 and a — V freeze on the account: (1) Check directly with the Insolvency Supporting the Area. Insolvency Support will advise how to proceed. (2) The TC 520 and — V freeze must be present before a penalty abatement can be considered. However, the penalty should not be abated solely because the response states there is a bankruptcy.
    3. If there is no TC 520 and — V freeze on the account, but the payer can provide the necessary information, notify the Area Insolvency Support function. A bankrupt payer will know the bankruptcy petition date, the court where the petition was filed, and the docket number
    4. If a —Z freeze is on the account, refer the module to the Criminal Investigation Division. Do not assess the penalty.

     

  2. Banks, Trusts Companies, Savings and Loans. Penalties and collection of penalties assessed against insolvent or bankrupt banks, trust companies, or savings and loan associations may be prohibited under IRC section 7507(a). Insolvency includes:
    1. The respondent is a bank, trust company or savings and loan association, and
    2. Tthe organization is bankrupt and/or protected under IRC section 7507(a).

     

  3. If the reply to the penalty proposal or penalty notice indicates that:
    1. A failed savings and loan is under the receivership of the Resolution Trust Corporation (RTC), or
    2. A failed bank is under the receivership of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), refer the case to the Examination Classification Specialist for your service. The reply from RTC/FDIC may be received in response to either the penalty proposal notice or after the assessment is made. (Also see (5) below.)
    3. If Exam decides that the penalty should be waived, they will refer the case back to the penalty unit to close out the case (or proposal) or to abate the penalty.
    4. If the penalty will be sustained, Exam will return the case to the penalty unit to input the adjustment (or proposals) and/or correspond with RTC/FDIC. Exam will provide language to explain to RTC/FDIC why the penalty is not being abated.
    5. Exam will notify the penalty unit of their decision to abate or not abate within 10 working days. If not, the penalty unit will follow-up with the designated classification specialist.
    6. If a penalty proposal notice with RTC/FDIC shown is the entity was referred to Exam before being mailed, the response from Exam will indicate whether or not the campus should mail the proposal notice or close the case with no further action.

     

  4. For imputed interest, see LEM 20.1.7.9.5.
  5. For state agencies, see LEM 20.1.7.9.5.
  6. If the taxpayer's response indicates that the information returns reported liquidation dividends (Form 1099–DIV), abate or do not assess the penalty or the applicable portion that applies to the liquidation distribution.
  7. IRC section 404(k) dividend distributions, reported on Form 1099–DIV, are not subject to penalties under IRC section 6721, 6722, or 6723. These dividends are not true dividend distributions reportable under IRC section 6042, but are Employee Stock Ownership Plan distributions reportable under IRC section 6047, and therefore are subject to penalties under IRC section 6652(e). The Service has allowed the filing community to report ESOP distributions on Form 1099–DIV.
  8. For multiple payee documents to an individual payee, see LEM 20.1.7.9.2.9.
  9. For magnetic media penalties resulting from corporate mergers , see LEM 20.1.79.2.9.
  10. If a filer is penalized for returns not required to be filed by law, the penalty must be reduced by the number of returns not required to be filed. The filing requirements for all returns are listed in Exhibit 20.1.7–4.
  11. These returns are being dropped systematically for the paper returns processed through OCR and for magnetic media filed returns. However, for DIS input returns, the returns must be counted manually to determine how many meet the penalty criteria, therefore, it is possible for some errors to occur by counting returns that should be deleted from the count based on the dollar amount.
    1. DIS returns can be identified by the presence of a campus code in the first two positions of the DLN.
    2. If the filer states that the returns were not required to be filed by law (based on the dollar amount), examine the PMF transcript for evidence of the DIS input returns before making a determination.
    3. If DIS input is verified, abate the applicable portion of the penalty. For example, if the filer submits 100 Forms 1099–INT late and indicates in the reply that 10 were not required to be filed, reduce the penalty by 10 times applicable penalty amount.

     

  12. If all returns on the PMF transcript were filed on magnetic or electronic media or OCR processed (first two positions of the DLN are other than the campus code), send letter 1948C and advise the filer that returns not required to be filed were deducted before we calculated the penalty.
  13. If the filer claims that returns are not required to be filed by law for other reasons, check Exhibit 20.1.7–4 for exception. Additional exceptions to the filing requirements are shown in the Instructions to filers of Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G.
  14. The penalty may be waived for a limited number of incorrect TINS if the TIN is incorrect due to a clerical or processing error and the following conditions are met:
    1. The filer must show that he acted in a responsible manner by requesting the TIN from the payee,
    2. An inadvertent processing or clerical error occurred in preparing the data, which caused the wrong name or TIN to be filed on the information return.
    3. Also see LEM 20.1.7.9.2.9 for unprocessable returns.

     

20.1.7.9.2.10  (08-20-1998)
Transitional Rules

  1. For returns required to be filed or payee statements required to be furnished after December 31, 1989, and on or before April 22, 1991, (tax year 1989 and 1990) consider reasonable cause criteria satisfied, if the filer would have satisfied reasonable cause under the applicable IRC sections 6721, 6722, or 6723 and related regulations that were required prior to OBRA '89.

20.1.7.9.2.11  (08-20-1998)
Civil Penalties Statute of Limitations

  1. No statute of Limitations applies to unfiled returns. Penalties may be assessed at any time. See IRC section 6501 (c)(3).
  2. For missing or incorrect information on a filed information return, the penalties must be assessed within 3 years after the due date of the return or the date filed, whichever is later. See IRC section 6501 (a).

20.1.7.10  (09-30-2002)
Backup Withholding (BUWH) IRC Section (3406(a)(1)(B))

  1. Under IRC section 3406(a)(1)(B), filers who receive a notification from the Service that a TIN is incorrect (or not currently issued) are required to send a backup withholding or "B" notice to payees.
  2. Notices CP 2100 or 2100A mailed to filers serve as notification from the Service of the requirement to send a " B" notice. The date of the CP 2100/2100A is considered the date of the official "B" notice.
  3. Notices CP 2100 and 2100A also contain payee records filed with missing TINs. Filers are not required to mail a " B" notice for missing TINs. However, they should use the listing to verify that they are already backup withholding on these accounts. The filer should request the TIN from the payee if it has not been requested previously. Backup withholding must continue until the TIN is received.
  4. This program applies only to Forms 1099 "B" , INT, DIV, OID, PATR and MISC filed for tax year 1989 or later. See Exhibit 20.1.7–5 for an explanation of the TIN validity process used to determine whether a TIN is incorrect.
  5. Notices are usually mailed to filers in October of each year. A "second pass" mailing is made in the subsequent calendar year, after late filed, previously unpostable or unprocessable returns have been processed. The second mailing normally takes place in March.
  6. The actions that the filer and payees must take upon notification of an incorrect TIN is determined by whether the notice is the first or second notification of an incorrect TIN for the same payee received within three calendar years. The CP 2100/2100A is generic and any mailing could include payee records for the first or second notification. It is the responsibility of the filer to track the status of accounts.
  7. When a filer receives a first notification of an incorrect TIN:
    1. The filer must send a copy of the first " B" notice, a Form W–9, Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification, or an acceptable substitute and an optional reply envelope to the payee within 15 business days of the date of the notice or the date the CP 2100/2100A is received (whichever is later). The outer envelope must be clearly marked "Important Tax Information Enclosed" or "Important Tax Return Document Enclosed."
    2. Payees are required to respond within 30 calendar days.
    3. Filers who do not receive a newly signed Form W–9 from the payee within 30 calendar days of the date of the " B" notice must begin backup withholding.

     

  8. If a filer receives a second notification of an incorrect TIN for the same payee within three calendar years:
    1. The filer must send a copy of the second " B" notice and an optional reply envelope to the payee within 15 business days of the date of the notice or the date the CP 2100/2100A is received (whichever is later). The outer envelope must be clearly marked "Important Tax Information Enclosed" or "Important Tax Return Document Enclosed."
    2. The payee must request verification of its TIN from SSA (for SSNs) or the Service (for EINs).
    3. Filers who do not receive verification from SSA Form 7028, or Service Letter 147C from the payee within 30 business days after the date of the second notice must begin backup withholding. The filer also has the option of beginning backup withholding on reportable payments immediately upon receipt of the second notification. Backup withholding must continue until the requested verification is received and must be stopped within 30 calendar days after the verification is received..

     

  9. Filers must compare the listings of incorrect and/or not currently issued TINs received from the Service with their records to determine if the name/TIN combination included on the listings agrees or disagrees with their records.
  10. In general, if an account number is provided on the listing, the filer only needs to identify the account(s) with that corresponding number or designation that has the same name/TIN combination. If no account number is provided, the filer must use reasonable care to identify all accounts that relate to the same incorrect name/TIN combination.
  11. If the name/TIN combination on the listing agrees with their records, the filer must send the appropriate "B" notice.
  12. If the name/TIN combination on the listing disagrees with its records, the filer must determine whether:
    1. The mismatch was due to an error in their submission (when filing the information return). If so, the filer must correct its records and include the correct information on any future information returns they file. A "B" notice is not required.
    2. The information in their records has changed since filing the information return. If so, the filer must include that information on any future information returns they file. A "B" notice is not required, or
    3. The Service changed the information during processing. If so, the filer should notate their records and take no further action. A "B" notice is not required.

     

  13. When backup withholding is required, filers must withhold 30 percent of the reportable payment.
  14. Filers must remit backup withholding using Form 8109, FTD Deposit Coupon, in each appropriate quarter and report those amounts annually on Form 945, Annual Return of Withheld Federal Income Tax. They must have an Employer Identification Number (EIN) to file both forms. An EIN can be obtained by calling the TELETIN number found on the back of Form SS–4, Application for Employer I.D. Number.

20.1.7.10.1  (09-30-2002)
Processing CP 2100/2100A Notices

  1. Campuses will electronically receive tapes which will create CP 2100/2100A Notices followed by listings of Forms 1099–B, –DIV, –INT, –MISC, –OID, and –PATR filed with missing, incorrect, and/or not currently issued TINs. NOTE—This program is not part of the 972CG process.
    1. The CP 2100A Notice will be mailed to payers whose listings total 50 or fewer information returns.
    2. The CP 2100 Notice will be mailed to payers whose listings total between 51 and 250 information returns.
    3. MCC will mail the CP 2100 Notice with tape listings of missing, incorrect, and/or not currently issued TINs to payers whose listings include 251 or more information returns.

     

  2. Campuses must retain the tape reels for 90 days after the date of the notice. This will ensure that they are available for recreate requests from filers.
  3. A separate tape will create a control listing of the filers, paper and tape, who will receive a notice. This listing will include the filer's TIN (EIN or SSN), name, address, (street, city, state and zip code), account access key, sequential number, and transmittal number, and tape/paper indicator. Mail labels will also be generated.
  4. Headquarters will notify each campus of the actual date that the tape files will be transmitted.

20.1.7.10.2  (09-30-2002)
Mailing CP2100/CP2100A Notices

  1. Produce the CP 2100/2100A's and the accompanying listing and mail them to the filer.
  2. Each campus should ensure that they have the capability of providing a duplicate notice and listing.
  3. A complete package from the campus should contain:
    1. The CP 2100/2100A Notice (2 copies), and
    2. The listing of missing, incorrect, or not currently issued TINs.

     

  4. A complete package from MCC should contain:
    1. The CP 2100 Notice (2 copies), and
    2. The magnetic tape listing of missing, incorrect or not currently issued TINs, and
    3. Publication 1281.

     

  5. The notice and listing(s) should be mailed in an E–178 envelope as appropriate.
  6. Ensure that a garbled data review is performed.
  7. Misrouted mail: If a filer contacts the campus indicating that they have erroneously received a CP2100/2100A Notice for another filer, apologize and advise them to immediately return the notice to a designated contact person.

    Note:

    The campus should establish a designated contact person to expedite the return of misrouted mail. When received, mail the notice to the correct filer and complete the required local disclosure procedures.

     

20.1.7.10.3  (09-30-2002)
Responses (CP2100/2100A Notices)

  1. The campus may receive correspondence and/or documentation concerning CP2100/2100A Notices, even though filers are not required to respond back to the Service.
    1. If the filer's response indicates that they do not understand why they received a CP 2100/2100A Notice, provide a brief explanation and refer them to Publication 1281, Publication 1679, or to the Information Reporting Program (IRP) Centralized Customer Service Sitein Martinsburg, WV. (The telephone number is referenced in both publications as well as on the CP 2100/2100A.)
    2. If the filer has submitted original Forms W–8, Certificate of Foreign Status, Form W–9, Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification, or Form 4669, Employee Wage Statement, return them to the filer and advise the filer that the forms should be retained for their records. If copies of these forms are received from the filer, they do not have to be returned and, therefore, may be destroyed.
    3. If a filer submits examples of garbled data, apologize for the inconvenience and advise that no action is necessary. A " B" notice should not be sent to the payee.
    4. Filers are not required to file corrections for missing or incorrect names and TINs. Therefore, filers who contact the Service concerning the need to submit a correction for a missing or incorrect name or TIN in response to a CP2100/2100A notice should be advised that they are not required to submit corrections.
    5. Filers should be advised to update their records and reflect the correct information on any returns filed in the future. This also applies if the filer questions whether it's necessary to submit name/TIN corrections for other prior year returns related or unrelated to a CP 2100/2100A notice.
    6. However, filers who contact the Service concerning the need to submit corrections for name/TIN errors for returns filed for a current processing year return, may be encouraged to submit a correction if the contact is made on or before August 1 of the filing year.
    7. Filing the correction by August 1 would reduce the applicable information return penalty if the filer is not able to establish reasonable cause to have the penalty waived.
    8. If the contact is made after August 1, filers may be encouraged to submit the correction since this would allow the Service to update the payee's record during the processing year, but, the filer should be informed that filing the correction will not reduce the applicable $50 penalty. However, the penalty will be waived if filer is able to establish reasonable cause for filing the return with the missing or incorrect TIN.
    9. Filers are required to continue to submit corrections for other types of errors (other than names and TINs). If the filer is required to make a correction and there is also a name/TIN error on the same return, the filer should be advised to correct all information when submitting the return. Route corrected returns (current or prior year) to the Receipt and Control function for processing according to the guidelines in IRM 3(10)80.
    10. Occasionally, a filer will receive notification of missing, incorrect, and not currently issued TINs with a CP2100/2100A Notice when they have previously filed corrections. Due to processing cut-offs for the BUWH program, some corrections may not be taken into consideration for the first mailing of the CP2100/2100A's. The filer is not required to take any action provided their records have been updated.
    11. There is no requirement to backup withhold on exempt recipients. Refer to the Form W–9 instructions for the exceptions to backup withholding.
    12. Backup withholding is not required on nonresident aliens provided the filer has on file the proper certified documentation (i.e., Form W–8 series).
    13. A partnership may obtain credit for backup withholding shown on Form 1099 by placing that amount on Schedule K, line 13a of the Form 1065, and then carrying the amount through to each partner on Schedule K–1. Line 13a is then claimed as a credit on the individual Form 1040.
    14. Filers are not required to wait 30 business days following receipt of the CP 2100/2100A Notice to begin backup withholding; they may elect to impose backup withholding at any time after receipt of the CP 2100/2100A Notice.
    15. If a payee requests a copy of Form SSA–7028, inform them that the document is an SSA form and that SSA will mail it directly to the filer after the required research has been completed. If SSA makes a change because of the information submitted to them by the payee on Form SS–5, Application for a Social Security Number Card (Original, Replacement or Correction), a new Social Security Card will be mailed to the payee.
    16. If Form 941C, Statement to Correct Information Previously Reported on Employers Tax Return, is received from a filer who has an EIN, Form 941 filing requirements, and a previously filed Form 941 for the quarter specified, the form should be routed to BMF adjustments for resolution.

     

20.1.7.10.4  (09-30-2002)
Undeliverable Notice

  1. Research for a different address using IDRS. If one is found, remail the notice.
  2. Do not change the original date on the undeliverable notice. Filers will have 15 business days from the date of receipt to complete all "B" notice mailings.
  3. If no other address is found, file the undeliverable notice, listing, and original envelope with the printed file copy and destroy 90 days after the notice date.

20.1.7.10.5  (09-30-2002)
Recreating Notices

  1. Filers may contact either a campus or the IRP Centralized Customer Service Site to request recreates (copies) of CP 2100/2100A Notices. These requests may be received at any time after the initial mailing of each notice.
  2. The retention period for CP 2100/2100A Notices is four years from the original notice date. However, the procedures for filing requests for recreated notices differ for paper notices and tape notices, and are based on when a request is received.
  3. For paper notices:
    1. Campus are required to retain the tapes used to create CP 2100/2100A Notices for at least 90 days from the notice date. If a campus uses the method described in section 2a below, the printed file copy must also be retained for the 90-day period. Note — this program is not part of the 972CG process.
    2. Campus will fill all requests received for paper listings of missing and/or incorrect TINs within the 90 day period by: Retaining a printed file copy of the CP 2100/2100A Notice(s) and listing(s) mailed. Photocopying the file copy and mailing it to the filer, or Printing a CP 2100/2100A Notice and the accompanying listing(s) from the tapes using the " Control D" Method (restore or load the file, go into Control D, and use the find command to locate the TIN). Mail the recreate to the filer. NOTE — This program is not part of the 972CG process.
    3. After the 90-day period, Headquarters Office, Information Technology (IT) will fill recreate requests. Requests received by campus must be routed through the IRP Centralized Customer Service Siteto Headquarters Office IS. A contact sheet will be used for this purpose.

     

  4. For tape notices:
    1. The IRP Centralized Customer Service Site will fill all requests received for tape listings of missing and/or incorrect TINs within the four-year retention period (i.e., 4 years from the original CP 2100/2100A Notice date).
    2. Requests for tape recreates received by campus must be routed, through the Management Support Branch analyst, to the IRP Centralized Customer Service Site.

     

Exhibit 20.1.7-1  (08-20-1998)
500 Series Reference Numbers

         
Reference numbers 500 through 514 are used for penalties assessed after December 31, 1989. These reference numbers are also used for penalty proposal notices (beginning with tax year 1992).
         
  (1) Reference numbers 500—514:
         
      (a) will be used for tax years 1989 and subsequent by the IRP Program and apply to penalties assessed under IRC section 6721.
         
      (b) an explanation for each reference number is also contained on Notice 925.
         
  (2) Reference numbers 52X—53X are reserved
         
  Reference Description
  Number  
         
  500 Late Filing Penalty
         
        A penalty is charged for each Form 1098, 1099, W–2G, or W–2 that was not correctly and timely filed. IRC section 6721
         
  501 Magnetic Media Penalty
         
        A penalty is charged for each Form 1098, 1099, W–2G, or W–2 (over 250 forms of each type) not filed either electronically or by magnetic media as required by IRC section 6011(e)(2)(A). IRC section 6721
         
  502 Missing or Incorrect TIN Penalty
         
        A penalty is charged for each Form 1098, 1099, W–2G, or W–2 submitted with missing or incorrect TINs. IRC section 6721
         
  503 Improper Format Penalty
         
        A penalty is charged for each Form 1098, 1099, W–2G, or W–2 submitted in an improper format as provided for in either the IRC, Treas. Regs, or SSA procedures. IRC section 6721
         
  504 Late and Magnetic Media Penalty
         
        A penalty is charged for each Form 1098, 1099, W–2G, or W–2 that was not filed:
        ♦ correctly and timely, and
        ♦ either electronically or by magnetic media. (over 250 forms) IRC section 6721
         
  505 Late and Missing or Incorrect TIN Penalty
         
        A penalty is charged for each Form 1098, 1099, W–2G, or W–2 that was:
        ♦ not correctly and timely filed, and
        ♦ submitted with a missing or incorrect TIN. IRC section 6721
         
  506 Late and Improper Format Penalty
         
        A penalty is charged for each Form 1098, 1099, W–2G, or W–2 that was not:
        ♦ correctly and timely filed, and
        ♦ submitted in the proper format as provided for in either the IRC, Treas. Regs., or SSA procedures. IRC section 6721
         
  507 Magnetic Media and Missing or Incorrect TIN Penalty
         
        A penalty is charged for each Form 1098, 1099, W–2G, or W–2 that was:
        ♦ not filed either electronically or by magnetic media, (over 250 forms) and
        ♦ filed with missing or incorrect TINs. IRC section 6721
         
  508 Magnetic Media and Improper Format Penalty
         
        A penalty is charged for each Form 1098, 1099, W–2G, or W–2 that was not:
        ♦ filed either electronically or by magnetic media (over 250 forms of each type) and
        ♦ submitted in the proper format as provided for in either the IRC, Treas. Regs., or SSA procedures. IRC section 6721
         
  509 Missing or Incorrect TIN and Improper Format Penalty
         
        A penalty is charged for each Form 1098, 1099, W–2G, or W–2 that was filed:
        ♦ with a missing or incorrect TIN, and
        ♦ in an improper format as provided for in either the IRC, Treas. Regs., or SSA procedures. IRC section 6721
         
  510 Late, Magnetic Media, and Missing or Incorrect TIN Penalty
         
        A penalty is charged for each Form 1098, 1099, W–2G, or W–2 that was:
        ♦ not correctly and timely filed,
        ♦ not filed either electronically or by magnetic media (over 250 forms of each type) as required by IRC section 6011(e)(2)(A), and
        ♦ filed with missing or incorrect TINs. IRC section 6721
         
  511 Late, Magnetic Media, and Improper Format Penalty
        A penalty is charged for each Form 1098, 1099, W–2G, or W–2 that was not:
        ♦ correctly and timely filed,
        ♦ filed either electronically or by magnetic media (after the first 250 forms of each type) required by IRC section 6011(e)(2)(A), and
        ♦ submitted in the proper format as provided for in either the IRC, Treas. Regs., or SSA procedures. IRC section 6721
         
  512 Late, Missing or Incorrect TIN, and Improper Format Penalty
         
        A penalty is charged for each Form 1098, 1099, W–2G, or W–2 that was:
        ♦ not correctly and timely filed,
        ♦ filed with missing or incorrect TINs, and
        ♦ not submitted in the proper format as provided for in either the IRC, Treas. Regs., or SSA procedures. IRC section 6721
         
  513 Magnetic Media, Missing or Incorrect TIN, and Improper Format Penalty
         
        A penalty is charged for each Form 1098, 1099, W–2G, or W–2 that was:
        ♦ not filed either electronically or using magnetic media (over 250 forms of each type),
        ♦ filed with missing or incorrect TINs, and
        ♦ not submitted in the proper format as provided for in either the IRC, Treas. Regs., or SSA procedures. IRC section 6721
         
  514 Late, Magnetic Media, Missing or Incorrect TIN, and Improper Format Penalty
         
        A penalty is charged for each Form 1098, 1099, W–2G, or W–2 that was:
        ♦ not correctly and timely filed,
        ♦ not filed either electronically or using magnetic media (over 250 forms of each type),
        ♦ filed with missing or incorrect TINs, and
        ♦ not submitted in the proper format as provided for in either the IRC, Treas. Regs., or SSA procedures. IRC section 6721
         
CAWR        
         
  549 Failure to File Form W–2
         
        ♦ A penalty is charged for each Form W–2 that was not filed as required by IRC section 6051.
         
  550 Late Filing Penalty Form W–2
         
        ♦ A penalty is charged for each Form W–2 that was filed after the due date as required by IRC section 6051.

Exhibit 20.1.7-2  (08-20-1998)
600 Series Reference Numbers

(1) Three digit reference numbers in the 600 series are assessed/abated on MFT 13 or 55 and are the result of an action taken by a compliance function with access to the taxpayer's records.
     
(2) Reconsideration criteria should be applied to requests for abatement of a 600 series penalty reference number.
     
(3) The following 600 series reference codes are used for 1989 and subsequent tax years.
     
Reference Description
Number  
    IRC section 6721
    Failure to File an Information Return
     
600   A penalty is charged for each information return that was not:
    ♦ filed timely,
    ♦ filed accurately showing correct and complete information, or
    ♦ filed in the correct format (i.e. paper, mag-media or other machine readable form).
     
651   Failure to file Form 8300 reporting cash transactions greater than $10,000.
     
652   Intentional Disregard of the requirement to file Form 8300 reporting cash transactions greater than $10,000.
     
    IRC section 6722
    Failure to Provide a Payee Statement
     
612   A penalty is charged for each payee statement that:
    ♦ was not furnished on or before the due date to the person to whom the statement is due;
    ♦ did not provide all the required information, or,
    ♦ did not furnish correct information.
     
653   Failure to provide a written statement to each person named on the Form 8300.
     
654   Intentional Disregard of the requirement to provide a written statement to each person named on the Form 8300.
     
    IRC section 6723
    Failure to Comply With Other Information Reporting Requirements
     
621   A penalty is charged for the failure to comply with "Other Information Reporting Requirements"
IRC Code Section 6722
     
674   IRC section 6723
     
    Failure to provide a notice of exchange of partnership interest (6050K(c)(1)).

Exhibit 20.1.7-3  (08-20-1998)
PMF Civil Penalty Transcript

     
1. Entity Information.
     
2. Linked—Indicated a match between the IMF/BMF entities and the PMF entities.
     
3. Filing History:
  a. Indicates if Information Returns were filed in the tax year.
  b. Penalty indicator codes
     
4. Submission Record:
  a. Original transmitted—Paper or magnetic media.
  b. Amended transmitted—Paper or magnetic media.
  c. Replace transmitted magnetic media only.
  d. Number of documents subject to a penalty.
  e. Received date for late filing.
  f. DLN of the Form 1096, MSN of Form W–3.
  g. Total money amount and withholding reported on forms filed.
     
5. Summary:
  a. Total original, amended, replace documents submitted.
  b. Number of documents subject to penalty.
  c. Total amount reported.
  d. Backup withholding.
  e. Waiver and extensions granted.
  f. Summary of penalties by return type.
  g. Dollar amount of penalty assessed.

Exhibit 20.1.7-4  (08-20-1998)
Information Return Filing Requirements

This image is too large to be displayed in the current screen. Please click the link to view the image.
This image is too large to be displayed in the current screen. Please click the link to view the image.

Exhibit 20.1.7-5  (08-20-1998)
TIN Validation

   
   The TIN Validation process compares the taxpayer identification number (TIN) and name control (the first four characters of a surname or first four characters of the first significant word in a non-individual's title) against certain IRS or Social Security Administration (SSA) files.
   
  • The NAP–1 file, a number bank which contains all social security numbers (SSNs) ever issued and all of the name controls ever associated with those SSNs.
   
  • The weekly accretion file, a weekly update to the NAP–1 received by SSA.
   
  • The EIN/Name Control file, a file created and maintained by the Service which contains all employer identification numbers (EINs) and the name controls associated with them.
   
  The matching process:
   
  • The Service attempts to match each name and TIN combination provided on all information returns against the three files listed above.
   
  • The first attempt is made against the NAP–1 file. If no match is found, an attempt is made against the EIN/Name Control file.
   
  • If the TIN matches, an attempt to match the name control provided is made.
   
  • If the name control is not provided, an attempt to develop name controls is made by creating name controls from each word separated by space on each name line. Both name lines 1 and 2 are read, totaling 80 characters, 40 characters for each name line.
   
  • Extract matches are attempted first, followed by proximal matches.
   
   Extract matches occur when the name/TIN combination provided on the information return exactly matches the name/TIN combination on either file. This applies to both SSNs and EINs.
   
   Proximal matches allow for transposition of the second and third characters of the name control provided. NOTE: THIS APPLIES TO SSNs ONLY.

20.1.8.1  (07-05-2000)
Introduction

  1. This Section covers the penalty provisions of the Internal Revenue Code (IRC) that apply to Employee Plans (EP) and Exempt Organizations (EO).
  2. Decisions on penalty issues are to be guided by the applicable statutes, regulations, and procedural instructions issued by the Service. All employees should keep in mind the objectives in this handbook and the Penalty Policy Statement P–1–18 when handling each penalty case.
  3. Other civil penalties that are common to EP/EO returns are discussed in the following Sections of IRM 20.1:
    1. Failure to File and Failure to Pay, IRM 20.1.2
    2. Estimated Tax Penalty, IRM 20.1.3
    3. Failure to Deposit, IRM 20.1.4
    4. Return Related Penalties, IRM 20.1.5
    5. Return Preparer Penalties, IRM 20.1.6
    6. Information Return Penalties, IRM 20.1.7.

     

20.1.8.1.1  (07-05-2000)
Failure to File and Failure to Pay

  1. When a delinquent income or excise tax return is received from an entity during an examination, the EP/EO employee will determine whether the failure to file and/or failure to pay penalties under IRC section 6651(a)(1) and (2) should be asserted. See IRM 20.1.2, Failure to File/Failure to Pay. The excise tax returns required to be filed in connection with employee plans and exempt organizations are:
    • Form 5330, Return of Initial Excise Taxes Related to Employee Benefit Plans
    • Form 4720, Return of Certain Excise Taxes on Charities and Other Persons Under Chapter 41 and 42 of the IRC.

     

  2. The income tax returns required of certain exempt organizations and trusts are:
    • Form 990C, Farmer's Cooperative Association Income Tax Return
    • Form 990PF, Return of Private Foundation or Section 4947(a)(1) Trust Treated as a Private Foundation
    • Form 990T, Exempt Organization Business Income Tax Return
    • Form 1041, U.S. Income Tax Return for Estates and Trusts
    • Form 1120POL, U.S. Income Tax Return for Certain Political Organizations.

     

  3. If any portion of the tax is subject to a penalty under IRC section 6663, Fraud, that same portion of tax cannot be subject to a penalty under IRC section 6651, Failure to File Tax Return or Pay Tax. See IRM 20.1 5.

20.1.8.1.2  (07-05-2000)
IRC section 6662(f)—Accuracy-Related Penalty—Substantial Understatement of Pension Liabilities

  1. IRC section 6662(a) imposes a penalty on a taxpayer equal to 20 percent of any income tax underpayment attributable to deductions for employer contributions to a defined benefit plan or retirement annuity plan where such deductions are based on a substantial overstatement of liabilities under the plan.

20.1.8.1.2.1  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Assertion

  1. In general, there is an overstatement of pension liabilities if the actuarial determination of pension liabilities taken into account for deduction purposes, under IRC section 404(a)(1) or (2), exceeds the amount determined to be the correct amount of such liability. Examples of when an overstatement of pension liabilities may occur:
    1. When the valuation of such liabilities is based on unreasonable actuarial assumptions or methods that accelerate deductions either in a manner that is inconsistent with the regulations under IRC section 412, relating to acceptable funding methods, or by taking into account benefits in excess of those permitted under IRC section 415.
    2. When the Service has determined that deductions are to be disallowed because liabilities are overstated for other reasons based on the facts and circumstances.

     

  2. A substantial overstatement occurs when the actuarial determination of the liabilities taken into account for purposes of computing the deduction under IRC section 404(a)(1) or (2) is 200 percent or more of the amount determined to be the correct amount.
  3. Due Date. This is an accuracy related penalty, and as such there is no due date.
  4. Penalty Computation. The penalty under IRC section 6662(a) is computed by multiplying the underpayment of tax attributable to the substantial overstatement of pension liabilities by 200 percent. No penalty is imposed unless the portion of the underpayment for the taxable year attributable to the substantial overstatement of pension liabilities exceeds $1,000.
  5. The penalty under IRC section 6662(a) by reason of any substantial overstatement of pension liabilities is identified by the EP specialist.

20.1.8.1.2.2  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Relief

  1. IRC section 6664(c) provides for non-assertion of the penalty with respect to any portion of the underpayment if it is shown that there was a reasonable cause for such portion and the taxpayer acted in good faith with respect to such portion.
  2. See IRM 20.1.1.3 for a discussion of penalty relief.

20.1.8.1.3  (07-05-2000)
How to Assess and Abate—EP Procedures

  1. Penalties on Employee Benefit Plan forms are assessed on Non-Master File.
    To assess penalties... The EP specialist must complete...
       
    associated with income tax forms Form 5734, Non-Master File Assessment Voucher. Form 5734 and the case file (source documents) will be sorted by MFT code and forwarded to the service center Receipt and Control function on Form 3210, Document Transmittal.
       
    NOT associated with an income tax return Form 8278, Computation and Assessment of Miscellaneous Penalties.

     

20.1.8.1.3.1  (07-05-2000)
TE/GE Processing Procedures

  1. Penalties under this Chapter (except for the IRC section 6684 penalty) may be assessed without issuing a statutory notice of deficiency that is required for Chapter 41, 42 or 43 tax.
  2. Generally, the statute of limitations for assessment of these penalties will be the same as the statute for the return or statement to which the penalties relate. Some penalties such as the IRC section 6710 penalty do not relate to a return. These penalties should be assessed as soon as possible even though it appears they do not have a statute of limitations.
  3. Taxpayers who disagree with the assertion of a penalty are entitled to a post-assessment appeal under the provisions of Regs. 601.106(a)(1)(iv). The EP/EO specialist should advise the taxpayer of this right and explain the appeal may be filed prior to payment. For additional information on appealing penalties, see IRM 20.1.4.
  4. Penalties should not be assessed if the total amount of tax and penalty is less than the amount specified in Part 4 of the LEM.
  5. If a penalty is to be assessed using Non-Master File (NMF) procedures against a person (manager) or an organization (such as in an IRC section 6710 case) the EP/EO specialist will:
    1. Complete all blocks (except for the Document Locator Number (DLN) and the computation of interest) on the Form 5734 (Non-Master File Assessment Voucher). The Abstract Number can be found in the ADP and IDRS Information Book (Document 6209).
    2. Prepare a penalty case file to transmit Form 5734. Attach Form 3198 (Special Handling Notice) to the outside of the folder and annotate "Civil Penalty Assessment" . Include in the file any source documents providing the basis for the penalty assessment. Then forward the file to TE/GE-Special Procedures function (TE/GE-Special Processing Function) with instructions to assess the penalties immediately.
    3. If multiple penalties are being assessed, separate penalty files are required. If the penalty file is related to an unagreed issue and the specialist separates the file, the Form 3198 should state the fact of and reason for the separation.

     

  6. If the case involves a NMF account (which is possible in an IRC section 6684 case) which is open on AIMS, the EP/EO specialist will provide the penalty information to TE/GE-Special Processing Function for preparation of Form 2859 (Request for Quick Assessment). Enter the penalty amount in Item 35 of Form 5599, EO Examined Closing Record.
  7. If the penalty is to be assessed through the Business-Master File (BMF), the EP/EO specialist will process the case as follows:
    1. Complete Form 5599.
    2. If a subsequent year delinquent return is secured and a failure to file penalty applies, prepare Form 3198 (Special Handling Notice) to request the assessment.
    3. Forward Form 3198 along with the delinquency return package to the TE/GE-SP. Include in Item 34 of Form 5599 the amount of the penalty.

     

20.1.8.1.3.2  (07-05-2000)
Service Center Procedures (Reserved)

  1. This subsection is reserved.

20.1.8.1.4  (07-05-2000)
Section Outline

  1. The following penalties are discussed in IRM 20.1.8.2, Exempt Organizations and Certain Trusts:
    • IRC section 6652(c)
    • IRC section 6684
    • IRC section 6685
    • IRC section 6710
    • IRC section 6711
    • IRC section 6714.

     

  2. The following penalties are discussed in IRM 20.1.8.3, Employee Plans:
    • IRC section 6652(d)
    • IRC section 6652(e)
    • IRC section 6652(h)
    • IRC section 6652(i)
    • IRC section 6690
    • IRC section 6692
    • IRC section 6693
    • IRC section 6704

     

20.1.8.2  (07-05-2000)
Exempt Organizations and Certain Trusts

  1. Organizations which are exempt from federal income tax are organized and operated for one or more of the purposes designated in IRC section 501. Examples include the following types of organizations:
    • charitable
    • religious
    • scientific
    • educational
    • political
    • social
    • business

     

  2. Exempt Organizations under IRC sections 6033 and 6043(b) are required to file:
    1. Form 990, Return of Organization Exempt from Income Tax
    2. Form 990BL, Information and Initial Excise Tax Return for Black Lung Benefit Trusts & Certain Related Person
    3. Form 990PF, Return of Private Foundation or IRC section 4947(a)(1) Trust Treated as a Private Foundation.

     

  3. Certain Trusts under IRC section 6034 are required to file Form 1041A, U.S. Information Return Trust Accumulation of Charitable Amounts.

20.1.8.2.1  (07-05-2000)
Failure to File Certain Information Returns—IRC section 6652(c)(2)

  1. IRC section 6652(c) was added by Public law 91-172 and became effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1969.
  2. Public Law 104-168 amended IRC section 6652(c) for tax years ending on or after July 30, 1996.

20.1.8.2.1.1  (07-05-2000)
Returns by Exempt Organizations—IRC section 6652(c)(1)

  1. IRC section 6652(c)(1)(A) — Penalty Imposed on the Organization.
    1. IRC section 6033 and 6043(b) require exempt organizations to file returns, and IRC section 6034 requires certain trusts to file returns on the date and in the manner prescribed. IRC section 6652(c)(1) and (2) impose a penalty on organizations failing to meet the requirements of IRC section 6033, 6034 and 6043(b).
    2. IRC section 6652(c)(1)(A) imposes a penalty on exempt organizations required to file returns under IRC section 6033 of $20 for each day, for tax years ending on or after July 30, 1996, during which a failure to file continues (determined with regard to extensions) or for a failure to include any of the information required to be shown on a return filed under IRC section 6033 or to show the correct information. The penalty is not to exceed $10,000 (for tax years ending on or after July 30, 1996) or 5 percent of the gross receipts of the organization for the year, whichever is less. (For tax years ending prior to July 30, 1996, the penalty rate is $10 per day with a maximum of $5,000 or 5 percent of gross receipts.)
    3. IRC section 6652(c)(1)(A) imposes a penalty on an organization having gross receipts exceeding $1,000,000 for any year, with respect to the return required under IRC section 6033 for such year, of $100 per day with the maximum penalty of $50,000 per return. This applies to tax years ending on or after July 30, 1996.

     

  2. IRC section 6652(c)(1)(B) — Penalty Imposed on the Manager or Person Failing to Comply.
    1. IRC section 6652(c)(1)(B) requires organization manager(s) to file returns required under IRC section 6033 after the Secretary has made demand for filing under that provision.
    2. A penalty of $10 is charged for each day after the expiration of the time specified in the written demand during which such failure continues.
    3. The maximum penalty imposed under this section on all persons for failure to file any one return is limited to $5,000.

     

  3. IRC section 6652(c)(1)(C) & (D) — Public Disclosure Requirements of Tax Exempt Organizations
    1. IRC section 6104(d), as amended by Public Law 105-277, provides the public disclosure requirements for tax-exempt organizations described in IRC section 501(c) or (d) and private foundations. On April 9, 1999, the Service issued regulations under IRC section 6104(d) (Regulations 301.6104(d)-3, -4 and -5) applicable to tax-exempt organizations, other than private foundations. On January 13, 2000, the Service amended these regulations to make them applicable to private foundations. IRC section 6104(d), as amended, became effective for tax-exempt organizations, other than private foundations, on June 8, 1999, and for private foundations on March 13, 2000.
    2. IRC section 6104(d)(3) describes the types of information not required to be disclosed under IRC section 6104(d).
    3. In addition to the requirement that an organization make a copy of the annual return and application for recognition of tax exempt status available for inspection, an organization, except as provided in IRC section 6104(d)(4), must provide a copy of its annual return and application, if requested.
    4. IRC section 6104(d)(4) provides that there are limitations on the requirement to provide copies of returns or an application to a requester. An organization is not required to fulfill a request for a copy if: (1) the organization makes its return and application widely available as defined in Regulation 301.6104(d)-4 or, (2) the organization can meet the criteria outlined in Regulation 301.6104(d)-5 and establish that the request for copies is part of a harassment campaign.
    5. IRC section 6652(c)(1)(C) imposes a penalty of $20 a day on the person (as defined in IRC section 6652(c)(4)(C)) who fails to either make the return available for inspection or to provide a copy of the annual return. The maximum penalty on all "persons" is $10,000 with respect to one annual return.
    6. IRC section 6652(c)(1)(D) imposes a penalty of $20 a day on the person (as defined in IRC section 6652(c)(4)(C)) who fails to either make the application available for inspection or to provide a copy of the application. The Code does not set a maximum limit on the penalty.

     

  4. IRC section 6652(c)(1)(D) — Public Inspection of Applications.
    1. As noted above, Public Law 105-277 made the public disclosure requirements applicable to private foundations consistent with the requirements applicable to other tax exempt organizations. The Service issued regulations under IRC section 6104(d), applicable to private foundations. However, for private foundation returns due before March 13, 2000, taking into consideration any extension for filing, the public inspection requirements of IRC section 6104(d) prior to the amendment apply to those returns.
    2. Prior to its amendment, IRC section 6104(d) required that foundation managers make the annual return available for inspection within 180 days after publication of a notice of its availability.

     

  5. Prior to asserting penalties for failure to allow public inspection of returns and applications required under IRC section 6104, the Service should receive, in writing, the name of the person(s) who is under a duty to provide the return or application as well as the date of the failure and a description of the facts of the failure.

20.1.8.2.1.2  (07-05-2000)
Trusts and Exempt Organizations—IRC section 6652(c)

  1. IRC section 6652(c)(2)(A) — Penalty on the Organization or Trust.
    1. IRC section 6652(c)(2)(A) provides for a daily delinquency penalty to be asserted on the exempt organization or trust that fails to file a return required under IRC section 6034 (trusts) or IRC section 6043(b) (terminations, etc., of exempt organizations) on the date and in the manner prescribed.
    2. The daily delinquency penalty for any one return for this section shall not exceed $10 per day for each day the failure continues, with a maximum penalty of $5,000 per return.

     

  2. IRC section 6652(c)(2)(B) — Penalty on Managers.
    1. IRC section 6652(c)(2)(B) provides for a daily delinquency penalty to be asserted on the person that fails to comply with the demand that a return required under IRC section 6034 or 6043(b) be filed or information be furnished by a reasonable future date (90 days after the mailing date of the demand).
    2. The daily delinquency penalty for any one return for this section shall not exceed $10 per day for each day the failure continues, with a maximum penalty of $5,000 on all persons for the failure to file any one return.

     

20.1.8.2.1.3  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Assertion

  1. Penalties for late filing of required returns are usually asserted at Service Centers when returns are processed.
  2. Penalties may be asserted by examining officers for delinquent returns secured by them, or for failures described above.
    1. IRC section 6652(c)(1)(A) and (c)(2)(A) penalties should be assessed using Master File procedures.
    2. All other IRC section 6652(c) penalties discussed in this Section should be assessed using Non-Master File procedures. See IRM 20.1.8.1.1.

     

20.1.8.2.1.4  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Computation

  1. "Person" refers to any officer, director, trustee, employee or other individual under a duty to perform the act which is the cause of the violation.
  2. There is joint and several liability for these penalties whenever more than one person is liable.

20.1.8.2.1.5  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Relief

  1. No penalties should be asserted under IRC section 6652 if any failure is due to reasonable cause. Recent examination of criteria previously identified as reasonable cause was clarified. Penalty relief falls into four separate categories. They are:
    • Reasonable Cause
    • Statutory Exceptions
    • Administrative Waivers, and
    • Correction of Service Error.

     

  2. See IRM 20.1.8.1.3 and IRM 20.1.4 for post-assessment appeal procedures.
  3. See IRM 20.1.8.1.3 and Exhibit 20.1.8–3 for a discussion of penalty relief.

20.1.8.2.2  (07-05-2000)
Assessable Penalties with Respect to Liability for Tax Under Chapter 42—IRC section 6684

  1. IRC section 6684 was added to the Code by Public Law 91-172 and affects private foundation managers after December 31, 1968.
  2. Public Law 100-203, effective after December 22, 1987, IRC section 6684, makes the provisions also applicable to managers of "other tax-exempt organizations."

20.1.8.2.2.1  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Assertion

  1. IRC section 6684 provides that a penalty may be asserted on any person, as defined by IRC section 7701(a)(1), liable for tax under Chapter 42, Private Foundations and Certain Other Tax Exempt Organizations (except IRC section 4940, Excise Tax Based on Investment Income or IRC section 4948(a), Application of Taxes and Denial of Exemption with Respect to Certain Foreign Organizations) when they acted improperly or failed to act if:
    1. that person was previously liable for private foundation tax, or
    2. the act or failure to act is both willful and flagrant.

     

  2. The term "willful and flagrant" is defined in IRC section 507(a)(2)(A) as:
    1. Willful repeated acts (or failures to act), or
    2. Willful and flagrant acts (or failures to act).

     

  3. The penalty is assessed using Non-Master File (NMF) procedures. See IRM 20.1.8.1.3 and IRM 20.1 4 for post-assessment appeal procedures.

20.1.8.2.2.2  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Computation

  1. The penalty is equal to the amount of the excise tax for which it is determined the person is liable.

20.1.8.2.2.3  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Relief

  1. The penalty does not apply if reasonable cause for the act or failure to act can be affirmatively shown by the person upon whom the penalty is imposed.
  2. See IRM 20.1.1.3 and Exhibit 20.1.8–3 for a discussion of penalty relief.

20.1.8.2.3  (07-05-2000)
Assessable Penalty Regarding Public Inspection Requirements For Certain Tax Exempt Organizations—IRC section 6685

  1. IRC section 6685 was added to the Code by Public Law 91-172 and became effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1969. IRC section 6685 was amended by Public Law 100-203, for years beginning after December 31, 1986. For a tax-exempt organization, other than a private foundation, the increase of the penalty to $5,000 became effective June 8, 1999. For private foundations, the increase in the penalty to $5,000 becomes effective on the 60th day after the Treasury issues final regulations under IRC section 6104(d) that apply to private foundations. This penalty applies to any officer, director, trustee, employee, or other individual who is under a duty to, and willfully fails to, comply with the public disclosure requirement of IRC section 6104(d). This amendment extend the penalty to managers of all tax-exempt organizations and for:
    1. Applications for exemption submitted to the Service after July 15, 1987, and
    2. Copies of applications for exemption on hand which were submitted prior to July 15, 1987.

     

  2. This penalty will be assessed using Non-Master File procedures. The EO specialist will prepare a Form 5734 and a Penalty Case File. See IRM 20.1.8.1.3.
  3. The penalty in IRC section 6685 is in addition to the penalty imposed by IRC section 7207 (relating to Fraudulent Returns, Statements, or other Documents).

20.1.8.2.3.1  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Assertion

  1. IRC section 6685 provides that the penalty is asserted for the willful failure to comply with the public disclosure requirements of IRC section 6104(d).
  2. Before asserting penalties for failure to comply with the public disclosure requirements of IRC section 6104(d), the Service should obtain a statement from an individual denied inspection, or a copy of an application for recognition of exemption or an annual information return. The statement should describe the request, including the date the request was made and the reason for the individual's belief that the denial was in violation of the legal requirements. The Service should also obtain a response from the person required to disclose its application and annual information returns.
  3. For this IRC section, a person is defined as any officer, director, trustee, employee, member, or other individual whose duty it is to perform the act.
  4. See IRM 20.1.8.1.3 and IRM 20.1.4 for post-assessment appeal procedures.

20.1.8.2.3.2  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Computation

  1. Effective June 8, 1999, IRC section 6685 imposes a penalty of $5,000 with respect to each willful failure to disclose an application or return as required by IRC section 6104(d). For a willful failure to comply with the IRC section 6104(d) requirements that occur prior to June 8, 1999, the penalty is $1,000.
  2. For a person who is under a duty to comply with the IRC section 6104(d) disclosure requirements applicable to private foundations, IRC section 6685 imposes a penalty of $1,000 with respect to each willful failure to disclose an application or return as required by IRC section 6104(d). The penalty will increase to $5,000 on the 60th day after the Treasury issues final regulations under IRC section 6104(d) that apply to private foundations.

20.1.8.2.3.3  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Relief

  1. The penalty may not be waived for reasonable cause.

20.1.8.2.4  (07-05-2000)
Failure to Disclose that Contributions are Nondeductible—IRC section 6710

  1. IRC section 6710 was added by Public Law 100-203 and is effective for solicitations made after January 31, 1988.
  2. IRC section 6710 imposes a penalty on an organization that fails to disclose that contributions or gifts made to this organization (or on behalf of this organization) are not deductible as charitable contributions for federal income tax purposes (IRC section 6113).

20.1.8.2.4.1  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Assertion

  1. Each solicitation must disclose (in a conspicuous and easily recognized format) that contributions or gifts made to this organization are not deductible as charitable contributions for Federal Income Tax purposes.
  2. Generally, the penalty applies to organizations which are not described in IRC section 170(c) but are described in IRC section 501(c) and are tax exempt under IRC section 501(a).
  3. The penalty also applies to a political organization (as defined in section 527(e)).
  4. When asserting the penalty use NMF procedures in IRM 20.1.8.1.3.
  5. See IRM 20.1.8.1.3 and IRM 20.1.4 for post-assessment appeal procedures.

20.1.8.2.4.2  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Computation

  1. IRC section 6710(a) provides for a penalty of $1,000 per day each day the failure occurred up to a maximum of $10,000 during any calendar year.
  2. IRC section 6710(c) provides an exception to the maximum annual penalty of $10,000. When it is shown that the failure was due to intentional disregard, the penalty shall be the greater of:
    1. $1,000 per day or
    2. 50 percent of the daily combined cost of all the solicitations where a failure to disclose occurred,
      and the penalty shall not be taken into account in applying such limitations to other penalties under IRC section 6710(a).

     

  3. Consider the following when determining the day a failure to meet the requirement occurred.
    If the solicitation was... Then the failure occurs when the solicitation is...
         
    By television or radio televised or broadcast.
    By mail mailed
    Not by mail but in written or printed form distributed
    By telephone made.

     

20.1.8.2.4.3  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Relief

  1. IRC section 6710(b) provides that no penalty shall be imposed if the failure under IRC section 6710(a) was due to reasonable cause.
  2. IRC section 6710(c) does not provide a reasonable cause exception for the Intentional Disregard penalty.
  3. See IRM 20.1.1.3 and Exhibit 20.1.8–3 for a discussion of penalty relief.

20.1.8.2.5  (07-05-2000)
Failure to Disclose Availability of Information or Service from Federal Government—IRC section 6711

  1. IRC section 6711 was added by Public Law 100-203 and is effective for offers and solicitations made after January 31, 1988.

20.1.8.2.5.1  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Assertion

  1. IRC section 6711 provides that when a tax-exempt organization offers to sell (or solicits money for) specific information or offers to provide routine service for any individual that could be readily obtained by such individual free of charge (or for a nominal charge) from an agency of the Federal Government, the tax-exempt organization must, when making such offer or solicitation make "an express statement" that the information can be obtained from the Federal Government.
  2. This requirement applies only if the information to be provided involves the specific individual solicited. For example, the requirement applies with respect to obtaining the social security earnings record or the social security identification number of an individual solicited.
  3. Material and/or services available from the Federal Government for less than $2.50, including postage and handling costs, meet the nominal charge requirement.
  4. The failure to make such express statement is due to the intentional disregard of this requirement.
  5. This penalty is assessed using NMF procedures in IRM 20.1.8.1.3.
  6. See Section 4 for post-assessment appeal procedures.

20.1.8.2.5.2  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Computations

  1. For each day a failure occurred, the penalty shall be the greater of:
    1. $1,000 per day or
    2. 50 percent of the daily combined cost for all the offers and solicitations where a failure to disclose occurred.

     

  2. Consider the following when determining the day a failure to meet the requirement occurred.
    If the solicitation was... Then the failure occurs when the solicitation is...
         
    By television or radio televised or broadcast.
    By mail mailed  
    Not by mail but in written or printed form distributed  
    By telephone made.  
         

     

20.1.8.2.5.3  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Relief

  1. The penalty may not be waived for reasonable cause.

20.1.8.2.6  (07-05-2000)
Failure to Meet Certain Disclosure Requirements—IRC section 6714

  1. IRC section 6714 was added by Public Law 103-66 and is effective for quid pro quo contributions made after December 31, 1993.
  2. IRC section 6714 provides for a penalty to be asserted against organizations that did not disclose quid pro quo contributions in excess of $75 as required under IRC section 6115(a).

20.1.8.2.6.1  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Assertion

  1. IRC section 6115(b) defines "quid pro quo contribution" as a payment:
    1. Made partly as a contribution and partly in consideration for goods or services provided to the payor (donor) by the donee organization; and
    2. Not made to a religious organization, in return for which the taxpayer received only an intangible religious benefit that generally would not be sold in a commercial transaction.

     

  2. IRC section 6115 provides that organizations described in IRC section 170(c) (except governmental instrumentalities described in IRC section 170(c)(1)) are required to provide a written statement to each donor in connection with the solicitation or receipt of the contribution.
    1. That statement must provide the donor with a good faith estimate of the amount of the contribution that is deductible for Federal income tax purposes.
    2. The amount of the deductible contribution is limited to the excess of any money (and the value of any property other than money) contributed by the donor, that exceeds the value of the goods or services received.

     

  3. The penalty is assessed using NMF procedures in IRM 20.1.8.1.3.
  4. See IRM 20.1.4 for post-assessment appeal procedures.

20.1.8.2.6.2  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Computation

  1. IRC section 6714 provides for a penalty of $10 per failure to provide the required written statement to the payor (donor). The maximum penalty per fund raising event or mailing shall not exceed $5,000.

20.1.8.2.6.3  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Relief

  1. The penalty does not apply if the organization can establish that the failure to provide the written statement was due to reasonable cause.
  2. When asserting the penalty use NMF procedures in IRM 20.1.8.1.3.
  3. See IRM 20.1.1.3 and Exhibit 20.1.8–3 for a discussion of penalty relief.

20.1.8.3  (07-05-2000)
Employee Plans

  1. In general, TE/GE penalties involve plans which are subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA) which defer the receipt of compensation. The TE/GE penalties which are frequently encountered are discussed in this section.
  2. In general, TE/GE penalties are subject to deficiency procedures described in IRM 20.1.1.4. Where this is not the case, the exceptions have been noted

20.1.8.3 
Employee Plans

20.1.8.3.1  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Relief

  1. Recent review of criteria previously identified as reasonable cause has been clarified. See IRM 20.1.1.3 for a discussion of all forms of penalty relief. Penalty relief falls into four separate categories. They are:
    • Reasonable Cause
    • Statutory Exceptions
    • Administrative Waivers, and
    • Correction of Service Error.

     

  2. IRM 20.1.1.3.3 discusses the fact that reliance on the advice of a tax advisor is limited to issues generally considered technical or complicated.
  3. United States v. Boyle, 469 U.S. 241 (1985), states that the responsibility to file, pay or deposit taxes cannot be excused by reliance on the advice of a tax advisor. It requires no special training or effort on a taxpayer's part to ascertain a deadline and ensure that it is met.

20.1.8.3.2  (07-05-2000)
Annual Registration and Other Notification by Pension Plan—IRC section 6652(d)(1)

  1. IRC section 6652(d)(1) imposes a penalty on a plan administrator (see IRC section 6057(a)(1)) for the failure to file by the due date, the Schedule SSA, Annual Registration Statement Identifying Separated Participants with Deferred Vested Benefits. In general, plans subject to this requirement are those which result in the deferral of compensation.
  2. Plans subject to this requirement include all qualified plans or annuities under IRC section 401(a) or 403(a), and, in general, other deferred compensation plans.
  3. Plans not subject to this requirement include:
    • IRC section 414(d), government plans;
    • IRC section 414(e), church plans where no IRC section 410(d) election has been made;
    • Any plan which has not (after September 2, 1974) provided employer contributions;
    • Any plan established and maintained by a society, order, or association described in IRC section 501(c)(8) or (9), if no part of the contributions are made by employers of participants in such plan; and
    • Any plans exempted pursuant to ERISA section 102, such as top hat and excess benefit plans;
    • Plans that cover only owners and their spouses.

     

20.1.8.3.2.1  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Assertion

  1. In general, IRC section 6057(a) requires a plan administrator to file a registration statement for each plan year. This registration statement should include:
    1. The name of the plan;
    2. The name and address of the plan administrator;
    3. The name and taxpayer identification number of each participant in the plan, who—is separated from service covered by the plan during the plan year (if not reported in the year of separation, such separated participant must be reported in the following year); is entitled to a deferred vested benefit; and did not receive retirement benefits;
    4. The nature, amount and form of deferred vested benefit, and
    5. Other information the Service may require.

     

  2. The Schedule SSA must be filed as an attachment to Form 5500, Annual Return/Report of Employee Benefit Plan.
  3. Due Date: See IRM 20.1.8.3.3.2.
  4. Extensions of time to file: See IRM 20.1.8.3.4(5).
  5. Assess penalties under IRC section 6652(d)(1) on the plan administrator (as defined in IRC section 414(g), Plan Administrator).
  6. Penalties under IRC section 6652(d)(1) are assessed on NMF. They are computed after the return is processed at the Master File, or they may be asserted by the EP/EO specialist.

20.1.8.3.2.2  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Computation

  1. The penalty for failing to file on the due date, is equal to:
    1. $1 for each participant (for whom the required information was not filed);
    2. Multiplied by the number of days the failure continues.
    3. The penalty shall not exceed $5,000 for any plan year.
    4. For purpose of the penalty, the failure to report either the participant's name or SSN is considered a failure to report the participant.

     

  2. Exceptions for (1)(d) above are granted for Foreign Nationals who are not required to have an SSN. For example:
    1. Form contains 10 names, but only 8 show an SSN. The penalty would be $2 times (1) (b) above.
    2. Form contains 50 names, but it showed 60 SSNs. The penalty would be $10 times (1)(b) above.

     

20.1.8.3.2.3  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Relief

  1. IRC section 6652(d)(1) provides for non-assertion of the penalty if the plan administrator can show reasonable cause for the failure to timely file.
  2. The request for "penalty relief" due to reasonable cause must be made in the form of a written statement providing all the facts alleged as reasonable cause. The statement must contain a declaration by the appropriate individual that the statement is made under penalties of perjury.
  3. See IRM 20.1.1.3 for a discussion of penalty relief.

20.1.8.3.3  (07-05-2000)
Change of Status Notice—IRC section 6652(d)(2)

  1. IRC section 6652(d)(2) imposes a penalty on the plan administrator for the failure to notify the Service, by the due date, of changes in the status of a plan as required in IRC section 6057(b).
  2. In general, the plans subject to this requirement are those plans which result in the deferral of compensation.
  3. Plans subject to this requirement include:
    • All qualified plans or annuities under IRC section 401(a) or 403(a), and
    • In general, other deferred compensation plans.

     

  4. Plans not subject to this requirement include:
    • IRC section 414(d), government plan;
    • IRC section 414(e), church plan where no IRC section 410(d) election has been made;
    • A plan which has not (after September 2, 1974) provided employer contributions; and
    • A plan established and maintained by a society, order, or association described in IRC section 501(c)(8) or (9), if no part of the contributions are made by employers of participants in such plan.
    • Any plans exempted pursuant to ERISA section 102 such as top hat or excess benefits plans.

     

20.1.8.3.3.1  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Assertion

  1. IRC section 6057(b) requires the plan administrator to notify the Service of:
    1. Any change in the name of the plan;
    2. Any change in the name and address of the plan administrator;
    3. Termination of the plan;
    4. Merger or consolidation of the plan with any other plan; or
    5. Division of the plan into two or more plans.

     

  2. Due Date: See IRM 20.1.8.3.3.2.
  3. Extensions of time to file: See IRM 20.1.8.3.4(5).
  4. Assess penalties under IRC section 6652(d)(2) on the plan administrator (as defined in IRC section 414(g), Plan Administrator).
  5. Penalties under IRC section 6652(d)(2) are assessed on NMF. They are computed after the return is processed at the Master File, or they may be asserted by the EP/EO specialist.

20.1.8.3.3.2  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Computation

  1. The penalty for failing to file the form on the due date in the prescribed manner is equal to:
    1. $1 for each failure;
    2. Multiplied by the number of days the failure continues.
    3. The penalty shall not exceed $1,000 for failure to file any notification.

     

20.1.8.3.3.3  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Relief

  1. IRC section 6652(d)(2) provides for non-assertion of the penalty if the plan administrator can show reasonable cause for the failure to timely file.
  2. The request for "penalty relief" due to reasonable cause must be made in the form of a written statement providing all the facts alleged as reasonable cause. The statement must contain a declaration by the appropriate individual that the statement is made under penalties of perjury.
  3. See IRM 20.1.1.3 for more information relating to penalty relief.

20.1.8.3.4  (07-05-2000)
Information Required in Connection with Certain Plans of Deferred Compensation, Etc.—IRC section 6652(e)

  1. Prior to January 1, 1997, IRC section 6652(e) imposes a penalty for failure to file annual returns and statements by the due date and in the prescribed manner required under:
    1. IRC section 6058, relating to certain plans of deferred compensation;
    2. IRC section 6047, relating to certain trusts, annuity and bond purchase plans; and
    3. IRC section 6039D, relating to certain fringe benefit plans.

     

  2. After December 31, 1996, IRC section 6652(e) continues to impose a penalty for failure to file annual returns and statements by the due date and in the prescribed manner required under:
    1. IRC section 6058, relating to certain plans of deferred compensation, and
    2. IRC section 6039D, relating to certain fringe benefit plans.
    3. However, IRC section 6047(d), relating to certain trusts, and annuity and bond purchase plans, is penalized under IRC section 6721.

     

  3. In general, IRC section 6058(a), requires the employer, or the plan administrator, of each funded plan of deferred compensation, to file an annual return (Form 5500 (series), Annual Return/Report of Employee Benefit Plan). See Exhibit 20.1.8–1, Plans Filing Requirements, and Exhibit 20.1.8–2, Plans Exempt From Filing.
  4. Due Date: In general, the due date for the Form 5500, Annual Return/Report of an Employee Benefit Plan, and appropriate schedules is:
    1. Full plan year: The appropriate Form 5500 and its applicable schedules must be filed by the last day of the 7th month after the plan year ends.
    2. Short plan year: Form 5500 and its applicable schedules must be filed by the last day of the 7th month after the short plan year ends.

     

  5. Extension of Time to File:
    1. A one time extension of time to file (up to 21/2 months) may be granted for filing the Form 5500 (series) and its required schedules.
    2. An extension of up to 6 months may be granted for filing Form 5330 (Return of Excise Taxes Related to Employee Benefit Plans).
    3. Form 5558 (Application for Extension of Time to File Certain Employee Plan Returns) must be filed before the normal due date of the Form 5500 (series) and Form 5330.

     

  6. Plans are automatically granted extensions of time to file Form 5500 and its required schedules until the extended due date of the Federal income tax return of the employer and are not required to file Form 5558, if all the following conditions are met:
    1. The plan year and the employer's tax year are the same;
    2. The employer has been granted an extension of time to file its Federal income tax return to a date later than the normal due date for filing the Form 5500; and
    3. A copy of the extension of time to file the Federal income tax return is attached to the Form 5500 filed with the Service.

     

  7. Plans granted an extension under the conditions in (5) above, cannot further extend the due date by filing a Form 5558.

20.1.8.3.4.1  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Assertion

  1. The penalty is imposed against the person responsible for failure to file.
    Failure to file the... The party liable for the penalty is...
       
    Form 5500 series (annual return) The Plan administrator (within the meaning of IRC section 414(g)) or the employer (who may be jointly and severally liable).
       
    Form 5310–A in the case of a merger, consolidation, or transfer of plan assets or liabilities. The Plan administrator
    Form 1096 or 1099R In the case of a (i) trust, the trustee; (ii) custodial account, the custodian; and (iii) an annuity contract, the issuer.

     

  2. In general, IRC section 6058(b), requires a plan administrator to file an actuarial statement of valuation evidencing compliance with IRC section 401(a)(12).
    1. The Form 5310–A, Notice of Plan Merger, Consolidation, or Transfer of Plan Assets or Liabilities, was designated by the Service as the form to be used for satisfying the requirements.
    2. The Form 5310–A should be filed when there is a plan merger, consolidation, spinoff, or when there is a transfer of assets or liabilities to another plan, When meeting this criteria, Form 5310–A should be filed by the plan administrator or plan sponsor for a pension plan, profit-sharing plan, or a deferred compensation plan (except a multi-employer plan covered by PBGC insurance).
    3. The Form 5310–A must be filed at least 30 days prior to a plan merger, consolidation, spinoff, or transfer of liabilities to another plan. The form is late if not filed at least 30 days before any of these referenced activities.

     

  3. The instructions to Form 5310–A provide that a Form 5310–A is not to be filed for:
    1. An eligible rollover that is paid directly to an eligible retirement plan in a direct rollover as described in IRC section 401(a)(31), Optional Direct Transfer of Eligible Rollover Distributions; or
    2. The plan merger or consolidation, spinoff, or transfer of plan assets or liabilities complies with Regs. 1.414(l)-1(d), Merger of defined contribution plans, Regs. 1.414(l)-1(h), De minimis rule for merger of defined benefit plan, Regs. 1.414(I)-1(m), Spinoff of a defined contribution plan, or Regs. 1.414(I)-1(n)(2), Spinoff of a defined benefit plan, de minimus rule.

     

  4. In general, IRC section 6047(d) requires Form 1096 (Annual Summary and Transmittal of U.S. Information Returns) and Form 1099–R (Distributions From Pensions, Annuities, Retirement or Profit-Sharing Plans, IRA's, Insurance Contracts, etc.) to be filed by the employer maintaining, or the plan administrator of, a plan from which designated distributions may be made, or by the issuer of a contract under which such distributions may be made.
    1. Designated distributions are defined in IRC section 3405(e)(1) and include, generally, any includible non-wage distributions from an employer deferred compensation plan, an IRA, or a commercial annuity.
    2. A separate Form 1099–R must be made for each payee, but is not required if the aggregate payment to the payee is less than $10.
    3. Form 1099–R is required to be furnished to the payee by January 31 following the year of the distribution; Form 1096 with Forms 1099–R is required to be filed with the Service by February 28 following the year of the distribution.
    4. The penalty under IRC section 6652(e) does not apply to Forms 1099–R due (determined without extensions) after December 31, 1996. Instead, the penalties under IRC sections 6721 and 6722 apply.

     

  5. In general, IRC section 6039D requires every employer maintaining a specified fringe benefit plan, to file a Form 5500 and Schedule F, Fringe Benefit Plan Annual Information Return. Schedule F must be attached to page 1 of Form 5500 (series), Return/Report of Employee Benefit Plan.
    1. Plans generally required to file are IRC section 125, Cafeteria Plans and IRC section 127, Educational Assistance Programs, and IRC section 137, Adoption Assistance Programs.
    2. Plans generally not required to file are IRC section 127, Educational Assistance Programs (when only job-related training that is deductible under IRC section 162, Trade or Business Expenses), IRC section 79, Group Term-Life Insurance Purchased for Employees, IRC section 105, Amounts Received Under Accident and Health Plans, IRC section 106, Contributions By Employer to Accident and Health Plans; IRC section 120, Amounts Received Under Qualified Group Legal Services Plans; and IRC section 129, Dependent Care Assistance Programs.

     

  6. Rev. Rul. 84-54, 1984-1 C.B. 260, provides that IRC section 6652(e) penalties do not apply to the failure to file the following Form 5500 schedules, but rather the penalties imposed by IRC sections 6692 and 6652(d)(1):
    1. Schedule B, Actuarial Information
    2. Schedule SSA, Annual Registration Statement Identifying Separated Participants with Deferred Vested Benefits.

     

  7. Assess penalties under IRC section 6652(e) on the plan administrator (as defined in IRC SECTION 414(g), Plan Administrator). The penalty under IRC section 6652(e)—
    1. is assessed on NMF.
    2. is computed after the return is processed at the Master File, or it may be asserted by the EP/EO specialist.

     

20.1.8.3.4.2  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Computation

  1. The penalty for failing to file the form on the due date in the prescribed manner is equal to:
    1. $25 for each failure;
    2. Multiplied by the number of days the failure continues.
    3. The penalty shall not exceed $15,000 on any person for the failure to file any return.

     

20.1.8.3.4.3  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Relief

  1. IRC section 6652(e) provides for non-assertion of the penalty if reasonable cause can be shown.
  2. The request for "penalty relief" due to reasonable cause must be made in the form of a written statement providing all the facts alleged as reasonable cause. The statement must contain a declaration by the appropriate individual that the statement is made under penalties of perjury.
  3. In Alton OB-Gyn, Ltd. v. United States, 789 F. 2d 515 (7th Cir. 1986), the taxpayer's reliance on a bank, as plan's trustee, to handle ministerial duties of taxpayer's pension and profit-sharing plans, did not constitute reasonable cause for the failure to timely file the required Form 5500 series return.

20.1.8.3.5  (07-05-2000)
Failure to Give Notice to Recipients of Certain Pension Etc. Distributions—IRC section 6652(h)

  1. IRC section 6652(h) imposes a penalty for each failure to give notice concerning withholding to recipients of distributions from an employer's deferred compensation plan or an IRA as required by IRC section 3405(e)(10)(B). The penalty is imposed on the payor.

20.1.8.3.5.1  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Assertion

  1. In general, IRC section 3405(e)(10)(B) requires that the "payor of:
    1. Any annuity or similar periodic payment must provide the "Payee" a notice of the right to elect not to have withholding made on such payment; or
    2. Any distribution which is not in the form of an annuity or a periodic distribution must provide the "Payee" a notice of the right to elect not to have withholding made on such payment.

     

  2. In general, these requirements pertain to payments and distributions made from employer deferred compensation plans, individual retirement plans, and commercial annuities.
  3. Due Date: The notice of election must be transmitted no earlier than six months before the first payment and no later than when the first payment is made.
    1. For periodic payments, notice must also be provided at least once in each calendar year of the right to make and revoke the election.
    2. Temporary Regs. 35.3405-1 D-21, D-22, D-25, and D-26 provides examples of notices that can be used to satisfy the notice requirements.

     

  4. The penalty under IRC section 6652(h) is identified by the TE/GE specialist.
  5. The penalty is assessed on NMF.

20.1.8.3.5.2  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Computation

  1. The penalty under IRC section 6652(h) is $10 for each failure to give notice, up to a maximum penalty of $5,000 for all such failures per calendar year.

20.1.8.3.5.3  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Relief

  1. IRC section 6652(h) provides for non-assertion of the penalty if the payor can show that the failure was due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect.
  2. See IRM 20.1.1.3 for a discussion of penalty relief.

20.1.8.3.6  (07-05-2000)
Failure to Give Written Explanations of Qualifying Rollover Distributions—IRC section 6652(i)

  1. IRC section 6652(i) imposes a penalty for each failure to timely provide a written explanation of an eligible rollover distribution as required by IRC section 402(f), Written Explanation to Recipients of Distributions Eligible for Rollover Treatment.

20.1.8.3.6.1  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Assertion

  1. In general, IRC section 402(f) requires plan administrators of qualified plans to provide a written explanation to recipients of eligible rollover distributions that explains:
    1. The rules under which a recipient may elect a direct rollover to an eligible retirement plan;
    2. Withholding of income tax if there is no direct rollover;
    3. The rules which permit tax deferral on the distribution if it is rolled over into an eligible retirement plan within 60 days of distribution;
    4. If applicable, the notice must also contain information regarding IRC section 402(d), Tax on Lump Sum Distributions, and
    5. Other Rules Applicable to Exempt Trusts.

     

  2. In general an eligible retirement plan includes the following:
    • IRC section 408(a), individual retirement accounts
    • IRC section 408(b), individual retirement annuity (other than an endowment contract)
    • IRC section 401(a), trusteed plans
    • IRC section 403(a) annuity plans

     

  3. An eligible rollover distribution means any distribution to an employee of all or part of the balance to the credit of the employee in a qualified trust, other than certain periodic payments, hardship distributions, and distributions required by IRC section 401(a)(9).
  4. Due Date: The explanation must be provided no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days before the date of the distribution.
  5. The penalty under IRC section 6652(i) is identified by the EP specialist.
  6. The penalty is assessed on NMF.

20.1.8.3.6.2  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Computation

  1. The penalty under IRC section 6652(i) is $10 for each failure to provide a written explanation, up to a maximum penalty of $5,000 for all such failures per calendar year.
  2. In addition, effective for returns, reports, and other statements due after December 31, 1996, section 1455 of the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996 (SBJPA) amends the computation of the IRC section 6652(i) penalty by changing the $10 penalty to $100 and the $5,000 maximum to $50,000.

20.1.8.3.6.3  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Relief

  1. IRC section 6652(i) provides for non-assertion of the penalty if the payor can show that the failure was due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect.
  2. See IRM 20.1.1.3 for a discussion of penalty relief.

20.1.8.3.7  (07-05-2000)
Fraudulent Statement or Failure to Furnish Statement to Plan Participant—IRC section 6690

  1. IRC section 6690 imposes a penalty on a plan administrator who:
    1. Willfully fails to furnish a statement to a plan participant showing the information at the time and in the manner required by IRC section 6057(e), Individual Statement to Participant, or
    2. Willfully furnishes a false or fraudulent statement.

     

20.1.8.3.7.1  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Assertion

  1. In general, the individual statement to a participant, required by IRC section 6057(e) and Regs. 301.6057-(1)(e) must include the following:
    1. A description of the participant's deferred vested retirement benefit;
    2. Information filed with respect to the participant on Schedule SSA, Annual Registration Statement Identifying Separated Participants with Deferred Vested Benefits; and
    3. Advise the participant of any benefits that are forfeitable in the event the participant dies before a certain date. See IRC section 6057(a).

     

  2. Due Date: The due date for delivering the statement to the individual is no later than the due date (including extensions) for the Schedule SSA that reports information with respect to the individual.
  3. The penalty under IRC section 6690 can be identified by the EP specialist.
  4. The penalty is assessed on NMF.
  5. The penalty under IRC section 6690 is not subject to deficiency procedures described in IRM 20.1.4.3.

20.1.8.3.7.2  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Computation

  1. The penalty is imposed at $50 for each act or failure with no maximum.

20.1.8.3.7.3  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Relief

  1. IRC section 6690 provides a penalty for willfully failing to failing to provide the statement, or willfully furnishing a false or fraudulent statement.
    IMPORTANT NOTE: Therefore, this Code section does not provide for reasonable cause consideration.
       

     

20.1.8.3.8  (07-05-2000)
Failure to File Acturarial Report—IRC section 6692

  1. IRC section 6692 imposes a penalty on the plan administrator of a defined benefit plan to which IRC section 412 (Minimum Funding Standard) applies, when the plan administrator fails to file an actuarial report (Form 5500, Sch B), in the time and manner as required by IRC section 6059, Periodic Report of Actuary.

20.1.8.3.8.1  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Assertion

  1. The penalty under IRC section 6692 is imposed if there is a failure to file Schedule B, Actuarial Information, which must be filed as an attachment to the appropriate Form 5500 (series) return.
    Failure to... Is considered a failure to file...
       
    Provide a material item of information required by Schedule B the actuarial report.
       
    Provide base information required by the actuarial report upon an actuarial valuation made in the time and manner required by IRC section 412(c)(9) the actuarial report.
       
    Sign Schedule B by an enrolled actuary the actuarial report.

     

  2. The penalty is imposed on the plan administrator. If more than one plan administrator is responsible for the failure, all are jointly and severally liable.
  3. Due Date: See IRM 20.1.8.3.3.2.
  4. The penalty under IRC section 6692 is assessed on NMF.
  5. The penalty may be computed when the return is filed or asserted by the EP specialist.

20.1.8.3.8.2  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Computation

  1. The penalty is imposed at $1,000 for each failure to file.
  2. The penalty is computed after the return is processed at the master file.

20.1.8.3.8.3  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Relief

  1. IRC section 6692 provides for non-assertion of the penalty if the responsible party can show that the failure was due to reasonable cause.

    Note:

    The failure of an actuary to give the plan administrator a complete Schedule B on time is not reasonable cause.

     

  2. The request for "penalty relief" due to reasonable cause must be made in the form of a written statement providing all the facts alleged as reasonable cause. The statement must contain a declaration by the appropriate individual that the statement is made under penalties of perjury.
  3. See IRM 20.1.1.3 for a discussion of penalty relief.

20.1.8.3.9  (07-05-2000)
Failure to Provide Reports on Certain Tax-Favored Accounts or Annuities; Penalties Relating to Designated Nondeductible Contributions—IRC section 6693

  1. Covered under this sub-section are each of the penalties imposed by IRC section 6693:
    1. IRC section 6693(a), Person required to report or file a disclosure statement;
    2. IRC section 6693(b)(1), Overstatement of Designated Nondeductible Contributions;
    3. IRC section 6693(b)(2), Failure to File Form; and
    4. IRC section 6693(c), Penalties Relating to Simple Retirement Accounts.

     

    Note:

    Section 1455 of the SBJPA amends IRC section 6693(a) to provide that the penalty thereunder does not apply to information returns or payee statements regarding payments to other persons required by IRC section 408(i) or 6047(d). The failure to satisfy IRC sections 408(i) and 6047(d) regarding payments to other persons is penalized under IRC sections 6721 and 6722.

     

20.1.8.3.9.1  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Assertion—IRC section 6693(a)

  1. IRC section 6693(a) imposes a penalty on the failure to furnish a report required by IRC section 408(i) and (l).
  2. IRC section 408(i) requires that:
    1. Annual calendar year reports be made on Form 5498, Individual Retirement Arrangement Information, concerning the status of the account or annuity.
    2. Each trustee or issuer required to file Form 5498 is also required to furnish the participant a statement containing the information required to be furnished on Form 5498 plus the value of the account or annuity at the end of the calendar year. A copy of the Form 5498 may be used to satisfy this requirement.
    3. The disclosure statements and copies of the governing instruments be provided to benefited individuals. A benefited individual is the individual for whom an individual retirement account, individual retirement annuity, or an endowment contract is established. A benefited individual also includes both the working and non-working spouse in the case of spousal individual retirement accounts.

     

    Note:

    The penalty for failure to satisfy these requirements of IRC section 408(i) is imposed on the trustee of an individual retirement account or, in the case of an individual retirement annuity or endowment contract, the issuer. This includes an account or annuity that is part of a SEP or a SIMPLE IRA plan.

     

  3. IRC section 408(l) requires that an employer who:
    1. Makes contributions to a simplified employee pension (SEP) on behalf of employees make reports to employees upon adoption of the SEP indicating its adoption, contribution requirements, and allocation basis.
    2. Adopts a SEP furnish employees a written statement each calendar year indicating the amount of employer contribution to the employee's IRA. This requirement is satisfied if the information is contained on the employee's W–2 for the calendar year in which the contribution is made.

      Note:

      The penalty for failure to satisfy these requirements of IRC section 408(I) is imposed on the employer maintaining the SEP.

       

     

  4. Due Date: IRC section 6693(a):
    1. The annual report is to be filed, accompanied by transmittal Form 1096, on or before May 31 following the calendar year for which the Form 5498 is required.
    2. In general, the disclosure statement and a copy of the governing instrument must be received by the benefited individual at least seven days preceding the earlier of the date of establishment or purchase of the account, annuity, or endowment contract.
    3. Reports required on the adoption of a SEP are to be furnished to an employee no later than a reasonable time after the later of the time the employee becomes employed or the time of the adoption of the simplified employee pension arrangement.
    4. SEP contribution reports made on Form W–2 are required to be furnished to the employee no later than the later of 30 days after the contribution or January 31 the calendar year for which the contribution was made.

     

  5. IRC section 6693(a) also applies to reports required to be filed under:
    1. IRC section 220(h) relating to medical savings accounts ( "MSAs" );
    2. IRC section 529(d) (relating to qualified State tuition programs) (effective after December 31,1997); and
    3. IRC section 530(h) (relating to education individual retirement accounts).

     

20.1.8.3.9.2  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Assertion—IRC section 6693(b)(1) and (2)

  1. IRC section 6693(b)(2) imposes a penalty on the failure to furnish information under IRC section 408(o)(4).
  2. IRC section 408(o)(4) requires that an individual who makes designated nondeductible contributions to an IRA for any taxable year or receives a distribution from an IRA to which nondeductible contributions have been made for any taxable year report such contributions or distribution, as well as other information, on Form 8606, Nondeductible IRAs.
  3. IRC section 6693(b)(1) imposes a penalty on the overstatement of designated nondeductible contributions made on Form 8606.
  4. The penalty for failure to satisfy the requirements of IRC section 408(o) is imposed on the taxpayer who made the contributions or received the distribution.
  5. Due Date. Form 8606 is required to be filed as an attachment to the Form 1040 (series). If no 1040 return is required, the Form 8606 must still be filed by the due date of the Form 1040.
  6. The penalty under IRC section 6693(a) and (b):
    1. Can be identified by the EP field agent;
    2. Is assessed on NMF; and
    3. Is not subject to deficiency procedures described in IRM 20.1.1.4.

     

20.1.8.3.9.3  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Assertion—IRC section 6693(c)

  1. IRC section 6693(c) imposes a penalty on the failure to furnish certain information required under IRC section 408(i) and 408(l)(2) to participants in SIMPLE IRA plans described in IRC section 408(p).
    1. IRC section 408(l)(2) requires that the trustee or issuer of IRA set up to receive contributions under an employer's SIMPLE IRA plan each calendar year furnish the employer a summary description containing information regarding the SIMPLE IRA plan, the employer maintaining the plan, and the trustee or issuer.
    2. IRC section 408(l)(2) also requires that an employer maintaining a SIMPLE IRA plan notify eligible employees of their right to participate in the plan. Such notice must include a copy of the applicable summary description.
    3. IRC section 408(i) requires that the trustee or issuer of SIMPLE IRAs provide the SIMPLE IRA owners within 31 days after each calendar year a statement showing the account balance at the close of the calendar year and the account activity during that calendar year. A copy of the Form 5498 may be used to satisfy this requirement.
    4. Further information on the summary description, the notice, and the statement described above can be found in sections G and H of Notice 98-4, 1998-2 I.R.B. 25.

     

  2. The penalty for failure to satisfy the requirement of IRC sections 408(i) and 408(l)(2) described above is imposed on:
    1. The trustee or issuer of IRAs set up to receive contributions made under a SIMPLE IRA plan, in the case of the summary description and the statement requirement.
    2. The employer, in the case of the notice requirement.

     

  3. Due Date:
    1. The employer's notice to employees must be provided immediately before the 60-day election period (during which eligible employees can make or change salary deferral elections) described in IRC section 408(p) and Notice 98-4.
    2. The summary description must be provided to the employer by the trustee or issuer in time for the employer to meet its notice requirement, described above. (In most cases the summary description will be due the employer shortly before November 2 of each calendar year).
    3. The statement from the trustee or issuer is due the IRA owner no later than 31 days after the end of the calendar year.

     

20.1.8.3.9.4  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Computation

  1. The computation for the penalties are as follows:
    The penalty for... Is...
       
    Failure to file a report, described in IRC section 6693(a) at the time and in the manner required $50 for each failure to file.
       
    Failure to file Form 8606, nondeductible IRAs $50 for each failure to file.
       
    Overstating designated nondeductible Contributions $100 for each overstatement.
       
    Failure to provide one or more notices, statements or summary descriptions described in IRC section 6693(c) $50 for each day such failure continues.
       

     

20.1.8.3.9.5  (07-05-2000)
Penalty Relief

  1. IRC section 6693 provides for non-assertion of the penalty if it is shown that the failure is due to reasonable cause.
    1. Q&A H-1(3), Notice 98-4, 1998-2 I.R.B.25, provides that the penalty imposed on a trustee under IRC section 6693(c) does not apply when the trustee timely provides the required information directly to the employee covered by the SIMPLE IRA plan.
    2. Q&AG-3 of Notice 98-4 provides that the penalty imposed on an employer under IRC section 6693(c) does not apply when an employee covered by the SIMPLE IRA plan has selected his or her own trustee and the information regarding that trustee is not available at the time the employer is required to provide the notice containing such information to the employee, provided the employer takes steps to ensure the missing information reaches the employee as soon as reasonably possible.

     

  2. The request for "penalty relief" due to reasonable cause must be made in the form of a written statement providing all the facts alleged as reasonable cause. The statement must contain a declaration, made by the appropriate individual, that the statement is made under penalties of perjury. See IRM 20.1.1.3 for a discussion of penalty relief.

Exhibit 20.1.8-1  (07-05-2000)
Plans Filing Requirements

PLANS FILING REQUIREMENTS UNDER IRC SECTION 6058(A)
Pension benefit plans required to file include defined benefits plan and defined contribution plans. The following are among the pension benefit plans for which a return/report must be filed:
1. Annuity arrangements under IRC section 403(b)(1).
2. Custodial accounts established under IRC section 403(b)(7) for regulated investment company stock.
3. Individual retirement accounts (IRAs) established by an employer under IRC section 408(c).
4. Pension benefit plans maintained outside the United States primarily for nonresident aliens if the employer who maintains the plan is:
(a) A domestic employer, or
(b) A Foreign employer with income derived from sources within the United States (including foreign subsidiaries of domestic employers) if contributions to the plan are deducted on its U.S. income tax return. For this type of plan, see Code D on line 6c.
   
5. Church plans electing coverage under IRC section 410(d).
6. A plan that covers residents of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, Wake Island, or American Samoa. This includes a plan that elects to have the provisions of section 1022(1)(2) of ERISA apply.

Exhibit 20.1.8-2  (07-05-2000)
Plans Exempt from Filing

PLANS EXEMPT FROM FILING UNDER IRC SECTION 6058(A)
Do not file a return/report for an employee benefit plan that is any of the following:
1. A pension benefit plan maintained outside the United States if it is a qualified foreign plan within the meaning of IRC section 404A(e) that does not qualify for the treatment provided in IRC section 404(e)(5).
2. An annuity arrangement described in 29 CFR 2510.3-2(f).
3. A simplified employer pension (SEP) described in IRC section 408(k) that conforms to the alternative method of compliance described in 29 CFR 2520.104-48 or 29 CFR 2520.104-49. A SEP is a pension plan that meets certain minimum qualifications regarding eligibility and employer contributions.
4. A church plan not electing coverage under IRC section 410(d).
5. A governmental plan.

Exhibit 20.1.8-3  (07-05-2000)
EO REASONABLE CAUSE GUIDELINES

TAX EXEMPT REASONABLE CAUSE GUIDELINES
(

Note:

 

Penalties under IRC 6685 and IRC 6711 may not be waived for reasonable cause.)
The return was mailed in time but was returned to sender.
The return was filed in time but sent or deposited to the wrong IRS office.
Delay or failure to file was due to erroneous information given the taxpayer by an IRS employee.
Delay was caused by death or serious illness of the taxpayer, or a death or serious illness in his/her immediate family (see Note below).
Delay was cause by unavoidable absence of the taxpayer (see Note below).

Note:

In the case of a corporation, estate, trust, etc., the death, illness or absence must have been of an individual (or a member of the individual's immediate family) having sole authority to execute the return.

Delinquency was caused by destruction by fire or other casualty of the taxpayer's place of business or business records.
Taxpayer requested the proper forms in a timely fashion but the forms were not furnished in sufficient time to permit the timely filing of the return.
Taxpayer provides proof that he/she personally visited an IRS office on or before the due date of the return for the purpose of securing information or advice, and was unable to meet with an IRS representative.
If the organization is a PRIVATE FOUNDATION: The organization has ninety days to file and pay after it receives a determination letter from the Service.
If the organization is NOT A TAX-EXEMPT ORGANIZATION WITH UBIT or NOT A PRIVATE FOUNDATION (Not a Form–990–T or Form 990PF filer), is a membership organization (PTA, Boy Scout Troop, Garden Club, Homeowners Assn, etc.), and has no full-time employee responsible for administering the organization's finances, reasonable cause may be granted if the organization:
a. Clearly shows it exercised normal care and prudence, but was unable to file the return timely due to little continuity or understanding of duties due to frequent officer changes, or
b. Has no prior history of late filing and claims ignorance of the law (new organizations or those not previously required to file).

20.1.9.1  (08-07-1998)
Overview

  1. This section of the consolidated penalty IRM discusses penalties assessed against taxpayers that are U.S. persons doing business outside the United States, and foreign entities doing business in the United States. Unless otherwise indicated, the term "U.S. person" includes individuals, corporations, partnerships, estates or trusts. Refer to IRC section 7701(a).

20.1.9.1.1  (08-07-1998)
Chapter Outline

  1. The penalties listed below are discussed in detail in this section. As of the date of publication of this IRM, regulations have not been issued regarding the penalty or the application of the penalty so noted [*]. Therefore, the penalty should not be imposed until regulations are published. CAUTION: It is important that, before assertion of any penalty, the examiner be aware of the statute, regulations, any exceptions or limitations, etc. that may apply to the case at hand. This chapter only provides a brief description of each penalty and is not meant to be a substitute for research.
    IRC Section Description
    6038(b) Failure to furnish information with respect to controlled foreign corporation. IRC section 6038(a).
    6038(c) Failure to furnish information with respect to controlled foreign corporation. IRC section 6038(a).
    6038A(d) Failure to furnish information or to maintain records by certain 25 percent foreign owned corporations. IRC section 6038A(a).
    6038A(e) Failure to authorize an agent or failure of a reporting corporation to substantially and timely comply with a summons for records. IRC section 6038A(e).
    6038B(b) Failure to furnish information on transfers of property to foreign persons. IRC section 6038B(a).
    6038C(c)* Failure to furnish information or maintain records by a foreign corporation engaged in U.S. trade or business. IRC section 6038C(a). Regulations have not been issued.
    6038C(d)* Failure to authorize an agent or failure of a reporting corporation to substantially and timely comply with a summons for records. IRC section 6038A(e). Regulations have not been issued.
    6652(f)* Failure to provide information on foreign persons holding direct investment in U.S. real property. IRC section 6039C. Regulations have not been issued.
    6677 Failure to file information returns with respect to certain foreign trusts. IRC section 6048.
    6679* Failure to file required information with respect to certain foreign corporations or foreign partnerships. IRC sections 6035, 6046 and 6046A. Regulations have not been issued under IRC section 6046A.
    6683 Failure of a foreign corporation to file return of personal holding company tax. IRC section 541.
    6686 Failure by DISC or FSC to file return or supply information. IRC section 6011(c).
    6688 Failure to meet requirements of coordination of U.S. and possession individual income tax as specified. IRC section 7654.
    6689 Failure to file notice of redetermination of foreign tax. IRC sections 905(c) and 404A(g).
    6712 Failure to disclose treaty-based return positions. IRC section 6114.

     

  2. A quick reference chart of reporting/filing responsibilities of taxpayers, and applicable penalties is in Exhibit 20.1.9–1 of this section.
  3. The guidelines and administrative procedures for the penalties are discussed in IRM 20.9.2, Penalty Guidelines and Procedures.
  4. Exhibit 20.1.9–2 provides a list and description of the forms mentioned in this section.

20.1.9.1.2  (08-07-1998)
Other Applicable Penalties

  1. U.S. and foreign taxpayers are subject to criminal penalties such as willful failure to file a return (IRC section 7203) and filing a false or fraudulent return (IRC section 7206).
  2. IRC sections 6662(e) (Substantial Valuation Misstatement under Chapter 1) and 6662(h) (Increase in Penalty in case of Gross Valuation Misstatements) address the coordination of IRC section 482 and the accuracy-related penalty.
    1. Specifically, these penalties apply to substantial and gross valuation misstatements attributable to IRC section 482 transfer price adjustments on returns with years ending after November 5, 1990.
    2. Return Related Penalties are discussed in another section of this IRM. Also refer to Rev. Proc. 94–33.

     

  3. The following reporting/filing requirements are subject to penalties discussed in other IRM 20.1 sections. For example: Failure to File, Failure to Pay, Failure to Deposit and the Miscellaneous Penalty chapters.
    1. IRC sections 1441 and 1442—Withholding of Tax on Nonresident Aliens and Foreign Corporations. Forms 1042 and 1042S.
    2. IRC section 1445—Withholding of Tax on Dispositions of U.S. Real Property Interests. Forms 8288 and 8288A.
    3. IRC section 1446—Withholding Tax on Foreign Partner’s Share of Effectively Connected Income. Forms 8804, 8805, and 8813.
    4. IRC section 6039E—Information Concerning Resident Status. Statement required.

     

  4. See Exhibit 20.1.9–2 for a list of forms mentioned in this section.

20.1.9.2  (08-07-1998)
Penalty Guidelines and Procedures

  1. In General. Contained in this section are some items common to all the penalties discussed in this section. Exceptions are noted in the discussions of the specific penalties.
  2. Statute of Limitations. Penalties that are not considered taxes generally have no statute of limitation for assessment. For penalties subject to deficiency procedures, the limitation for assessment is three years after the return is due or filed, whichever is later. Refer to IRC 6501(c) for some exceptions.
  3. Reasonable Cause. Determinations as to whether or not reasonable cause exists must be based on a careful consideration of the facts and circumstances of each case prior to the assertion of a penalty. Examiners should consider any reason a taxpayer provides in conjunction with the guidelines, principles and evaluating factors set forth in the Reasonable Cause chapter 20.1.1, as well as the applicable IRC section and Treas. Regs. relating to the specific penalty.

20.1.9.2.1  (08-07-1998)
Penalty Assertion

  1. The penalties included in this section are asserted by examiners (i.e. international examiners, revenue agents, tax auditors, or service center personnel).
  2. The examiner determines whether a taxpayer has failed to comply with the reporting/filing requirements, solicits any facts regarding reasonable cause from the taxpayer, and makes a determination of whether the taxpayer has established reasonable cause. If reasonable cause does not exist, or exists for only a portion of the time, the examiner then computes the amount of the penalty to be asserted.

20.1.9.2.2  (08-07-1998)
Administrative Procedures

  1. In General. When an examiner secures a delinquent information return and/or statement, the examiner will date stamp and photocopy the document and place it in the Penalty Case File. The original delinquent information return and/or statement will be forwarded to the appropriate service center.
  2. Forms 5471 and 5472 Only.
    1. The examiner who secures a delinquent Form 5471 or 5472 will write in red "DELINQUENT RETURN—SECURED BY EXAMINATION—PENALTY CONSIDERED" across the top of the Form with the date received. A copy of the delinquent form with the above annotation must be forwarded to the Director, Service Center, 11601 Roosevelt Boulevard, Philadelphia, PA 19155, Attention: Statistics of Income Forms 5471 and 5472 Processing Coordinator, P:DP Unit F, Drop Point DP 335.
    2. Area Directors and Service Center Directors are authorized to make determinations that failure to file these information returns was due to reasonable cause.

     

  3. Foreign information returns not secured by examiners in the International Enforcement Program (IEP). These returns will be routed through the local Case Processing Support to the Area Program Manager-International for evaluation regarding IEP participation. Refer to AIMS Handbook.

20.1.9.2.3  (08-07-1998)
Assessment Procedures

  1. Certain penalties and additions to tax are treated as taxes and therefore are subject to the notice of deficiency procedures. IRC section 6671 provides that penalties shall be assessed and collected in the same manner as taxes, but its application is limited to the penalties contained in Subtitle F, Chapter 68B (Assessable Penalties). However, some of these penalties are by statute assessable without regard to deficiency procedures.
  2. Some of the penalties for failure to file information returns are governed by IRC section 6665(b). This IRC section specifically exempts failure to file under IRC section 6651 from deficiency procedures, except in the case of an addition to tax which is attributable to a deficiency in tax as defined in IRC section 6211.
  3. EXHIBIT 20.1.9–3 of this section lists those penalties subject to deficiency or non-deficiency procedures for assessment processing purposes.
  4. The penalties are generally assessed by the function’s closing unit in the field or in the service center.

20.1.9.2.3.1  (08-07-1998)
Penalties NOT Subject to Deficiency Procedures

  1. Penalties not subject to deficiency procedures are usually assessed, collected, and posted to the Master File. Two MFTs (IMF 55, BMF 13) were created to process an assessment (or abatement) of these non-deficiency penalties via the Civil Penalty Module. These miscellaneous penalty cases are not controlled on AIMS.
  2. CAUTION: These penalties should not be entered on Forms 870, 4549, 4549A, or any other examination report. For the preparation of the International Examiners report refer to IRM 4.60.
    1. The taxpayer’s signature is not required with respect to these penalties. If the taxpayer agrees to the penalty assessment, solicit full payment.
    2. Payments will be processed using Form 3244. Transaction Code (TC) 640 should be used to indicate an advance payment and TC 670 should be used for any payments received after assessment.

     

  3. The examiner will complete the computation of the penalty on Forms 3645 and 8278.
    1. Form 3645. A separate Form 3645 must be used for each tax period to be assessed. Under the "Explanation" section, provide a concise explanation of the reason(s) for assertion of the penalty and whether agreed or unagreed. The examiner will consider reasonable cause and record on Form 886–A, if needed, all pertinent information including, facts, law, taxpayer’s position and conclusion. This will be attached to Form 3645 which becomes part of the examination report.
    2. Form 8278. This Form is the adjustment document for the Civil Penalty Module. The penalty adjustment is posted to the module using the Reference Codes reflected on the Form 8278. (1) A separate Form 8278 is required for each tax year and code section for which a penalty assessment is made. That is, one Form 8278 cannot be used to assess penalties under different code sections, even if all penalties are to be assessed against the same tax year. Multiple violations of an IRC section are to be shown as a single assessment. (2) When additional penalties are to be assessed for continued failure after notification (e.g., under IRC section 6038A(d)), a Form 8278 must be prepared for each subsequent assessment that is to be made. (3) Refer to the back of the Form 8278 for preparation instructions. Note: For Box 5 of Form 8278, a Fiscal or Calendar Year may be used with Reference Codes 614, 619, 623, and 625. (4) The Reference Codes included in the Penalty Description section of Form 8278 are the Reference Numbers referred to in Exhibit 20.1.9–3 of this section.

     

  4. Preparation of Penalty Case File. Examiners will establish a separate case file for penalties that contains:
    • The Forms 3645, with 886A if needed, and 8278,
    • A copy of the information return and/or statement, plus a copy of page one of the income tax return,
    • A current transcript,
    • The contact sheet or case history worksheet,
    • Taxpayer’s statement of reasonable cause including a copy of any written advise given to the tax payer, any explanation for denying reasonable cause with a copy of the associated workpapers.
    • Form 3198 should be attached to the outside of the penalty case file and annotated in the "Other" section as follows: "Assess [IRC Section] Civil Penalty as indicated on Form 8278."

     

  5. NOTE: It is advantageous to maintain a copy of the penalty case file documentation with the tax case file (if one exists). This is done in order to assist in making an abatement determination or for appeal purposes while the penalty case file is still being processed.
  6. More than one penalty case file is required when penalties have been proposed under more than one IRC section.

20.1.9.2.3.2  (08-07-1998)
Penalties Subject to Deficiency Procedures

  1. Penalties within this section that are subject to deficiency procedures are assessed just as any other penalty would be that relates to an examination determined deficiency (see 20.1.9.2.3.1 above).
  2. Form 5344 (initiated in examination) is used to assess penalties subject to deficiency procedures. The Case Processing Support area will code and edit the form using established procedures in the AIMS Handbook. Assessment amounts with the appropriate Reference Numbers are entered in the positive field portion of Item 15 of Form 5344. Abatement amounts are entered in the negative portion.

20.1.9.2.4  (08-07-1998)
Abatement of Penalties (Unpaid Assessments)

  1. In certain instances, taxpayers will ask for reconsideration of a penalty that has been assessed but not paid. The examiner will determine whether all the facts were considered when the penalty was assessed.
  2. If the taxpayer shows reasonable cause after the penalty is assessed, abate the portion of the penalty only for the period for which the taxpayer shows reasonable cause.
    1. Enter Penalty Reason Code 62 (on Form 3870 or Form 5344, as appropriate) for adjustments involving reasonable cause consideration, whether or not the abatement is allowed. Refer to IRM 20.1.1.7 and Exhibit 20.1.1–3 for additional information on use of penalty reason codes.
    2. The procedures for abating the penalty are the same as they are for assessing the penalty.

     

  3. If the taxpayer disagrees with the examiner’s final determination, an informal conference may be requested with the examiner’s manager. If the taxpayer still disagrees, the examiner will advise the taxpayer in writing (by appropriate pattern letter) that the adjustment has been reviewed.

20.1.9.2.5  (08-07-1998)
Penalty Appeals

  1. IRM 20.1.4, Method of Appealing Penalties, provides a discussion of the various legislative and administrative remedies for those taxpayers disagreeing with the Service’s determination.
  2. The method for appealing penalties is dependent upon whether the penalties are subject to deficiency procedures or to postassessment appeals (see IRM 20.1.1.4.2 and IRM 20.1.1.4.1 respectively).

20.1.9.3  (08-07-1998)
IRC Section 6038(b) [Dollar Penalty]

  1. Background. P.L. 97–248, (TEFRA), supplemented the existing reduction of the foreign tax credit under IRC section 6038 by adding a fixed dollar penalty of $1,000 up to $25,000 for failure to furnish information with respect to a controlled foreign corporation. This penalty applies to information for annual accounting periods ending after September 3, 1982.
  2. Reporting/Filing Requirement.
    1. IRC section 6038(a) and Treas. Reg. 1.6038–2(a) require a U.S. person to furnish information with respect to any controlled foreign corporation. The information required includes, among other things, foreign corporation entity data, stock ownership data, financial statements, and intercompany transactions with a related person.
    2. A taxpayer meets the requirement by providing the required information on a timely filed Form 5471. A Schedule M attached to Form 5471 is used to report related party transactions. The information is for the annual accounting period of the foreign corporation ending with or within the U.S. person’s taxable year. Form 5471 is filed with the U.S. person’s income tax return on or before the date required by law for the filing of that person’s income tax return. Treas. Reg. 1.6038–2(i).

     

20.1.9.3.1  (08-07-1998)
Penalty Assertion

  1. The examiner must establish that the taxpayer:
    1. Was a U.S. person,
    2. Owned stock possessing more than 50 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote, or more than 50 percent of the total value of shares of all classes of stock of the foreign corporation, and
    3. Failed to timely file the required information on Form 5471.

     

20.1.9.3.2  (08-07-1998)
Penalty Computation

  1. In General. The basic penalty is $1,000 per failure to timely file complete information on the Form 5471 and Schedule M.
  2. Increase in Penalty for Continued Failure.
    1. If failure continues for more than 90 days after notice by the Area Director (or his/her authorized delegate), the penalty shall be increased in the amount of $1,000 for each 30 day period, or fraction thereof, during which such failure continues after the expiration of the 90-day period.
    2. Example. Taxpayer files Form 1120 return for the 1990 calendar year on March 15, 1991, but does not file required Form 5471. On February 1, 1992, notice is issued to the taxpayer regarding the penalty assessed. Examiner calculates the penalty from May 1, 1992, the first day after expiration of the 90 day period, to August 1, 1992, when the delinquent return was received. In addition to the $1,000 basic penalty, the taxpayer is assessed $3,000 because the failure to file information continued for three full months after expiration of the 90-day period.
    3. NOTE: The total penalties for IRC 6038(b) are limited to $25,000.

     

  3. Coordination with IRC section 6038(c). The amount of the IRC section 6038(c) penalty is reduced by the amount of the dollar penalty imposed by IRC section 6038(b).

20.1.9.4  (08-07-1998)
IRC Section 6038(c) [Reduction of Foreign Tax Credit]

  1. Background. P.L. 86–780 added IRC section 6038(c) (formerly (b)) effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1960. This section provides for a reduction in foreign tax credit for a failure to furnish information with respect to a controlled foreign corporation that is required to be filed under IRC section 6038.
    1. Language was later added limiting the foreign tax credit reduction to the greater of $10,000 or the income of the foreign corporation for the applicable accounting period, effective for annual accounting periods beginning after December 31, 1962.
    2. P.L. 97–248, (TEFRA) amended IRC section 6038 by redesignating subsection (b) as subsection (c), and by changing the subsection title to read Penalty of Reducing Foreign Tax Credit. The amendment was effective for annual accounting periods ending after September 3, 1982.

     

  2. Reporting/Filing Requirement. See IRM 20.1.9.3 above.

20.1.9.4.1  (08-07-1998)
Penalty Assertion

  1. Refer to IRM 20.1.9.3 above.

20.1.9.4.2  (08-07-1998)
Penalty Computation

  1. In General.
    1. Application of IRC section 901. The amount of taxes paid or deemed paid is reduced by 10 percent.
    2. Application of IRC sections 902 and 960. The amount of taxes paid or deemed paid is reduced by 10 percent. The 10 percent reduction is not limited to the taxes paid or deemed paid by the foreign corporation with respect to which there is a failure to file information but may apply to the taxes paid or deemed paid by all foreign corporations controlled by that person.
    3. Additional Penalty for Continued Failure. If such failure continues for more than 90 days after notice by the Area Director (or his/her authorized delegate), the amount of the reduction is 10 percent plus an additional 5 percent for each 3-month period, or fraction thereof, during which such failure continues after the expiration of the 90-day period.

     

  2. Limitation.The amount of the foreign tax reduction for each failure to furnish information with respect to a foreign corporation may not exceed the greater of:
    • $10,000, or
    • The income of the foreign corporation for its annual accounting period with respect to which the failure occurs.

     

  3. NOTE: No taxes may be reduced more than once for the same failure. Also, the regulations have not been updated; where the IRC currently refers to a foreign corporation’s "post 1986 undistributed income" , the regulations still refer to "accumulated profits" .
  4. Coordination with IRC section 6038(b). The amount of the IRC section 6038C penalty is reduced by the amount of the dollar penalty imposed by IRC section 6038(b).

20.1.9.5  (08-07-1998)
IRC Section 6038A(d) [Monetary Penalty]

  1. Background. IRC section 6038A(d) was added by P.L. 97–248, (TEFRA), for tax years beginning after December 31, 1982. It provides for a monetary penalty for failure to furnish information or to maintain records as required by IRC section 6038A.
  2. P.L. 101–239, (OBRA’89), amended IRC section 6038A, to be effective generally for tax years beginning after July 10, 1989, by:
    • Reducing the level of foreign ownership of a U.S. subsidiary from 50 percent to 25 percent;
    • Adding a record maintenance requirement;
    • Adding an authorization of agent requirement;
    • Increasing the monetary penalty from $1,000 to $10,000;
    • Increasing the additional monetary penalty from $1,000 to $10,000 for each 30 day period during which the failure continues after receipt of notice of the failure; and
    • Removing the $24,000 cap on the increase in the monetary penalty for continued failure.

     

  3. P.L. 101–508, (OBRA’90), amended IRC section 6038A(a), changing the application of the reporting and record maintenance requirements and enacted IRC section 6038C to apply the rules of IRC section 6038A to foreign corporations engaged in U.S. trade or business at any time during the taxable year.
  4. Reporting/Filing Requirement.
    1. IRC section 6038A(a) and Treas. Reg. 1.6038A–2 require a reporting corporation to furnish the following information: name, business address, nature of business, country in which organized or resident, nature of relationship to reporting corporation, and description and value of transactions between reporting corporation and related party.
    2. A taxpayer meets the requirement by timely filing the required information on Form 5472. A separate Form 5472 must be filed with regard to each related party that has reportable transactions with the reporting corporation. Form 5472 is due on the same date, including extensions, as the income tax return that is required to be filed. A taxpayer must file Form 5472 at the appropriate service center, and must also file a copy of Form 5472 with any attachments and schedules at the Philadelphia Service Center (duplicate filing required). Failure to file at both places may result in a penalty assessment.
    3. A taxpayer is also specifically required to maintain relevant records sufficient to allow determination of the correct tax treatment of the transactions with a related party (as defined in IRC section 6038A(c)(2)).
    4. De minimis rules. A reporting corporation that has less than $10,000,000 in U.S. gross receipts for a taxable year is not subject to the record maintenance requirement or the authorization of agent requirement. If the total value of all gross payments (both made and received) from a foreign related party is not more than $5,000,000 and is less than 10 percent of its U.S. gross income, the reporting corporation is not subject to the record maintenance requirement and the authorization of agent requirement for those transactions.

     

  5. Applicable Definitions.
    1. Reporting Corporation. A reporting corporation is a domestic corporation that is 25 percent foreign-owned. NOTE: Beginning on November 6, 1990, a foreign corporation engaged in a trade or business within the U.S. at any time during the taxable year is a reporting corporation under IRC 6038C. Prior to that time a foreign corporation was subject to the 25 percent foreign-owned
      requirement.
    2. 25 Percent Foreign-Owned. A corporation is 25 percent foreign-owned if it has, at any time during the taxable year, at least one direct or indirect 25 percent foreign shareholder (a person owning at least 25 percent of the total voting power of all classes of stock of such corporation entitled to vote, or the total value of all classes of stock of such corporation). The attribution rules of IRC section 318 apply—see IRC section 6038A(c)(5).
    3. Related Party. The term "related party" means any direct or indirect 25 percent foreign shareholder of the reporting corporation; any person who is related (within the meaning of IRC section 267(b) or 707(b)(1)) to the reporting corporation or to a 25 percent foreign shareholder of the reporting corporation; and any other person who is related within the meaning of IRC section 482 to the reporting corporation.
    4. Foreign Person. The term "foreign person" means any person who is not a U.S. person as defined in IRC section 7701(a)(30), except that any individual who is a citizen of any possession of the U.S. (but not otherwise a citizen of the U.S.) and who is not a resident of the U.S. shall not be treated as a U.S. person.

     

20.1.9.5.1  (08-07-1998)
Penalty Assertion

  1. A penalty is asserted when the examiner determines that:
    1. A U.S. corporation is 25 percent foreign-owned during a taxable year, and has had transaction(s) with a related party,
    2. Has failed to timely file Form 5472 or
    3. Has failed to maintain records of the transaction(s) with the related party.

     

  2. NOTE: The penalty also applies in the case of records maintained outside of the U.S. See Treas. Regs. 1.6038A–4(c) and 1.6038A–3(f)(2). A 25 percent foreign-owned corporation may be considered to have complied with the requirement to maintain records in the U.S. if it makes the records available to the Service within 60 days of the request to produce them or brings the records to the United States and complies with notice requirements under Treas. Reg 1.6038A–3(f)(2)(ii). If this is not done, however, the penalty would be applicable.

20.1.9.5.2  (08-07-1998)
Penalty Computation

  1. In General. The basic penalty is $10,000, for each taxable year, for each related party, for which the Form 5472 was not filed, records were not maintained, or records maintained outside the U.S. were not produced.
  2. Increase in Penalty for Continued Failure. If any failure described above continues for more than 90 days after the day on which the Area Director (or his/her authorized delegate) mails notice of such failure to the reporting corporation, the penalty shall be increased in the amount of $10,000 for each 30-day period, or fraction thereof, during which failure continues after the expiration of the 90-day period.
  3. NOTE: The basic penalty is applied only once to each set of transactions with a related party, even though the taxpayer may be in violation of multiple failures (failure to file, failure to maintain records, and/or failure to comply with the non-U.S. maintenance requirements).
  4. After notification, the additional penalty can be assessed for each failure with respect to each related party. See Treas. Reg. 1.6038A–4.

20.1.9.5.3  (08-07-1998)
Reasonable Cause

  1. The reasonable cause exception shall be applied liberally in the case of a small corporation that:
    1. Had no knowledge of the IRC section 6038A requirements,
    2. Has limited presence in and contacts with the United States, and
    3. Promptly and fully complies with all requests by the Area Director related to the failure.

     

  2. NOTE: A small corporation can only qualify once under this special rule, because once notified by the IRS of the failure, the corporation will have knowledge of the IRC section 6038A requirements.
  3. The reporting corporation must make an affirmative showing of all the facts alleged as reasonable cause in a written statement.
  4. See Treas. Reg. 1.6038A–4(b) in its entirety for a discussion of reasonable cause as it relates to the applications of this IRC section.

20.1.9.6  (08-07-1998)
IRC Section 6038(e) [Noncompliance Penalty]

  1. Background. P.L. 101–239, (OBRA’89], effective for tax years beginning after July 10, 1989, requires that a foreign related party must authorize the reporting corporation to act as its limited agent for the purpose of an IRS summons regarding transaction(s) with the related party. The penalty for failure to authorize an agent or for failure to produce records is described in IRC section 6038A(e)(3).
  2. Meeting of Requirement. A taxpayer meets the requirement by providing an executed authorization of agent within 30 days of a request by the Service or, in the case of production of records, by complying with the request for books, records or documents. The penalty is not imposed if a taxpayer quashes a summons other than on grounds that the records were not maintained as required by IRC section 6038A(a).
  3. Applicable Definitions. See the definitions discussed in IRM 20.1.9.5 above.

20.1.9.6.1  (08-07-1998)
Penalty Assertion

  1. A penalty is asserted when the examiner determines that:
    1. The reporting corporation has failed to respond substantially and timely to a proper summons for records, or
    2. A foreign related party, upon request fails to authorize the reporting corporation as its agent for IRS summons purposes, pursuant to the requirements set forth in Treas. Reg. 1.6038A–5.

     

  2. NOTE: The Examination Handbook provides specific guidance for implementing IRC section 6038A(e).

20.1.9.6.2  (08-07-1998)
Penalty Computation

  1. The noncompliance penalty adjustment permits the Service, in its sole discretion, to deny deductions and adjust cost of goods sold with respect to the related party transaction(s) based upon information avail-
    able to the Service. See IRC section 6038A(e)(3). The noncompliance penalty is reflected in the notice of deficiency.

20.1.9.6.3  (08-07-1998)
Statute of Limitations

  1. The running of any period of limitations under IRC sections 6501 and 6531 may be suspended as provided in IRC section 6038A(e)(4)(D).

20.1.9.6.4  (08-07-1998)
Reasonable Cause

  1. THERE IS NO REASONABLE CAUSE EXCEPTION TO THIS PENALTY.

20.1.9.7  (08-07-1998)
IRC Section 6038B(b)

  1. Background. P.L. 98–369, (TRA’84), added IRC section 6038B which requires information to be furnished with respect to certain transfers of property by a U.S. person to a foreign corporation. This section also includes a substantial penalty for failure to furnish the information.
  2. Reporting/Filing Requirement.
    1. Transfers of Property. IRC section 6038B(a) and the temporary regulations issued thereunder require that any U.S. person that transfers property (including stock or securities) in an exchange described in IRC section 367(a) or (d) to a foreign corporation must report certain information concerning the transfer. See Treas. Reg. 1.6038B–1T(a). These rules are generally effective with respect to transfers occurring after December 31, 1984, in taxable years ending after such date.
    2. A taxpayer meets the requirement by filing Form 926 along with the Federal income tax return at the Internal Revenue Service Center where that return is required to be filed. Temporary regulation 1.6038B–1T(b)(1) states that notwithstanding any statement to the contrary on Form 926, the form and attachments must be filed with the transferor’s tax return for the taxable year that includes the date of the transfer.

     

  3. Description of Transfer.
    1. A transfer is described in IRC section 367(a) if a U.S. person transfers property to a foreign person in connection with an exchange described in IRC section 332, 351, 354, 356, or 361, provided an exception in IRC section 367(a) is not applicable. An exchange described in IRC section 332 is subject to IRC section 6038B only in limited instances. See (4)(b) below.
    2. A transfer is subject to IRC section 6038B if a person has made an election under IRC section 1492(2)(B) to apply the principles of this section to a transfer described in IRC section 1491.
    3. NOTE: A transfer is described in IRC section 367(d) if a U.S. person transfers intangible property to a foreign corporation in an exchange described in IRC section 351 or 361.

     

  4. Transactions Not Covered.
    1. IRC section 336 distributions. Although IRC section 6038B(a)(2) provides that U.S. persons may be required to provide information with respect to IRC section 336 distributions to foreign persons, the temporary regulations limit the application of IRC section 6038B to transfers described in IRC section 367(a) or (d). Thus, IRC section 336 distributions by U.S. persons to foreign persons are not subject to IRC section 6038B. See Treas. Reg. 1.6038B–1T(b)(2).
    2. IRC section 367(e) distributions. Although IRC section 6038B(a)(1) provides that U.S. persons may be required to provide information with respect to distributions described in certain IRC sections including 355 and 332, the regulations under IRC section 6038B state that no notice shall be required with respect to a distribution described in IRC section 367(e). See Treas. Reg. 1.6038B–1T(b)(2). Because IRC sections 355 and 332 are both described in IRC section 367(e), no reporting under IRC section 6038B generally is required with respect to such distributions. However, a transfer of intangible property by a U.S. subsidiary to its foreign parent pursuant to an exchange described in IRC section 332 is described under IRC section 637(a) and is thus subject to reporting under IRC section 6038B. See Treas. Reg. 1.367(a)–5T(e).

     

20.1.9.7.1  (08-07-1998)
Penalty Assertion

  1. A penalty is asserted when the examiner establishes that the taxpayer:
    1. Is a U.S. person and has made a transfer described in IRC section 367(a) or (d) to a foreign corporation,
    2. Has failed to file timely Form 926 and attachments as specified in IRC section 6038B, and
    3. Has not shown that such failure to comply was due to reasonable cause.

     

20.1.9.7.2  (08-07-1998)
Penalty Computation

  1. If a U.S. person fails to furnish information in accordance with IRC section 6038B regarding some or all of the property transferred, then, with respect to such property:
    1. It is not considered to have been transferred for use in the active conduct of a trade or business outside the U.S. and does not qualify for any other exception under the regulations of IRC section 367(a), and gain must be recognized with respect to that property to the extent provided in IRC section 367(a);
    2. The U.S. person must pay a penalty equal to 25 percent of the amount of gain realized on the transfer of such property (without regard to whether gain is recognized on the transfer); and
    3. The period for limitations on assessment of tax on the transfer of such property does not begin to run until the date on which the U.S. person does comply with the reporting requirements.

     

  2. Example.
    1. On January 1, 1989, in an IRC section 351 exchange, domestic corporation ABC transferred to NEWCO, a wholly-owned foreign subsidiary, the following property: machinery to be used in the active conduct of NEWCO’s trade or business outside the U.S., inventory, and all the stock of XYZ, another wholly-owned foreign subsidiary of ABC. ABC did not furnish any information to the IRS with respect to the transfer as required by IRC section 6038B.
    2. The adjusted basis, the fair market value, and resulting gain/loss for the property transfer is as follows:
    3. As a result of the failure to report: (1) The $50,000 gain on the transfer of the machinery must be recognized regardless of the fact that under IRC section 367(a)(3), and Treas. Reg. 1.367(a)–2T, no gain (other than any depreciation recapture required under Treas. Reg. 1.367(a)–4T(b)) would have been required to be recognized if ABC had properly reported the transfer of the machinery. (2) The $40,000 gain on the transfer of the inventory does not qualify for an exception. This gain must be recognized. Treas. Reg. 1.367(a)–5T(b). (3) The $90,000 loss realized on the transfer of the XYZ stock is not recognized under IRC section 367(a) and Treas. Reg. 1.367(a)–1T(b)(3)(ii).
    4. In addition to the above, ABC must pay a penalty equal to 25 percent of the $90,000 gain, or $22,500.

     

    ASSET ADJ. BASIS FMV GAIN/(LOSS)
    Machinery $100,000 $150,000 $50,000
    Inventory $ 60,000 $100,000 $40,000
    XYZ stock $290,000 $200,000 ($90,000)

     

20.1.9.7.3  (08-07-1998)
Statute of Limitations

  1. NOTE: The exception of IRC section 6501(c)(8) only applies to the tax imposed by reason of IRC section 367(a), (d), or (e) and not to the IRC section 6038B(b) penalty.

20.1.9.8  (08-07-1998)
IRC Section 6038C(c) [Monetary Penalty]

  1. Background. P.L. 101–508, (OBRA’90), added IRC section 6038C. This addition makes foreign corporations engaged in U.S. business subject to the same information reporting and record maintenance requirements that apply under IRC section 6038A to U.S. 25 percent foreign-owned corporations, and penalizes them in the same manner. Refer to IRM 20.1.9.5 above.
  2. Reporting/Filing Requirements. Foreign corporations subject to this section must maintain any records that were in existence on or after March 20, 1990.

20.1.9.8.1  (08-07-1998)
Penalty Computation

  1. NOTE: Regulations under IRC 6038C have not been issued. Therefore, no penalty can be asserted at this time unless the taxpayer has destroyed records in existence on or after March 20, 1990. See Treas. Reg. 1.6038A–3(h).

20.1.9.9  (08-07-1998)
IRC Section 6038C(d) [Noncompliance Penalty]

  1. Background. P.L. 101–508, (OBRA’90), added IRC section 6038C(d). This section requires that a foreign related party authorize the reporting corporation to act as its limited agent for summons purposes and requires that the reporting corporation maintain and produce records regarding transaction(s) with the foreign related party.
    1. This penalty parallels the penalty discussed above in IRM 20.1.9.6. The difference is that the IRC section 6038A(e) penalty applies to 25 percent foreign-owned U.S. corporations, and
    2. IRC section 6038C(d) penalty applies to foreign corporations engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. at any time during the taxable year, within the meaning of IRC section 864(b).

     

  2. Meeting of Requirement. The requirement is the same as that of IRC section 6038A as found in IRM 20.1.9.6. Foreign corporations subject to this section must maintain any records that were in existence on or after March 20, 1990.
  3. Definitions. See the definitions discussed in IRM 20.1.9.6 above.

20.1.9.9.1  (08-07-1998)
Penalty Computation

  1. NOTE: Regulations under IRC 6038C have not been issued. Therefore, no penalty can be asserted at this time unless the taxpayer has destroyed records in existence on or after March 20, 1990. See Treas. Reg. 1.6038A–3(h).

20.1.9.10  (08-07-1998)
IRC Section 6652(f)

  1. Background. IRC section 6652(f) provides a penalty for failure to meet reporting requirements under IRC section 6039C.
  2. Reporting/Filing Requirements.
    1. IRC section 6039C requires any foreign person holding a direct investment in U.S. property interests for a calendar year to file a return.
    2. The requirement is met by providing information such as name and address, a description of all U.S. real property interests, and other information prescribed by regulation.

     

20.1.9.10.1  (08-07-1998)
Penalty Assertion

  1. The penalty is applicable when it has been established that the foreign person has failed to meet the above requirements.

20.1.9.10.2  (08-07-1998)
Penalty Computation

  1. NOTE: Regulations under IRC 6039C have not been issued. Therefore, the penalty is not to be assessed for failure to file as required by this section.

20.1.9.11  (08-07-1998)
IRC Section 6677

  1. Background. P.L. 87–834, The Revenue Act of 1962, added IRC section 6677 effective on October 17, 1962. This section provides a penalty for failure to file an information return with respect to a foreign trust as required under IRC section 6048.
  2. Reporting/Filing Requirement.
    1. Form 3520 is required to be filed by a U.S. Person who either creates a foreign trust or transfers money or property to a foreign trust. The form is due no later than the 90th day after the creation of the trust or transfer of the money, or property to a trust.
    2. Form 3520A is required to be filed by a U.S. person who previously filed a Form 3520, as long as the trust has at least one U.S. beneficiary. The form is due by the 15th day of the fourth month following the end of the taxable period covered by the return.

     

20.1.9.11.1  (08-07-1998)
Penalty Assertion

  1. A penalty is asserted when it has been established that the grantor or transferor of a foreign trust has failed to meet filing requirement discussed above. The penalty applies if the Forms 3520 and 3520–A do not contain all of the required information.

20.1.9.11.2  (08-07-1998)
Penalty Computation

  1. The penalty for failure to file a timely, complete Form 3520 is 5 percent of the amount transferred to a trust. For failure to file a timely, complete Form 3520–A, the penalty is 5 percent of the value of the corpus of the trust at the close of the taxable year. The penalty is limited to $1,000 for failure to file either Form 3520 or Form 3520A.

20.1.9.12  (08-07-1998)
IRC Section 6679

  1. Background. P.L. 87–834, the Revenue Act of 1962, added IRC section 6679 effective on October 17, 1962. This section, as amended, provides a penalty for failure to furnish information and timely file a return under IRC section 6035, 6046, or 6046A.
  2. IRC section 6035 requires a U.S. citizen or resident who is an officer, director or 10 percent shareholder of a foreign personal holding company to file Form 5471 with Schedule N by the due date of the taxpayer’s income tax return, including extensions.
  3. IRC section 6046 requires Form 5471 with Schedule O, to be filed by the due date of the taxpayer’s income tax return, including extensions and must be filed by:
    1. A U.S. Citizen or resident who is an officer or director of a foreign corporation, 5 percent or more in value of the stock of which is owned by a U.S. person,
    2. A U.S. person who owns 5 percent or more in value of the stock of a foreign corporation,
    3. Each person who is treated as a U.S. shareholder under IRC section 953(c), or
    4. Each person who becomes a U.S. person while owning 5 percent or more in value of the stock of a foreign corporation.

     

  4. IRC section 6046A requires any U.S. person who acquires or disposes of an interest in a foreign partnership, or whose interest in a foreign partnership changes substantially to file such form as Treas. Regs. provide. The return is due on the 90th day after the day on which the U.S. person becomes liable to file (or later date if prescribed by
    regulations).

20.1.9.12.1  (08-07-1998)
Penalty Assertion

  1. The examiner must establish that the taxpayer has not provided the required information on a timely filed return.

20.1.9.12.2  (08-07-1998)
Penalty Computation

  1. The penalty is $1,000 per failure.
  2. NOTE: Regulations under IRC sections 6046A have not been issued. Therefore, until issued the penalty under IRC section 6679 should not be assessed for failure to file as required by this IRC section.

20.1.9.13  (08-07-1998)
IRC Section 6683

  1. Background. P.L. 89–809 (11–13–66), the Foreign Investors Tax Act of 1966, added IRC section 6683 effective on January 1, 1967. This section provides a penalty for failure to file a true and accurate return of the tax imposed by IRC section 541 (Personal Holding Company Tax).
  2. Reporting/Filing Requirement.
    1. Any foreign corporation which is a personal holding company (as defined in IRC section 542) is subject to personal holding company tax with respect to its income from sources within the U.S.
    2. A Schedule PH must be filed with a Form 1120. The due date is the same as for Form 1120.

     

20.1.9.13.1  (08-07-1998)
Penalty Assertion

  1. A penalty is asserted when it has been established that a foreign corporation is a personal holding corporation, and has failed to timely file Schedule PH (Form 1120).

20.1.9.13.2  (08-07-1998)
Penalty Computation

  1. The penalty is computed by multiplying the personal holding company’s income tax (including personal holding company tax imposed by IRC section 541) by 10 percent.

20.1.9.13.3  (08-07-1998)
Statute of Limitations

  1. The personal holding company tax may be assessed at any time within 6 years after the Form 1120 for such year was filed. Treas. Reg. 301.6501(f)–1.

20.1.9.14  (08-07-1998)
IRC Section 6686

  1. Background. P.L. 92–178, The Revenue Act of 1971, added IRC section 6686 effective for taxable years ending after December 31, 1971.
  2. Reporting/Filing Requirement. IRC section 6011(c) requires the following taxpayers to furnish certain information to their shareholders, furnish certain information to the IRS, and keep satisfactory financial books and records:
    1. A DISC or IC–DISC is required to supply its shareholders information on Schedule K (Form 1120 DISC or Form 1120 IC–DISC), which is due to the shareholders on or before the last day of the second month following the close of its taxable year;
    2. A FSC is required to file Form 1120–FSC by the 15th day of the third month after the end of corporation’s tax year;
    3. A corporation that has elected to be an Interest Charge DISC effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1984, (or a DISC for prior years) is required to file Form 1120–IC–DISC, (or Form 1120–DISC in the case of taxable years of DISCs beginning prior to January 1, 1985) due on or before the 15th day of the 9th month following the end of its tax year; and
    4. A DISC, IC–DISC, or FSC shall keep records supporting its reporting of gross income, deductions, credits and other matters on its income tax forms.

     

20.1.9.14.1  (08-07-1998)
Penalty Assertion

  1. A penalty is asserted when the examiner has established that:
    1. The entity is a DISC, former DISC, an IC–DISC, FSC, or former FSC as defined in IRC sections 992(a) and 922, and has failed to timely file Form 1120–DISC, Form 1120–IC–DISC, or Form 1120–FSC, as applicable, or
    2. The entity is an IC–DISC or DISC and has failed to supply timely information to shareholders on Schedule K.

     

20.1.9.14.2  (08-07-1998)
Penalty Computation

  1. The penalty under IRC section 6686 is $100 for each failure to supply information to shareholders on Schedule K. This penalty is limited to a total of $25,000. The taxpayer is assessed a penalty of $1,000 for each failure to file Form 1120–DISC, Form 1120–IC–DISC, or Form 1120–FSC.

20.1.9.14.3  (08-07-1998)
Statute of Limitations

  1. NOTE: It is the Service’s position that there is no statute of limitations for the DISC or IC–DISC.

20.1.9.15  (08-07-1998)
IRC Section 6688

  1. Background. P.L. 93–406 amended IRC section 6667 by renumbering it as IRC section 6688, and making it effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1972. This section provides a penalty for failure to provide the IRS with information allowing it to implement the provisions of IRC section 7654 with respect to bonafide residents of Guam, American Samoa, The Northern Mariana Islands and the Virgin Islands. NOTE: TRA ’86 made IRC section 7654(a) applicable to the Virgin Islands and American Samoa although the current regulations under IRC section 7654 are only applicable to Guam and The Northern Mariana Islands.
  2. Reporting/Filing Requirement.
    1. The implementation of IRC section 7654(a) requires that bona fide residents of the above cited U.S. possessions provide information allowing for the proper allocation of income between the U.S. and such possessions.
    2. Pending new regulations under IRC section 7654, bona fide residents of these U.S. possessions must generally maintain records that identify the proper allocation of income between the U.S. and such possessions.

     

20.1.9.15.1  (08-07-1998)
Penalty Assertion

  1. The examiner asserts a penalty on establishing that an individual, as described above, has not filed timely information.

20.1.9.15.2  (08-07-1998)
Penalty Computation

  1. The examiner computes the penalty at $100 per failure to report.

20.1.9.16  (08-07-1998)
IRC Section 6689

  1. Background. IRC section 6689 was added by P.L. 96–603 applicable for taxable years beginning after 1979. This section provides a penalty for failure to notify the Service of a foreign tax redetermination with respect to:
    1. The amount of foreign taxes paid or accrued pursuant to IRC section 905(c),
    2. The amount of the deduction for certain foreign deferred compensation plans under IRC section 404A(g).

     

  2. Reporting/Filing Requirement.
    1. Foreign Tax Redetermination. A taxpayer is required to notify the Service of any foreign tax redetermination that may affect U.S. tax liability. A taxpayer must provide notice by filing Form 1040X or 1120X and Form 1116 or 1118 within 180 days after a foreign tax redetermination. See Treas. Reg. 1.905–4T(b). If a foreign tax redetermination results in an additional assessment of foreign tax, the taxpayer has the 10-year period provided by IRC section 6511(d)(3)(A) to file a claim for additional foreign tax credits.
    2. NOTE: When a foreign tax redetermination affects the indirect or deemed paid credit under IRC section 902 for taxable years after 1986, the taxpayer must provide notice by filing Form 1120X and Form 1118 for all tax years affected by the foreign tax credit redetermination. See Treas. Reg. 1.905–3T(d)(2)(iii). Notwithstanding the requirement in 1 above, Treas. Reg. 1.905–4T(d) provides that in no event shall the notice be required prior to the issuance of an announcement or regulations concerning the manner in which the notice must be filed.
    3. NOTE: Until guidance has been issued, the timeliness standard is effectively suspended, and the penalty may not be enforced.
    4. Redetermination of IRC Section 404A Deduction. A taxpayer is required to notify the Service, in the time and manner specified in regulations, if the foreign tax deduction for deferred compensation expense is adjusted. See IRC Section 404A(g)(2)(B).

     

  3. Definition. Foreign Tax Redetermination. Treas. Reg. 1.905–3T(c) defines a foreign tax redetermination as a change in the foreign tax liability that may affect a U.S. taxpayer’s foreign tax credit and includes:
    1. A refund of foreign taxes,
    2. A difference between the dollar value of the accrued foreign tax and the dollar value of the foreign tax actually paid attributable to differences in the units of foreign currency paid and the units of foreign currency accrued, or
    3. A difference between the dollar value of the accrued foreign tax and the dollar value of the foreign tax actually paid attributable to fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency relative to the dollar between the date of accrual and the date of payment.

     

20.1.9.16.1  (08-07-1998)
Penalty Assertion

  1. A penalty is asserted when the taxpayer has failed to notify the Service of a foreign tax redetermination.

20.1.9.16.2  (08-07-1998)
Penalty Computation

  1. The examiner determines the deficiency attributable to the foreign tax redetermination and to this deficiency is added a penalty computed as follows:
    1. 5 percent of the deficiency if the failure is for not more than 1 month, with
    2. An additional 5 percent of the deficiency for each month (or fraction thereof) during which the failure continues, but not to exceed in the aggregate 25 percent of the deficiency.

     

  2. NOTE: If this penalty applies, then the penalty imposed under IRC section 6662(b)(1)), formerly in IRC section 6653(a), relating to failure to pay by reason of negligence or disregard of rules or regulations, shall not apply.

20.1.9.16.3  (08-07-1998)
Statute of Limitations

  1. IRC section 6501(c)(5) independently suspends the normal statute of limitations for additions to tax resulting from a redetermination of foreign tax. IRC section 905(c) contains special rules for such changes.

20.1.9.17  (08-07-1998)
IRC Section 6712

  1. Background. IRC section 6712 was added by P.L. 100–647, TAMRA’88, for returns the due date for which occurs (without extensions) after December 31, 1988. This section provides a penalty for failure to disclose a treaty-based return position.
  2. Reporting/Filing Requirement.
    1. IRC section 6712 enforces IRC section 6114. IRC section 6114 generally requires that if a taxpayer takes a position that any treaty of the U.S. overrules or modifies any provision of the IRC, the taxpayer must disclose the position.
    2. A taxpayer meets the disclosure requirement by attaching Form 8833 or a statement to the appropriate tax return in the format outlined in Treas. Reg. 301.6114–1(d) with taxpayer’s name, TIN or EIN, address, name and address of payor of income, a statement of citizenship or residency, and a statement of facts regarding each separate position taken.
    3. NOTE: A taxpayer may be able to aggregate certain similar types of income as a single payment or income item for disclosure purposes. See Treas. Reg. 301.6114–1(d)(4)(i) for guidance on rules for aggregating separate payments or income items.

     

20.1.9.17.1  (08-07-1998)
Penalty Assertion

  1. The penalty is asserted when the examiner determines that the taxpayer failed in a material way to disclose a treaty based return position under IRC section 6114.

20.1.9.17.2  (08-07-1998)
Penalty Computation

  1. The penalty is $1,000 for each separate treaty-based position taken and not properly disclosed, in the case of an individual taxpayer. For a C corporation, the penalty is $10,000 for each separate failure to disclose a treaty-based position.

20.1.9.17.3  (08-07-1998)
Waiver Criteria

  1. Treas. Reg. 301.6712–1(b) provides the Director, Compliance, the Area Director, or the Director of the Service Center with the authority to waive, in whole or in part, the penalty imposed under IRC section 6712 if the taxpayer’s failure to disclose the required information is not due to willful neglect.
  2. An affirmative showing of lack of willful neglect must be made in the form of a written statement setting forth all the facts alleged to show lack of willful neglect and must contain a declaration by the taxpayer that the statement is made under penalties of perjury.

20.1.10.1  (08-12-1998)
Overview

  1. This section of the consolidated penalty IRM discusses the miscellaneous penalties not included in the other chapters.

20.1.10.1.1  (08-12-1998)
Common Features

  1. In general, each penalty discussed in this chapter is unique and will stand alone unless otherwise indicated. Exceptions and additional information are noted in the discussions of the specific penalties. However, some general procedures will apply.
  2. Statute of Limitations.Penalties that are notconsidered taxesgenerally have no statute of limitationfor assessment. For penalties subject to deficiency procedures (generally, income taxes) or non-deficiency procedures (generally, employment or excise tax) the limitation for assessment is three years after the return is due or filed, whichever is later. See IRM 20.1.4 for a discussion of deficiency versus non-deficiency procedures.
  3. Reasonable Cause.Determination as to whether or not reasonable cause exists must be based on a careful consideration of the facts and circumstances of each case prior to the assertion of a penalty. Examiners should consider any reason a taxpayer provides in conjunction with the guidelines, principles and evaluating factors identified in the Penalty Relief Chapter. See IRM 20.1.3, Penalty Relief, as well as the applicable IRC section and Treas. Regs. relating to the specific penalty.
  4. Abatements.Information on penalty abatements and penalty reason codes (PRC) are discussed in IRM 20.1.1.
  5. Penalty Transaction Codes.See Exhibit 20.1–5 for a list of penalty transaction codes.
  6. Penalty Reference Numbers.See Exhibit 20.1–6 and 20.1–7 for a list of penalty reference numbers.

20.1.10.1.2  (08-12-1998)
Who Asserts/
Assesses

  1. A service center or compliance function may determine that a penalty should be imposed.
    1. At a service center the penalty may generate automatically, or
    2. compliance functions consider the penalty during an examination or during personal contact with the taxpayer.

     

  2. Reference numbers are used to assess non tax return related penalties (conduct or information returns).
    1. Five hundred (500) series referenced numbers are generally generated as a result of computer matching programs and used to identify the failure.
    2. Six hundred (600) series reference numbers are generally used to assess penalties as the result of an examination or other compliance activity.
    3. See Exhibit 20.1.1–6 and 20.1.1–7 for a complete list of current reference numbers.

     


20.1.10.2  (08-12-1998)
IRC section 6166(g)(3)

  1. IRC section 6166, Extension of Time for Payment of Estate Tax Where Estate Consists Largely of Interest in Closely Held Business, under certain circumstances provides for the deferral of tax and/or installment payment plan for tax imposed by IRC section 2001.
  2. IRC section 6166(g)(3), Failure to Make Payment of Principal or Interest, provides that if any payment payable under IRC section 6166(a) is not paid when due but is paid within 6 months of the due date, there is imposed a penalty in an amount equal to 5 percent of the amount of the payment multiplied by the number of months (or fractions thereof) after the due date and before payment is made.
  3. The estate tax installment agreement is monitored in the Service Center Accounting Branch. The service center procedures for assessment/abatement will be the primary focus under this penalty section.

20.1.10.2.1  (08-12-1998)
Penalty Computation

  1. During the four year principal deferral (or shorter period if elected by the executor), the Estate is billed for interest only.
  2. If the taxpayer fails to make the installment (interest) payment, CP–191, Notification to Service Center Accounting to update the installment billing clerks file, will not generate. A manual review of the payment pending file will be necessary 45 days after the installment due date. If the review shows an unpaid installment, research:
    1. IDRS for misapplied payment, and
    2. Form 4768, Application for Extension of Time to File U.S. Estate Tax Return and/or Pay Estate Tax.

     

  3. If no payment or extension is located:
    1. Compute the Late Installment (LI) Penalty on the unpaid installment (interest) at 5% per month (or fraction thereof) from the installment due date to the date of Notice and Demand.
    2. Input TC 240 for LI Penalty on IDRS.
    3. Compute interest on the unpaid installment (interest) from the installment due date to the date of Notice and Demand.
    4. Input TC 340 for interest on IDRS.
    5. Prepare and issue Form 6335, Unit Ledger Card, for the unpaid installment, including accrued penalty and interest.
    6. Suspense for 45 days.

     

  4. If after 90 days, no response is received from Service Center Collection Branch (SCCB), contact them to determine status of account.

20.1.10.2.2  (08-12-1998)
Assessment

  1. If the taxpayer fails to make the installment (principal and interest) payment, a manual review of the payment pending file will be necessary 45 days after the installment date.
    1. Compute Late Installment (LI) penalty on the unpaid installment (principal and interest) at 5% per month (or fraction thereof) from the installment due date to the date of Notice and Demand. Input TC 240 for LI Penalty on IDRS.
    2. Compute Failure to Pay (FTP) Penalty on the principal portion of the installment from the installment due date to the date of Notice and Demand. Input TC 270 for FTP penalty on IDRS.
    3. Compute interest (at the existing rate) on the unpaid installment (principal and interest) from the installment due date to the date of Notice and Demand. Input TC 340 for interest on IDRS.

     

  2. Use Hold Codes, Priority Codes, Posting Delay Codes and Penalty Reasons Codes as applicable. See IRM 3.15.60 and Document 6209 for additional information regarding these codes and indicators.
  3. Prepare and issue "Certified Letter" (return receipt requested) for the unpaid installment, accrued penalty and interest. Suspense for 45 days.
  4. If the payment is not received within 45 days of the Certified Letter, see IRM 3.17.243.

20.1.10.2.3  (08-12-1998)
Penalty Relief

  1. No penalty relief provisions, including reasonable cause, exist. It should be noted, however, that prior to the due date of the payment, the estate may seek an extension of the time for payment under IRC section 6161, Extension of Time for Paying Tax.

20.1.10.3  (08-12-1998)
IRC section 6652(a)

  1. Reserved. See LEM 20.1.10.3.

20.1.10.3.1  (08-12-1998)
IRC section 6652(j)

  1. IRC section 6652(j) provides a penalty of $100 per failure to provide the certification as required by IRC section 142(d)(7).
    1. Form 8703, Annual Certification by Operator Qualified Residential Rental Project is required to be filed by March 31 after the close of the calendar year for which the certification is made.
    2. Form 8610, Annual Low-Income Housing Credit Agencies Report, is required to be filed by February 28 of the year following the calendar year for which an allocation of credit is made.

     

  2. The Service does not apply the penalty when the failure to timely file Form 8703 or Form 8610 is due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect.
  3. The penalty is subject to deficiency procedures.
  4. Effective January 1, 1997, procedures for assessment/abatement will be in IRM 3.11.25.
  5. Currently, Philadelphia Service Center processes these forms in a special processing unit.

20.1.10.3.2  (08-12-1998)
IRC section 6652(k)

  1. See LEM 20.1.10.3.2.

20.1.10.3.3  (08-12-1998)
IRC section 6652(l)

  1. See LEM 20.1.10.3.3.

20.1.10.4  (08-12-1998)
IRC section 6653

  1. IRC section 6653, Failure to Pay Stamp is administered by the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms.

20.1.10.5  (08-12-1998)
IRC section 6657

  1. Generally, this penalty will be assessed by the Service Center using penalty transaction codes.
    1. TC 280—Manual assessment of a bad check penalty, or
    2. TC 286—Computer generated assessment of a bad check penalty initiated by the posting of any one of the following Transaction Codes: 611, 621, 741, 651, 661, 671, 681, 691 and 721.
    3. TC 287 is computer generated which reverses the Transaction Code 280 or 286 if the status is 06 and the module balance is debit and net 28X amount equals the module balance.

     

  2. A CP 587 notice will be sent to the taxpayer informing them of the dishonored check or money order and any applicable penalty and interest assessed.

20.1.10.5.1  (08-12-1998)
Bad Check Penalty

  1. IRC section 6657 provides for the assertion of a penalty when a taxpayer’s check or money order is dishonored. For checks or money orders that were dishonored:
    1. On or before November 10, 1988, a penalty in an amount equal to:
      (1) 1% the amount of the check, or
      (2) if the amount of the dishonored check/money order was $500 or less; then the penalty was $5 or the amount of the check/money order whichever was less.
    2. After November 10, 1988, the Technical Corrections Act of 1988 increased the amount of the penalty to:
      (1) 2% of the amount of the check, or
      (2) if the amount of the dishonored check/money order if $750 or less; then the penalty is $15.00 or the amount of the check/money order, whichever is less.

     

20.1.10.5.2  (08-12-1998)
Assessment

  1. A dishonored check/money order is identified on IDRS when a payment/deposit is reversed.
    1. For example, check/money order received with a return is identified as a TC 610. If the check/money order received with the return, was dishonored when presented to a bank, it would be identified on IDRS as a TC 611.
    2. When a payment/deposit received by the Service is dishonored, the dishonored payment will be reversed using one of the following: TC 611, 621, 641, 651, 661, 671, 681, 691, 721.
    3. The penalty associated with the dishonored check/money order will be identified on IDRS as a TC 280 or TC 286.

     

20.1.10.5.3  (08-12-1998)
Penalty Relief

  1. The taxpayer may request penalty abatement by providing a reason why the check/money order was dishonored. Review the request for abatement, bank letter or other information to determine if the penalty should be abated (see 20.1.1.3, Penalty Relief).
  2. When it is determined that the penalty should be abated:
    1. Input a TC 281 for the amount of the penalty previously assessed
    2. Indicate the reason for the penalty abatement in the adjustment remarks area.
    3. Use reason codes, penalty reason codes, hold codes, priority codes, or posting delay codes as required.
    4. Notify the taxpayer that the penalty has been abated (letter 608C or by telephone).

     

  3. When it is determined that the penalty should not be abated:
    1. Provide the taxpayer with a written explanation (854C or
      equivalent)
    2. Input TC 290 .00, BK 98/99, RC 62.

     

20.1.10.5.3.1  (08-12-1998)
Reasonable Cause

  1. In addition to the reasons discussed in IRM 20.1.1.3, the following should be accepted as reasonable cause for dishonored checks.
    1. The taxpayer furnished evidence that their bank account contained sufficient funds at the time the check was submitted, but due to an error the check/money order was dishonored in error. In this situation, the bank should provide a letter of explanation.
    2. A check was not honored because of the death of the taxpayer after the date the check was issued.
    3. Payment of a check was stopped on the advice or recommendation of an employee of the Service.
    4. No penalty will be assessed on third party checks involving cash register seized property.
    5. See LEM 20.1.10.

     

20.1.10.6  (08-12-1998)
IRC section 6674

  1. IRC section 6674 provides for a penalty for a Willful Failure to Furnish (IRC section 6051 or 6053(b)) or for Willfully Furnishing a False or Fraudulent Statement (31.6051–1 or 31.6053–2) to an employee.
    1. IRC section 6051, Receipts for Employees
    2. IRC section 6053(b), Statements Furnished by Employers

     

20.1.10.6.1  (08-12-1998)
Penalty Computation

  1. The penalty is $50 for each willful failure to provide or furnishing a false or fraudulent statement.

20.1.10.6.2  (08-12-1998)
Assertion

  1. When an indication of willful failure is discovered, the investigating Compliance office will suspend the inquiry and report findings to the Criminal Investigation function.
  2. Examination will assert the civil penalty.

20.1.10.6.3  (08-12-1998)
Penalty Relief

  1. Reasonable cause provisions do not apply to IRC section 6674. See IRM 20.1.1.3.

20.1.10.7  (08-12-1998)
IRC section 6675

  1. IRC section 6675 provides for a penalty if an excessive claim is filed for certain federal excise taxes.
    1. IRC section 6420—gasoline used on farms;
    2. IRC section 6421—gasoline used for certain nonhighway purposes; and
    3. IRC section 6427—fuels not used for taxable purposes.

     

20.1.10.7.1  (08-12-1998)
Penalty Computation

  1. The penalty is an amount equal to the greater of:
    1. Two times the excessive amount; or
    2. $10.

     

  2. The penalty does not applyto excessive credit taken for such taxes on an income tax return.
  3. The penalty may applyto excessive payment on the claim.

20.1.10.7.2  (08-12-1998)
Reserved

  1. Reserved.

20.1.10.7.3  (08-12-1998)
Penalty Relief

  1. Reasonable cause does apply. See IRM 20.1.1.3.

20.1.10.8  (08-12-1998)
IRC section 6697

  1. IRC section 6697 provides for a penalty to be imposed on a regulated investment company or a real estate investment trust which uses the deficiency dividend procedure of IRC section 860 to retain its qualified status.
  2. Prior to 1987, this penalty applied to a real estate investment trust.

20.1.10.8.1  (08-12-1998)
Penalty Computation

  1. The amount of the penalty is equal to the interest charge paid by the trust on the deficiency dividend.
  2. The penalty may not exceed 50% of the deficiency dividend deduction allowed by IRC section 860(a).

20.1.10.8.2  (08-12-1998)
Assertion

  1. The penalty may be assessed and collected without the normal deficiency procedure.
  2. For tax years beginning after 1986, the penalty does not apply to a real estate investment trust (REIT) that uses the deficiency dividend procedure to retain its qualified status.

20.1.10.8.3  (08-12-1998)
Penalty Relief

  1. Reasonable cause does not apply. See IRM 20.1.3.

20.1.10.9  (08-12-1998)
IRC section 6702

  1. IRC section 6702 provides for an immediate assessment of a $500 civil penalty against individuals who file frivolous income tax returns or frivolous amended income tax returns. The penalty is not based on tax liability. There does not need to be an underpayment of tax or understatement of liability in order for the penalty to be imposed in addition to any other penalty. The intent of the law is to stop the flow of returns, amended returns, or documents which purport to be returns, that contain altered line items or claim clearly unallowable deductions or credits based on a frivolous position.
  2. The penalty can be asserted on a frivolous Form 1040, Form 1040X Amended Return, Form 843, Claim and others which:
    1. Do not contain sufficient information to judge the correctness of the tax, or
    2. Contain information that on its face indicates the self-assessment is incorrect, and
    3. The conduct referred to in (a) or (b) is due to a position which is frivolous or a desire to delay or impede the administration of the tax laws.

     

  3. Some of the schemes which may cause the assertion of the penalty are:
    1. Unallowable deductions such as the gold standard, discounted Federal Reserve Notes and War tax;
    2. Wages are not income;
    3. Constitutional claims (i.e., Fourth, Fifth and Sixteenth amendments);
    4. Invalid returns; and
    5. Nonprocessable returns.

     

  4. The frivolous return penalty is not applied against partnerships, corporations or estates.
  5. Statute of Limitations. A frivolous return:
    1. Does not constitute a valid return when the Service is unable to process the return, therefore, the IRC section 6702 penalty may be assessed at any time.
    2. Does constitute a valid return when the Service is able to process the return. Therefore, the IRC section 6702 penalty must be assessed within 3 years after the return was filed.

     

  6. See Exhibit 20.1.1–6, for the applicable penalty reference numbers.

20.1.10.9.1  (08-12-1998)
Penalty Computation

  1. The civil penalty is $500 per frivolous document.
  2. A taxpayer can have multiple penalties. However, for a joint return, only one $500 penalty is assessed against the husband and wife, per frivolous document.
  3. See LEM 20.1.10.

20.1.10.9.2  (08-12-1998)
Assertion

  1. Generally, the service center identifies frivolous returns and assesses the penalty.
  2. If the field receives a return that warrants a frivolous return penalty, the employee should indicate this on a Form 3198, Special Handling Notice, attached to the original return.
  3. A Form 8278, Computation and Assessment of Miscellaneous Penalties, will be completed and used for assessment unless the penalty is related to a joint return. The Non-Master File Assessment Voucher, Form 5734, will be used for the joint assessment of the penalty. See IRM Part 5.1.1, Collection for further information.

20.1.10.9.3  (08-12-1998)
Penalty Relief

  1. Taxpayers seeking judicial review of the imposition of the penalty must first pay the entire penalty. A Letter of Disallowance is sent to the taxpayer and the taxpayer can file suit contesting this penalty in the district court or U.S. Court of Federal Claims.

20.1.10.10  (08-12-1998)
IRC section 6705

  1. IRC section 6705 provides a $500 penalty for Failure by Broker to Provide Notice to Payors that a payee is subject to backup withholding.
  2. Under IRC section 3406(d)(2)(B), a broker who acquires a readily tradable instrument for a payee (customer) must notify the payor of such instrument within 15 days of the acquisition that the payee is subject to backup withholding if either of the following conditions exist:
    1. The payee fails to furnish the TIN to the broker.
    2. The IRS notifies the broker that the TIN is incorrect.
    3. The payee has not provided the broker with a certification that the payee is not subject to backup withholding, or
    4. The IRS has notified the broker before the acquisition that the payee is subject to backup withholding.

     

  3. Any broker who intentionally fails to provide the required notice is subject to the penalty of $500 for each such failure.
  4. The penalty applies to payments made after 1983.

20.1.10.10.1  (08-12-1998)
Penalty Computation

  1. The penalty is computed at $500 per failure by the broker to provide the notice to the payor.

20.1.10.10.2  (08-12-1998)
Assertion

  1. Compliance employees request the assessment of the penalty using Form 8278.
  2. The penalty is assessed using penalty reference number 632.

20.1.10.10.3  (08-12-1998)
Penalty Relief

  1. Reasonable cause does not apply. See Exhibit 20.1.10–1.

20.1.10.11  (08-12-1998)
IRC section 6706(a)

  1. IRC section 6706(a) provides for a penalty of $50 for Failure to Show Information on Debt Instrument.
  2. In the case of any debt instrument having original issue discount, the following information must be shown on the Debt Instrument,
    1. Amount of the original issue discount, and
    2. The issue date.

     

  3. Statutory notice of deficiency procedures do not apply to this penalty.

20.1.10.11.1  (08-12-1998)
Penalty Computation

  1. In the case of any debt instrument having original issue discount that does not contain the required information, a penalty of $50 per failure to show information on a debt instrument will be assessed.

20.1.10.11 
IRC section 6706(a)

20.1.10.11.1 
Penalty Computation

20.1.10.11.1.1  (08-12-1998)
Assertion

  1. This penalty is asserted by Compliance.

20.1.10.11.1.2  (08-12-1998)
Penalty Relief

  1. Reasonable cause does apply. See IRM 20.1.1.3.

20.1.10.11.2  (08-12-1998)
IRC section 6706(b)

  1. IRC section 6706(b) provides for a penalty of 1% of the aggregate issue price of such issue, not to exceed $50,000 for Failure to Furnish Form 8281, Information Return for Publicly Offered Original Issue Discount Instruments.
  2. An issuer of a publicly offered debt instrument (obligation) having Original Issue Discount (OID), such as a bond, debenture, or note, must file Form 8281.
  3. Form 8281 must be filed within 30 days of the date of issuance of an OID instrument.
  4. A separate Form 8281 must be filed for each issue.
  5. Statutory notice of deficiency procedures do not apply to this penalty.

20.1.10.11.2.1  (08-12-1998)
Penalty Computation

  1. A penalty of 1% of the aggregate issue price of a publicly offered original discount instrument, not to exceed $50,000 for the failure to notify the Service within the time specified will be assessed.

20.1.10.11.2.2  (08-12-1998)
Assertion

  1. The Multi-Functional Compliance Team (MFCT) in Detroit Data Center (DDC) has primary responsibility for this program.

20.1.10.11.2.3  (08-12-1998)
Penalty Relief

  1. Reasonable cause does apply. See IRM 20.1.3.

20.1.10.12  (08-12-1998)
IRC section 6707

  1. Failure to register a tax shelter:
    1. IRC section 6111(a) defines those people required to register a tax shelter and the time for the required registration.
    2. IRC section 6707(a) provides a penalty for those people who fail to register or fail to register timely.
    3. Form 8264, Application for Registration of a Tax Shelter, is used for this purpose.

     

  2. Failure to furnish identifying number:
    1. IRC section 6111(b)(1) defines the requirements to furnish a tax shelter identification number to an authorized person upon request.
    2. IRC section 6707(b)(1) provides a penalty for each failure to do so.

     

  3. Failure to include an identifying number on a return:
    1. IRC section 6111(b)(2) defines the requirement to include the identification number on any return as required.
    2. IRC section 6707(b)(2) provides a penalty for each failure to supply the number as required.

     

  4. The penalty applies to interests in tax shelters which are first offered for sale after August 31, 1984.

20.1.10.12.1  (08-12-1998)
Penalty Computation

  1. After 10/22/86:
    1. IRC section 6707(a) provides a penalty of 1 percent of the aggregate amount invested in the tax shelter or $500, whichever is greater, for the failure to register a tax shelter.
    2. IRC section 6707(b)(1) provides a penalty of $100 for each failure to furnish an identifying number as required.
    3. IRC section 6707(b)(2) provides a $250 penalty for each failure to include an identifying number on a return.

     

  2. Prior to 10/23/86:
    1. For failure to register a tax shelter shall be an amount to the greater of $500 or the lesser of (i) 1 percent of the aggregate amount invested in such shelter, or (ii) $10,000.
    2. IRC section 6707(b)(1) provides a penalty of $100 for each failure to furnish an identifying number as required.
    3. IRC section 6707(b)(2) provides a $50 penalty for each failure to include an identifying number on a return.

     

20.1.10.12.2  (08-12-1998)
Assertion

  1. These penalties are asserted by Examination function.

20.1.10.12.3  (08-12-1998)
Penalty Relief

  1. The reasonable cause exception applies to the penalties in IRC section 6707 except the penalty under section 6707(b)(1). See IRM 20.1.1.3 for a discussion of reasonable cause.

20.1.10.13  (08-12-1998)
IRC section 6708

  1. The requirement to maintain a list of investors in potentially abusive tax shelters is defined in IRC section 6112. IRC section 6708 provides a penalty for each investor not included on the list.
  2. The penalty applies to tax shelters which are first offered for sale after August 31, 1984.
    1. August 31, 1984 to October 22, 1986—$50,000 maximum.
    2. After October 22, 1986—$100,000 maximum.

     

20.1.10.13.1  (08-12-1998)
Penalty Computation

  1. IRC section 6708 provides a penalty of $50 for each investor not included on the list with a maximum penalty of $100,000 after October 22, 1986. Prior to October 23, 1986, maximum penalty of $50,000.

20.1.10.13.2  (08-12-1998)
Assertion

  1. These penalties are asserted by Examination function.

20.1.10.13.3  (08-12-1998)
Penalty Relief

  1. The penalty is not asserted if there is reasonable cause and the failure was not due to willful neglect. See IRM 20.1.1.3 for a discussion of reasonable cause.

20.1.10.14  (08-12-1998)
IRC section 6709(c)

  1. IRC section 6709(c) provides for a penalty of $200 for Failure to File a report with respect to any mortgage credit certificates required by IRC section 25(g).
  2. Any person (lender) who makes a loan that is a certified indebtedness amount on any Mortgage Credit Certificate (MCC) must provide IRS with information regarding the issuance of MCCs under IRC section 25.
  3. Form 8329 is due by January 31 following the close of the calendar year in which the lender made certified indebtedness loans.
  4. Each issuer (states and political subdivisions) of MCCs are to provide IRS with information required by IRC section 25 and Treas. Reg.
    1.25–8T(b).
  5. Form 8330 must be filed on a quarterly basis beginning with the quarter in which the election was made.

20.1.10.14.1  (08-12-1998)
Penalty Computation

  1. Reserved.

20.1.10.14.2  (08-12-1998)
Assertion

  1. This penalty is asserted by Compliance.

20.1.10.14.3  (08-12-1998)
Penalty Relief

  1. Reasonable cause does apply. See IRM 20.1.1.3.

20.1.10.15  (08-12-1998)
IRC section 6715

  1. IRC section 4081 imposes a tax on certain removals, entries, or sales of diesel fuel. Generally, diesel fuel that is dyed pursuant to the regulations under IRC section 4082 is exempt from tax.
  2. Effective January 1, 1994, IRC section 6715 imposes an assessable penalty on the misuse of dyed fuel. Generally, misuse occurs when a person sells, holds for sale, uses, or holds for use, dyed fuel for a taxable use. A typical taxable use is use as a fuel in a registered diesel-powered highway vehicle. The IRC section 6715 penalty also applies if a person wilfully alters, or attempts to alter, the strength or composition of the dye in dyed fuel.

20.1.10.15.1  (08-12-1998)
Improper Sale of Dyed Fuel

  1. If any dyed fuel is sold or held for sale by any person for any use that such person knows or has reason to know is not a nontaxable use of such fuel, then such person shall pay an IRC section 6715 penalty in addition to the tax (if any).
  2. "Dyed fuel" means any dyed diesel fuel, whether or not the fuel was dyed pursuant to IRC section 4082.
  3. "Nontaxable use" has the meaning given to the term by IRC section 4082(b).

20.1.10.15.1.1  (08-12-1998)
Improper Use of Dyed Fuel

  1. If any dyed fuel is held for use or used by any person for a use other than a nontaxable use and such person knew, or had reason to know, that such fuel was so dyed, then such person shall pay an IRC section 6715 penalty in addition to the tax (if any).
  2. "Dyed fuel" means any dyed diesel fuel, whether or not the fuel was dyed pursuant to IRC section 4082.
  3. "Nontaxable use" has the meaning given to the term by IRC section 4082(b).

20.1.10.15.1.2  (08-12-1998)
Willful Alteration of Dye Concentration

  1. If any person willfully alters, or attempts to alter, the strength or composition of any dye or marking done pursuant to IRC section 4082 in any dyed fuel, then such person shall pay a penalty in addition to the tax (if any).
  2. This penalty does not apply in the following cases:
    1. Diesel fuel that is dyed pursuant to the regulations under IRC section 4082 is blended with any undyed liquid and the resulting product satisfies the dyeing requirements of the regulations under IRC section 4082.
    2. Diesel fuel that is dyed pursuant to the regulations under IRC section 4082 is blended with any other liquid (other than diesel fuel) that contains the type and amount of dye required for diesel fuel dyed in accordance with the regulations under IRC section 4082.
    3. Diesel fuel that is not dyed pursuant to the regulations under IRC section 4082 is blended with diesel fuel that is dyed pursuant to IRC section 4082 and the blending occurs as part of nontaxable use.

     

20.1.10.15.2  (08-12-1998)
Penalty Computation

  1. For the first violation, the amount of the penalty on each act is the greater of—
    1. $1,000, or
    2. $10 for each gallon of the dyed fuel involved.

     

  2. For additional violations, the amount in (1)(a) is determined by multiplying $1,000 times the number of prior penalties imposed by IRC section 6715 on such person (or a related person or any predecessor of such person or related person).
  3. Thus, for example, if 50 gallons of dyed fuel is involved in a person’s first violation, the penalty would be $1,000 because that amount is greater than 50 X $10. If 150 gallons of dyed fuel is involved in that person’s second violation, the penalty would be $2,000 because that amount ($1,000 X 2 violations) is greater than 150 X $10.
  4. If a penalty is imposed under IRC section 6715 on any business entity, each officer, employee, or agent of such entity who willfully participated in any act giving rise to such penalty is jointly and severally liable with such entity for such penalty.

20.1.10.15.3  (08-12-1998)
Assessment

  1. This penalty is assessed by Area Office Examination using Form 5734, Non Master File Assessment Voucher or Form 2859, Request for Quick or Prompt Assessment.
  2. Use penalty Reference Number (PRN) 656 on forms requiring a PRN.

20.1.10.15.4  (08-12-1998)
Penalty Relief

  1. This is no reasonable cause exception to this penalty.

20.1.10.16  (08-12-1998)
IRC section 7268

  1. IRC section 7268, Possession with Intent to Sell in Fraud of Law or to Evade Tax, is administered by the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms. See LEM 20.1.10.

20.1.10.17  (08-12-1998)
IRC section 7270

  1. IRC 7270, Insurance Penalties, provides for penalties for the issuance of insurance policies by foreign insurers with the intent to evade tax.

20.1.10.18  (08-12-1998)
IRC section 7271

  1. IRC section 7271, Penalties for Offenses Relating to Stamps, is administered by the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms. See LEM 20.1.10.

20.1.10.19  (08-12-1998)
IRC section 7272

  1. IRC section 7272 relates to penalties for failure to register as required by subtitle E, Alcohol, Tobacco and certain other excise taxes.

20.1.10.20  (08-12-1998)
IRC section 7273

  1. IRC section 7273, Penalties for Offenses Relating to Special Taxes, is administered by the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms. See LEM 20.1.10.

20.1.10.21  (08-12-1998)
IRC section 7275

  1. IRC section 7275, Penalties for Offenses Relating to Airline Tickets and Advertising, provides that any person who violates the provisions of this section is guilty of a misdemeanor for each violation and upon conviction shall be fined not more than $100.

20.1.10.22  (08-12-1998)
IRC section 7304

  1. IRC section 7304, Penalty for Fraudulently Claiming Drawback, is administered by the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms. See LEM 20.1.10.

20.1.10.23  (08-12-1998)
IRC section 7342

  1. IRC section 7342 provides for a Penalty for Refusal to Permit Entry or Examination against a person who refuses to admit any officer or employee of the Treasury Department or refuses to permit him to examine such article or articles.

20.1.10.23.1  (08-12-1998)
Penalty Computation

  1. For each refusal to permit entry or examination:
    1. $500 for each refusal, or
    2. $1000 for each refusal related to a place where taxable fuel is stored or produced (see Section 4083(c)(3)).

     

20.1.10.23.2  (08-12-1998)
Assertion

  1. This penalty is asserted by Compliance using Reference Number 655 on any document used to assess/assert this penalty.

20.1.10.23.3  (08-12-1998)
Penalty Relief

  1. There is no reasonable cause exception to this penalty.
  2. If the taxpayer disagrees with the penalty, two options are available:
    1. Make an administrative appeal to the Exam group manager at the time the violation is found or
    2. Pay the penalty and file a timely Form 843 claim for refund.

     

  3. If the claim is disallowed, the taxpayer can file suit in either US District Court or US Court of Federal Claims per IRC 6532.
  4. If the penalty was erroneously assessed, it must be abated.

20.1.10.24  (08-12-1998)
IRC section 7519

  1. IRC section 7519(f)(4) provides for a penalty for Failure to Pay on the Date Prescribed if a partnership or S corporation fails to comply with the required payment rules.

20.1.10.24.1  (08-12-1998)
IRC section 7519(f)(4)(a)

  1. IRC section 7519(f)(4)(a) provides for a ten percent underpayment penalty on Section 444 election payment amounts unpaid on or before the payment due date, May 15.
  2. The Section 444 ten percent election penalty is subject to reasonable cause (effective 7/97).
  3. See the AIMS Handbook, BMF and NMF Adjustments, regarding Section 444 elections.

20.1.10.24.2  (08-12-1998)
Assessment

  1. For tax returns filed after December 31, 1991, TC 246, reference code 684 will be computer-generated to assess the ten percent election penalty when Form 8752 posts to a tax module (MFT 15) which is not fully paid by May 15.
  2. The ten percent election penalty may be manually assessed, if applicable and not computer-generated at the time the return posted by inputting TC 290 with reference code 684 for the correct penalty amount to MFT 15. (The manual penalty assessment will result in TC 240 with reference code 684 posting to master file MFT 15.)
  3. The ten percent election penalty may be manually abated by inputting TC 290 with reference code 684 for the correct NEGATIVE amount to MFT 15. (The manual penalty abatement will result in TC 241 with reference code 684 posting to master file MFT 15.)

Exhibit 20.1.10.24-1  (08-12-1998)
Penalty Relief—Application Chart

Penalty Relief Chart

IRC Section Type of Penalty Reasonable Cause Relief Other Relief
       
6166(g)(3) Failure to Make Payment of Principal or Interest Payment of Estate Tax No No
       
6652(a)(2) Failure to File Certain Information Returns with Respect to Certain Payments Aggregating less than $10 N/a N/a
       
6652(j) Failure to File Certification with Respect to Certain Residential Rental Projects Yes Yes
       
6652(k) Reserved    
       
6652(l) Reserved    
       
6653 Failure to Pay Stamp Tax (AT&F) N/a N/a
       
6657 Bad Check Yes Yes
       
6674 Fraudulent Statement or Failure to Furnish Statement to Employee No No
       
6675 Excessive Claims with Respect to the Use of Certain Fuels Yes Yes
       
6697 Assessable Penalties with Respect to Liability for Tax of Regulated Investment Companies No No
       
6702 Frivolous Income Tax Return No No
       
6705 Failure by Broker to Provide Notice to Payors No No
       
6706(a) Failure to Show Information on Debt Instrument Yes Yes
       
6706(b) Failure to Furnish Information to Secretary Yes Yes
       
6707 Reserved Yes  
       
6707(b)(1) Failure to Furnish Tax Shelter ID # No  
       
6708 Reserved    
       
6709(c) Penalties with Respect to Mortgage Credit Certificates Yes Yes
       
6715 Dyed Fuel Sold for Use or Used in Taxable Use No Yes
       
7268 Reserved    
       
7271 Reserved Yes Yes
       
7272 Penalties for Failure to Register as Required by Subtitle E    
       
7273 Reserved No No
       
7275 Penalties for Offenses Relating to Airline Tickets and Advertising    
       
7304 Reserved    
       
7342 Penalty for Refusal to Permit Entry or Examination No No
       
7519(f)(4) Required Payments for Entities Electing Not to Have Required Taxable Year. Yes No
 

Home ] Services ] FAQ ] Site Map ] Contact Us ]

Presented by Alvin Brown and Associates, tax attorney, formerly with the Office of the Chief Counsel of the IRS. 
Call us for all IRS tax issues, problems and emergencies
Protect yourself from IRS intimidation, errors, and penalties.
www.irstaxattorney.com - ab@irstaxattorney.com - (888) 712-7690 - (703) 425-1400